GIFT. 


li 


t^i^  t  ^  PJyt.^^  a^^l-^ 


^ 


GIFT   OF 


^1^ 


Cm 


w^ 


VJ Jt^yiyiuyTAyt^W.  U/J,^^ 


^''^im'mi'^mmimmm'm^^ 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/courselatinmacOOcookrich 


MACMILLAN'S  LATIN  COURSE 

SECOND  PART 


MACMILLAN'S 

LATIN   COUESE 

SECOND  PAET 

NEW    AND    ENLARGED    EDITION 


BY 

A.  M.  COOK,  M.A. 

AND 

W.  E.  P.  PAN  TIN,  M.A., 

ASSISTANT   MASTERS    IN   ST.    PAUL's   SCHOOL 


iLontion 
MACMILLAN    AND    CO.,  Limited 

NEW  YORK :  THE  MACMILLAN  COMPANY 
1905 

All  rights  reserved 


First  Edition  printed  1890 
Reprinted  with  corrections  and  additions  1893,  1896,  1903,  1905 


Printed  by  R.  &  R.  Clark,  Limited,  Ediiihirgh. 


PEEFACE. 

The  student  of  Latin  has  a  threefold  task  to  accom- 
plish before  he  can  read  the  Latin  writers  with  any 
ease.  In  the  first  place,  he  must  make  himself  familiar 
with  the  inflections.  In  the  second  place,  lie  must 
acquire  a  considerable  vocabulary.  In  both  these 
respects  Latin  presents  no  serious  difficulty  ;  in  both 
it  is  easier  than  Greek.  The  Greek  irregular  verb, 
with  all  its  variety  of  forms  for  prose  and  poetry, 
taxes  the  strongest  memory ;  the  Latin  irregular  verb 
is  easily  acquired  by  any  industrious  student.  With 
the  vocabulary  too  there  is  much  less  labour  involved  ; 
so  many  of  the  words  wear  a  familiar  aspect,  l^ut 
though  the  two  first  steps  that  have  to  be  made  by 
the  student  of  Latin  are  not  difficult,  the  third  part  of 
the  task  is  by  no  means  easy.  The  words  taken 
singly  are  easily  mastered,  but  it  is  nevertheless  true 
that  Latin  is  a  peculiarly  difficult  language  to  read, 
that  the  relation  of  the  words  to  one  another  is  not 
easily  detected  without  considerable  practice.  The 
reason  of  this  is,  no  doubt,  that  many  of  the  com- 
monest Latin  constructions  have  no  counterpart  in 
English.      For  example,  in  translating  Dixit  se  valere, 


i   .w 


VI  PREFACE 

we  cannot  use  our  infinitive ;  we  cannot  imitate  the 
construction  of  the  sentence  Oravit  me  ut  venirem. 
Where  Latin  uses  a  participle  we  more  often  prefer 
a  separate  clause.  It  is  not  necessary  to  multiply 
instances  to  show  that  in  the  construction  of  sen- 
tences— and,  we  might  add,  in  the  order  of  words — 
the  Latin  language  is  peculiarly  unlike  our  own. 
Hence  Latin  sentences  seem  strange  and  difficult  to 
us ;  and  this  strangeness  only  wears  off  when  we  have 
got  thoroughly  accustomed  to  the  Latin  constructions. 
Our  principal  object  in  the  present  volume  is  to 
introduce  the  beginner  to  the  commonest  Latin  con- 
structions, and,  by  continual  practice,  to  make  him 
quite  familiar  with  them.  Our  plan  is  to  explain  the 
Latin  usage  in  as  few  words  as  possible,  avoiding  as 
far  as  we  can  technical  terms,  to  which  the  young 
student  necessarily  attaches  no  definite  meaning.  "We 
then  give  at  least  one  Latin  and  one  English  exercise 
dealing  chiefly  with  the  point  explained,  and  in  sub- 
sequent exercises  we  never  leave  it  out  of  sight  for 
long.  We  have  endeavoured  to  present  each  con- 
struction only  in  its  simplest  form,  occasionally  sug- 
gesting in  a  note  that  there  is  more  to  learn.  Many 
of  the  books  most  commonly  put  into  the  hands  of 
beginners  seem  to  us  more  difficult  than  they  need  be, 
because  they  give  too  much  information,  so  that  even 
the  most  intelligent  boys  are  puzzled  with  a  mass  of 
details,  some  of  which  do  not  concern  the  beginner  at 
all,  while  the  less  intelligent  become  hopelessly  con- 
fused and  make  no  progress.  It  is  our  hope  that  by 
making  each  step  forward  a  very  small  one  we  may 


PREFACE  Vll 

save  the  time  of  the  intelligent  boy,  and  make  pro- 
gress possible  for  all. 

It  may  be  well,  as  the  Table  of  Contents  will  not 
make  the  matter  clear,  to  give  a  list  of  the  subjects 
to  which  we  attach  most  importance,  in  which,  there- 
fore, the  student  will  have  most  practice: — The  par- 
ticiple (ablative  absolute) ;  ut  and  ne ;  the  accusative 
and  infinitive;  the  indirect  question  and  the  relative 
clause ;  commands  and  prohibitions ;  the  difference 
between  Si  (or  cum)  venit,  vcniet,  and  venerit ;  the 
meaning  of  cum  and  of  si  with  the  subjunctive ;  the 
words  "some"  and  "any";  the  use  of  qui  final,  quo, 
quominus,  quin,  dum ;  reported  statements,  questions, 
and  commands. 

Note.  —  In  the  present  enlarged  edition  "The  Story  of 
Joseph"  has  been  removed  to  make  room  lor  more  important 
material.  In  reply  to  a  critic  in  tlie  Athenceum^  may  I  say  that 
it  was  not  my  own  attempt  at  imitating  the  Latin  of  Cicero,  but 
that  the  story  was  taken,  with  slight  alterations,  from  the  Vul- 
gate? A  first  Latin  reading  book  of  selections  from  the  Vulgate 
was,  I  have  been  told,  a  book  which  Matthew  Arnold  was 
anxious  to  see,  and  1  hope  before  long  to  compile  such  a 
selection.  The  pieces  for  translation  in  the  present  edition 
come  almost  entirely  from  easily  recognisable  sources,  and  in 
particular  from  Gellius.  One  has  to  go  far  afield  to  find 
anything  that  can  be  expected  to  interest  young  readers,  and 
perhaps  at  this  early  stage  it  need  hardly  be  feared  that  the 
pupil's  Latinity  will  be  corrupted  by  reading  portions  of  non- 
classical  authors.  In  the  exercises,  on  the  other  hand,  it  is 
hoped  that  nothing  of  importance  will  be  found  that  has  not 
the  warrant  of  Cicero  or  Caesar. — A.M.C. 


CONTENTS. 


SECT.    EXERCISES  PAGE 

1.  [  1-4.]     IiiREGULAii  Verbs  :  First  Conjugation       .  1 

2.  [5,    6.]     Ikkkgulau  Verbs  :  Second  Conjugation    . 

Translation  I.  Carneades 
II.   Diogenes 
HI.   Xenocrates 

3.  [7,    8.]    Formation  of  Verbs  of  the  Third  Conjuga 

TION 

4.  [  9,  10.]  Do.  do. 

Translation  IV.  Philip 

V.   Alexander      . 
VI.   Alexander 

5.  [11,12.]     Irregular  Verbs  :  Fourth  Conjugation    . 

6.  [13-20.]    Recapitulatory  Exercises  on  the  Forma 

tion  of  Verbs  .... 

Translation  VII.  Themistocles 
VIII.  I[)hicrates 
IX.   Pyrrhus 


7 
9 
11 
12 
12 
12 

14 

19 
19 
20 

X.   The  Philosopher  and  his  son       20 
XI.  The  Barber  and  his  Customer       20 

7.  [21,22.]     Irregular  Verbs  :  Possum,  Volo,  Nolo,  Malo  .       21 

8.  [23-26.]  Do.         do.        Fcro,  Fio,  Eo       ...       23 

Translation  XII.  A  few  words  with  an  Invalid       26 

9.  [27-30.]    Deponent  Verbs  27 


Xll 


CONTENTS 


SECT.     EXERCISES 


45. 
46. 
47. 
48. 
49. 
50. 


51. 
52. 
53. 
54. 
55. 
56. 


57. 
58. 

59. 
60. 
61. 
62. 
63. 

64. 
65. 


[144,145.] 
[146, 147.] 
[148, 149.] 
[150,151.] 
[152,153.] 
[154-165.] 


[166,  167.] 
[168,  169.] 
[170, 171.] 
[172,173.] 
[174, 175.] 
[176-185.] 


[186-188.] 
[189,  190.] 

[191, 192.] 
[193,  194.] 
[195,  196.] 
[197,  198.] 
[199,200.] 

[201,  202.] 
[203-206.] 


66.   [207,208.] 


Translation  XXXII.  The  Generosity  of  the 
Romans  to  Pyrrhus 
XXXIII.  Some  Marvellous  Stories 

Interest 

The  Partitive  Genitive     . 

Sapientis  est    . 

Si  loquitur  :  Si  loquetur :  Si  loeutus  erit 

The  Genitive  of  Quality  . 

Recapitulatory  Exercises  . 

Translation  XXXIV.  Corvinus    . 

XXXV.   Sertorius  and  the  Hind 
Verbs  governing  the  Dative — Active  Voice 

Do.  do.        Passive  Voice 

Est  mihi  equus :  Cum  ( ' '  when")  with  Past  Tenses 
The  Dative  of  Purpose  or  Effect 
Licet        ...... 

Recapitulatory  Exercises  -. 
Note  on  Cum  ("when  ")  . 
Translation  XXXVI.  Arion  and  the  Dolphin 
(Prose)    . 
XXXVII.  Do.  (Verse 

The  Ablative  Absolute  and  Cum  ("when  ") 
How    to    answer    the    Questions :     "Whence 

Whither?  Where?    .... 
The  Ablative  of  the  Agent,  Instrument,  etc. 
The  Ablative  of  Manner,  Cause,  etc. 
The  Ablative  of  Quality  .... 
The  Genitive  and  Ablative  of  Price  . 
Conditional  Sentences  implying  the  Non-ful 

filment  of  the  Condition  ... 
Some  Compound  Verbs  .... 
Recapitulatory  Exercises  ... 
Translation  XXXVIII.     Androclus  and  the 

Lion  . 
How  to  translate  ''Some"  and  "Any' 


CONTENTS 


SECT.     EXERCISES 

67.  [209,210.] 

68.  [211,212.] 

69.  [213,214.] 
70'.  [215,216.] 

71.  [217,218.] 

72.  [219,220.] 

73.  [221-229.] 


74.  [230,231.] 

75.  [232,233.] 

76.  [234,235.] 


77.  [236,237.] 

78.  [238,239.] 

79.  [240,241.] 

80.  [242,243.] 

81.  [244-255.] 


82.  [256-262.] 

83.  [263,264.] 


Double  Questions  (Direct) 

Do.  do.        (Indirect)     . 

lamdiu  with  the  Present  Tense 
Some  Verbs  followed  by  Ut 
Conditional    Sentences    referring    vaguely    to 

Future  Time     . 
Conditional    Sentences  :     Si   adsit,    laudcmvs 

and  Si  adcsset,  laudarcmus 
Summary  of  the   Rules  for  Conditional  Sen 
tences       ...... 

Recapitulatory  Exercisks  . 
Translation  XXXI X.   Killed  by  Joy. 

A.  Diagoras.   B.  After 
Trasymene 
XL.   His  Mother's  Lament 
over  Euryalus 
XLL   After  Cannae 
Qui  introducing  a  Final  Clause 

Quo,  Final 

Quidam  ....... 

Translation  XLII,    Strange   Discovery   of 
Murderer  and  Thief 
XLIIL    Dionysius  the  Tyrant 
XLIV.    Damocles 
Quominus 
Quill       .... 

Vcreor  ne  and  Vercor  ut  . 
Dum       .... 

Recapitulatory  Exercises 
Translation  XLV.  A  Trick 

XLVL  The  Boxing  Match  . 
Oratio  obliqua.     1.  Statements 

2.   Questions  and  Commands 
Translation  XLVIL  A  True  Dream 

XLYIII.   An  Embassv  to  Caesar 


xiv                                                CONTENTS 

PAGE 

The  Conjugation  of  some  Irregular  Verbs— 

Possum 335 

Ca;pio 

Fero 

336 

*338 

Volo 

340 

Nolo 

341 

Malo 

342 

Fio 

343 

Eo 

344 

Notes  on  the  Pieces  for  Translation 

346 

Latin-English  Dictionary  . 
English-Latin  Dictionary   . 

355 
401 

LATIN   COURSE 

SECOND    PAET 

SECTION  1. 

Irregular  Verbs  :  First  Conjugation. 

Of  the  irregular  verbs  of  this  conjugation  the  common- 
est are  sto,  "I  stand,"  perfect,  sfeti,  supine,  statiun ;  and 
do,  "  I  give,"  perfect,  dSdi,  supine,  datum. 

Both  verbs  liave  many  compounds.  Among  the  com- 
pounds of  sto  are  priesto,  "  I  stand  before,"  i.e.  "  I  am 
superior  to,"  and  circumstare,  '•  to  surround."  Among  the 
compounds  of  do  the  following  belong  to  the  third  con- 
jugation : — 

1.  dcdo,  I  give  up,  surrender;  perf.  dedtdi ;  perf.  part. 

pass.  ded'Uus. 
reddo,  I  give  back,  return  ;  perf.  reddtdi ;  perf.  part, 
pass,  reddltus. 

2.  condo,  I  put  together ;  perf.  candtdi;  perf.  part.  pass. 

coiidttus. 
perdo,  I  make  away  with,  I  destroy;  perf.  perdtdi; 
perf.  part.  pass,  perditus. 


2       ,.    .     ,,    ,^.,.  .      .  LiVTlN'^COUESE  sec.  1 

1.  Nautae  navem  solverunt;  amici  in  litore  steterunt. 

2.  Mercator  regi  ingentem  pecuniam  dederat. 

3.  Pecunia  servo,  corona  domino  a  rege  data  est. 

4.  Qui  circumstabant  milites  nuntium  audiverunt. 

5.  Praestat  laudari  a  magistro  quam  puniri. 

6.  Ille  vir  ceteris  in  omnibus  rebus  praestitit. 

7.  Ptomani  classem  Carthaginiensibus  dediderunt. 

8.  Redde  mihi  libros  quos  tibi  heri  dedi. 

9.  Romulus,  primus  illius  gentis  rex,  urbem  Romam 

condidit. 

10.  Hi  pessimi  homines  civitatem  perdiderunt. 

11.  Multos  homines  hae  epistulae  Ciceronis  delecta- 

verunt. 

12.  Milites  trium  legionum  pro  castris  instructi  sunt. 

(2.) 

1.  The  sailors  stood  on  the  shore. 

2.  The  king  had  given  rewards  to  the  soldiers. 

3.  The  boy  amuses  the  master. 

4.  To  which  of  the  (two)  brothers  have  you  given  the 

book? 

5.  It  is  better  to  praise  than  to  blame. 

6.  The  enemy  gave  themselves  up  to  Caesar. 

7.  Where  is  your  book  ? — I  gave  it  to  my  friend  yes- 

terday ;  he  has  not  returned  it. 

8.  The   Carthaginians    surrendered    their    fleet    and 

sailors  to  the  Romans. 

9.  Those  bad  men  have  ruined  the  state. 
10.  The  boy  has  composed  a  long  poem. 


SEC.  1  IRREGULAR  VERBS 


(3.) 

1.  Caesar  militibus,  qui  fortissime  pugnaverant,  prae- 

mia  dedit. 

2.  Amicus    meus    huic    soli    negotio    die    ac   nocte 

deditus  esse  videtur. 

3.  Hie  et  pecuniam  et  tempus  et  vitam  perdidit. 

4.  Hie  homo  omnium  pessimus  et  perditissimus  vino 

deditus  est. 

5.  Nostri  maiores  virtute  ceteris  gentibus  longe  prae- 

stiterunt. 
G.   Hae  aves  totam  noctem  in  uno  pede  steteruut. 

7.  Hie   puer  poema   Latinum   ducentorum  versuum 

condiderat. 

8.  Pater  meus  totam  orationem  Latine  reddiderat. 

9.  Fratres  mihi  quam  debeut  pecuniam   non   reddi- 

derant. 

10.  Circumstabant  milites  cum  telis ;  ducem  Ibrtissi- 

mum  interficiunt. 

11.  Difficile  est  haec  omnia  Latine  reddere. 

12.  Tu,  omnium  liominum  perditissinie,  tu  me,  virum 

fortem,  culpabis  ? 

(4.) 

1.  I  give  you  this  to-day :  give  it  back  to-morrow. 

2.  The  poem  is  being  turned  into  Latin  by  the  boy. 

3.  Your  brother  is  devoted  to  this  business. 

4.  This  man  has  wasted  his  time. 

5.  To  whom  did  you  give  the  book  ? — I  gave  it  to 

my  brother. 

6.  Caesar  was  superior  to  all  leaders  in  diligence. 


LATIN  COURSE 


SEC.  2 


7.  Will  you  not  give  me  back  my  horse  ? 

8.  The  Gauls  surrendered  themselves  and  all  their 

belongings  to  the  Eomans. 

9.  This  abandoned  man  has  given  himself  up  to  wine. 
1 0.  You  will  waste  your  time ;  give  me  the  book ;  you 

will  never  understand  it. 


SECTION  2. 

Irregular  Verbs  :  Second  Conjugation. 

It  will  be  remembered  that  the  regular  verbs  of  this 
conjugation  form  the  perfect  and  perfect  participle  passive 
thus  : — 

moneo  monui  monitus  * 


Among  the  irregular  verbs  are 


doceo 

docui 

doctus 

iubeo 

iussi 

iussus 

maneo 

mansi 

(supine,  mansum) 

moveo 

movi 

motus 

video 

vidi 

visus 

(5.) 

1.  Magister  puerum,  novem  annos  natum,   Graecas 

litteras  docuit. 

2.  Illi  pueri,  quod  optime   a   magistro   docti   erant, 

ceteris  longe  praestiterunt. 

3.  Nonne  milites  nuntium  circumstare  vidisti  ? 


SEC.  2  IRREGULAR  VERBS  5 

4.  Milites    se    hostibus    dedere   visi    sunt :    nuntius 

Caesarem  de  hac  re  certiorem  fecit. 

5.  Ego  et  tu  semper  in  eadem  sententia  mansimus. 

6.  Oratio  regis  animos  civium  moverat ;  omnes  taciie- 

runt. 

7.  Ille   vir    omnium    Komanorum    doctissimus    esse 

habitus  est. 

8.  Milites,    quod    nullam   spem   salutis  viderunt,  se 

hostibus  dediderunt. 

9.  Tueri  a  magistro  hos  versus  Latine  reddere  iussi 

sunt. 

10.  Hostes  septimae  milites  legionis  loco  movers  non 

potuerunt. 

11.  Frustra,  magister,  illos   pueros   docuisti ;    tempus 

perdidisti ! 

12.  Nonne   milites    ducem    circumstare    et    clamores 

toUere  vidisti  ? 

(6.) 

1.  The  master  told  the  boy  to  turn  the  verses  into 

Latin. 

2.  A  large  sum  of  money  was  owed  me  T)y  that  person. 

3.  The  soldiers  of  the  ninth  legion  were  ordered  by 

Caesar  to  move  their  camp. 

4.  The   tenth   legion    did   not   hold   its  ground,  but 

surrendered  to  the  enemy. 

5.  That  learned  man  far  surpassed  all  the  rest. 

6.  Those  boys  have  been  often  warned  both  by  their 

father  and  their  master. 

7.  The   hearts    of   the    citizens  were  moved  by  the 

king's  speech. 


6  LATIN.  COURSE  SEC  2 

8.  Your  father  has  not,  has  he,  always  maintained 

that  opinion  ? 

9.  The  soldiers  did  not  stir  from  the  spot,  because 

they  had  been  ordered  to  remain. 

10.  That  boy  has  given  the  books  to  his  sister;  did  you 

not  tell  him  to  give  them  to  his  mother? 

11.  Caesar  ordered  the  soldiers  to  build  a  large  num- 

ber of  ships  of  war. 

12.  Komulus,  who  founded  the  city  of  Kome,  was  the 

first  king  of  the  Komans. 


Carneades  usque  ad  extremam  senectam  nunquam 
cessavit  a  philosophiae  studio.  Saepe  ei  accidit,  ut,  cum 
cibi  capiendi  causa  accubuisset,  cogitationibus  inhaerens, 
manum  ad  cibos  appositos  porrigere  oblivisceretur. 

II. 

Diogenes,  philosophus,  Myndum  profectus,  cum 
videret  magnificas  portas  et  urbem  exiguam,  Myndios 
monuit  ut  portas  clauderent,  ne  urbs  egrederetur. 

III. 

Xenocrates,  philosophus,  cum  maledicorum  quorun- 
dam  sermoni  interesset,  neque  quidquam  ipse  loquere- 
tur,  interrogatus  cur  solus  taceret,  respondit :  Quia 
dixisse  me  aliquando  paenituit,  tacuisse  nunquam. 


SEC.   3 


THIKD  CONJUGATION 


SECTION   3. 

Formation  of  Verbs  of  the  Third  Conjugation. 

These  verbs  form  their  parts  in  many  ways.      Here,  for 
instance,  are  specimens  : — 


\t  Indicative. 

Perfect. 

Past  Part.  Passive 

dico 

dixi 

dictus 

facio 

feci 

f actus 

fallo 

fefelli 

falsus 

gero 

gessi 

gestus 

mitto 

misi 

missus 

nosco 

novi 

notus 

peto 

petii  (andpetivi)  petitus 

pono 

posui 

positus 

scribo 

scripsi 

scriptus 

solvo 

solvi 

solutus 

verto 

verti 

versus 

(7.) 

1.  Caesar  onines  res  quae  in  Hispania  gestae  sunt 

cognovit. 

2.  Itomani  victi  sunt,  neque  me  mea  opinio  fefellit. 

3.  Haedui  equitatuin  omneni  auxilio  Caesari  niiserant. 

4.  Quis  tecum  heri  in  horto  fuit  ?  non  novi  hominem. 

5.  Mores  Germanorum  omnibus  hominibus  noti  sunt. 

6.  Fratrem  tuuni  bene  novi,  te  vero  nunquam  an  tea 

vidi. 

7.  Urbs Eoma,ut supra  scripsimus,aKomulo condita est. 


S  LATIN  COUKSE  sec.  3 

8.  Hostes  se  verterunt  et  fuga  salutem  petierunt. 

9.  Non  fefellit  Caesarem  hostes  fuga  salutem  petiisse. 

10.  li  se  suaque  omnia  sine  mora  dediderunt. 

11.  Belgae,  ut    supra   scriptum  est,   virtu  te   omnibus 

Gallis  praestiterunt. 

12.  li  qui  proximi  steterant  Caesarem  de  his  rebus 

docuerunt. 

13.  His  rebus  gestis  ipse  cum  quinque  legionibus  ad 

solis  occasum  naves  solvit. 

14.  Duces  Romani,  ut  ante  dictum  est,  post  mediam 

noctem  naves  solverunt. 

15.  Caesar  Crassum  cum  una  legione  ad  Venetos,  po- 

pulum  Galliae  maritimum,  misit. 

16.  Melodiinum,  ut  ante  diximus,  est  oppidum  in  insula 

fluminis  Sequanae  positum. 

(8.) 

1.  Caesar  carried  on  war  with  all  the  tribes  of  Gaul. 

2.  The  soldiers  of  the  fifth  legion  have  been  sent  to 

the  Parisii. 

3.  Caesar  fixed  his  camp  three  miles  (accus.)  from 

their  camp. 

4.  The  Romans  knew  all  the  harbours  of  those  parts. 

5.  The  barbarians,  as  has  been  said  above,  asked  for 

alliance  from  Caesar. 

6.  The  Romans  carried  on  war  in  the  territory  of  the 

Germans. 

7.  The   soldiers  who   stood   nearest    (adj.)    informed 

Caesar. 

8.  The  barbarians  set  sail  a  little  after  midnight. 


SEC.  4  THIRD  CONJUGATION  9 

9.  The   soldiers   of  that   legion   turned  and    sought 
safety  in  flight. 

10.  Who  wrote  the  eighth  book  of  the  Gallic  War  ? 

11.  The  Roman  leader  restored  all  their  hostages  to 

the  Haedui. 

12.  Money  is  now  being  paid;  peace  has  at  last  been 

given  to  the  world. 


SECTION   4. 

Formation  of  Verbs  of  the  Third  Conjugation 
{Continued). 

Obs. — Here  all  the  verbs  of  this  conjugation  previously 
in  use  are  introduced. 

(9.) 

1.  Omnes  naves  quae  mane  solverant  vespere  terram 

ceperunt. 

2.  Militum  alii  gravia  vulnera  acceperunt,  alii  inter- 

fecti  sunt. 

3.  Cur  tu  Caesarem  de  his  rebus  certiorem  fecisti  ? 

4.  Nostri,  vulneribus  confecti,  fuga  salutem  petere  non 

possunt. 

5.  Labienus  castra  ad  eam  partem  oppidi  posuerat. 

G.    Pecunia  semper  ab  hoc  iudice  iustitiae  anteposita  est. 

7.  Duae  legion es  in  naves  onerarias  impositae  erant. 

8.  Legi    tuas  epistulas,  neque    tamen   omnia    plane 

intellexi. 

9.  Capuae  primum  hostes  se  colleger unt. 


10  LA.TIN  COURSE  sec.  4 

10.  Fortissimi  milites  e  legionibiis  electi  sunt. 

1 1.  Barbari  undique  in  nmrum  magnos  lapides  iecerunt. 

12.  Decima  legio  per  tribunes  militum  ei  gratias  egit. 

13.  Caesar  quattuor  secum  legiones  in  hostium  fines 

duxit. 

14.  Eae    nationes    quae    trans    Ehenuni    incoluerunt 

legates  miserunt. 

15.  Dux  bostium  cum  equitatu  agmen  Caesaris  carpsit. 

1 6.  Hi  bomines,  quod  vino  somnoque  dediti  sunt,  nihil 

conficere  possunt. 

1 7.  Obsides  omnes  hostibus  a  Caesare  redditi  sunt. 

1 8.  Quis  Carthaginem  condidit  ?     Nonne  hunc  libruni 

legisti  ? 

19.  Hi  senes  memoriam  perdiderunt. 

20.  Multae  nationes  populo  Eomano  vectigalia  pepen- 

derunt. 

21.  Ceterae    civitates    superiore    bello    cum    Sertorio 

steterant. 

22.  Caesar  se  post  mediam  noctem  cum  Antonio  con- 

iunxit. 

23.  Barbari  nostrorum  paucitatem  contempserunt. 

24.  Hi  homines  lacte  atque  pecore  diu  vixerunt. 

25.  Gravis  pestilentia  in  urbem  inciderat. 

26.  Vergilius  cecinit  pascua  rura  duces. 

27.  Homines  mortui  illis  temporibus  in  urbe  usti  sunt. 

28.  Nequidquam    lacrimas    fuderunt,    nequidquam    a 

Caesare  auxilium  petierunt. 

29.  Nonne  dixi  Caesarem  se  cum  Antonio  coniunxisse  ? 

num  me  fefellit  opinio  mea  ? 

30.  Num    omnes    Ciceronis    orationes    legisti. — Legi 

neque  tamen  plane  intellexi. 


BEC.  4  THIRD  CONJUGATION  11 


(10.) 

1.  You  have  not,  have  you,  read  all  Cicero's  letters  ? 

2.  I  did  not  understand  what  you  wrote  about  these 

matters. 

3.  Where  did  the  enemy  first  rally  ? 

4.  Two  hundred  soldiers  were  chosen  from  the  tenth 

legion. 

5.  Did    not    the   enemy's   general  receive  a   serious 

wound  ? 

6.  He  had  often  informed  Caius  of  these  affairs. 

7.  Did  you  not  return  thanks  to  that  man  ? 

8.  His  father  sent  Balbus  and  his  brother  to  Home. 

9.  How  often  I  have  read  that  book  ! 

10.  Caesar  had  already  united  himself  with  Labienus. 

11.  He  had  sent   his  slave  to  the   city;    he  himself 

remained  at  home. 

12.  He  restored  the  enemy  all  their  hostages  which 

they  had  given. 

13.  I  have  read  three  books  of  Virgil  to-day. 

14.  He  had  read  all  the  letters,  but  many  he  had  not 

understood. 

15.  Only  one  state  had  stood  on  Caesar's  side  in  the 

previous  war. 


IV. 

Mulier  quaedam,  a  Philippo,  cum  a  convivio  temu- 
lentus  recederet,  damnata,  "A  Philippo,"  inquit,  "  temu- 
lento  ad  Philippum  sobrium  provoco." 


12  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  5 


V. 

Alexander,  Macedo,  Philippi  filius,  cum  puer  a  prae- 
ceptore  suo  audivisset  innumerabiles  mundos  esse, 
"  Heu  !  me  miserum  !  "  inquit,  "  qui  non  uno  quidem 
adhuc  potitus  sum." 

VI. 

Cum  Alexander  Graecis  populis  imperasset  ut  divi- 
nes ipsi  honores  decernerent,  Lacedaemonii  his  verbis 
utebantur  :  "  Quoniam  Alexander  deus  esse  voluit,  esto 
deus,"  Laconica  brevitate  regis  notantes  vecordiam. 


SECTION  5. 
Irregular  Verbs  of  the  Fourth  Conjugation. 


The  regular  formation  is  : — 

audio 

audivi 

auditus 

The  following 

are 

therefore 

irreguli 

ir  : — 

aperio 
vincio 

aperui 
vinxi 

apertus 
vinctus 

sentio 

sensi 

(sup.  sensum) 

reperio 
venio 

repperi 
veni 

repertus 
(sup.  ventum) 

Obs.  1.  To  this  conjugation  may  also  be  attached  eo, 
which  makes  ivi,  itum,  though  other  parts  of 
the  verb  are  also  irregular.  These  will  be 
introduced  later  (p.  23). 


SEC.  5  IRREGULAR  VERBS  13 

2.  Notice  the  difference  between  vinco,  I  conquer ; 

perf.  vici,  part,  victus,  and  vincio  above,  I  bind. 

3.  Notice  that  vSnit  means  "  he  comes  "  ;  venit,  "  he 

has  come,"  "he  came."  If* the  quantity  is  not 
marked,  it  is  only  the  sense  that  will  show 
which  tense  is  meant. 

(11.) 

1.  Hie  homo  caecus  non  est;    varios  reruni  colores 

bene  sentit. 

2.  Vestem  non  habui ;  frigus  sensi. 

3.  Ille  senex  moriens  non  sensit. 

4.  Fores  aperiri  sensi,  sed  neminem  vidi. 

5.  Ne  vos  quidem  qui  circumstetistis  rem  sensistis. 
G.  llepperi  esse  vera  quae  mihi  servus  dixit. 

7.  Neque  frumentum  neque  pecus  in  agris  repperi- 

mus. 

8.  Captivos  vinxit  et  ad  Caesarem  duxit. 

9.  Eex  hostium  vinctus  ad  Caesarem  ductus  est. 

10.  Hannibal  magis  ratione  et  consilio  quani  virtute 

vicit. 

11.  Neque  virtute  neque  in  acie  vicerunt  Eomani. 

12.  Nota  est  ilia  vox  Caesaris :  Veni,  vidi,  vici. 

13.  Ivit  foras  capite  aperto,  neque  imbrem  sensit. 

14.  Sulmonenses,  simul  atque  signa   nostra  viderunt, 

portas  aperuerunt. 

1 5.  Eorum  qui  Romam  venerunt  repertus  est  numerus 

milium  C  et  X. 

16.  Romam     venimus ;     forum    Romanum     vidimus; 

mane  Neapolim  imus. 


14  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  6 

(12.) 

1.  Neither  my  brother  nor  my  sister  felt  the  cold : 

they  were  at  home. 

2.  He  was  not,  was  he,  aware  of  the  matter  ?     Was 

he  not  in  the  city  ? 

3.  We  found  sweet  water  in  the  wood. 

4.  A  great  quantity  of  cattle  were  found  by  us  there. 

5.  The  barbarians,  as  soon  as  they  saw  the  Romans, 

opened  the  gates. 

6.  They  were  brought  bound  to  Caesar  and  all  put  to 

death. 

7.  The  barbarians  conquered  not  by  their  bravery  but 

by  their  strategy. 

8.  Who   is   this   who   comes  to   me  with   his   head 

uncovered  ?      I  do  not  know  the  man. 

9.  We  all  came  to  you  as  soon  as  we  heard. 

1 0.  He  has  gone  to  Rome ;  his  father  told  him  to  go. 

11.  We  have  discovered  nothing  about  that  tribe. 

12.  You  have  come,  seen,  and  conquered. 


SECTION  6. 

Recapitulatory  Exercises  on  the  Formation  of 
Verbs. 

(13.) 

1.  Diu  te  exspectavi,  tandem  venisti. 

2.  Captivi  ab  iis  qui  proximi  steterant  interfecti  sunt. 


SEC.  6  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  15 

3.  Quis     te     aere    alieno    libera verat  ?  —  Pater    me 

liberavit. 

4.  Librum  tibi,  quod  optimus  puer  fiiisti,  dedi. 

5.  Eomani  hostes,  ut  supra  docuimus,  fugaveruiit. 

6.  Haec  legio  ceteris  in  bellis  omnibus  praestitit. 

7.  Pompeius,  sinml  atque  venit,  castra  liostium  occu- 

pavit. 

8.  P)elgae  se,  simul  atque   exercitus    Caesaris  venit, 

populo  Koniano  dediderunt. 

9.  Milites  qui  in  opere   occupati  sunt  fuga  salutem 

petiverunt. 

10.  Reddidi  librum,  qui  mihi  a  fratre  tuo  datus  erat. 

11.  Ceteri  interfecti  sunt,  ipse  fuga  mortem  vitaverat. 

12.  Tile     vir    multas    urbes    condidit,    multas    idem 

perdidit. 

(14.) 

1.  To-day  you  have  all  come  ;  yesterday  no  one  came. 

2.  No  one  surpassed  me  in  these  matters. 

3.  Some  surrendered  themselves  to  Caesar,  otliers  to 

Pompeius. 

4.  Who  gave  you  all  the  books  which  I  saw  in  your 

house  ? 

5.  My  brother  came  home  at  midnight. 

6.  Did  you  not  stand  next  to  liim  in  the  battle  ? 

7.  Some  returned,  others  remained  at  Rome. 

8.  Did  I  not  return  you  the  twelve  books  yesterday  ? 

9.  As  soon  as  the  third  legion  came,  Caesar  moved 

his  camp. 
10.   In  vain  did  the  soldiers  seek  safety  in  flight;  the 
enemy  stood  round  on  every  side. 


16  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  6 

(15.) 

1.   Quis    te   istos   mores    docuit  ?    pessimi   sunt,  mi 

puer ! 
2..  Films,  a  patre  monitus,  domum  statim  rediit. 

3.  Ille     homo     neque     beneficiis     neque     amicitiae 

memoria  motus  est. 

4.  Milites  periculo  mortis  non  sunt  territi. 

5.  Ceteri  qui  domi  manserunt  optime  valuerunt. 

6.  Non  memoria  tenuerant  quae  lieri  dixeram. 

7.  Pater    iterum    atque    iterum    puerum    fenestram 

aperire  iussit. 

8.  Cicero  consulatum  optime  gessit. 

9.  Fratrem  sororemque  heri  vidi,  patrem  eras  videbo. 

10.  Genus  hoc  erat  pugnae  quo  se  Germani  exercue- 

runt. 

11.  Non  modo   hoc,  sed   multa   alia   etiam,  tibi  iam 

dixeram. 

12.  Hie  multa  de  omnibus  rebus  dixit,  ille  tacuit. 

(16.) 

1.  My  sisters  were  taught  by  our  mother. 

2.  Why  did  you  not  return  home?     Everybody  was 

expecting  you. 

3.  Some  were  moved  by  the  orator's  words,  others  by 

his  tears. 

4.  Who  told  you  to  uncover  your  head  ? 

5.  You  have  not  remembered  what  I  have  already 

told  you. 

6.  Many  wars  were  waged  by  the  Eomans. 


SEC.  6  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  17 

7.  He  has  seen  me  to-day ;  he  will  see  my  brother 

to-morrow. 

8.  Why  did  you  stay  at  home  ?      Did  your  father 

tell  you  to  ? 

9.  The  Germans  practised  themselves  in  this  kind  of 

battle. 
10.  Were  you  not  well  in  the  country  ?      You  did  not 
take  exercise. 

(17.) 

1.  Puerorum  alterum  Romam,  alterum  Neapolim  misit. 

2.  Caesar  castra  posuit  longe  a  Nicopoli  circiter  milia 

passuum  vii. 

3.  Omnes  milites  decimae  legionis  in  naves  impositi 

sunt. 

4.  Alexander  ego  sum  !  non  nosti  nomen  meum  ? 

5.  Pompeius  maioribus  itineribus  Apolloniam  petivit. 

6.  Nihil  debet  a  iudicibus  iustitiae  anteponi. 

7.  Non  fefelli  opinionem  tuam,  barbaros  vici. 

8.  Idem  cotidie  fecit ;  mane  epistulas  scripsit,  vesperi 

corpus  exercuit. 

9.  Eempublicam  summa  sapientia  triginta  iam  annos 

rexerat. 

10.  Legiones,  ut  supra  docuimus,  se  coniunxerunt. 

1 1 .  Veni  ad  me  cum  omnibus  libris  tuis  ! 

12.  Ad  tempus  non  veni ;  amicus  iam  ad  urbem  ierat. 

(18.) 

1.  The  soldiers  pitched  their  camp  far  from  the  city. 

2.  Your  hope  deceives  you ;  no  one  has  come. 

c 


18  LATIN  COURSE  sec  6 

3.  He  sent  the  sister   home,   the  brother  into   the 

woods. 

4.  Only  a  few  soldiers  were  embarked  on  the  ships. 

5.  (It  was)  yesterday  I  went  to  the  city — you  know 

the  rest. 

6.  We    did   the   same   thing    every    day:    we    read 

books. 

7.  I  have  already  lived  twenty  years  in  this  city. 

8.  (As)  judges,  we  preferred  nothing  to  justice. 

9.  We  have  conquered ;  many  of  the  enemy  we  have 

slain,  many  we  bring  bound. 
10.  I  sought  the  consulship  in  vain ;  I  was  not  known 
to  the  people. 

(19.) 

1.  I  cito,  Caesarem  de  hac  re  fac  certiorem. 

2.  Hostes,  ab  equitibus  fugati,  statim  terga  verterunt. 

3.  Quid  !  nonne  debitam  pecuniam  solvisti  ? 

4.  Quid  !  capite  aperto  es  ?   nonne  solem  times  ? 

5.  Puer  tandem  in  conclavi  meo  repertus  est. 

6.  Omnes  captives  vinxit,  et  ad  imperatorem  duxit. 

7.  Vicistisne,  milites  ? — Vicimus,  sed  dux  interfectus 

est. 

8.  Legi  tuam  epistulam ;  sensi  te  non  valere. 

9.  Legistine  librum  ?     Intellexistine  quae  legisti  ? 

10.  Alii  legerunt,  alii    scripserunt,  alii    corpus    exer- 

cuerunt. 

11.  Quid  fecisti  ? — Lapides  in  aquam  ieci. 

12.  Nostri,  simul  atque  vicerunt,  firmissimum  foedus 

cum  hostibus  fecerunt. 


SEC.  6  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  19 

(20.) 

1.  Some  were  found  in  the  wood,  others  in  the  garden. 

2.  Why  do  you  stand  bare-headed  ?  Who  told  you  (to)? 

3.  Why  have  you  opened  the  window  ?     Do  you  not 

feel  the  cold  ? 

4.  The  barbarians  threw  themselves  into  the  sea. 

5.  I  have  read  your  letter,  but  I  did  not  understand 

it  all. 
G.   The  one  was  slain,  the  other  found  safety  in  flight. 

7.  We  shall  not  fear  the  enemy,  whom  we  have  often 

conquered. 

8.  What  shall  I  do  ?     He  has  not  paid  the  money. 

9.  The  tribunes  of  the  soldiers  informed  Caesai*  of 

these  matters. 
10.   You,  soldiers,  why  have  you  turned  your  backs? 
What  do  you  fear  ?     Have  you  not  often  con- 
quered ? 


VII. 

Themistocles  interroganti  utrum  Achilles  esse  mallet 
an  Homerus  respondit :  "  Tu  vero  mallesne  te  in  Olym- 
piaco  certamine  victorem  renuntiari,  an  praeco  esse  qui 
victorum  nomina  proclamat  ? " 

VIII. 

Iphicrates,  dux  Atheniensium,  cum  praesidio  te- 
neret  Corinthum  et  sub  adventu  hostium  ipse  vigilias 


20  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  6 

circumiret,  vigilem  quemdam  dormientem  invenerat. 
Hasta  transfixit.  Quod  factum  quibusdam  ut  saevum 
exprobrantibus,  "  Qualem  inveni,"  inquit,  "  talem  re- 
liqui." 

IX. 

Pyrrhus  rex  Epiri,  cum  in  Italia  esset,  audivit  Ta- 
rentinos  quosdam  iuvenes  in  convivio  parum  honorifice 
de  se  locutos  esse.  Eos  igitur  ad  se  arcessitos  percunc- 
tatus  est  num  dixissent  ea  quae  ad  aures  suas  perven- 
issent.  Turn  unus  ex  his  "Nisi"  inquit  "vinum  nobis 
defecisset  multo  etiam  plura  et  graviora  in  te  locuturi 
eramus."  Haec  criminis  exciisatio  iram  regis  in  risum 
convertit. 

X. 

Philosophus  quidam  tantum  studio  deditus  est 
ut  cetera  omnia  prorsus  ignoraret.  Viso  puero  quodam, 
dum  in  via  ambulat,  quaesivisse  dicitur :  "  Tu,  parve 
puer,  quod  tibi  nomen  ?  "  Eespondit  puer  :  "  At,  mi 
pater,  filius  tuus  ego  sum,  nomine  Octavus." 

XI. 

lam  barbam  cuiusdam  raserat  tonsor  quaesiveratque 
num  quid  eorum  quae  in  tonstrina  essent  desideraret ; 
unguentorum  enim  atque  optimorum  quidem  copiam 
esse  maximam.  iSTegavit  tamen  ille  sibi  quidquam  opus 
esse,  rogavitque  :  "  Quantum  tibi  me  dare  oportet  ? " 
"  Da  modo,  domine,"  inquit,  "  quidquid  soles  ei  qui 
barbam  totonderit."  "  Quid  !  tibi  vulnus  in  utraque 
gen  a  vis  ? "  Scilicet  suam  ipse  barbam  tondere  solitus 
est,  neque  novacula  scienter  utebatur. 


SEC.  7       IRREGULAK  VERBS— POSSUM,  ETC.         21 


SECTION  7. 

Irregular  Verbs — (Continued). 

Possum         Volo         Nolo      "'  Malo 

Some  of  the  irregularities  of  possum  will  be  explained 
by  the  fact  that  j^ossum  is  a  contraction  for  potis-sum. 
(Fotissum  is  used  in  the  oldest  Latin.) 

Parts  of  the  present  tense  of  the  other  three  verbs — 

volo     vis  vult  volumus     vultis  volunt 

nolo     nonvis     nonvult     nolumus     nonvultis     nolunt 
malo    mavis      mavult      malumus    mavultis      malunt 

show   that   they    are    related    to    one   another.     Nolo   is 
shortened  for  ne-volo  (ne  =  non),  and  malo  for  mage-volo. 

(21.) 

1.  Num  potes,  inquit,  omnia  quae  te  magister  docuit 

memoria  tenere  ? 

2.  Romam  quam  celerrime  potui  veni ;  Balbuui  videre 

volui. 

3.  Caesar    quam    proxime    poterat    hostium    castris 

castra  ponebat. 

4.  Neque  in  silva  neque  in  horto  ilium  fiorem  reperire 

potuerant. 

5.  Quaesivit    ex    me    "  Gaiumne    vidisti  ?  " — Quid 

respondisti  ? — "  Gaium  non  novi,"  respondi. 


22  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  7 

6.  Visne  mecum  ad  summum  collem  ire  ? — Claudus 

altero  pede  sum ;  non  possum,  Quinte. 

7.  Pater  ilium  alterum  filium  qui  mortuus  est  secum 

omni  tempore  volebat  esse. 

8.  "  Faciam  quod  vultis,  ut  potero,"  respondit  Marcus. 

9.  Non  patriae  solum  sed  tua  ipsius  causa  hoc  velle 

debes. 

10.  Ille  puer  legere  quam  corpus  exercere  mavult. 

11.  Noli  divitias  sapientiae  anteponere.      Quid  divitiis 

incertius  esse  potest  ? 

12.  Nolet  mane  venire,  patrem  exspectat. 

13.  Malent    cum    pauperibus    quam    cum    divitibus 

vivere. 

14.  Tibi  adesse,  inquit,  neque  potero  neque  volam. 

15.  Verum  audire  volumus,  inquit;    legistine  librum 

et  intellexisti  ? 

(22.) 

1.  Can  you   not,  boys,  remember  the  things  which 

your  father  told  you  ? 

2.  "We   cannot   come   to   Eome   very   quickly,"   he 

answered. 

3.  He  was  putting  the  flowers  as  near  as  he  could 

to  the  tree. 

4.  They  could  not  open  the  window. 

5.  Do  you  wish  to  come  with  us  to  the   city  ? — I 

wish,  but  I  am  not  able. 

6.  "  We  will  do,"  he  said,  "  what  you  wish,  as  far  as 

we  shall  be  able." 

7.  He  will  be  unwilling  to  seek  aid  from  Caesar. 


SEC.  8  IRREGULAR  VERBS — FERO,  ETC.  23 

8.  Do   not   despise   the   poor:    we  ought   to   prefer 

wisdom  to  riches. 

9.  He  will  choose  rather  to  go  to  the  city  than  to 

remain  at  home. 

10.  He  will  neither  be  able  nor  willing  to  understand 

this  book. 

11.  He  inquired  of  me  :  "  You  have  not  seen  Gains  ?" 

"  I  have  not  seen  him,"  I  answered. 

1 2.  Do  not,   friends,  blame  the  slave ;   he   has   been 

sufficiently  punished  already. 


SECTION  8. 

Irregular  Verbs — {Continued). 
Fero  Fio  Eo 

The  words  which  act  as  perfect  and  supine  of  fero 
belong  really  to  another  verb. 

The  verb  fio  acts  in  some  tenses  as  the  passive  of  facia, 
but  facia  has  a  perfect  passive  of  its  own,  f actus  sum. 

(23.) 

1.  Hi  homines  non  possunt  dolorem  patienter  ferre. 

2.  Hostes    ne    unum    quidem    impetum    nostrorum 

tulerunt. 

3.  Haec  omnia  et  fert  patienter  et  feret ;  vir  fortis  est. 

4.  lUi  pueri  in  dies  nobis  moles tiores  hunt ;  puniri 

debent. 

5.  Multae  eruptiones  ex  oppido  cotidie  factae  sunt. 


24  LATIN  COUKSE  sec.  8 

6.  Hie  Londinium,  ille  Lutetiam  it. 

7.  Dominus  foras  it,  servus  domum  redit. 

8.  Cras  ad  urbem  ibo :  nonne  tu  mecum  ibis  ? 

9.  Omnia  iam  vidimus,  inquit ;  domum  redeamus. 

1 0.  Ubi  est  f rater  tuus  ? — Abiit — Quaudo  redibit  ? — 

Nescio. 

11.  Non  poterat  omnia  secum  ferre. 

12.  Multi  volunt  sapientes  fieri,  pauci  fiunt, 

13.  Legati  Eomam  ad  Caesarem  venerunt  et  pacem 

petierunt. 

14.  Quaesivit  ex  me  :  "  Librine  iam  reperti  sunt  ? " 

1 5.  Undique  uno  tempore  in  hostes  impetus  f actus  est. 

(24.) 

1.  We   are  not  able   to   bear  such   great   sufferings 

patiently. 

2.  The  Gauls  did  not  endure  even  one  charge  of  the 

Eomans. 

3.  These    things    they   are    bearing,   and    will    bear 

patiently. 

4.  That  girl  becomes  more  beautiful  day  by  day. 

5.  Some  go  to  Paris,  others  to  London. 

6.  Who  has  been  made  consul  ? — I  do  not  know. 

7.  In  the  winter  he  will  go  to  the  city,  and  in  the 

spring  he  will  return  home. 

8.  Your  brother  will  not  carry  everything  with  him. 

9.  In  vain  were  many  charges  made  on  the  enemy. 

10.  "It  is  already  time  to  go  away,"  he  said;  "let  us  go!" 

11.  Balbus  is  both  now  bearing  these  things  patiently 

and  will  always. 


SEC.  8  IRREGULAR  VERBS  25 

12.  You  did  not,  did  you,  girls,  carry  these  burdens 
with  you  to  the  city  ? 

(25.) 

1.  "  Quid  fieri  debet  ?  "  quaeris  ;  nolo  respondere. 

2.  Omnes,  ut  fit,  una  responderunt. 

3.  Mi   frater,  eamus   statim   ad   urbeni ! — Fiat,  ibo 

tecum. 

4.  Omnia  ab  his  diligenter  ad  diem  facta  sunt. 

5.  Quid  fiet  illo  homine  ?  pecuniam  non  reddidit. 

6.  Quid  illo  puero  fiet  ?  pater  rem  graviter  fert. 

7.  I,  puer,  fer  haec  ad  matrem  ;  redi  celeriter. 

8.  Tantum  laborem  diutius  ferre  non  potero. 

9.  Simul  atque  magister  venit,  pueri,  ut  fit,  tacuerunt. 

1 0.  Tantum  frigus  ferre  non  potero ;  quid  me  fiet  ? 

11.  Aulus  magnos  lapides  in  aves  iacit :  idem  hoc  fit 

a  ceteris. 

12.  Cur  ad  diem  non  venisti  ? — Volui,  sed  non  potui. 

13.  Dominus  a  servis  per  oppidum  latus  est. 

14.  Dixit   Populum    Romanum    id   factum   non   esse 
^      laturum.n 

(26.) 

1.  All,  as  usual,  wished  to  do  the  same  things. 

2.  Brother,  we  will  go  home. — By  all  means,  let  us 

go  at  once. 

3.  Why  has  not  this  been  done  on  the  proper  day, 

slaves  ? 

4.  What  will  become  of  your  brother  ?  he  is  never 

silent. 

5.  Every  one  was  much  distressed  at  this  matter. 


26  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  8 

6.  He  never  goes  into  the  country  in  the  winter ;  he 

fears  the  cold. 

7.  This  tree  will  become  greater  day  by  day. 

8.  When  will  she  return  ? — She  will  not  return  to-day. 

9.  On  the  following  day  the  whole  army  returned  to 

the  camp. 

1 0.  Caesar  has  not  been  informed  of  this  matter. 

11.  The    king   was    carried    to    the   harbour   by   the 

citizens. 

12.  This  load  had  been  carried  by  two  slaves. 


XII. 

A  Feiu  Words  with  an  Invalid. 

A.  Eectene  vales  ? 

B.  Sic  ut  antehac  peius  nunquam. 

A.  Eem  mihi  quam  acerbam  narras  !     Bono  sis  animo 

oportet ;    multum    iuvat  animus   in    re   mala 
bonus.      Quid  morbi  est  ? 

B.  Nescio  et  hoc  laboro  periculosius. 

A.  Verum ;    nam    ad    sanitatem    gradus    est    novisse 

morbum.      NuUosne  consuluisti  medicos  ? 

B.  Et  quidem  permultos. 

A.  Quid  respondent  ? 

B.  Ut   fit,  respondent.      Alius   negat,  alius   ait,  alius 

deliberandum     censet.      .In    hoc    consentiunt 
omnes — me  miserum  esse. 

A.  Diu  est,  quod  teneris  isto  morbo  ? 

B.  Mihi  quidem  saeculum  videtur  quod  aegrotare  coepi. 


SEC.  9  DEPONENT  VERBS  27 

A.  Opinor  febris  esse  speciem,  quae  te  tenet. 

B.  Verum,  et  ego  credo. 

A.  Quoto  die  recurrit  dolor  ? 

B.  Quoto  die  ?  rogas ;  immo  quotidie. 

A.  Papae !    malum   abominandum !     Uiide   suspicaris 

hoc  esse  coUectum  mali  ? 

B.  Prorsus  ignoro.      lam  recurrit  dolor.      Me  miserum  ! 


SECTION  9. 
Deponent  Verbs. 


Some  verbs  in  Latin  are  passive  in  form  but  active  in 
meaning ;  sequor^  for  instance,  does  not  mean  "  I  am  fol- 
lowed," but  "  I  follow." 

(27.) 

1.  Multae  res  ad  hoc  consilium  Gallos  hortabautur. 

2.  Caesar  eodem  die  quo  profectus   erat  ad    castra 

rediit. 

3.  Pompeius   Luceria   proficiscitur   Canusium    atque 

inde  Brundisium. 

4.  Multum  temporis,  inquit,  ab  illis  pueris  perditum 

est. 

5.  Falsus  es,  nunquam  ego  talia  locutus  sum. 

6.  Quid    tibi     dixit?- — Multa     verba     locutus     est, 

quorum  maiorem  partem  non  intellexi. 
7. 1  Ea,  quae  secuta  est,  aestate  Caesar  et  Pompeius 
consules  facti  sunt,    jt 


28  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  9 

8.  "  Quis  mecum  ad   summum   collem  ibit  ? "  dixi ; 

pauci  me  sequi  voluerunt. 

9.  Milites  cladem  graviter  tulerunt ;  frustra  imperator 

eos  hortatus  est. 

10.  Caesar,  quod  hoc  factum  graviter  tulit,  legates  ad 

se  adire  non  est  passus. 

11.  Multae  civitates  ea  patiebantur  quae  passi  erant 

Cordubenses. 

12.  Caesar  eodem  itinere  quo  superiore  anno  usus  erat 

uti  noluit. 

13.  His  navibus  multis  annis  non  usi  erant. 

14.  "Hostes   victi  sunt,"  respondit ;    "rex  ad   castra 

profectus  est." 

15.  Quid  te  fiet,  puer  ?  frustra  te  magister  hortatus 

est,  frustra  es  a  patre  monitus. 

(28.) 

1.  The  general  often  encourages  his  soldiers. 

2.  He    has    spoken    a    great    many   words   on    this 

matter. 

3.  Pompeius  set  out  to  Dyrrhachium  by  a  difficult 

route. 

4.  Caesar  has  set  out  to  ApoUonia  with  a  part  of  his 

forces. 

5.  Many  citizens  were  following  the  army. 

6.  "A  few  only,"  he  said,  " followed  me." 

7.  I  shall  never  suffer  severer  (trials). 

8.  He  did  not  permit  his  slaves  to  approach  him. 

9.  I  shall  not  use  the  same  route  to-day. 

10.   I  have  not  used  this  sword  for  many  years. 


SEC.  9  DEPONENT  VERBS  29 


(29.) 

1.  Caesar  ordered  all  the  fleet  to  follow  him. 

2.  The  windows  have  been  opened  a  long  time. 

3.  I  have  never  used  a  worse  sword. 

4.  All  the  money  has  now  been  returned. 

5.  He  spoke  much ;  nobody  listened. 

6.  What  was  said  to  you  by  that  person  ? 

7.  We  set  out  from  the  city  at  midnight. 

8.  That  boy  has  not  been  found,  has  he? 

9.  The  slave  was  brought  to  his  master. 

10.  You  will  never  undergo  severer  trials,  my  friends. 


(30.) 

1.  The  boys  become  lazier  day  by  day. 

2.  Who  allowed  you  to  remain  at  home  ? 

3.  Were  you  not  sent  to  the  city  ?     Why  have  you 

not  set  out  ? 

4.  Our  friend  went  into  the  country  yesterday ;  we 

sliall  follow  to-morrow. 

5.  A  few  soldiers  only  were  unwilling  to  set  out. 

6.  The  boy  uses  his  hands  very  well ;  he   does  not 

know  (how)  to  use  his  eyes. 

7.  Many  men   have   suffered   the   things   which   you 

now  suffer. 

8.  The  ambassadors  were  bound  and  led  to  Caesar. 

9.  No  one  wants   to   set  out :  the   kingf   exhorts   the 

soldiers  in  vain. 
10.  Who  was  talking? — I  don't  know,  I  was  silent. 


30  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  10 

SECTION  10. 
Kecapitulatory  Exercises. 

(31.) 

1.  Ego  longum  difficilemque  laborem  mox  coDfecero. 

2.  Haec   non   debes   graviter    ferre ;    non    possumus 

omnem  dolorem  vitare. 

3.  Quid  de   me  locutus  est  ? — Te  etiam  atque  etiam 

laudavit. 

4.  Volucres,  simul  atque  ver  venit,  in  silvis  canunt. 

5.  Germani  ingenti  magnitudine  corporis   esse  dice- 

bantur. 

6.  Sermo  facetus  illius  iuvenis  saepe  risum  movit. 

7.  Cotidie  castra  mota  sunt ;  qua  de  causa  nescio. 

8.  Vidimus  Caesarem  media  nocte  castris  proficisci. 

9.  Cum  omnibus  fere  nationibus  bellum  gestum  est  a 

Komanis. 

10.  Imperatorum  Eomanorum  alter  semper  vicit,  alter 

semper  victus  est. 

11.  Alios  eodem  loco  manere,  alios   celeriter  se  sequi 

iussit. 

12.  Quis    te    istos    mores    docuit  ?    statim    fenestram 

aperi ! 

13.  Castra   defendamus  !     Quid!  nonne  praestat  fuga 

salutem  petere  ? 

1 4.  Quid  de  me  fiet  ?  libros  meos  reperire  non  possum. 

15.  Hie   consul   factus    est;    ilium   spes  fefellit,   rem 

graviter  fert. 


SEC.  10  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  31 


(32.) 

1.  The  ships  were  not  able  to  reach  the  land. 

2.  Do  not  ask  for  help ;  you  will  be  able  to  conquer 

(by)  yourself. 

3.  The  enemy's  general  encouraged  liis  fellow-citizens 

in  a  long  speech. 

4.  What  will   become  of  my   son  ?    he  grows  more 

idle  day  by  day. 

5.  That  tribe  does  not  know  (how)  to  use  darts. 

6.  Some  gave  themselves  up,  others  sought  safety  in 

flight. 

7.  The  one  read  a  book,  the  other  wrote  a  letter. 

8.  At  daybreak  the  soldiers   launched  the  ships  of 

war. 

9.  The  prisoners  were  bound  and  led  into  the  prison. 

10.  One  of  the  slaves  put  the  books  on  the  table,  the 

other  slept. 

11.  The  boy  was  not  able  to  collect  his  thoughts. 

1 2.  The  soldiers  of  the  fifth  legion  were  put  on  board 

ship. 

(33.) 

1.  Captivorum  circiter  viginti   milia  Haeduis  Arver- 

nisque  reddidit. 

2.  Quis  te,  puer,  docuit  ?  neque  Latine  neque  Graece 

scis. 

3.  Ad  diem  non  venit ;  qua  de  causa  nescio. 

4.  Vidimus  ducem  prima  luce   cum  omnibus  copiis 

proficisci. 


32  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  10 

5.  Komani    cum    omnibus    fere    nationibus    bellum 

mox  gesserint. 

6.  Simul  atque  Caesar  venit,  celeriter  ad  suos  quisque 

ordines  rediit. 
*7.  Tarsus  oppidum  fere  totius  Ciliciae  nobilissimum 
fuit. 

8.  Ita  milites  hortatus  est :  "  Et  haec  et  maiora  etiam 

mala  passi  sumus." 

9.  Non  me  fefellit  dies ;  hodie  profectus  est  Caesar. 

10.  Adventum  eius  non  diutius  exspectabo.      Cur  ad 

diem  non  venit  ? 

11.  Tres  noctis  horae  militibus  ad  quietem  datae  sunt. 

12.  Copias   omnes,  quas   pro   oppido   collocaverat,  in 

castra  reduxit. 

13.  Quid!  fuga  salutem  petetis  ?     Nonne  est  fuga  tur- 

pissima  ? 

14.  Nemo,  ut  fit,  respondere  voluit;  omnes  tacuerunt. 

15.  Media    nocte    omnes    domi    manere    quam    foras 

exire  malumus. 

(34.) 

1.  These  men  have  led  a  very  disgraceful  life. 

2.  That  boy  never  has  anything  on  his  head. 

3.  These  trees  are  being  moved  by  the  wind. 

4.  The  boy's  bones  were  found  by  the  traveller  on 

the  top  of  the  mountain. 

5.  The  soldiers  were  not  able  to  keep  their  ranks. 

6.  A  large  number  of  young  men  stood  around. 

7.  They  cannot  support  the  burden  of  taxes. 

8.  Follow  the  ancient  manners  of  your  ancestors  ! 


SEC.  10  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  33 

9.   I  want  to  sleep ;  I  am  tired ;  I  shall  not  be  able 
to  go  with  you. 

10.  I  have  conquered,  you  have  been  conquered. 

11.  The  king  of   the  enemy  has  surrounded  his  camp 

with  a  long  and  broad  rampart. 

12.  One  followed,  the  other  remained  at  home. 

(35.) 

1.  Nautae  omnia  litora  illius  maris  optime  noverunt. 

2.  Ad  pontem  venerunt,  qui  erat  ab    oppido    milia 

passuum  circiter  ill. 

3.  Eum  omnium  laborum  fin  em  fore  putabant. 

4.  Haec  graviter  tuli ;   multorum  mensium  labor  per- 

ditus  est. 

5.  Helvetii  angustos  se  fines  habere  })utaverunt. 

6.  Hannibal   militibus,   quod    fessi   erant,   paucorum 

dierum  quietem  dedit. 

7.  Ego  mei,  vos  vestri,  inquit,  similes  fuistis. 

8.  Celeris  Gallorum  victoria  nostram  opinionem  fefellit. 

9.  Germanos  ingenti  magnitudine  corporis  esse  audi- 

vimus. 

10.  Reliqua  multitudo  puerorum  mulierumque  fugit. 

11.  Diebus  xxv  aggerem  latum  pedes  cccxxx,  altum 

pedes  Lxxx,  fecerunt. 

12.  Sermo  facetus  illius  iuvenis  saepe  risum  movet, 

13.  Hae  gentes  frumentum  sub  terra  condebant. 

14.  Puer,  i  statim  ad  oppidum. — Non  novi  viam — Ego 

te  docebo. 

15.  Cur  hue  venisti?   venire  non  iussi. — Pater  me  ad 

te  mi  sit. 

D 


34  .  LATIN  COURSE  SEO.  10 

(36.) 

1.  All  the  prisoners  have  been  given  back. 

2.  No  one  has  suffered  greater  evils  than  I. 
3-   Only  a  short  time  was  given  me  for  rest. 

4.  He  prefers  to  start  at  once. 

5.  Nobody  spoke ;  all  waited. 

6.  He  did  not  know  the  way ;  I  showed  him. 

7.  "  I  know  the  man,"  I  answered ;  "  I  see  him  every 

day." 

8.  He  used  his  sword  in  vain. 

9.  Give  back  the  book ;  I  want  to  use  it. 

10.  Who  inquired  this  of  you  ? 

11.  What  did  your  friend  answer? — He  was  silent. 

12.  They  have  turned  their  back  ;  they  have  been  con- 

quered. 

XIII. 

Asking  for  a  Holiday. 
Scene  I. — The  Sdwolroom. 

Puer  I.   lamdudum  et   animus  et  caelum  et  dies  in- 

vitat  ad  ludendum  ! 
Puer  II.   Invitant  quidem  haec  omnia,  sed  solus  prae- 

ceptor  non  invitat. 
Puer  I   Subornandus  est  orator  quispiam  qui  veniam 

extorqueat. 
Puer  II  Apte  quidem  dictum  "extorqueat;"  nam  citius 

clavam  extorseris  e  manu  Herculis,  quam  ab 

hoc  ludendi  veniam.      At  olim  illo  nemo  fuit 

ludendi  avidior. 


SEC.  10        RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  35 

Puer  I.  Verum ;  sed  iam  olim  ille  oblitiis  est  se  fuisse 
puerum.  Ad  verbera  facillimus  est  et  liber- 
alis,  hie  parcissimus  idemque  ditticillimus. 

Pner  II.   Attamen  quis  ad  eum  legatus  ire  vult  ? 

Puer  I.   Eat  qui  volet :  ego  carere  malo  qiiaiii  rogare. 

Piicr  11.  Nemo  inagis  accommodus  est  ad  banc  lega- 
tionem  quam  Codes. 

Puer  I.  Nemo  profecto :  I,  Codes,  ab  omnibus  nobis 
ma<?nam  inituius  gratiam. 

Codes.  Equidem  experiar :  verum  si  uon  successerit,  iie 
conferte  cul})am  in  oratorem  vestrum  ! 

Pueri   1  modo ;   si  te  satis  novimus  impetrabis. 

Scene  II. — Thf  Mader's  Stmly. 

Codes.  Salve,  praeceptor ! 

Paedago(j2cs  (to  liimsell).   Quid  sibi  vult  nugamentum 

hominis  ? 
Cod.  Salve,  praeceptor  venerande  ! 
J*((ed.   (to  himself).   Insidiosa  civilitas  !      (To  the  boy). 

Satis  iam  salveo  !      Die  quid  velis. 
Cod.  Totus   discipulorum    tuorum    grex    orat   ludendi 

veniam. 
Paed.  Nihil  aliud  quam  luditis  etiam  absque  venia. 
Cod.  Scit  tua  prudentia  vigorem  ingeniorum  excitari 

moderato  lusu,  quemadmodum  nos  docuisti  ex 

scriptore  Latino. 
Paed.   Sane  ut  istud  tenes  quod  pro  te  facit !      Laxa- 

mento  opus  est  iis,  qui  vehementer  laborant ; 

vobis  qui  segniter   studetis,  et  acriter  luditis 

freno  magis  opus  est  quam  laxatis  habenis. 


36  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  11 

Cod.  Adnitimur  pro  viribus ;  quod  adhuc  cessatum  est,. 
post  diligentia  sarcietur. 

Paecl.  Scio  quam  non  sit  tutum  tibi  credere  ;  tamen  hie 
periculum  faciam  quam  sis  bonae  fidei.  Et  si  de- 
deris  verba,  posthac  nequidquam  mecum  egeris. 

Scene  III. — The  Schoolroom. 

Cod.  Exoravi,  quamquam  aegre  ! 

Fueri.  O  lepidum  caput !  omnes  amamus  te  plurimum  ! 


SECTION  11. 
Participles. 

The  Present  Active  and  Past  Passive. 

Deponent  verbs,  being  active  in  meaning,  have  a  present 
participle  of  the  active  voice. 

(37.) 

1.  Milites  clamorem  undique  toUere  iussit. 

2.  Ego,  inquit,  cum  sola  decima  legione  iturus  sum. 

3.  T.  Ampius  pecuniam  ex  fano  Dianae  toUens  "  Deos 

non  timeo  "  inquit. 

4.  Altera  ex  duabus  legionibus  ex  castris  Varronis 

signa  sustulit. 

5.  Adventu  Caesaris  omnis  timer  sublatus  est. 

6.  Frater,  ad  oppidum  iens,'  amicum  tuum  redeuntem 

vidit. 


SEC.  11  PARTICIPLES  37 

7.  Imperator,    a   nuntio    certior   factus,   celeriter    ad 

castra  rediit. 

8.  Nauta,  ancoram  tollens,  "  Valete,"  dixit,  "  amici." 

9.  Magister  pueros,  conantes  loqui,  tacere  iussit. 

10.  Milites,  redire  iussi,  ad  castra  profecti  sunt. 

11.  Viatores,   a   rege    moniti,   alio    itiiiere    progredie- 

bantur. 

12.  Segesta  est  oppidiiin   in    Sicilia,  quod  ab   Aenea, 

fugiente  a  Troia  atque  in  haec  loca   veniente, 
conditum  est. 

1 3.  Germaiios,  per  vim  transire  conantes,  adoriebantur. 

14.  Equites  contra  liostes  euntes  vidimus. 

15.  Eum  frustra  loqui  conantem  servi,  a  domino  iussi, 

vinxerunt. 

16.  Nos,  contra   regem  bellum   gerentes,  multa  mala 

passi  sumus. 

1 7.  Puer,  a  patre  missus,  media  nocte  ad  oppidum  venit. 

18.  Propter  ea  quae  ferebant  onerajlongius  sequi  non 

poterant. 

19.  Milites  e  castris  proficiscentes  liostes  adorti  sunt. 

20.  A  Humine  progredientes  liostes  adorti  sumus. 


(••58.) 

1.  The  citizens  raised  loud  shouts. 

2.  (Some)  money  was  removed  by  Titus  Ampins  from 

the  shrine  of  Diana. 

3.  I  saw  the  boy  standing  in  the  water. 

4.  We  saw  the  slave  escaping  to  the  temple. 

5.  Seeking  gold,  we  have  found  stones. 

6.  We  heard  the  soldiers  raising  shouts. 


38  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  11 

*7.  The  boy  being  unwilling  to  follow,  remained  at 
home. 

8.  Did  you  see  my  friend  going  to  the  city  ? 

9.  They  attacked  the  soldiers  returning  to  their  camp. 
10.  The  soldier  returning  to  the  camp  saw  nothing. 

It  will  have  been  found,  in  translating  sentence  6,  for 
instance,  of  the  preceding  Latin  exercise.  No.  37,  that  it  is 
better  to  say  "  As  my  brother  was  going  to  the  town  he 
saw  your  friend  returning,"  than  "My  brother  going  to 
the  town  saw,"  etc.  So  in  the  following  exercise  such 
English  phrases  can  be  turned  by  the  use  of  the  present 
participle  in  Latin. 

(39.) 

1.  The  horseman,  quickly  following,  came  in  time. 
2    As  my  friend  was  going  to  Eome  he  saw  you  re- 
turning. 

3.  Segesta  was  founded  by  Aeneas  as  he  was  escaping 

from  Troy. 

4.  He  attacked  the  Gauls  as  they  were  trying  to  cross. 
0.   I  saw  the  army  as  it  was  returning  to  the  camp. 

6.  They  bound  him,  vainly  endeavouring  (as  he  was) 

to  answer. 

7.  We  attacked  the   enemy  as   he  was   setting   out 

from  the  camp. 

8.  While  making  war  against  the  king  we  suffered 

many  defeats. 

9.  We  saw  your  sis'ter  as   she  was  returning  home 

with  her  mother. 
1 0.  Who  can  endure  that  man  when  speaking  of  virtue? 


SEC.  12  PARTICIPLES  39 


(40.) 

1.  The  soldiers,  having  been  ordered  to  follow,  set  out. 

2.  The  travellers,  having  been  warned  by  their  friend, 

returned  by  another  route. 

3.  The    enemy,   having   been    conquered,    asked    for 

peace. 

4.  The  boy  came  to  us,  sent  by  his  father. 

5.  The   soldiers   as    they    were    returning   from    the 

battle  raised  a  shout. 

6.  The  captives  were  sent  bound  to  the  king. 

7.  Having  l)een  conquered  ourselves,  we  now  are  con- 

quering others. 

8.  We  shall  attack  the  enemy  as    he  is   advancing 

to  the  river. 

9.  The  general,  having  been  informed  of  the  enemy's 

march,  advanced. 
10.   Did  you  not  see   the  soldiers  advancing   to    the 
enemy's  camp  ? 


SECTION  12. 
Participles — (Continued). 

The  Past  Participle  Deponent  and  Passive. 

There  is  an  awkward  want  in  Latin  of  a  past  participle 
of  the  active  voice.  "  Having  loved,"  for  example,  has  no 
direct  Latin  equivalent,  but  must  be  turned  in  some  round- 
about way.  The  passive  voice,  however,  has  this  participle, 
"  having  been  loved  "  is  amatus. 


40  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  12 

Some  few  verbs,  however,  have  this  past  participle  active, 
namely,  deponent  verbs.      "  Having  followed  "  is  secutus. 

"Having"  or  "having  been"  will  not  always  be  the 
most  suitable  English  for  the  past  participle  deponent  or 
passive.  In  the  first  sentence  below  say  "  after  delaying ; " 
and  in  the  following,  "though  ordered,"  "because  he  de- 
layed," "if  she  is  ordered,"  "without  awaiting,"  "which 
had  been  looked  for,"  etc. 

(41.) 

1.  Ibi  diu  morati  tandem  proficisci  constituerunt. 

2.  Puer,  proficisci  iussus,  domi  moratus  est. 

3.  Gains,  diu  domi  moratus,  tempore  non  venit. 

4.  lussa  filia  ad  matrem  ibit. 

5.  Frater  me  non  exspectans  domum  iit. 

6.  Hie  libros  antea  frustra  quaesitos  repperit. 

7.  Amici  mei  domum  redeuntes  a  praedonibus  capti 

sunt. 

8.  Captivos  vinxit;  vinctos  ad  regem  duxit. 

9.  Castra  hostium  ante  oppidum  posita  vidit. 

10.  Ea  dies  quam  cum  legatis  constituerat  venit. 

11.  Eoma  profecti  post  paucos  dies  Lutetiam  venimus. 

12.  Adventus  legionum,  ut  fere  fit,  omnem  timorem 

sustulit. 

13.  Pueri  et  senes  propter   aetatem  arma   ferre   non 

poterant. 

14.  Bellum    interea    contra   Eomanos    gerere    consti- 

tuerant. 

15.  Hostes,  ex   finibus  suis  progressi,  nostros   adoriri 

voluerunt. 

16.  Galli  Eomanos  post  tergum  adoriri  conati  sunt. 


SEC.  12  PARTICIPLES  41 

17.  Eodem  itinere  usi  celeriter  ad  urbem  venimus. 

18.  Hunc  loqui  non  passiis,  ilium  non  patiar. 

19.  Equites  onmes  ante  se  misit,  pedites  sequi  iussit. 

20.  Eomae,  ut  constituerat,  paucos  dies  moratus  Bruii- 

disiuin  profectus  est. 

(42.) 

1.  Having    set    out    in    the   morning,   they   returned 

home  in  the  evening. 

2.  Having  advanced  for  a  long  time,  he  came  to  a 

river. 

3.  Having  attacked  the  Gauls,  we  went  back  to  tlie 

camp. 

4.  Having  encouraged  his  soldiers,  he  ordered  (them) 

to  set  out. 

5.  Having  been  often  deceived  by  that  man,  T  can- 

not praise  him. 

6.  Having  been  informed  of  the  arrival  of  the  legions, 

tlie  general  set  out. 

7.  Having  endured  worse  things,  I  can  endure  tliis. 

8.  Meanwhile,  having  delayed  a  long  time  at  Kome, 

we  determined  to  return. 

9.  Having  tried  in  vain  to  advance,  they  determined 

to  stay  there. 
10.  The  soldiers,  having  been  put  on  board  the  ships, 
raised  a  shout. 

(43.) 

1.   Afte7'  delaying  (i.e.  having  delayed)  a  long  while 
at  Eome,  they  determined  to  return  home. 


42  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  12 

2.  TJiough  ordered  {i.e.  having  been   ordered)  to  go, 

they  delayed  there. 

3.  Why  have  you  come  to  me  ? — I  come  because  I 

was  sent  {i.e.  having  been  sent)  by  my  mother. 

4.  If  ordered  {i.e.  having  been  ordered),  the  slave  will 

come  to  you  at  once. 

5.  Having   attacked   the   enemy   in    the   rear,   they 

returned  to  their  camp. 

6.  He  sent  one  of  the  slaves  before  him,  the  other  he 

ordered  to  follow. 

7.  Because  he  had  delayed  {i.e.  having  delayed)  there 

a  long  time,  he  determined  to  return  at  once. 

8.  Meanwhile,   after  attaching  {i.e.  having  attacked) 

the  cavalry,  they  advanced  to  the  town. 

9.  As  I  have  been  ordered  {i.e.  having  been  ordered) 

to  see  everything,  I  shall  delay  for  a  few  days 
in  this  city. 
10.   Aftei^    encouraging   {i.e.    having    encouraged)    the 
soldiers,  he  determined  to  advance. 

(44) 

1.  After    advancing   three   miles    we    came    to    the 

enemy's  camp. 

2.  Having  in  vain  tried  to  understand  the  book,  we 

came  back. 

3.  We  were  not  able  to   find   the  book,  though  we 

tried  often. 

4.  After  being  conquered  we  have  conquered. 

5.  We  did  not  see  the  king,  though  we  delayed  in 

the  city  for  many  days. 

6.  Ordered  to  return,  he  immediately  set  out. 


SEC.  12  PARTICIPLES  43 

7.  After  their  defeat^  the  Germans  gave  themselves  up. 

8.  I  did  not  understand  though  I  tried. 

9.  We  did  not  come  in  time,  because  we  delayed  ^  at 

Tarentum. 
10.   1  cannot  come  to  you  because  I  have  determined 
to  return  at  once. 


XIV. 

Papyrus. 

In  palustribus  Aegypti  regionibus  papyrus  nascitur. 
Radicibus  incolae  pro  ligno  utuntur;  ex  ipso  autem 
papyro  navigia  texunt,  e  libro  vela  tegetes  vestem  ac 
funes.  Succi  causa  etiam  mandunt,  modo  crudum,  modo 
decoctum.  Praeparantur  ex  eo  etiam  chartae.  Chartae 
ex  papyro  usus  post  Alexandri  demum  victorias  re- 
pertus  est.  Primo  enim  scriptum  est  in  palmarum 
foliis ;  deinde  in  libris  quarundam  arborum ;  postea 
publica  monumenta  plumbeis  tabulis  confici  aut  mar- 
moribus  mandari  coepta  sunt.  Tandem  aemulatio  regum 
Ptolemaei  et  Eumenis  in  bibliothecis  condendis  occasion- 
em  dedit  membranas  Pergami  inveniendi.  Ab  eo  tempore 
libri  modo  in  charta  ex  papyro  facta,  modo  in  membranis 
scripti  sunt. 

XV. 

The  Crocodile. 

Nilus  crocodilum  alit  beluam  quadrupedem,  in 
terra  non  minus  quam  in  flumine  hominibus  infestam. 

^  I.e.  having  been  conquered. 

-  Here  the  past  participle  ;  but  in  the  next  sentence  because  must 
be  qiiod.     Why  ? 


44  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  13 

Unum  hoc  animal  teiTestre  linguae  usu  caret ;  dentium 
pin  res  liabet  ordines ;  maxilla  inferior  est  immobilis. 
Magnitndine  excedit  plernmque  dnodeviginti  cnbita. 
Parit  ova  anserinis  non  maiora.  Unguibus  eti^m 
armatus  est  et  cute  contra  omnes  ictus  invicta.  Dies 
in  terra  agit,  noctes  in  aqua.  Cum  satur  est  et  in 
litore  somnum  capit,  ore  hiante,  trochilus,  parva  avis, 
dentes  ei  faucesque  purgat.  Sed  hiantem  conspicatus 
ichneumon  per  easdem  fauces  ut  telum  aliquod  im- 
missus  erodit  alvum.  Hebetes  oculos  dicitur  habere 
in  aqua,  extra  aquam  acerrimos. 


SECTION  13. 

The  Ablative  Absolute. 

The  construction  called  "  the  Ablative  Absolute  "  serves, 
to  some  extent,  to  make  up  for  the  want  of  a  past  participle 
of  the  active  voice.  The  English,  "  Caesar,  having  settled 
this  matter,  returned  to  the  camp,"  cannot  go  straight  into 
Latin,  because  consfUutus,  the  past  participle  of  constituo,  is 
passive,  and  means  "having  been  settled."  But  it  can  be 
turned  into  Latin  in  this  way,  Caesar  hac  re  constituta  ad 
castra  rediit — that  is,  "  Caesar,  this  matter  having  been 
settled,  returned  to  the  camp." 

(45.) 

1.  Komam  venit :  ibi  de  caede  fratris  cognoscit. 

2.  Pater,  his  rebus  constitutis,  non  diutius  moratus  est. 


SEC.  13  THE  ABLATIVE  ABSOLUTE  45 

3.  II  is  rebus  cognitis  hostes  post  tergum  adorti  sunt. 

4.  Haec  res  Caesari  iioii  niiuorem  voluptatem  quani 

ipsa  victoria  afiert. 

5.  Amicus,    hoc    iiuiitio     adlato,    luorari     noluit    et 

domum  rediit. 

6.  Barbari  sua  omnia  ex  agris  in  oppida  conferebant. 

7.  Consul,  hac  oratione  liabita,  donmni  se  contulit. 

8.  Hoc  nuntio  audito  barbari  castra  in  campo  posue- 

runt. 

9.  l>arbari,  nostros  frustra  adorti,  ad  castra  se  contule- 

runt. 

10.  His    rebus    adductus    imperator   liomanus    copias 

suas  in  campum  deducit. 

11.  Mater,  lecta  filii  epistula,  rem  graviter  tulit. 

12.  Servi,  opere  confecto,  domum  redire  constituerunt. 

13.  Gaius,  servis  secpii  iussis,  rus  est  profectus. 

14.  Postero  die  Eomani,  castris  motis,  hostes  saepius 

adorti  sunt. 

15.  Nostri    sublatis   ancoris    naves   hostium    celeriter 

secuti  sunt. 
IG.   Ea  spe  adducti  barbari  se  in  proximos  colles  con- 
tulerunt. 

17.  llli,  pecunia  non  reddita,  in  conspectum  mercatoris 

venire  tiniuerunt. 

18.  Quibus    rebus     cognitis    in    conspectum    hostium 

celerius  opinione  eorum  exercitum  adduxit. 

(46.) 

1.   This  message   having   been   brought,  they  moved 
their  camp. 


46  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  13 

2.  This  matter  having  been  settled,  we  were  unwilling 

to  set  out. 

3.  Having  learnt  these  facts,  we  did  not  delay  (any) 

longer. 

4.  Having  delivered  this  speech,  Caesar  returned  home. 

5.  The  father,  having  read  his   son's  letter,  did  not 

delay. 

6.  Balbus,  having  ordered  his  slaves  to  follow,  went 

away  to  the  country. 

7.  The  friends,  having  finished  the  task,  wrote  many 

letters. 

8.  The  sailors  having  lifted  their  anchors,  went  away. 

9.  Not  having  given  back  the  money,  they  did  not 

want  to  come  back. 

10.  Having  ordered  his  slaves  to  stay,  he  set' out  with 

his  sons. 

1 1.  Having  moved  their  camp,  they  attacked  the  enemy. 

12.  Having  done  these  things,  I  determined  to  return 

the  money. 

13.  The  soldiers,  having  raised  a  shout,  departed. 

14.  Having  put  the  soldiers  on  board  ship,  he  could 

not  attack  the  enemy. 

15.  Having  bound   all  the  prisoners,   he  ordered  the 

soldiers  to  set  out. 


(47.) 

1.  Pueri,  his  rebus  confectis,  cursu  se  exercebant. 

2.  Barbari,  urbe  capta,  ad  proximos  colles  cucurrerunt. 

3.  Caesar,  hoc  nuntio  adlato,  naves  omnes  in  unum 

locum  cogit. 


SEC.  13  THE  ABLATIVE  ABSOLUTE  47 

4.  Frater  meus,  bello  coufecto,  domum  rediit. 

5.  Nostri,   terga    vertere    coacti,   ad    castra   se   con- 

tulerunt. 

6.  Commisso    praelio    diutius    nostrorum    impetum 

hostes  ferre  non  potuerimt. 

7.  Caesar   salutem    suam    Galloruni    equitatui    com- 

mittere  non  audebat. 

8.  Eodem  die  legati,  ab  hostibus   missi,  ad  Caesarem 

de  pace  venerunt. 

9.  Suevi,  more  suo  concilio  habito,  nuntios  in  omnes 

partes  dimiserunt. 

10.  Imperator,  diniissis    Haeduoruni   copiis,  praelium 

conimisit. 

11.  Milites  navi  egredi  et  se  barbaris  conimittere  non 

audebant. 

12.  Barbari,   paene   omnibus    copiis   amissis,   in   suos 

fines  redire  coacti  sunt. 


(48.) 

1.  When  the  war  is  finished  we  shall  all  return  home. 

2.  Our  men,  after  vainly   attacking   the   enemy,  ran 

to  the  ships. 

3.  When   I  have  written   the   letter,  I  will   go   with 

you  to  the  city. 

4.  The  general,  after  encouraging  his  soldiers,  ordered 

them  to  attack  the  enemy. 

5.  The  barbarians,  having  held  a  council,  determined 

to  give  battle. 

6.  The  enemy,  having  been  conquered  in  the  battle, 

did  not  dare  to  return. 


48  LATIN  COURSE  SEO.  14 

r 

7.  As   we   know  these   facts,  let   us   weigh   anchor 

and  go.j 

8.  The  barbarians,   after   having   yesterday   in   vain 

tried   to   follow,    will    remain    in   their   camp 
to-day. 

9.  As  we  have  determined  on  war,  why  do  we  delay 

any  longer  ? 

10.  Having  advanced  to  the  river,  they  attacked  our 

men. 

11.  After  sending  messengers  in  all  directions,  they 

were  advancing  to  the  city. 

12.  After  dismissing  two  legions,  he  gave  battle  with 

the  rest. 


SECTION  14. 

The  Ablative  Absolute — {Continued). 

The  construction  of  the  Ablative  Absolute  is  used  also 
with  other  participles,  with  adjectives,  and  with  a  few 
nouns.  For  instance  :  illo  absente  means  "  He  being  absent," 
Le.  " in  his  absence,"  "  while  he  was  away;  "  patre  vivo,  "  my 
father  being  alive,"  "in  my  father's  lifetime,"  "while  my 
father  was  alive  ; "  te  iiidice,  "  you  being  judge,"  "  in  your 
judgment." 

(49.) 

1,  His    rebus    cognitis    Caesar    exercitum    dimittere 

coactus  est. 

2.  Te   duce   hostem   non   timebimus ;    omnia   facere 

poterimus. 


SEC.  14  THE  ABLATIVE  ABSOLUTE  49 

3.  Me  iudice  illi  pueri  bene  responderunt. 

4.  Amicum  e  conspectu  amisi   meo :    num  tu   eum 

vidisti  ? 

5.  Me  invito  non  poteris  fenestram  aperire. 
G.   Pueris  nobis  boni  mores  in  honore  erant. 

7.  His  consulibus  llomani  ab  Haunibale  victi  sunt. 

8.  Patre  vivo  lioniae  viximiis. 

9.  Et  me  et  te  invitissimo  hoc  fiet. 

10.  Quem  tecum  adduxisti  ? — Gai«  absente    P)album 

adduxi. 

11.  Milites,  absente   Caesare,  castra  in  campo  posue- 

runt. 

12.  Fratre  absente  constitui  tamen  ad  te  venire. 

13.  Matre  invita  Komae  diutius  manere  non  potui. 

14.  Invitus  te  fefelli.      Nemo  me  de  hac  re  certiorem 

fecit. 

15.  Tsti    clamores    mihi    dolorem    capitis    attulerunt. 

Cur  semper,  magistro  absente,  clamatis  ? 

(50.) 

1.  Under  your  leadership  we  have  both  conquered 

and  been  conquered. 

2.  In  my  judgment  the  slave  answered  very  well. 

3.  If  your  father  is  unwilling  you  will  not  be  able  to 

go  to  the  city. 

4.  The  queen  died  when  we  were  boys. 

5.  In  our  father's  lifetime  we  were  rich ;  we  are  now 

poor. 

6.  In  the   absence   of  their   master  the  boys    were 

never  silent. 

E 


50  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  15 

7.  As  our  mother  is  unwilling  we  cannot  come  to-day. 

8.  As  your  brother  is  away,  will  you  not  come  with 

us? 

9.  When  these  men  were  consuls  Carthage  was  taken 

by  the  Eomans. 

10.  In    his    judgment     your    sister    bore    her     pain 

patiently. 

11.  This  thing  was  done  in  our  absence. 

12.  As  both  father  and  mother  are  away  I  cannot 

answer ;  I  will  write  to-morrow. 


SECTION  15. 

Recapitulatory  Exercises  on  the  Ablative 
Absolute  and  Participles. 

(51.) 

1.  Agris  hostium  vastatis  ad  castra  rediimus. 

2.  Obsidibus  inter  se  datis  pacem  fecerunt. 

3.  Die  constituto  omnes  in  unum  locum  convenimus. 

4.  Frustra  conatus  te  sequi  invitus  redii. 

5.  Castris  munitis  Caesar  nuntios  in  omnes  partes 

misit. 

6.  Omnia  uno  tempore  facere  coacti  sumus. 

7.  Duce  graviter  vulnerato  milites  terga  verterunt. 

8.  Duo  milia  passuum  progressi  ad  flumen  venimus. 

9.  Te  absente  proficisci  non  possum ;  redi  statim. 

10.  Custodibus  interfectis  portas  urbis  aperuimus. 

11.  Te  duce  saepe  vicimus,  nunquam  victi  sumus. 

1 2.  Patre  tuo  vivo  pecunia  semper  ad  diem  solvebatur. 


SEC.  15  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  51 

13.  Paucos  dies  Brundisii  moratus  Eomam  me  contuli. 

14.  Primis  captis  ceteri  terga  verterunt. 

1 5.  Hos  Conon  adortus  magno  praelio  fiindit  fugatque. 

(52.) 

1.  After  wasting  the  lands  they  returned  home. 

2.  On  the  appointed  day  we  all  went  to  the  city. 

3.  After  trying  in  vain  to  see  you,  we  unwillingly 

came  back. 

4   In  my  absence  you  will  not,  will  you,  pay  the  money  ? 

5.  When  tlieir  leader  was  taken  the  soldiers  sur- 
rendered themselves. 

G.  Have  we  not  always  been  conquered  under  your 
leadership  ? 

7.  After  advancing  a  mile  they  came  to  the  enemy's 

camp. 

8.  The  money  was  paid  in  our  presence. 

9.  If  you  are  unwilling  we  will  not  go  to-day. 

10.  After  delaying   a   few  days  at  Piome  they  came 
biack  home. 

(53.) 

1.  Barbari,  hoc  iiuntio  adlato,  se  Caesari  dediderunt. 

2.  Quid  !  nobis  non  sentientibus,  te  loco  movisti  ? 

3.  Puer  ad  me  venit,  a  patre  missus. 

4.  His  rebus  cognitis,  alii  manent,  alii  proficiscuntur. 

5.  Viis  obsessis  progredi  non  potuimus. 

6.  Porta  frustra  quaesita  ibi  manere  coacti  sumus. 

V.  Hi  pueri,  maiorem  fratrem  secuti,  nunquam  tem- 
pore veniebant. 


52  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  15 

8.  Optimum  est  tacere ;  secundum  pauca  loqui. 

9.  lis  petentibus  obsides  omnes  redditi  sunt. 

10.  Omnibus   qui    aderant   sequentibus   rex   ex   urbe 

profectus  est. 

11.  Pecunia  non  soluta,  quid  de  nobis  fiet  ? 

12.  Oculis  usus  haec  reperire  poteris. 

13.  Simul  atque  me  viderunt,  servum  portam  aperire 

iusserunt. 

14.  Ceteros  abire  passus,  duces  in  carcerem  duxit. 

15.  Faciam  quod  vultis:  his  litteris  scriptis  in  hortum 

ibo. 

(54.) 

1.  He  opened  the  window  without  our  noticing  it. 
'  2.  The  slave  came  to  us,  sent  by  his  master. 

3.  The   roads    being    blocked,    we    returned    to    the 

camp. 

4.  If  the  money  is  not  paid,  we  shall  not  be  able  to 

set  out. 

5.  The  soldiers,  following  their  leader,  attacked  the 

enemy. 

6.  Knowing    this    and    you    being    absent,    we    did 

nothing. 

7.  I    have    come    to    you    because  I   was    sent    by 

my  master. 

8.  We  will  do  what  you  wish ;  while  you  are  away 

we  will  open  the  window. 

9.  I  gave  him  back  his  book,  as  he  was  asking  for  it. 
10.  The  leader  advanced,  with  all  the  soldiers  follow- 
ing him. 


SEC.  15  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  53 

(55.) 

1 .  Tempus  perdis ;  me  invito  non   poteris  fenestram 

aperire. 

2.  Non  possum,  ut  te  saepe  per  litteras  docui,  fratre 

absente  Eomam  ire. 

3.  Eae  naves,  quas  heri  in  portu  vidimus,  iam  sublatis 

ancoris  domum  redierunt. 

4.  Haec  urbs,  in   altissimo  monte   posita,  capi   non 

poterat. 

5.  Meum  ipsius  librum  reperire  frustra  conatus,  tuo 

utar. 
G.   Epbesum  ad  consulem  paucos  post  dies  obsides  ab 
rege  adducti  sunt. 

7.  Legati,  nihil  ad    ea   respondentes,  templo   egredi 

iussi  sunt. 

8.  Anno  urbis  conditae  CCCXLV  reges  expulsi  sunt. 

9.  Quindecim   milia   talentorum   dabitis ;    quingenta 

praesentia,  cetera  per  duodecim  menses. 

10.  Territis  omnibus  ipse  imperator  solus  non  timuit. 

11.  Spes  me  fefellit ;  me  vivo  haec  res  non  fiet. 

12.  Barbari,  commoti  quod  castra  capta  sunt,  domum 

redierunt. 

13.  Contemptis  iam  victis  hostibus  impetum  fecerunt. 

1 4.  Tertio  libro  lecto,  quartum  etiam  legere  conabimur. 
16.  His  litteris  acceptis  non  sumus  morati;  statim  ad 

te  venimus. 

(56.) 

1.  After  vainly  trying  to  speak,  the  orator  departed. 

2.  What !  will  you  take  my  books  against  my  will  ? 

You  cannot. 


54  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  15 

3.  As  we  have  been  told  to  read  this  book,  shall  we 

not  read  it  ? 

4.  After  saying  these  words,  he  ordered  the  prisoners 

to  be  brought  to  him. 

5.  After  hearing  these  things,  we  were  not  able  to 

answer. 

6.  The  ships,  which  were  in  the  harbour  yesterday, 

have  now  weighed  anchor  and  gone. 

7.  You  will  not  be  able  to  find  your  friends,  ordered 

(as  they  have  been)  to  depart. 

8.  Do  not  go  while  my  father  is  away !      He  will 

soon  return. 

9.  These  matters  being  settled,  we  ran  to  the  river. 
10.  After    advancing    three   miles    we    came    to   the 

mountain. 


XVI. 

Fables  about  India. 

Incolarum  habitus  moresque  diversi.  Quidam 
parentes  et  propinquos,  priusquam  annis  et  macie  con- 
ficiantur,  velut  hostias  caedunt  eorumque  visceribus  epu- 
lantur.  li  qui  sapientiam  profitentur  ab  ortu  solis  ad 
occasum  stare  solent  solem  immobilibus  oculis  intuentes  •, 
ferventibus  arenis  toto  die  alternis  pedibus  insistunt. 

Maximos  India  elephantos  gignit.  Hoc  animal 
cetera  omnia  docilitate  superat.  Discunt  arma  iacere, 
gladiatorum  more  congredi,  saltare  et  per  funes  in- 
cedere.  Narrat  scriptor  quidam  Eomae  unum  segnioris 
ingeni  saepe  castigatum  esse  verberibus,  quia  tardius 
accipiebat   quae   tradebantur;   eundeni   repertum   esse 


sEu.  16  SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  65 

noctu  eadem  meditanteni.  Elephant!  gregatim  semper 
ingrediuntur.  Ducit  agmen  maximus  natu,  cogit  is, 
qui  aetate  ei  est  proximus.  Amnem  transitiiri  niini- 
mos  praemittunt.  Capiuntur  foveis.  In  has  ubi 
elephas  deciderit,  ceteri  ramos  congerunt,  aggeres  con- 
struunt  omnique  vi  conantur  extrahere. 

In  India  quoque  seipentes  perpetuum  belhim  cum 
elephantis  gerunt.  Ex  iiiborihus  se  in  praetereuntes 
praecipitant  gressusque  ligant  nodis.  Hos  nodos  ele- 
phanti  manu  resolvunt.  At  dracones  in  ipsas  elephan- 
torum  nares  caput  condunt  spiritum{[ue  praecludunt. 
Plerumque  in  ilia  diniicatione  utrique  commoriuntur ; 
victus  enim  elephas  corruens  serpentem  pondere  suo 
elidit. 


SECTION  16. 

The  Subjunctive  Mood:  Ut. 

The  First  and  Second  Conjugations:  Active  and 
Passive. 

Do  ut  des,  /  give  that  you  may  give. 
Dedi  ut  dares,  /  gave  that  ycni  might  give. 

That,  when  it  means  "  in  order  that,"  or,  in  other  words, 
when  it  expresses  a  purpose,  is  translated  by  the  conjunction 
ut,  and  the  following  verb  is  put  in  the  subjunctive  mood. 

Ut  may  also  be  translated  by  "to."  "I  came  that  I 
might  help  you  "  and  "  I  came  to  help  you  "  mean  the  same 
thing,  and  may  be  translated  by  Veni  ut  te  adiuvarem. 


56  LATIN  COURSE  seo.  16 

But  in  turning  into  Latin  this  "to"  of  the  purpose, 
care  must  be  taken  as  to  the  tense  of  the  following  verb  in 
the  subjunctive.  "  He  sent  the  boys  to  see  the  city,"  that 
is,  in  other  words,  "  that  they  might  see  ; "  so  "  Pueros  misit, 
ut  urbem  viderent" 


(57.) 

1.  Venite  statim,  ut  me  in  hac  re  adiuvetis. 

2.  Haec  non  dixi,  cives,  ut  animos  vestros  ad  bellum 

incitarem. 

3.  Ut  valeret,  corpus  cotidie  exercebat. 

4.  Nos  ad  urbem  imus,  ut  vos  domi  maneatis. 

5.  Cur  tibi  hoc  dixi  ?  nonne  dixi  ut  memoria  semper 

teneres  ? 

6.  Navibus  incensis,  hostes  a  tergo  adorti  sumus. 

7.  Nostri     crebras     eruptiones    faciunt,    ut     ordines 

hostium  turbent. 

8.  Impedimentis  in  oppido  relictis,  in  campum  pro- 

fecti  sumus. 

9 .  Nostri,  incitatis  equis,  hostes  impeditos  adoriebantur. 

10.  Haec  dixi,  ut  meis  verbis  pueri  ad  maiorem  dili- 

gentiam  incitarentur. 

11.  Omnia  feci,  ut  frater  aere  alieuo  liberaretur. 

12.  Multa  loquitur,  ut  tibi  sapiens  videatur. 

13.  Ego  domi  maneo,  ut  tu  et  tuus  amicus  in  urbe 

moremini. 

14.  Haec  oratio  utilissima  reipublicae  semper  putata 

est. 

15.  Castra  cotidie  moventur,  ut  milites  in  omni  genere 

laborum  exerceantur. 


SEC.  16  SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  57 


(58a.) 

1.  Come,  my  brother,  that  you  may  help  me ! 

2.  I  said  this  that  I  might  incite  the  boy  to  greater 

diligence. 

3.  I  came  that  I  might  set  my  friend  free  from  debt. 

4.  I  went  to  the  camp  that  I  might  see  my  friends. 

5.  They  are  going  out  from  the  camp  that  they  may 

seize  the  hill. 

6.  1  came  to  you  that  you  might  help  me  in  this 

matter. 

7.  What !  did  you  come  that  you  might  incite  the 

minds  of  the  citizens  to  war  ? 

8.  That  you  may  be  well,  take  exercise  every  day. 

9.  I  am  going  to  the  city  that  you  may  remain  at 

home. 

1 0.  I  told  you  this  often  that  you  might  always  retain 

it  in  your  memory. 

11.  When  we  had  set  fire  to  the  town  we  advanced, 

that  we  might  lay  waste  the  enemy's  lands. 

1 2.  Having  left  the  baggage  in  the  camp,  w^e  set  out, 

that  we  might  take  possession  of  the  hill. 

(586.) 

1.  He  sent  two  legions  in  order  that  the  city  might 

be  at  once  besieged. 

2.  He  said  this  that  he  might  be  considered  wise. 

3.  I  said  this  to  encourage  the  soldiers. 

4.  He  has  left  a  large  part  of  the  baggage  in  the  camp. 

5.  He  sent  the  slaves  to  tell  their  master. 


68  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  17 

6.  We   are   advancing   to   the   wood   to  attack   the 

enemy  from  the  rear. 
V.  He  sent  the  cavalry  that  the  city  might  be  set  free 

from  its  peril. 

8.  He   burnt  the   ships   that  the   enemy  might   be 

alarmed. 

9.  Having  done  these  things,  we  set  out  to  see  the  city. 

1 0.  While  you  were  away  we  went  to  the  city  to  give 

the  book  to  Caius. 

11.  He  did  this  that  he  might  seem  useful  to  the  state. 

1 2.  He  often  moves  his  camp  in  order  to  exercise  his 

soldiers  in  every  kind  of  labour. 


SECTION  17. 

Ut,  Final — (Continued). 
Subjunctive  Mood  :  Third  Conjugation. 

(59.) 

1.  Ad  te  scribo,  ut  omnem  timorem  tollam. 

2.  Veni  ad  te,  ut  pecuniam  debitam  solverem. 

3.  Haec  ad  te  scripsi,  ut  omnes  has  res  statim  con- 

stitueres. 

4.  Quid  venisti  ?  ut  a  me  auxilium  peteres  ? 

5.  Quo  ibis,  mea  soror  ? — Ibo  ad  hortum  ut  flores 

carpam. 

6.  Floribus  carptis,  ibo  ad  urbem,  ut  fratrem  videam. 
V.   Ad  litus  iverunt,  ut  naves  hostium  incenderent. 


SEC.  17  UT,  FINAL  59 

8.  His  rebus  cognitis  statim.redii,  iit  tecum  loquerer. 

9.  Hodie  tibi  pecuuiamdabo,ut  prima  luce  progrediaris. 

10.  Nautae  ancoras  tollunt,  ut  naves  solvantur. 

11.  Naves  mox  solventur,  ut  nautae  hostes  sequantur. 

12.  Impedimeutis  in  proximum  collem  deductis,  ipse 

ad  llumen  progressus  est,  ut  poutem  solvere t. 

(00.) 

■  1.   I  am  gathering  flowers  to  send  to  my  mother. 

2.  I  came  to  give  you  back  your  book. 

3.  They  are  going  to  the  harbour  to  set  fire  to  all  the 

enemies'  ships. 

4.  The  ships  having  been  set  lire  to,  they  will  return 

to  burn  the  town. 

5.  I  will  give  you  tlie  book  to-day,  that  you  may 

read  it  to-morrow. 

6.  They  went  to  the  shore  to  see  the  sailors  and  the 

ships. 

7.  What  did  you  come  to  see  ? — I  came  to  see  you. 

8.  I  wrote  these  words  that  you  might  understand 

the  speech. 

9.  They  went  to  the  river  to  follow  the  others. 
10.  I  did  this  that  my  words  might  be  read  by  all. 


XVII. 

A  True  Dreani. 

Duo  quidam  familiares  iter  una  faciebant ;  et,  cum 
Megara   venissent,   alter    ad   cauponem,   ad    hospitem 


60  LATIN  COURSE  sEc.  18 

alter,  devertit.  Qui  cum  cenati  quiescerent,  nocte 
media  visus  est  in  somno  ei  qui  erat  in  hospitio  ille 
alter  orare,  ut  subveniret,  quod  sibi  a  caupone  in- 
teritus  pararetur.  Primo  perterritus  somnio  surrexit ; 
dein,  cum  se  collegisset  idque  visum  pro  nihilo  haben- 
dum esse  duxisset,  recubuit.  Tum  ei  dormienti 
idem  ille  visus  est  rogare  his  verbis  :  "  Quoniam 
mihi  vivo  non  subvenisti,  mortem  meam  ne  inultam 
esse  passus  sis.  Interfectus  in  plaustrum  a  caupone 
sum  coniectus,  et  supra  stercus  iniectum ;  mane  ad 
portam  ades,  priusquam  ex  oppido  exeat."  Hoc  vero 
somnio  commotus,  mane  bubulco  praesto  ad  portam 
fuit :  quaesivit  ex  eo  quid  esset  in  plaustro ;  ille  per- 
territus fugit ;  mortuus  erutus  est ;  caupo,  re  patefacta, 
poenas  dedit. 


SECTION  18. 

Ut,  Final — {Continued). 

Third  Conjugation — {Continued). 

Certain  verbs  ending  in  -io  form  the  infinitive  present 
in  -^re  and  imperfect  subjunctive  in  -Srem.  Facio  is  one  of 
these.  "  To  make  "  is  facere ;  I  might  make,  facer  em. 
Others  of  these  verbs  are,  the  compounds  of  facio  ;  inter- 
ficio,  conficio,  reficio,  etc. ;  capio,  and  its  compounds,  accipio, 
decipiOj  incipio,  recipio ;  and  iacio.  The  deponents  monoi\ 
patior,  progredioVj  in  the  same  way  form  these  tenses 
according  to  the  third  conjugation  :  7nori,  morerer ;  pati, 
paterer  ;  progredi^  progrederer.     See  p.  ^tM.  -3  3<^  . 


SEC.  18  UT,  FINAL  61 

(61.) 

1.  Nuntios  miserunt,  ut  Caesarem  de  his  rebus  certio- 

rein  facerent. 

2.  His  rebus  factis  ad  portum  ibo,  ut  navem  reficiam. 

3.  Non  est  verum  ;  hoc  solum  dixit,  ut  te  deciperet. 

4.  Galli  ad  Caesarem  iverunt,  ut  obsides  reciperent. 

5.  Quid  fugietis,  milites  ?      Mori  melius  est  quam 

turpiter  vivere. 

6.  Impedimenta  in  castris   reliquit,  ut  ad  oppidum 

celeriter  progrederentur. 

7.  Quid !  num  oratorem  culpas  ?  nonne  populus  vult 

decipi  ? 

8.  Paucos  milites  in  colle  posuit,  ut  lapides  in  hostes 

iacerent. 

9.  Vive  lioneste,  ut  aequo  animo  moriaris. 

10.  Domi  unum   solum   mensem  moratus,  ad  urbem 

rediit,  ut  opus  inceptum  conficeret. 

11.  Non  sum  miles;  malo  donu  morari  quam  bellum 

gerere. 

12.  Vir  bonus   mavult   pro   patria  mori  quam   victa 

patria  turpiter  vivere. 

(62a.) 

1.  We  will  send  a  messenger  to'  inform  the  general 

of  these  matters. 

2.  The   war   having   been   finished,   we   will    return 

home  to  see  our  friends. 

3.  Did  you  say  that  to  deceive  me  and  others  ? 

4.  We  wiU  go  to  Caesar,  to  get  back  our  hostages. 


62  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  18 

6.  To  die  is  better  than  to  live. — You  are  not  well. 

6.  A  few  soldiers  were  posted  on  the  hills  to  throw 

stones  on  the  enemy. 

7.  The  good  live  virtuously,  that  they  may  die  with 

resignation. 

8.  Some  came  to   see  the   king,   others  to  see  the 

orator. 

9.  Why  did  you  not  come  to  mend  the  table  ? 
10.  I  came  to  give  you  this  little  book. 

(62&.) 

1.  They  went  into  the  wood  to  make  a  fire. 

2.  I   write  to  you  in   order  that  I   may  receive   a 

letter  from  you. 

3.  We  remained  at  home  the  whole  day  to  finish  the 
—  work. 

4.  He  spoke  these  words  to  deceive  the  soldiers. 

5.  The  sailors  are  going  to  the  harbour  to  mend  their 

ships. 

6.  They  set  sail  in  the  morning  in  order  that  they 

might  reach  land  before  night. 

7.  When  we  have  finished  the  task  we  will  go  to 

the  town  to  see  the  soldiers. 

8.  The  ambassadors  said  this  to  deceive  Caesar. 

9.  My   brother,   who    came    yesterday,   will    go    to- 

morrow to  Eome  to  see  you. 
10.  Having  heard  the  speech,  they  advanced  to  take 
the  town. 


SRC.  19  UT,  FINAL  63 


SECTION  19. 

Ut,  Final — (Cmtinued). 

Subjunctive  Mood  :  Fourth  Conjugation. 

Do  not  use  nt  Tion,  but  instead  ne.  So  AMU  ne 
videretur,  "  He  went  away  that  he  might  not  be  seen  ; " 
or,  "  not  to  be  seen  ; "  or,  "  lest  he  should  be  seen." 

(63.) 

1.  Ad  urbem  omnes  venimus,  ut  oratorem  audiremus. 

2.  Nocte  e  castris  progressi  sumus,  ne  hostes  clam  ore 

sublato  convenirent. 

3.  Legiones  pro  castris  constituit,   ne  hostes  subito 

adorirentur. 

4.  Fessus  sum,  amice ;  domum  redibo,  ut  dormiam. 

5.  Captivos  .omnes  interfici  iussit,  ne  in  itinere  im- 

pedirentur. 

6.  Pauci,  relictis  equis,  fossam  transire  conati  sunt, 

ut  ceteros  adiuvarent. 

7.  Milites  illius  itineris  laborem  vix  pati  potuerunt. 

8.  Haec  ad  te  scripsi,  ne  res  urbanas  nescires. 

9.  In  liortum  eo,  ut  librum  reperiam. — Non  reperies. 

10.  His   cognitis  milites   ex   urbe   eduxit,   ne    omnes 

interficerentur. 

11.  Nuntios  mitte,  ut  consul  de  bis  rebus  certior  fiat. 

12.  Rem  non  debes  graviter  ferre,  ne  omnibus  decipi 

videaris. 


64  LATIN  COUESE  sec.  19 


1.  We  will  all  go  into  the  woods  to  hear  the  birds. 

2.  We  will  not  sleep,  lest  the  enemy  attack  us. 

3.  They  give  back  the  captives,  that  they  may  not 

be  impeded  on  the  march. 

4.  They  advanced   to    help  the   cavalry  when    they 

heard  this. 

5.  T  will  write  to  you  often,  that  you  may  not  be  in 

ignorance  of  the  doings  of  the  town. 

6.  I  will  go  into  the  garden  to  find  your  friend. 

7.  They  were  reading   books,  that   they  might  not 

seem  to  be  doing  nothing. 

8.  The  soldiers   returned  to  their  camp,  that  they 

might  not  be  taken  by  the  enemy. 

9.  Having  left  their  baggage  in  the  camp,  they  set 

out  to  follow  the  cavalry. 
10.  They  raised  a  shout,  that  they  might  be  heard  by 
the  enemy. 

(64&.) 

1.  If   you   are   unwilling,  I   will  not  go  to  see  the 

soldiers. 

2.  We  followed  the  soldiers  in  order  that  we  might 

be  able  to  see  the  battle. 

3.  They  were  raising  shouts  in  order  that  the  words 

of  the  orator  might  not  be  heard. 

4.  I  v/ent  to  the  city  to  inform  the   consul  of  the 

whole  affair. 

5.  We   will   go   ourselves  to  the   camp,  lest  we  be 

deceived. 


SEC.  19  UT,  FINAL  65 

6.  They  will  leave  their  baggage  in  the  camp,  lest 

they  be  impeded  on  the  march. 

7.  He  went  into  the  woods,  that  he  might  not  be 

sent  into  the  city. 

8.  They  sent  the  slave  to  pay  the  money  at  once. 

9.  We  will  not  go   into   the  camp,  lest  the  soldiers 

throw  their  darts  at  us. 
10.    r  will  follow  the  slave,  whom  I  sent  into  the  city, 
lest  he  deceive  me. 


XVIII. 

A  Murder  at  an  Inn. 


In  itinere  quidam  proficiscentem  ad  mercatum  quen- 
dam  et  secum  aliquantum  nummorum  ferentem  est 
consecutus.  Cum  hoc,  ut  fere  fit,  in  via  sermonem 
contulit :  ex  quo  factum  est,  ut  illud  iter  familiarius 
facere  vellent.  Qua  re,  cum  in  eandem  tabernam 
devertissent,  simul  cenare  et  in  eodeni  loco  somnum 
capere  voluerunt.  Cenati  discubuerunt  ibidem  ;  neque 
tamen  uterque  vivus  surrexit.  Quomodo  perierit 
dicitur  post  inventum  esse,  cum  in  alio  maleficio 
deprehensus  esset  caupo.  Is  enim  noctu,  postquam 
illos  arctius  iam,  ut  fit,  ex  lassitudine  dormire  sensit, 
accessit,  et  alterius  eorum  qui  sine  nummis  erat  gladium 
propter  appositum  e  vagina  eduxit,  et  ilium  alterum 
occidit ;  nummos  abstulit,  gladium  cruentum  in  vaginam 
recondidit,  ipse  se  in  suum  lectum  recepit.  Hie  autem, 
cuius  gladio  occisio  erat  facta,  multo  ante  lucem  sur- 
rexit ;  comitem  ilium  suum  inclamavit  semel  et  saepius. 


66  LATIN  COUESE  sec.  20 

Ilium  somno  impeditum  non  respondere  existimavit : 
ipse  gladium  et  cetera  quae  secum  attulerat  sustulit; 
solus  profectus  est.  Caupo  non  multo  post  conclamat 
hominem  esse  occisum,  et  cum  quibusdam  deversoribus 
ilium  qui  ante  exierat  consequitur  in  itinere.  Ho- 
minem comprehendit ;  gladium  eius  e  vagina  educit ; 
reperit  cruentum.  Homo  in  urbem  ab  illis  deducitur 
ac  reus  fit. 


SECTION  20. 

The  Accusative  with  Infinitive. 

It  has  been  seen  that  the  word  that  is  translated  into 
Latin  by  ut,  when  the  that  means  in  order  that.  In  such  a 
sentence  as  "He  said  that  his  mother  was  not  well,"  it  is 
plain  that  that  does  not  mean  in  order  that ;  and  it  is  differ- 
ently turned  in  Latin.  The  "  that "  has  no  Latin  word, 
the  following  noun  is  put  into  the  accusative  case,  and  the 
following  verb  into  the  infinitive  mood.  The  Latin,  then, 
will  be  Dixit  matrem  non  valere.  In  the  following  sentence 
both  kinds  of  "  that "  occur.  "  He  said  that  he  was  not 
well,  that  he  might  not  be  sent  into  the  city,"  that  he  will 
be  se,  that ,  .  .not  will  be  ne. 

(65.) 

1.  Scio  eum  navem  suam  iam  refecisse. 

2.  Dixit  patrem  suum  et  matrem  mortuos  esse. 


\         SEC.  20  ACCUSATIVE  WITH  INFINITIVE  67 


3.  jSTego  te  a  me  deceptum  esse :  spes  tua  te  fefellit. 

4.  Promittit  se  tempore  rediturum  esse. 

5.  Negat  se  me  invito  epistulam  scriptiirum. 

6.  Constat  Eomulum  primum  populi  Eomani  regem 

fuisse. 

7.  Alii  dicunt,  alii  negant,  nostros  vicisse. 

8.  Spero  te  patre  invito  non  venturum. 

9.  Dixit  se  non  valere,  ne  ad  urbem  niitteretur. 

10.  Scio  te  inimico  in  me  animo  esse. 

11.  Cur  simulas  te  inimicos  amare  ? 

12.  Audivi  te  dolorem  aequo  animo  pati. 

13.  Scio  ilium  hominem  iniinicum  omnium  bonorum 

esse. 

14.  Certiorem  me  fecerunt  nostros  ab  hostibus   victos 

esse. 

15.  Spero  eum  reperturum  esse  quae  amisit. 

16.  His  quaerentibus  respondi  me  nihil  repperisse. 

17.  Promittit  se  me  non  sentiente  dentem  extracturum 

esse. 

18.  Eespondit  se  nolle  hodie  pecuniam  solvere. 

19.  Graviter  fero  te  a  me  non  auxilium  petiisse. 

20.  Scio   ilium   hominem   domi    manere,  ne   mihi   in 

conspectum  veniat. 


(6Grt.) 

1.  I  know  that  he  is  writing  a  letter. 

2.  They  said  that  they  had  already  answered. 

3.  He  promises  that  he  will  give  back  the  book. 

4.  I  hope  that  you  will  set  out  to-morrow. 

5.  He  pretends  that  he  is  teaching  his  brother. 


68  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  20 

6.  He  said  that  he  had  often  heard  the  orator. 

7.  It  is  well  known  that  the  queen  is  dead. 

8.  He  denied  that  he  had  received  your  letter. 

9.  It  is  not  true  that  I  give  nothing  to  the  poor. 

10.  I  was    ignorant    that    Caius    was    an    enemy    of 

yours. 

11.  They  deny  that  they  have  seen  the  soldiers. 

12.  They  pretend  that  they  are  unwilling. 

The  English  sentence  "  He  said  that  he  saw  the  house  " 
may  mean  two  things.  It  may  mean  that  he  said  "■  I  see 
the  house  "  or  "  I  saw  the  house  "  some  time  in  the  past. 
If  it  means  "  I  see,"  the  Latin  should  be  videre;  if  "I  saw," 
vidisse. 

{66b.) 

1.  He  pretended  that  he  was  often  in  Eome. 

2.  He  said  that  he  wrote  five  letters  yesterday. 

3.  He  said  that  he  put  everything  on  the  table. 

4.  They  denied  that  they  had  been  deceived. 

5.  He  pretended  that  he  was  following  the  army. 

6.  He  said  that  he  had  deceived  his  enemy. 

7.  The  general  pretended  that  he  had  conquered  the 

enemy. 

8.  They  said  that  they  saw  your  brother  yesterday. 

9.  We  all  hope  that  you  will  come  to  us. 

10.  He  said  that  he  knew  everything. 

11.  He  said  that  he  conquered  the  enemy  in  Gaul. 

12.  Do  you  promise  that  you  will  inform  me  of  every- 

thing ? 


SEC.  21  DEFECTIVE  VERBS  69 

SECTION  21. 

Defective  Verbs. 

Some  verbs  have  lost  their  present  tense  and  tenses 
formed  from  it,  and  have  only  the  perfect  and  tenses  formed 
from  the  perfect.  E.g.  coepi,  I  began;  odi,  I  hate;  memini, 
T  remember. 

Notice  also  that  the  two  latter  verbs  have  present 
meanings  with  the  perfect  form. 

(67.) 

1.  Meniini  me  promisisse ;  ad  diem  veniam. 

2.  Interea,  ceteris  tacentibus,  Gains  dicere  coepit. 

3.  Quis  mecum  Londinium  ibit  ?  non  novi  viam. 

4.  Quis  tecum  loquebatur  ? — Non  novi  nomen  eius. 

5.  Scio  Gallos  saepe  a  Eomanis  victos  esse. 

6.  Pater  mens  negavit  se  illam  rem  meminisse. 

7.  Dixit  se  neque  hunc  hominem  neque  ilium  odisse. 

8.  lUe  puer  dixit  se  iam  Latine  scire. 

9.  Novi  hominem  et  scio  eum  pessimum  civem  semper 

fuisse. 

10.  Tui  nunquam  obliviscar;  semper  memiuero  te  me 

iu  ilia  re  adiuvasse. 

11.  Num  tu  mei  oblitus  es  ?     Cur  nunquam  ad  meas 

epistulas  respondes  ? 

12.  Illi  nautae   coeperunt  reficere   naves,  ut  domum 

redirent. 

13.  Ne  inimicos  tui  quidem  odisse  debes,  sed  omnes 

homines  amare. 


70  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  21 

1 4.  Hanc  totam  orationem  Latine  redde ;  reddita  ad 

me  veni. 

15.  Spero   te   invito   me,    qui   tibi    saepe   adfui,   non 

haec  conaturum  esse. 

(68a.) 

1.  Then  his  brother  began  to  say  that  he  was  un- 

willing. 

2.  I  remember  that  he  died  on  that  day. 

3.  I  do  not  know  your  friend.     What  is  his  name  ? 

4.  I  shall  never  forget  that  day;  we  were  all  conquered. 

5.  Do  you  not  remember  that  I  hate  that  man  ? 

6.  I  say  that  he  does  not  know  Latin. 

7.  I  promise  that  1  will  remain  there  all  day. 

8.  He  pretends  that  he  has  already  answered. 

9.  Do  you  not  hope  that  the  Eomans  have  already 

conquered  ? 
10.  He  does  not  know  that  we  made  the  same  requests. 

(685.) 

1.  When  you  have  done  this,  remember  that  I  shall 

be  in  the  garden. 

2.  He  said  that  he  had   forgotten.      Do  you  think 

that  he  spoke  the  truth  ? 

3.  I  have  often  turned  that  passage  into  Latin. 

4.  I  said  this  that  he  should  not  think  me  unwilling. 

5.  That  boy,  when  ordered  to  turn  this  into  Latin, 

said  that  he  did  not  know  Latin. 

6.  He  began  to  write  in  order  that  having  finished 

the  work  he  might  go  into  the  woods. 


SEC.  22  IMPEJRSONAL  VERBS  71 

V.   I    was   aware    that   you   were    pretending   in    his 
presence. 

8.  Knowing  this,  T  said  that  I  should  not  be  absent. 

9.  Why  did  you   pretend   that   you  were  not  well  ? 

You  did  not  hope  that  you  would  deceive  me  ? 


SECTION  22. 

Impersonal  Vek?,s. 

Many  verbs  are  used  only  in  the  third  person  singular 
(and  in  the  infinitive  and  gerund).  Plait,  it  rains  ;  licet 
miJii  ire,  it  is  permitted  me  to  go,  i.e.  I  may  go;  oportet 
Tine  ire,  it  behoves  me  to  go,  i.e.  I  ought  to  go. 

(60.) 

1.  Pluit,  Balbe  ;  neque  hodie  ad  urbem  ire  poterimus. 

2.  llbi  est  frater  nieus  ? — Te  oportet  hoc  scire. 

3.  Sanguineni  pluisse  Eoinae  creditum  est. 

4.  Opere  facto  licebit  tibi  in  hortuni  ire. 

5.  Credo  te  fratrem  meum  novisse  ? — Et  novi  et  amo 

tuuni  fratrem. 

6.  Neque  possum   tecum  ire,  neque  (mihi  crede)  me 

oportet. 

7.  Nonne  mihi  licet  inimicos  odisse  ? 

8.  Ne  inimicos  quidem  (mihi  crede)  odisse  debemus. 

9.  Nonne  nos  oportet  patrem  de  his  rebus  certiorem 

facere  ? 
10.   Nonne  mihi  licet  in  hortum  ire,  ut  flores  carpam  ? 


72  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  22 

11.  Promisisti   te   me   adiuturum :    nonne   te  oportet 

promissa  praestare  ? 

12.  Ille  puer  coepit  omnibus  molestus  esse:    semper 

de  se  et  de  suis  rebus  loquebatur. 

(70.) 

1 .  Why  does  it  always  rain  ?     I  shall  not  be  able  to 

go  into  the  garden  to-day. 

2.  You  ought  to  remember  this :  I  was  not  present. 

3.  We  ought  to  inform  Caesar  of  all  matters. 

4.  You  may  go  to  Eome :  return  to-morrow. 

5.  Why  may  I  not  see  this  house  ? 

6 .  He  will  return,I  believe,  that  he  may  receive  the  money. 

7.  I  believe  that  he  knows  Latin. 

8.  We  ought  to  remember  these  matters. 

9.  May  I  not  tell  my  father  these  things  ? 

10.  Neither  the  elder  nor  the  younger  brother  (believe 

me)  knows  Latin. 

11.  He  said  that  he  did  not  know  all  the  citizens. 

12.  You  may  not  go,  lest  you  fall  into  the  water. 


XIX. 

Alexanders  Speech  to  his  Soldiers 
(in  which  he  vainly  endeavours  to  urge  them  to  follow  him  into  India). 

Alexander,  cum  ad  Hypasin  fluvium  processisset,  non 
modo  transire  voluit,  sed  ad  Gangen,  maximum  totius 
Indiae  flumen,  pergere  ;  postremo  totius  orbis  imperium 
appetere.  Sed,  veritus  ut  longius  progredi  veil  en t, 
vocatis   militibus,  ad   hunc  modum   disseruit :    "  Non 


SEC.  22  IMPERSONAL  VERBS  73 

ignoro,  milites,  multa  quae  terrere  vos  possent  ab  in- 
colis  Indiae  per  hos  dies  de  industria  esse  iactata. 
Sed  omnia  fama  tradit  maiora  vero,  neque  nos  fabulae 
deterrere  possunt.  Quamdiu  vobiscum  in  acie  stabo, 
nee  mei  nee  hostium  exercitus  numero.  Vos  modo 
animos  mihi  plenos  alacritatis  ac  fiduciae  adhibete. 
Non  in  limine  operum  laborumque  nostrorum,  sed  in 
exitu,  stamus.  Pervenimus  ad  solis  ortum  et  Ocea- 
num ;  inde  victores  perdomito  fine  terrariim  revertemur 
in  patriam.  Maiora  sunt  periculis  praemia;  dives 
eadem  et  inbellis  regio  est.  Itaque  non  tam  ad 
gloriam  vos  duco  quam  ad  praedam.  Per  vos  gloriam- 
que  vestram  oro  quaesoque,  ne  liumanarum  rerum  ter- 
minos  adeuntem  alumnum  commilitonemque  vestrum, 
ne  dicam  regem,  deseratis.  Date  hoc  precibus  meis  et 
tandem  obstinatum  silentium  rumpite.  Ubi  est  ille 
clamor,  alacritatis  vestrae  index  ?  ubi  ille  meorum 
Macedonum  vultus  ?  Non  agnosco  vos,  milites ;  nee 
agnosci  videor  a  vobis.  Surdas  iamdudum  aures 
pulso ;  aversos  animos  et  infractos  excitare  conor." 
Cumque  illi  in  terram  demissis  capitibus  tacere  per- 
severarent,  "  Nescio  quid "  inquit  "  in  vos  imprudens 
deliqui,  quod  me  ne  intueri  quidem  vultis.  In  solitu- 
dine  mihi  videor  esse  desertus ;  destitutus  sum ;  hosti- 
bus  deditus.  Sed  solus  quoque  ire  perseverabo.  Scythae 
Bactrianique  erunt  mecum,  liostes  paulo  ante  nunc  mi- 
lites nostri.  Mori  praestat  quam  precario  imperatorem 
esse.      Ite  reduces  domos  ;  ite  deserto  rege  ovantes  !  " 

Ne  sic  quidem  uUi  militum  vox  exprimi  potuit. 
Stabant  oribus  in  terram  defixis  lacrimisque  manantibus. 
Eex  tandem,  victus  a  militibus,  redire  constituit. 


74  LATIN  GOUKSE  sec.  23 


SECTION  23. 
Ut,  expressing  a  Eesult. 

Besides  translating  "  that "  when  it  expresses  a  purpose, 
ut  will  also  translate  it  when  it  expresses  a  result.  In 
other  words,  ut  means  not  only  "  in  order  that,"  but  also 
"so  that." 

When  a  "not"  followed  ut  meaning  "in  order  that,"  ut 
non  was  not  to  be  put,  but  ne.  But  when  ut  means  "  so 
that,"  ne  is  not  used,  but  ut  non. 

Observe  therefore  that  the  English  word  "that,"  according 
to  its  different  meanings,  will  want  different  Latin.  Of 
course  when  "that"  is  a  pronoun,  ille  is  the  Latin  ;  ille puer 
is  "  that  boy."  But  besides  this  the  conjunction  "  that " 
may  iii  different  senses  either  require  the  accusative  with 
infinitive,  or  ut,  or  ne. 

Dixit  se  Gaium  vidisse,  He  said  that  he  saw  Caius  (i.e.  he 

said,  "  I  saw  Caius.") 
Abiit  ne  Gaium  videret.  He  went  away  that  he  might  not 

see  Caius. 
Abiit  tarn  mane  ut   Gaium  non  videref,   He  went  away  so 

early  in  the  morning  that  he  did  not  see  Caius. 

(71.) 

1.  Tanta   fuit   eius  diligentia,  ut   totum  opus  brevi 

tempore  confecerit. 

2.  Non  sum  tarn  ignarus,  ut  nesciam  Komam  a  Eomulo 

conditam  esse. 


SEC.  23  UT,  EXPRESSING  A  RESULT  75 

3.  Dixit  se  tot  tamqiie  pulchros  flores  nunquam  antea 

vidisse. 

4.  Tantus   fuit  hostium  timor,  ut  tantis   copiis   tarn 

exiguam  manum  adoriri  non  auderent. 

5.  Casu  accidit  ut  nominis  tui  interdum  obliviscar. 

6.  Ita  factum  est,  ut  non  possem  tale  consilium  capere. 

7.  Qui  fit  ut  totum  opus  nondum  confectum  sit? 

8.  Tantus  est  numerus  librorum  vitaque  tam  brevis 

est,  ut  paucos  solum  legere  possimus. 

9.  Tali  consilio  capto,  cum  duabus  legionibus  statim 

est  profectus. 

1 0.  Non  te  oportet  Gaium  odisse ;  tibi  enim  tot  in 

rebus  adfuit. 

11.  Tecum  ibimus  ut  tantum  oratorem  audiamus. 

12.  Komam  ivit  ut  libros  manu  scriptos  videret.      Ita 

fit  ut  domi  non  sit. 


a  2a.) 

1.  T  am  going  that  I  may  see  the  soldiers  and  sailors. 

2.  That  is  how  it  comes  about  that  I    see  neither 

soldiers  nor  sailors. 

3.  He  said  that  he  had  never  seen  so  many  soldiers 

before. 

4.  No  one  is  so  ignorant  that  he  does  not  know  that 

the  Germans  have  conquered. 

5.  The  number  of  the  enemy  is   so  great  that  we 

cannot  conquer. 

6.  You  ought  to  go  that  you  may  not  be  blamed. 

7.  It  happens  by  chance  that  I  have  not  the  book. 

8.  The  plan  is  of  such  a  kind  that  I  cannot  praise  it. 


76  LATIN  COURSE        -  sec.  23 

9.   How    does    it    happen    that    your   father  is   not 
present  ? 

10.  So  great  is  the  pain  of  the  wound  that  he  cannot 

speak. 

11.  They  are  reading  the  book  with  such  diligence 

that  they  cannot  hear  us. 

12.  They  are  reading  the  book  with  such  diligence 

that  they  may  be  praised. 

(72&.) 

1.  So  great  was  his  pain  that  he  could  not  speak. 

2.  That  is  how  it  happened  that  I  determined  to  return. 

3.  jN"o  one  is  so  ignorant  that  he  believes  you. 

4.  How  does  it  happen  that  I   am  not  allowed  to 

return  home  ? 

5.  The  life  of  men  is  so  short  that  they  cannot  finish 

many  things. 

6.  I  set  out  in  the  morning  that  I  might  return  in 

the  evening. 

7.  That  is  how  it  happened  that  you  came  in   my 

absence. 

8.  So  great  was  the  fear  of  all  that  no  one  dared  to 

speak. 

9.  These   books  are  of  such   a  kind  that  I  cannot 

understand  them. 

10.  So  great  was  the  number  of  the  boys  that  the 

master  could  not  teach  all. 

11.  Nobody   is    so    foolish    that    he   can   understand 

nothing. 

12.  It  happened  by  chance  that  nobody  opened  the 

windows  while 'you  were  present. 


SEC.  24  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  77 


SECTION  24. 
Recapitulatory  Exercises. 

(73.) 

1.  Constat  iudicem  in  ea  re  deceptum  esse. 

2.  Ego  te  non  novi  neque  novisse  volo. 

3.  Nonne  promisisti  te  omnia  facturum  ut  tempore 

venires  ? 

4.  Tantus    fuit    navium    numerus,    lit     adoriri    non 

auderemus. 

5.  Ne  me  monueris ;  novi  ego  officium  meum. 

6.  Semper  sensi  filio  meo  te  esse  amicmn  et  ilium 

intellexi  tibi. 

7.  Nonne    te    ire    oportuit,   ut    amicum    in    hac    re 

adiuvares  ? 

8.  Quid  ego  ex  te  audio  ? — Hoc  quod  res  est. 

9.  Mains  bonum  malum  esse  vult,  ut  sit  sui  similis. 
10.   Hominem  hominis  similiorem  nunquam  vidi  ego 

alterum. 

(74.) 

1.  It  is  well  known  that  the  judges  were  deceived. 

2.  You  ought  ta  go  at  once,  that  you  may  come  in 

time. 

3.  I  saw  so  many  boys  that  I  forget  their  names. 

4.  I  believe  that  you  know  your  duty. 

5.  I  have  always  been  aware  that  you  were  a  friend 

to  me. 


78  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  24 

6.  He  pretended  to   understand  the   book,  that   he 

might  not  be  thought  foolish. 

7.  That  is  how  it  happened  that  I  did  not  see  your 

friend. 

8.  I  wish  you  to  be  good,  that  you  may  be  like  your 

father. 

9.  Why  do  you  pretend  that  you  are  foolish?      I  see 

that  you  understand  very  well. 
1 0.  Why  did  you  go  to  London  ? — I  went  to  receive 
the  money. 

(75.) 

1.  Ita  a  pueritia  vixi,  ut  boni  me  laudarent,  culparent 

mali. 

2.  Pluit ;  non  tibi  hodie  licebit  in  silvas  ire ;  domi 

manere  oportet. 

3.  Noli  patre  invito  longius  progredi. 

4.  Gravius  tuum   erit  unum  verbum  quam  centum 

mea. 

5.  His  rebus  factis  Eomam  proficiscar  ut  pecuniam 

accipiam. 

6.  Hoc   frustra   saepe    conatus,  tam   sum   fessus   ut 

longius  progredi  non  possim. 

7.  Me  consule  vicistis  Gallos,  cives;  illis  consulibus 

victi  estis ! 

8.  Dixit  puerum  non  plus   sapientiae  habere  quam 

lapidem. 

9.  Quod   tuum   est  meum   est,  omne   meum    autem 

tuum  est. 
10.   Cur  negasti  te  promisisse  ?  non  sum  tam  stultus 
ut  tibi  credam. 


SEC.  24  EECAPITULATORV  EXERCISES  79 


(76.) 

1.  When   you   have   done   your   work,  you  will   be 

allowed  to  go  into  the  garden. 

2.  Where  are  you  going  ? — T  am  going  to  the  city  to 

pay  the  money. 

3.  They  were  running  to  the  woods  to  pick  flowers. 

4.  It  is  well  known  that  the    consul  has   not  con- 

quered. 

5.  I  will  bring  the  boy  to  you  that  you  may  see  him. 

6.  After  saying  these  words  he  went  away  to  find 

the  book. 

7.  Some  affirm,  others  deny,  that  the  judge  is  dead. 

8.  There  are  so  many  boys  that  the  master  does  not 

know  the  names  of  all. 

9.  I  am  not  so  stupid  as  to  go  away  in  your  absence. 
10.   When  I  heard  this  I  ran  to  the   harbour  to  see 

the  ships. 

(77.) 

1.  I  remember  that  you  paid  all  the  money. 

2.  The  sailors  came  back  to  the  harbour  to  refit  their 

ships. 

3.  That  is  how  it  came  about  that  the  soldiers  were 

dismissed. 

4.  I  forgot  that  you  were  a  boy  in  my  father's  life- 

time. 

5.  Having  encouraged  his  soldiers,  he  ordered  them 

to  advance  to  the  mountain. 


80  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  24 

6.  There  were  so  many  ships  in  the  harbour  that  I 

could  not  see  them  all. 

7.  What  will  become  of  me  ?  he  has  come  to  bring 

me  bound  to  Caesar. 

8.  I  was  not  so  foolish  as  to  tell  him  everything. 

9.  Why  did  you  pretend  that  you  were  not  well  ? — 

That  I  might  not  be  punished. 
10.  What  did  he  say? — He  answered  that  he  didn't 
wish. 

(78.) 

1.  Am  I  not  allowed  to  send  the  slave  to  Rome  ? 

2.  I   sent  the   slaves  to   inform   the    consul  of   this 

matter. 

3.  You  are  not  allowed  to  go  into  the  garden  with 

nothing  on  your  head. 

4.  Ought  I  not  to  send  the  slave  to  follow  the  boy  ? 

5.  He  promised  that  he  would  send  all  the  books  at 

once. 

6.  I  will  go  at  once,  that  I  may  finish  the  work. 

7.  When  this  news  was  brought,  I  ran  at  once  to  the 

camp  to  tell  the  soldiers. 

8.  When    does    your    brother   go  ? — He   has   deter- 

mined, I  believe,  to  go  to-morrow. 

9.  After  following  them  for  three  miles,  I  came  back 

to  the  camp. 
10.  Let  us  go  to  his  house,  lest  we  may  seem  to  be 
pretending. 


SEC.  25  THE  INDIRECT  QUESTION  81 

XX. 

The  Death  of  Alexander. 

Milites,  sollicitudine  desiderioque  eius  anxii,  quam- 
quam  obtestantibus  ducibus  ne  valetudinem  regis  onera- 
rent,  expresseriint  ut  in  conspectum  eius  adinitterentur. 
Admissi  lectum  circumstabant  fuudebantque  lacrimas. 
Ilex,  ciibito  innixus  et  se  ad  amicos  vertens :  "  In- 
venietis/'  inquit,  "  cum  excessero  digiium  talibus  viris 
regcm  ? "  Exercitu  dimisso,  velut  omni  vitae  debito 
liberatus,  fatigata  membra  reiecit.  l*ropius  adire  iussis 
amicis — nam  et  vox  deficere  iam  coeperat — detractum 
anulum  digito  Perdiccae  tradidit,  adiectis  mandatis  ut 
corpus  suum  ad  Hammonem  ferri  iuberent.  Quaerenti- 
busque  his  cui  relinqueret  regnum  respondit  ei  qui 
esset  optinnis.  Kursus,  l^erdicca  interrogante  (piando 
caelestes  honores  haberi  sibi  vellet,  dixit  tum  velle  cum 
Ipsi  felices  essent.  Suprema  liaec  vox  fuit  regis  et 
paulo  post  extiuguitur. 


SECTION  25. 
The  Indirect  Qup]stion. 


1.   Quid  est?   Uliat  is  it? 

Die  quid  sit,  Tell  me  tv/iat  it  is. 
Rogavit  quid  esset,  lie  asked  what  it  was. 

Notice  that  the  effect  of  putting  the  die  and  rogavit 
before  the  question,  is  to  turn  the  est  into  the  subjunctive 
mood. 

G 


82  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  25 

2.  Num  fessus  es,  You  are  not  tired,  are  you? 

Rogavit  num  fessus  essem,  He  asked  me  whether  I  was 
tired. 
Notice  here  that  in  the  second  sentence,  which  is  called 
an  indirect  question,  num  merely  means   "whether,"  and 
does  not,  as  in  real  questions,  suggest  the  answer  "  No." 

3.  Eogat  num  heri  fessus  fuerim.  He  ash  me  whether  I 
was  tired  yesterday. 

Fuerim,  not  essem.  The  perfect  subjunctive  (not  the 
imperfect)  is  used  after  a  present  indicative  or  imperative 
to  translate  an  English  past  tense. 

(79.) 

1.  Die,  puer,  quot  sitis. — Septem  sumus. 

2.  Heus  tu,  quid  agis  ?— Rogasne  quid  agam  ?     Nihil 

ago. 
8.   Quid !  nonne   statim    abire  iussi  ?    satis    est  ver- 
borum,  abi. 

4.  Rogavit  me  quot  flores  emissem,  quot  vendidissem. 

5.  Haec  epistula  ita  scripta  est,  ut  legere  non  possem. 

6.  Ex  eo  quaesivi  quanti  haec  vendidisset ;   respon- 

dere  noluit. 

7.  Quis  tibi   hoc  dixit  ? — Ille   servus  quem    ad   me 

misisti. 

8.  Rogo  te  quid  fuerit  officium  meum  me  facere. 

9.  Quae  neque  fuerunt  neque  sunt,  illi  sciunt. 

10.  Nescio    quid    fiat    illo  puero,   nunquam    tempore 

venit. 

11.  Nonne  promisisti  te  amicum  adiuturum  ? — Promisi, 

sed  nulla  mihi  occasio  data  est. 

12.  Ex  eo  quaero  quoties  hoc  idem  promiserit. 


SEC.  25  THE  INDIRECT  QUESTION  83 

13.  Cupit  scire  mim  sui   oblitus   sim ;  dixit  enim  me 

neque  scribere  neque  ipsum  venire. 

14.  Non    possum    respondere   ad   ea    quae  tu   a   me 

quaesivisti. 

1 5.  Quid  tibi  dixit  ? — Eogavit  me,  "  Tune  heri  Eomae 

fuisti  ?  " 

16.  Xon  possum  tibi  dicere  quae  ipse  nescio. 

17.  Titus,  quem  heri  vidisti,  me  rogavit  num  til)i  frater 

maior  esset. 

18.  Hi  dicunt   quod   illi   negant ;   neque  possum    tibi 

scribere  quid  in  ilia  re  factum  sit. 

(80.) 

1.  How  many  are  you  ?    You  cannot  all  go  with  me. 

2.  For  how  mucli  did  you  buy  tliese   tilings? — I 

would  ratlier  not  say. 

3.  Tell  me  how  often  you  have  gone  to  Rome. 

4.  I   ask  you  whether  you  sold  my  property  in  my 

absence. 

5.  He  often  asked  me  wliether  you  were  well. 

6.  What  did  you  answer  ? — That  you  were  very  well. 

7.  What  is  it,  Titus  ? — I  ask  you  where  you  have 

put  my  book. 

8.  I  desire  to  know  whether  you  have  finished  the 

task. 

9.  I  do  not  know  what  is  to  be  done  with  you  ;  it  is 

not  enough  to  warn  you. 

10.  He  asked  me  wliether  I  had  sold  all  my  books. 

11.  I  ask  you  whether  the  task  has  been  finished. 

12.  Tell  me  how  many  letters  you  wrote  yesterday. 


84  LATIN  COURSE  •  SEC.  26 


(81.) 

1.  In  your  absence  I  don't  know  what  I  ought  to 

do. 

2.  Nobody   knows    for  how   much   I   bought    these 

things. 

3.  You  who  were  present  can  say  whether  he  is  well. 

4.  I  do  not  know  whether  I  may  sell  these  things. 

5.  My  brother,  who  will  soon  come,  will  tell  you 

how  many  there  were. 

6.  Inquire  of  the   general  himself  whether  he  has 

conquered  the  enemy. 

7.  He  makes  the  same  inquiries  as  you. 

8.  Did  he  not  ask  whether  I  were  well  ? 

9.  You  did  not  answer,  did  you,  that  I  was  well  ? 

10.  You  surely  have  not  written  the  letter  so  that  you 

cannot  read  it  ? 

11.  I  asked  the  boy  whether  he  had  ever  before  seen 

so  hm  a  tree. 

12.  Then  the  judge  asked,  "  What  is  your  name  ? " 

(82.) 

1.  He  inquired  of  me  why  I  had  delayed  there. 

2.  He  said  that  he  would  not  come  if  I  were  un- 

willing. 

3.  I    ask  you  whether  you  were   distressed  at  this 

matter. 

4.  I  answered  that  I  had  already  given  everything 

back. 


SEC.  26  THE  SUPINES  85 

5.  You    surely    went    away    when    this    news    was 

brought  ? 

6.  Tliey  asked  me  what  leader  I  followed. 

7.  Those  boys  whom  I  was   following  have   fled  into 

the  woods. 

8.  The  judge  asked  who   I  was,  where  I  had   come 

from,  and  what  I  had  seen. 

9.  What  I  have  seen  I  will  tell  you ;  what  happened 

in  my  absence  I  cannot  tell  you. 

10.  Tell  me  what  has  happened. 

11.  He  inquired  of  me  why  I  wrote  so  many  letters. 

12.  I  cannot  read  all  the  letters  which  you  wrote  to 

me. 


SECTION  26. 

The  Supines. 

The  two  supines  in  -uiii  and  -u  arc  really  verbal  nouns  of 
the  fourth  declension. 

1.  The  supine  in  -um  is  used  after  verbs  of  motion, 

eo,    venio,    mitto,    etc.,    to    express    purpose,    e.g. 
cubitum  eo,  /  go  to  lie  down. 

This  supine  is  so  far  a  verb  that,  like  a  verb,  it  can 
govern  a  case  :   Eo  auxilium  oratum,  /  go  to  ask  help. 

2.  The  supine  in  -u  is  used  after  certain  adjectives  only ; 

res  foeda  visu,  a  thing  shocking  to  see. 


86  LATIN  COUESE  sec.  20 

(83.) 

1.  Alii  dormitum  eunt,  alii  opus  conficiunt. 

2.  Optimum  factu  putant  dormitum  ire. 

3.  Quinque  cohortes  frumentatum  in  proximas  segetes 

mittit. 

4.  Duces  hostium  ad  Caesarem  gratulatum  venerunt. 

5.  Mercator  dicit  omne  argentum  mihi  redditum  iri. 

6.  Num    facillimum    factu    credis   milites    Eomanos 

vincere  ? 

7.  Ex    eo  quaesivi    num   facillimum   factu  crederet 

Eomanos  vincere. 

8.  Eogavit  cur  ad  eum  questum  venissent. 

9.  Haec  res  non  modo  visu  sed  etiam  auditu  foeda 

est. 

10.  Servi  veniunt  oratum  ut  liceat  sibi  dormitum  ire. 

11.  Optimum  factu  putavi  legates  ad  Caesarem  mittere 

auxilium  rogatum. 

12.  Maiores  natu  ad  Caesarem  legatos  miserunt  oratum 

ne  se  in  hostium  numero  duceret. 

13.  Spero  barbaros  a  Eomanis  victum  iri. 

14.  Omnes  nescivimus  quid  optimum  factu  esset. 

15.  Alii  dicunt,  aUi  negant,  Caesarem  a  Gallis  victum 

iri. 

(84.) 

1.  I  shall  go  to  sleep  soon. 

2.  They  ask  what  is  best  to  be  done. 

3.  He  sends  one  legion  to  get  corn. 

4.  The  boys  are  coming  to  offer  their  congratulations. 

5.  I  hope  that  the  money  will  be  given  back. 


SEC.  26  THE  SUP1NE8  87 

6.  I   do  not   think  it  a  very   easy  thing    to    do    to 

conquer  the  enemy. 

7.  Why  have  you  come  to  me  to  comj^lain  ? 

8.  The  battle  was  shocking  both  to  hear  of  and  to  see. 

9.  Ambassadors  come  to  me  to  ask  for  lielp. 

10.  I  ask  you  whether  you  have  come  to  complain. 

11.  I  did  not  know  what  was  the  best  tiling  to  do. 

12.  They  come  to  Caesar  to  beg  that  he  will   send 

help. 

XXL 

Proverbial  Sayings. 

1.  Audentes  fortuna  iuvat.  2.  Noli  equi  dcntes 
inspicere  donati.  3.  Flamma  fumo  est  proxima.  4. 
Dum  vivis  sperare  licet.  5.  Qualis  dominus,  talis  est 
servus.  6.  Nimia  familiaritas  parit  contemptum.  7. 
Faber  est  quisque  fortunae  suae.  8.  Pares  cum  pari- 
bus facillime  congregantur.  9.  Male  parta  male  dila- 
buntur.  10.  Summum  ius  summa  iniuria.  11. 
Nemo  scit  praeter  me  ubi  me  soccus  premat.  12. 
Formosa  facies  muta  connnendatio  est.  13.  Ubicun- 
que  dulce  est  et  acidum  invenies.  14.  Fgo  speni 
pretio  non  emo.  15.  Xe  supra  crepidam  sutor  iudicet. 
16.  Tunica  propior  pallio  est.  17.  Suus  rex  reginae 
placet.       18.     Turbari    sine   ventis   non    solet   aequor. 

19.  Altissima  quaeque  flumina  minimo  sono  labuntur. 

20.  Xon    convalescit   planta   quae   saepe   transfertur. 

21.  Qui  edere  vult  nucleum  frangat  nucem.  22.  Xon 
terrae  ferre  omnes  omnia  possunt.  23.  Xavem  per- 
foras  in  qua  ipse  navigas. 


88  LATIN  COUESE 


SEC.  26 


24.  Labor  omnia  vincit.  25.  Si  vis  amari  ama. 
26.  Discipulus  est  prioris  posterior  dies.  27.  Nullus 
agenti  dies  loiigus  est.  28.  Quod  in  inventute  non 
discitur  in  matura  aetate  nescitiir.  29.  Amiens  certus 
in  re  incerta  cernitur.  30.  Deligere  oportet  quem 
velis  diligere.  31.  Proba  merx  facile  emptorem 
reperit.  32.  Quod  non  opus  est  asse  carum  est.  33. 
Quod  tibi  deerit  a  te  ipse  mutuare.  34.  Pluris  est 
oculatus  testis  unus  quam  auriti  decem. 

35,  Stultum  facit  fortuna  quem  Yult  perdere.  36. 
Quern  di  diligunt  adulescens  moritur.  37.  Ignis 
aurum  probat,  miseria  fortes  viros.  38.  Ingenium 
mala  saepe  movent.  39.  Insperata  accidunt  magis 
saepe  quam  quae  speres.  40.  Semper  bonus  homo 
tiro  est. 

41.  Quantum  habes  tantuseris;  habes,  liabeberis. 
42.  Nulli  nisi  ex  alterius  damno  quaestus  est.  43. 
Dives  aut  iniquus  aut  iniqui  lieres.  44.  Vestis  virum 
reddit.  45.  Plus  oportet  servum  scire  quam  loqui. 
46.  Magister  erat  artis  venter.  47.  Pecuniam  in  loco 
negligere  maximum  interdum  est  lucrum.  48.  Fis- 
tula dulce  canit  volucrem  dum  decipit  auceps.  49. 
Ubi  amici  ibidem  sunt  opes.  50.  Obsequium  amicos, 
Veritas  odium,  parit.  51.  Ita  amicum  habeas,  posse  ut 
facile  fieri  hunc  inimicum  putes.  52.  Di  nos  quasi 
pilas  homines  habent. 


SEO.  27  THE  GERUND  89 

SECTION  27. 

The  Gerund. 

Gen.  Amandi,  of  loving. 

Dat.  and  Abl.  Amando,  /cw,  or,  by  Imnng. 

Ace.  Amandum,  loving. 

The  gerund,  like  the  supine,  is  a  verbal  noun ;  tliat  is 
to  say,  is  partly  a  noun,  partly  a  verb.  As  noun  it  depends 
on  another  noun  :  Ars  scribendi,  the  art  of  witiug  ;  as  verb 
it  governs  a  case  :  Ars  scribendi  epistulani,  the  art  of  ivriting 
a  letter. 

The  nominative  of  this  noun  is  supplied  by  tlio  infinitive: 
Scribere  est  difficile,  miting  is  difficult.  The  dative  is  used 
after  certain  adjectives  mainly ;  the  accusative  is  used 
only  with  prepositions,  chiefly  ad. 

(85.) 

1.  Milites  frumentandi  causa  in  fines  hostium  niissi 

sunt. 

2.  Frustra  hostibus  pugnandi  potestatem  fecit. 

3.  Quaesivit  nuni  legates  mittendi  potestatem  fecisset. 

4.  Non  oratum  sed  querendi  causa  venimus. 

5.  Die    mihi    num    tempestas    ad    navigandum    sit 

idonea. 

6.  Nulla  hostibus  arma  capiendi  occasio  data  est. , 

7.  Alii  gratulatum,  alii  questum,  venerunt. 

8.  Duae  leojiones  Ehenum  transieruut  ut  in  his  locis 

hiemarent. 


90  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  27 

9.  Unam    legionem    in    his    locis    hiemandi    causa 
coUocavit. 

10.  Haec  atque  alia  talia  locutiis  finem  orandi  fecit. 

11.  Quaero  num  finem  orandi  facturi  sint. 

12.  Naves    ad    navigandum    tarn    inutiles    sunt    ut 

transire  non  possimus. 

13.  Barbari  Ehenum  transierunt.      Causa  transeundi 

fuit  quod  ab  hostibus  premebantur. 

14.  Eeperiebat  in  quaerendo  initium  fugae  a  militibus 

tertiae  legionis  factum  esse. 

1 5.  Loco  castris  idoneo  capto,  milites  duarum  legionum 

frumentandi  causa  in  fines  liostium  mittit. 

(86a.) 

1.  The  soldiers  went  for  the  sake  of  getting  corn. 

2.  I  have  often  offered  the  enemy  battle. 

3.  The  weather  was  not  suitable  for  sailing. 

4.  We  have  come  to  complain,  and  not  for  the  purpose 

of  making  a  request. 

5.  I  will  give  them  permission  to  send  ambassadors. 

6.  The  ships  were  unfit  for  sailing. 

7.  I  will  ask  them  whether  they  have  come  for  the 

purpose  of  passing  the  winter, 

8.  He  asked  what  was  the  cause  of  the  sending. 

9.  Is  no  opportunity  given  of  taking  arms  ? 

1 0.  Of  the  ships,  some  are  ready,  others  are  useless  for 


sailing. 


(86&.) 


Caesar  had  made  a  beginning  of  dismissing  the 
soldiers. 


SEC.  28  GERUNDIVE  FOR  GERUND  91 

2.  Did  you  not  go  to  Eome  for  the  sake  of  paying 

the  money  ? 

3.  When   will   you   make  an    end   of  waging   war, 

soldiers  ? 

4.  They  say  that  the  weather  is  suitable  for  sailing. 

5.  Ask  whether  they  have  come  to  complain. 

G.  No  opportunity  was  given  me  of  finishing  the  work. 

7.  When  will  you  make  an  end  of  talking  ? 

8.  The  third  legion  started  the  rout. 

9.  They   have   gone   to   the   plain   for   the   sake   of 

wintering  there. 
10.  We  did  not  give  the  enemy  a  chance  of  taking 
arms. 


SECTION  28. 
The  Gerundive  for  the  Gerund. 

Instead  of  writing — 

Labor  opus  conficiendi,  tlie  toil  of  finiskhuj  the  woi%  it  is 
more  usual  to  write — 

Labor  operis  conficiendi,  with  the  same  meaning ;  that 
is  to  say,  the  adjective,  called  the  gerundive,  is  used  in 
the  place  of  the  noun,  called  the  gerund,  when  the  verb 
governs  the  accusative. 

(87.) 

1.  Consilium  urbem  capiendi  inibimus. 

2.  His  rebus  factis  consilium  urbis  capiendae  ineunt. 

3.  Te  duce  parati  sumus  ad  arma  capienda. 


92  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  28 

4.  Hoc  consilio  inito  nihil  spatii  hostibus  ad  arma 

capienda  dedimus. 

5.  Ille  dies  flumini  transeundo  dictus  est. 

6.  Non  iuutilem  ad  opus  conficiendum  hanc  tempes- 

tatem  puto. 

7.  !N"eque    consilii    habendi    neque    arma     capiendi 

spatium  datum  est. 

8.  Nullum  spatium  ad   se  colligendos  armandosque 

Eomanis  dabatur. 

9.  Veutus   idoneus    est ;    optima    navigandi    occasio 

datur. 

10.  N'eque  lignandi  neque  aquandi   neque   naves   ad 

terram  religandi  potestas  fiebat. 

11.  Initio  belli  gerendi  facto  non  nos  oportet  legates 

pacis  orandae  causa  mittere. 

12.  Gratulatum  venimus. — Gratias  ago,  sed  non  novi 

qui  sitis. 

(88a.) 

1.  Will  you  adopt  a  resolution  of  taking  the  city  ? 

2.  I  will  give  you  an  opportunity  of  finishing  the  work. 

3.  The  ship  is  ready  for  sailing  and  the  wind  is  suitable. 

4.  We  gave  the  enemy  no  time  for  taking  arms. 

5.  Who  told  you  that  a  bridge  had  been  made  ? 

6.  Having  adopted  this  resolution,  they  crossed  the 

river. 

7.  No  time  was  given  us  for  sending  ambassadors. 

8.  That  day  has  been  appointed  for  going. 

9.  They  will  have  made  a  beginning  of  pitching  a  camp. 
10.   I  will  ask  them  whether  they  have  come  for  the 

purpose  of  making  a  bridge. 


SEC.  29  THE  GERUNDIVE  93 


(88&.) 

1.  We  are  ready  for  reading  the  book. 

2.  They  promise  that  they  will  be  ready  for  taking 

up  arms. 

3.  They  have   formed  the  resolution  of   taking   tlie 

city. 

4.  The  sailors  have  come  to  the  harbour  for  the  sake 

of  refitting  their  ships. 

5.  Having  left  their  baggage,  they  advanced  for  the 

sake  of  taking  the  camp. 

6.  I  had  forgotten  that  you  came  for  the  sake  of  see- 

ing the  city. 

7.  At  last  they  make  an  end  of  asking  for  peace. 

8.  I  came  to  London  for  the  sake  of  buying  books. 

9.  How   many   books    have   you    bought? — -I    have 

bought  two  to  give  my  brother. 
10,   Tliey  have  formed  the  plan  of  crossing  the  river 
in  order  to  attack  the  enemy  in  the  rear. 


SECTION  29 
The  Gerundive. 

Besides  doing  duty  for  the  gerund,  the  gerundive  has 
another  use.  It  is  passive,  and  expresses  that  something 
should  or  must  be  done. 

Pecunia  reddenda  est,  The  money  must  he  returned. 

Notice    that  with   the   gerundive    the    dative   is    used 


94  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  29 

generally  instead  of  the  ablative,  with  ah,  to  express  the 
agent :  Hoc  mihi  faciendum  est,  This  must  he  done  hy  me  ; 
I  must  do  this.  (The  dative  should  be  avoided  if  its  use 
would  make  the  meaning  doubtful.  In  "pecunia  mihi 
reddenda  est,"  does  the  mihi  mean  to  me  or  hy  me  ?  If  the 
latter  say  rather  a  me.) 

(89.) 

1.  Nonne  saepe  iam  dixi  haec  eras  reddenda  esse  ? 

2.  Pueri    saepe    ad    inaiorem    diligentiam    incitandi 

sunt. 

3.  Dumnorix     summam    in     spem     venerat     regni 

obtinendi. 

4.  Dumnorix  putavit  regnum  sibi  obtinendum  esse. 

5.  Nihil  est  homini  tarn  timendum  quam  invidia. 

6.  Quot  epistulae  mihi  scribendae  sint  nescio. 

7.  Intellegimus  naves  nobis  reficiendas  esse. 

8.  Accidit  ut  omnes  naves  nobis  reficiendae  essent. 

9.  Domus  mihi  relinquenda  est  quam  ipse  tanta  cura 

tanto  sumptu  aedificavi. 

10.  Magnam    in    spem    venerat    naves    sine    sumptu 

reficiendi. 

11.  Hostes  vobis  neque  sine  causa  timendi  neque  sine 

causa  contemnendi  sunt. 

12.  Quid  tibi  a  me  dicendum  sit  nescio. 

13.  Bellum  ita  gerendum  est  ut  hostes  intellegant  se 

victos  esse. 

14.  Tantam  eorum  multitudinem  nostri  interfecerunt 

quantum  fuit  diei  spatium. 

15.  Naves  reficiendas  curat  ut  sine  periculo  navigent. 


SEC.  29  THE  GERUNDIVE  95 


{90a.) 

1.  The  money  must  be  given  back  to-day. 

2.  The  house  must  be  built  at  small  cost. 
'.],  The  books  should  be  put  on  the  table. 

4.  I  must  write  this  letter  at  once. 

5.  You  must  repair  your  ship  with  very  great  care. 
G.   I  have  great  hopes  of  seeing  you  soon. 

7.  The  prisoners  must  be  bound  and  sent  to  Caesar. 

8.  You  must  move  nothing  against  my  will. 

9.  Justice   ought   to   be   preferred   by  everybody  to 

money. 
0.   Tlie  soldiers  must  l)e  put  on  board  ship. 


(90h.) 

1.  You  must  return  the  book  to-morrow. 

2.  We  must  buy  some  books  to  give  the  slaves. 

3.  We  must  leave  our  house  and  sell  everything. 

4.  Why  did  you   form  the  resolve  of  selling   your 

house  ? 

5.  We  must  conquer  the  enemy  in  one  battle. 

6.  Pain  must  be  borne  patiently  by  us  all. 

7.  You  must  find  the  book  whicli  you  have  lost. 

8.  Sliouts  should  be  raised.      We  have  conquered  ! 

9.  May  I  not  go  into  the  garden  for  the  sake  of  see- 

ing the  liowers  ? 
10.  The  weather  is  suitable  for  sailing.      The   ships 


must  be  brought  down  to  the  shore. 


96  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  30 


SECTION  30. 

The  Gerundive — (Continued). 

Verbs  which  govern  a  dative  only  are  used  impersonally 
in  the  passive — 

Credo  tibi,  /  believe  you. 

Tibi  a  me  creditur,  You  are  believed  by  me. 
This  of  course  also  applies  to  the  gerundive — 

Tibi  non  est  credendum,  One  must  not  believe  you. 

(91.) 

1.  Cur    ei    credidisti  ?    talibus    hominibus    non    est 

credendum. 

2.  Milites  non  poterant  adduci  ut  hostibus  parcerent. 

3.  Quis  nescit  hostibus  parcendum  esse  ? 

4.  Eespondetur  mihi  ne  infantibus  quidem  parcendum 

esse. 

5.  Quid  ei  rescripsisti? — Me  ei  semper  fauturum  esse. 

6.  Dixit  orator  rebus  Caesaris  ab  omnibus  bonis  faven- 

dum  esse. 

7.  Ad  urbem  eundum  est,  ut  hos  libros  emamus,  illos 

vendamus. 

8.  Adeundae  Syriae  consilium  deposuimus. 

9.  Pontem   in    Eheno   faciendum   curavit   ut   omnis 

exercitus  transiret. 

10.  Omnia  militibus  in  castris  relinquenda  sunt  ne  in 

itinere  impediantur. 

11.  Alii  Pompeio,  Caesari  alii,  favendum  esse  dicunt. 


SEC.  30  THE  GERUNDIVE  97 

12.  Ducentas  naves  aedificandas  veteresque  reficiendas 

curaverat. 

13.  Dixit  hoc  facile  factu  esse:  ei  non  est  credendum. 

14.  Hostibus   parcendum   est,  ne    ab   omnibus   bonis 

culpemur. 

15.  Neque  mihi  neque  tibi  a  iudicibus  favendum  est. 

16.  Tanto  itinere  paucis  diebus  confecto  fessi  sumus. 

17.  Non  modo  nmlieribus  sed  ne  infantibus  quidem  a 

vobis,  milites,  parcendum  est. 

1 8.  Rogavit  num  omnes  copiae  in  campum  deducendae 

essent. 

(92.) 

1.  One  must  not  believe  everybody. 

2.  One  must  spare  the  soldiers. 

3.  Cicero  favoured  the  cause  of  Pompeius. 

4.  We  must  go  to  the  harbour  to  see  the  ships. 

5.  Have  you  given  up  the  idea  of  going  to  Italy  ? 

6.  Judges  should  favour  nobody. 

7.  Everybody  says  that  the  baggage  ought  to  be  left 

in  the  camp. 

8.  Do  you  ask  whether  Caesar  ought  to  be  believed  ? 

9.  You  must  go  to  Eome  to  see  the  books. 

10.  Neither  Caesar  nor  Pompeius  should  be  believed. 

11.  I  must  favour  neither  you  nor  your  friends. 

12    The  general  said  that  we  must  spare  neither  old 
men  nor  young  children. 


98  LATIN  COURSE 


SEC. 


Recapitulatory  Exercises. 
(93.) 

1.  Non  tibi  licet  patre  invito  diutius  in  urbe  morari. 

2.  Non  me  fefellit  opinio  mea;  Caesar  Pompeium  vicit. 

3.  Ex  servo  quaeram  num  domi  sit  mater  tua. 

4.  Fenestra  aperta,  hos  libros  in  mensam  impone. 

5.  Hunc  tibi  librum  do  ut  mei  semper  memineris. 

6.  Ego  illud  nomen  ante  hunc  diem  nunquam  audivi. 

7.  Duos  pontes  in  fiumine  faciendos  curaverat. 

8.  Non  possumus  hodie  ad  te  venire,  nam  pluit :  (iras 

veniemus. 

9.  Tantam  navem  ego  hodie  in  portu  vidi  quantam 

antea  nunquam  videram. 

1 0 .  His  dictis  ex  me  quaesi  vit  num  opus  conf  ectum  esset. 

11.  Librorum  legendorum  causa  te  in  hortum  ire  iussi. 

12.  Quaerenti  mihi  num  pater  rediisset  respondit  eum 

eras  venturum  esse. 

13.  Quis  crederet  eum  aurum  odisse? — Num  ita  dicit? 

14.  Omnes,  ut  fit,  negaverunt  se  victos  esse. 

15.  Quid  me  fiet  ?    Tantum  dolorem  non  possum  ferre. 

(94.) 

1.  They  went  to  London  in  the  morning  and  returned 

in  the  evening. 

2.  I  do  not  know  how  many  books  there  are   on  the 

table. 

3.  When  you  have  done  this,  you  ought  to  help  your 

friend. 


8EC.  30  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  99 

4.  He  promises  that  he  will  come  every  day. 

5.  It  so  came  about  that  the  enemy  did  not  attack  us. 

6.  He  went  away  to  inform   the   consuls  of  these 

matters. 

7.  Did  you  not  promise  ? — You  ask  whether  I  pro- 

mised ;  I  promised  nothing. 

8.  Do  you  not  remember  that  1  often  warned  you  ? — 

I  had  forgotten. 

9.  An  opportunity  having  been  given  them,  they  set 

out  for  the  country. 
1 0.   The  rest  complained  that  no  opportunity  was  given 

them. 
1 1    The  weather  is  such  that  the  ships  cannot  put  out. 
12.  You   are   not  allowed  to  go  to  the  city  in  the 

absence  of  your  father. 

(95.) 

1.  Quanti  domum  vendidisti  ? — Non  tanti  quanti  emi. 

2.  Germanico  bello  confecto  multis  de  causis  Caesar 

statuit  sibi  Rhenum  esse  transeundum. 

3.  Intellexerunt  Germani  et  posse  et  audere  populi 

Eomani  exercitum  Rhenum  transire. 

4.  His   rebus  cognitis   a  captivis   Caesar   praemisso 

equitatu  legiones  sequi  iussit. 

5.  Non  novi  viam. — Docebo,  tribus  horis  poteris  Lon- 

dinium  venire. 

6.  Ad  vastandos  hostium  fines  profectus  intellegit  iam 

vastatos  esse. 

7.  Me  iudice   non  est  idonea  ad  navigandum  tem- 

pestas. 


100  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  30 

8.  Die  constitute  omnes  venerunt,  ne  se  absentibus 

concilium  haberetur. 

9.  N"ulla  nobis  proficiscendi  occasio  data  est. 

10.  Consulum  alter  ab  hostibus  interfectus  est,  alter 

captiis  est. 

11.  Unam  legionem  ad  Khenum  misit,  ne  se  invito 

Germani  transire  conarentur. 

1 2.  Tantus  fuit  timor  omnium  ut  non  auderent  longius 

progredi. 

13.  Quaerentibus    nobis    num    Galli  victi    essent  re- 

spondit  eos  neque  vicisse  neque  victos  esse. 

14.  Ita  factum  est  ut  nobis  non  sentientibus  hostes 

transirent. 

15.  Abeuntibus  pueris  pecuniam  dedit  pater,  ut  libros 

emerent. 

(96.) 

1.  For  how  much  will  you  sell  that  book  ? — For  as 

much  as  I  bought  it. 

2.  I  determined  for  many  reasons  that  I  must  cross 

the  river. 

3.  When  I  heard  these  facts  from  you,  I  started  for 

London  at  once. 

4.  The  ships,  I  believe,  are  not  ready  for  sailing. 

5.  Why    do    you   ask    me   whether    all    things   are 

ready  ? 

6.  If  you  are  unwilling  I  will  not  go  to-day. 

7.  That  is  how  it  happened  that  I  forgot. 

8.  So  great  was  his  fear  that  he  did  not  dare  to  answer. 

9.  When  the  war  was  finished  all  the  soldiers  were 

dismissed. 


SEC.  30  EECAPITULATORy  EXERCISFS  101 

10.  They  said  that  the  labour  of  making  the  bridge 

was  very  great. 

11.  Who  asked  you  whether  I  were  well  ? — All  your 

friends  asked  me. 

12.  The  river  must  be  crossed  at  once,  lest  the  enemy 

attack  us. 

(97.) 

1.  Satis  verborum  est:  cura  quae  iussi  atque  abi. 

2.  Habe  modo  bonum  animum ;  mater  mox  redibit. 

3.  Moneo  saepius  te  ut  memineris :  semper  oblivisceris. 

4.  Veni  hue,  nam  sunt  quae  ego  ex  te  solo  quaerere 

volo. 

5.  Est  Deus  qui  quae  nos  gerimus  auditque  et  videt. 

6.  Optimum    atque    aequissimum    oras,  optimusque 

hominum  es  homo. 

7.  Pater  (scio)  faciet  quae  ilium  facere  oportet  omnia. 

8.  Iste  eum  esse  ait  qui  non  est  et  esse  qui  vero  est 

negat. 

9.  Ego  tam  sum  servus  quam  tu,  etsi  ego  domi  liber  fui. 

1 0.  Memini  te  id  nolle  fieri. — Te  meminisse  id  gratum 

est  mihi. 

11.  lube  ingentem  ignem  fieri. — Ut  vis  fiat. 

12.  Sed  die,  oro  te,  pater  mens  tune  es  ? — Ego  sum, 

nate  mi. 

13.  Ilium  puerum  e  conspectu  abducite.     Faciam  ut 

huius  diei  locique  meique  semper  meminerit. 

14.  Captivus  avis  ferae  similis  est;  semel  fugiendi  si 

data  est  occasio|,  satis  est. 

15.  Tum   denique  homines  nostra  intellegimus  bona, 

cum  quae  in  potestate  habuimus  ea  amisimus. 


102     ,,,,,,.  r      ,     .LATIN  COURSE  sec.  30 

(98.) 

1.  Have  you  seen  my  brother  ?     He  promised  that 

he  would  come  to-day. 

2.  He  inquired  of  me  whether  I  had  seen  his  brother. 

I  answered  that  I  had  not  seen  him. 

3.  Let  us  now  return  home,  lest  our  friends  come  in 

our  absence. 

4.  The  queen  went  away  so  quickly  that  we  could 

not  see  her. 

5.  Having  left  our   baggage   at  Eome,  we  came  to 

Naples. 

6.  The  Germans,  after  attacking  our  men,  returned  to 

the  camp. 

7.  May  I  open  the  window,  father  ? 

8.  Will  the  boy  do  all  the  things  he  ought  to  ? 

9.  These  matters  are  not  to  be  entrusted  to  boys. 

10.  Do   you   not   remember   that  you   promised  this 

yesterday  ? 

11.  In  my  judgment  this  money  ought  to  be  paid  to-day. 

12.  Not  by  Caesar  only,  but  by  Pompeius  also  should 

their  armies  be  dismissed. 

(99.) 

1.  "  Shut  your  gates,"  said  Diogenes  to  the  Myndians, 

"  lest  your  city  go  out  of  them." 

2.  When  asked  why  I  alone  was  silent,  I  answered 

that  I  w^as  absorbed  in  my  thoughts. 

3.  When  I  had  been  shaved  I  asked  the  barber  how 

much  I  ought  to  give  him. 


SEC.  30  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  103 

4.  He  asked  me  whether  I  had  seen  the  orator  in 

the  city. 

5.  Have  you  forgotten  that  you  were  once  a  boy  ? 

6.  Alarmed  by  the  dream  I  got  up.      I  saw  nothing. 

7.  I  asked  him  what  he  had  in  the  waggon. 

8.  On  the  way,  as  generally  happens,  they  got  into 

conversation. 

9.  The   landlord   called   out    that   a  man  had  been 

murdered. 

10.  I  do  not  recognise  you,  my  soldiers  ;  nor  do  I  seem 

to  be  recognised  by  you. 

11.  They  asked  to  whom  he  left  the  kingdom. 

12.  After  dismissing  the  army  he  bade  his  friends  come 

nearer. 

(100.) 

1.  Alas !  miserable  man  that  I  am,  I  cannot  pay. 

2.  You  do  nothing  but  play  all  day. 

3.  He  asked  me  whether  I  was  in  good  health.     I 

answered,  "  While  there  is  life  there  is  hope." 

4.  He  said  that  labour  conquers  everything. 

5.  And  so  it  happened  that  I  was  not  present. 

6.  Not  all  lands  can  bear  everything. 

7.  When   I   asked   when   he   wished   to    return    he 

replied,  "  Never." 

8.  A  slave  ought  to  know  more  than  he  says. 

9.  A  man  was  murdered  in  an  inn  by  the  landlord. 
10.  Having  murdered  the  man,  the  landlord  accused 

another. 
"^11.  Necessity  is  the  mother  of  invention.; 
12.  There  is  no  rose  without  a  thorn.     ~^ 


104  LATIN  COURSE  Sec.  30 

XXIL 

Paedagogus — Puer. 

Paed.  Puerum  ingenuum  decent  ingenui  mores.  Quoties 
adloquitur  te  quispiam  cui  debes  honorem, 
aperi  caput,  sint  oculi  intenti  in  eum  cui 
loqueris,  iuncti  pedes,  quietae  manus.  Nunc 
age  specimen  aliquod  huius  rei  nobis  praebe. 
Quantum  temporis  afuisti  a  maternis  aedibus  ? 

Puer.  lam  sex  ferme  menses. 

Paed.  Addendum  erat  "  domine." 

Puer.  lam  sex  ferme  menses,  domine. 

Paed.  Nonne  cupis  matrem  revisere  ? 

Puer,  Cupio,  domine,  si  id  pace  liceat  tua. 

Paed,  Nunc  flectendum  erat  genu.  Bene  habet.  In 
convivio  autem  postremus  omnium  admoveto 
manum  patinae.  Si  quid  datur  lautius,  re- 
cusato  modeste;  si  instabitur,  accipe,  et  adde 
gratias.  Si  non  sitis,  tamen  admoveto  cyathum 
labiis.  Arride  loquentibus ;  ipse  ne  quid 
locutus  sis  nisi  rogatus.  Si  videris  convivium 
esse  prolixius,  precatus  veniam  ac  salutatis 
con vi vis,  subducito  te  a  mensa.  Vide  ut 
horum  memineris. 

Puer.  Dabitur  opera,  mi  praeceptor.  Num  quid  aliud 
vis? 

Paed,  Adito  nunc  libros  tuos. 

Puer.  Fiet  - 


SEC.  30  RECAPITULATORY  tiXERCISES  l05 

XXIII. 

An  Adventure. 

Balbus  et  Gaius,  qui,  pueri  pessimi  et  audaces,  mane 
aufugerant  domo,  nocte  in  deversorio  rustico  dormie- 
bant.  Media  autem  nocte  in  cubiculo  proximo  magnum 
audiverunt  sonitum  hominis  in  terram  graviter  cadentis 
gemitusque,  et  fragorem  vitreorum  fractorum.  Pueri 
(neque  mirandum !)  multum  timebant.  At  mox  sub 
foribus,  quae  inter  duo  cubicula  erant,  rubrum  aliquid 
lente  adfluere  viderunt,  luna  enim  clara  fuit,  vestemque, 
quam  (ut  faciunt  pueri)  temere  humi  hue  illuc  deie- 
cerunt,  iam  attingere.  "  Sanguis  hie  est,"  dixit  Balbus, 
"  manifestum  est  occisum  esse  hominem."  "  Quis 
dubitare  potest  ? "  respondit  Gaius,  "  sed  nos,  pueri 
miserrimi,  cur  domo  aufugimus  ?  Quid  nobis  nunc 
faciendum  est  ?  Si  enim  hie  manserimus,  ipsi  huius 
facti  rei  erimus.  Quid  !  nonne  vestis  sanguine  illius 
hominis  maculata  est  ?  Prima  utique  luce  hinc  quam 
celerrime,  pecunia  soluta,  properandum  est,  si  modo 
fieri  potest." 

Mane  tamen,  dum  pecuniam  solvunt,  venit  servus 
nuntiatque  cauponi  decidisse  noctu  de  lecto  eum  qui 
in  illo  cubiculo  dormiebat  amphoramque  rubri  plenam 
medicamenti  fregisse.  Pueri  fugitivi,  magno  liberati 
timore,  domum  redeunt,  veniam  precaturi 


106  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  31 

SECTION  31. 

Sequence  of  Tenses. 

We  saw  (on  p.  56)  that  in  translating  such  a  sentence 
as  "He  sent  them  to  see  the  city,"  care  must  be  taken 
to  use  the  right  tense  of  the  subjunctive.  One  must  write 
"  Misit  eos  ut  urbem  viderent,"  just  as  one  would  say  in 
English  "  He  sent  them  that  they  might  see  the  city,"  not 
"  that  they  may  see  the  city."  In  sentences  like  this,  that 
is  to  say,  in  sentences  which  express  a  purpose,  the  English 
will  guide  you.  But  in  many  sentences  the  English  will 
not  show  you  which  tense  of  the  subjunctive  to  use.  Take 
as  an  instance,  "  I  ask  who  was  the  general " ;  if  we  write 
"Rogo  quis  esset  imperator,"  we  write  a  sentence  which, 
though  intelligible,  would  have  sounded  strange  to  Roman 
ears.  A  Roman  would  have  written  "  Rogo  quis  fuerit 
imperator."  The  following  table  shows  how  the  tenses  of 
the  subjunctive  were  generally  used  in  Latin  : — 

After  an  indicative  \  f              either 

present  I  .         I  present  subjunctive 

or  I  j                  or 

future  J  \  perfect  subjunctive. 

(The  sense  will  show  whether  the  present  or  the  perfect 
subjunctive  is  the  right  tense  :  compare  examples  1  and  2.) 

J,i         I  .,        I  imperfect  subjunctive 

past  tense  of  the       >     write     J       ^  •' 

indicative^  I  I    .        r    i.     v       i.- 

J  \^ pluperfect  subjunctive. 

1  The  past  tenses  of  the  indicative  are  the  imperfect,  perfect,  and 
pluperfect.      The  perfect  when   translated   "I  have  sent"  (not  **I 


SEC.  31  SEQUENCE  OF  TENSES  107 

(The  sense  will  show  whether  the  imperfect  or  plu- 
perfect subjunctive  is  the  right  tense  :  compare  examples 
6  and  7.) 

Examples  : — 

1.  Rogo  quis  sis,  /  ask  who  you  are. 

2.  Rogo  quid  feceris,  /  ask  what  you  have  doiie^  or,  what 

you  did. 

3.  Rogabo  quis  fuerit,  /  will  ask  who  it  was. 

4.  Tanta  erat  multitudo   hostium,   ut   nostri  pugnare 

non  auderent.  So  great  was  the  number  of  the  enemy 
that  our  men  did  not  dare  to  fight. 

5.  Haec  dixit  ne  stultus  videretur,  He  said  this  tlmt  he 

might  not  seem  foolish. 

6.  Rogaverat  quid  faceres.  He  had  asked  what  you  were 


1.  Rogabat  quid  fecissem.  He  was  asking  me  what  I  had 
done. 


Commands  and  Prohibitions. 

1.   Commands  may  be  rendered  in  Latin  as  in  English 
by  the  imperative  mood. 

Tell  mCy  Die  mihi. 

Write  the  letter.  Scribe  epistulam. 


sent")  is  really  a  present  tense,  for  it  means  "I  have  now  done  it." 
When  it  has  this  meaning  it  may  be  followed  by  the  present  or  perfect 
subjunctive  :  for  instance,  Misi  eos  ut  urhem  videant,  "  I  have  sent 
them  that  they  tnay  see  the  city."  But  as  the  imperfect  subjunctive  is 
usually  employed  even  in  such  sentences,  we  may  treat  the  perfect  as  if 
it  were  always  a  past  tense. 


108  LATIN  COURSE 


SEC.  31 


2.  Prohibitions.—"  Don't  write"  is  [not  "  Ne  scribe,"  but] 
either  (1)  "Noli  scribere"  (noli,  imperative  of  nolo),  or  (2) 
"  Ne  scripseris  "  (perf.  subj.)  gi 

(101.) 

1.  Eedeundum  est  ut  ad  tempus  veniamus. 

2.  Oportuit  nos  abire  ne  ab  hostibus  caperemur. 

3.  Me  iudice,  non  rogandus  est  num  in  Gallia  vixerit. 

4.  Me  absente,  rogatus  est  num  Lutetiae  vixisset. 

5.  Eogabimus  hominem  num  navem  incenderit. 

6.  Scire  voluimus  num  orator  esses. 

7.  Eogabimus  quot  homines  occisi  sint. 

8.  His    rebus    cognitis    rogavimus    num    in    eadem 

sententia  maneret. 

9.  Flumen  transiit  ut  imperatorem  de  fuga  Gallorum 

certiorem  faceret. 

10.  Gallis  pugnandi  potestatem   faciemus  ne  flumen 

transire  possint. 

11.  Aperienda  est  fenestra  ut  implratorem  videamus. 

1 2.  Die  mihi  num  domi  heri  manseris.     Noli  simulare 

te  oblitum  esse. 

13.  Simulaverunt  se  valere  ut  matrem  deciperent. 

14.  Pauperes    venerunt    petitum    cibum,   quem    pro- 

miseramus. 

15.  Obsides  dabimus  ut  domum  redeamus.     Obsidibus 

datis,  licebit  omnibus  abire. 

(102.) 
1.  I  stayed  at  home  to  finish  my  letter. 


SEC.  31  SEQUENCE  OF  TENSES  109 

2.  Having  finished  my  letter  I  went  into  the  garden 

to  gather  flowers. 

3.  I  will  ask  him  whether  he  paid  the  money. 

4.  The  weather  was  such  that  I  could  not  sleep. 

5.  In  my  father's  absence  I  went  to  London  to  buy 

the  book. 

6.  Tell  me  who  bought  the  house. — I  could  not  sell  it. 

7.  All  the  men  were  so  poor  that  they  could  not  buy 

wine. 

8.  I  want  to  know  who  opened  the  window.     Don't 

pretend  that  you  don't  know. 

9.  Having  set  out  at  daybreak,  he  returned  in  the 

evening  to  inform  the  king  that  the  army  was 
conquered. 

1 0.  Tell  me  whether  you  are  allowed  to  come  with  us. 

11.  I  preferred  to  ask  him  whether  he  had  answered. 

1 2.  Having  advanced  into  the  territory  of  the  enemy, 

he  pitched  liis  camp. 

13.  I  desire  to  know  which  of  the  (two)  brothers  you 

saw.  ♦ 

14.  They  are  so  lazy  that  they  have  not  finished  their 

verses. 

1 5.  May  I  ask  him  how  many  soldiers  he  has  ? 

(103.) 

1.  Clamores  sustulimus,  ut  vos  adiuvaremus. 

2.  Gives  clamores  toUunt  ut  regem  terreant. 

3.  Rogo  te  quis  sis,  cur  in  nostram  urbem  veneris. 

4.  Scire     voluimus     num     imperator    valeret,    num 

Haeduos  vicisset. 


110  LATIN  COURSE  seo.  31 

5.  Tantum   est  frigus  in  hoc  monte  ut  nulli  flores 

crescere  possint. 

6.  Tantus   erat  noster  exercitus  ut  hostes   venirent 

petitum  pacem. 

7.  Quinta  hora  abiit  iit  patrem  videret. 

8.  Opere    confecto     in     urbem    ibimus     ut    amicos 

videamus. 

9.  Noli  pigram  vitam  agere,  ne  cives  te  contemnant. 

10.  Eogavit  milites  cur  Gallos  timerent. 

11.  Prima  luce    proficiscendum    est,    ut    ad    flumen 

vesperi  perveniamus. 

12.  JSTum  rogas  cur  te  absente  proelium  commiserim  ? 

13.  Speravi  milites  me  duce  victuros  esse. 

14.  Hoc  feci  ut  a  civibus  laudarer. 

15.  Ut  a  militibus  ametur,  laudat  hominem  quern  odit. 

16.  Rogabo  eum  num  mei  meminerit. 

(104) 

1.  I  want  to  know  who  fled  to  the  hills. 

2.  He  pretended  that  he  was  leading  an  honourable 

life  that  he  might  be  praised. 

3.  I  asked  him   whether  the   weather   was    fit    for 

sailing. 

4.  He  said  that  he  did  not  know  whether  it  was 

raining. 

5.  We  will  open  the  window  that  we  may  see  the 

ships. 

6.  We  went  into  the  garden  to  pick  the  flowers. 

7.  The  flowers  are  so  beautiful  that  I  am  unwilling 
to  pick  them. 


\ 


SEC.  31  SEQUENCE  OF  TENSES  111 

8.  May    I  ask    the    king    how    many    soldiers    are 

besieging  the  town  ? 

9.  Tell  me  whom  you  are  expecting. 

10.  I  am  asking  every  one  who  has  lost  this  sum  of 

money. 

11.  I  will  ask  them  when  they  set  out. 

12.  Having  set   out   to  lay  waste  the  country  they 

were  slain  by  the  enemy. 

13.  I  want  to  know  whether  you  recognised  the  king. 

14.  We  have  not  seen^  the  man  who  promised  that 

he  would  pay  us. 

1 5.  Tell  me  who  promised  money  to  you. — The  general 

promised,  whom  you  saw  in  the  camp. 

(105.) 

1.  You  must  spare  the  captives  that  they  may  give 

you  information  about  the  affairs  of  the  enemy. 

2.  The  orator  said  that  all  men  preferred  money  to 

virtue. 

3.  The  letter  should  be  written  now  that  you  may  be 

allowed  to  depart  in  the  evening. 

4.  Having  pitched  his  camp  he  sent  a  messenger  to 

the  town  to  ask  for  corn. 

5.  Having  advanced  three  miles  the  messenger  was 

bound  by  the  enemy. 
G.  That  the  enemy  might  offer  us  battle  we  pretended 

that  we  had  no  horses. 
7.  Tell  me  what  you  said.      Did   you   not  promise 

help? 

^  For  "  the  raan  who  "  write  eum  qui  (  =  "  him  who  "). 


112  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  31 

8.  I  followed  that  I  might  hear  the  conversation  of 

the  men. 

9.  Having  lost  my  baggage  I  crossed  the  river  for 

the  purpose  of  buying  food. 

1 0.  The  men  who  ruled  the  land  asked  me  who  I  was, 

what  I  desired. 

11.  We  wish  to  know  why  you  set  out  alone. 

12.  The  shouts  were  so  great  that  I  could  not  hear 

your  voice. 

13.  We  will  go  away  at  daybreak  that  we  may  not 

lose  the  opportunity  of  sailing. 


(106.) 

1.  Do  you  ask  me  what  I  wish  to  do  in  the  city  ? 

2.  I  want  to  know  where  she  was  killed. 

3.  Tell  me  why  you  set  out  in  the  evening. 

4.  Did  you  ask  the  general  what  was  to  be  done  ?^ 
6.  I  will  ask  the  man  why  he  hates  me. 

6.  The  messengers  crossed  the  river  that  they  might 

inform  the  Haedui  of  Caesar's  arrival. 

7.  Tell  me  what  you  wrote  in  your  letter. 

8.  In  the  letter,  which  you  lost,  I  said  that  my  sister 

was  well. 

9.  He  asked  me  whether  I  wished  to  read  the  book. 

10.  I  want  to  know  where  your  friend  lives. 

11.  He  lives  in  the  city  which  we  saw  yesterday. 

12.  The  river  was  so  big  that  we  could  not  cross  it. 

13.  I  came  to  seek  the  book  which  my  father  gave 

me. 


SEC.  32  ACCUSATIVE  AND  INFINITIVE  113 

14.  Have  you  not  seen  it? — I  do  not  know  where 

it  is. 

1 5.  He  is  so  lazy  that  he  never  takes  exercise. 

16.  Having  vainly  tried  to  escape,  he  was  taken  by 

the  cavalry  of  the  enemy. 


SECTION  32. 

The  Accusative  and  Infinitive  :   Tense  of  the 
Infinitivk 

1.  He  promises  to  come,  Promittit  se  venturum  (esse^). 

2.  /  hope  to  remain  at  Borne,  Spero  me  Komae  mansurum 

(esse^). 

3.  /  hope  that  the  queen  will  believe  you,  Spero  reginam 

tibi  credituram  (esse  ^). 

Promitto,  "  I  promise,"  as  it  refers  to  future  time,  is 
always  followed  by  the  future  infinitive  in  Latin.  Spero, 
"I  hope,"  is  followed  by  the  future  infinitive  when  it  refers 
to  the  future.  2 

The  subject  to  the  infinitive  must  always  be  expressed 

^  Esse  may  be  omitted. 

-  But,  of  course,  one  may  write  Spero  te  domi  esse,  "  I  hope  you 
are  at  home  (now),"  for  the  sense  is  **I  hope  that  you  are  at  this 
moment  at  home."  Compare  with  this  sentence  2  above — "  I  hope 
to  remain  at  Rome,"  which  means  "I  hope  that  I  shall  in  the  time 
that  is  coming  remain  at  Rome. "  Spero  may  also  be  followed  by  a  per- 
fect infinitive  if  the  sense  requires  it:  "I  hope  that  you  have  now 
returned,"  Spero  te  iam  rediisse. 

I 


114  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  32 

in  the  Latin :  do  not  write  Fromifto  venturum  for  "  I 
promise  to  come,"  but  Promitto  me  venturum,  "I  promise 
that  I  am  about  to  come."  The  participle  agrees  with 
its  subject :  "  She  promises  to  come,"  Promittit  se  venturam 
esse.  "  The  girls  promise  to  come,"  Puellae  promittunt  se 
Venturas  esse. 

(107.) 

1.  Promittit  se  in  Galliam  profecturum :    sperat   se 

Haeduos  victurum. 

2.  Promittisne  te  facturum  esse  ea  quae  ego  iubeo  ? 

Faciam  si  potero. 

3.  Victus     promisit     se    ab    urbe    abiturum,    neque 

unquam  rediturum. 

4.  Num  speras  nos  tibi  credituros  ? 

5.  Eegina  sperat  se  liostes  victuram. 

6.  Exercitu   victo,  dux  hostium  promisit  se   viginti 

obsides  daturum. 
*7.  Spero  me  fratrem  tuum  adiuturum. 

8.  Si  me  rogabis  quid  sperem,  respondebo  me  sperare 

Gallos  victum  iri. 

9.  His  de  rebus  certior  factus,  promisit  se  celeriter 

profecturum. 

10.  Eogo   te   nonne  promiseris    te  longam   epistulam 

scripturum  ? 

11.  Dux  speravit  se  hostes  vincere  posse.^ 

12.  Eogatus  num  iudicem  novisset,  nihil  respondit. 

^  Note  that  the  present  infin.  of  possum  is  used  because  there  is  no 
future  infinitive. 


SEC.  32  ACCUSATIVE  AND  INFINITIVE  115 


(108.) 

1.  I  hope  to  come  to  Rome  to-morrow  that  I  may  see 

you. 

2.  Did  you  promise  to  stay  at  home  ? 

3.  I  hope  that  you  will  soon  see  your  father :  your 

brothers  say  that  the  old  man  is  well. 

4.  In  my   absence  Labienus  promised   to   lead    the 

tenth  legion  to  Rome. 

5.  I  hope  that  he  will  conquer.      I  think  that  he  will 

be  conquered. 

6.  What  do  you  hope  to  see  in  London  ? 

7.  I  hope  to  see  the  queen,  whom  my  brother  saw 

yesterday. 

8.  My  brother  has  promised  to  write  a  poem :  my 

sister  has  promised  to  read  the  book. 

9.  Tell  me  whom  you  expect. — I  have  promised  to 

say  nothing.      I  am  not  allowed  to  tell  you  the 
name. 

1 0.  ^  Did  you  hope  that  the  king  would  believe  you  ? 

Did  you  think  that  the  queen  would  give  you 
money  ? 

11.  Ought  we  to  believe  the  messenger?      Do   you 

think  that  the  prisoner  ought  to  be  bound  ? 

12.  I  hope  to  be  able^  to  repair  your  ship. 

1 3.  Why  do  you  ask  me  what  I  am  doing  ? 

^  Use  num  in  a  question  whenever  the  answer  "No"  seems  to  be 
expected. 

2  Possum  has  no  fut.  inf, :  see  note  to  last  exercise. 


116  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  33 


1  SECTION  33.  >-:        ^  ''   ^ 

The  Future  Infinitive  Active. 

1.  Spero  te  hos  libros  lecturum  esse,  /  hope  thai  you  mil 

read  these  hooks. 

2.  Spero  fore  (or  futurum  esse)  ut  multa  discas,    /  hope 

that  you  will  learn  much. 

The  future  infinitive  active  is  generally  made  up,  as  in 
sentence  1  above,  of  the  future  participle  and  the  infinitive 
of  the  verb  sum.  Some  verbs,  however,  have  no  future 
participle,  and  then  the  future  infinitive  must  be  made  up 
in  the  way  shown  in  sentence  2  :  this  sentence  might  be 
translated  literally,  "  I  hope  that  it  will  happen  that  you 
learn  much."  Futurum  esse  is  impersonal,  and  will  not 
change  in  gender  or  number  : — 

/  hope  that  we  shall  learn  much^  Spero  futurum  esse  ut 
multa  discamus.  ,    ,  ,  ' 

In  doing  the  exercises  use  this  second  form  of  the  future 
infinitive  with  verbs  that  have  no  future  participle ;  and 
use  the  more  common  form  of  the  future  infinitive  (shown 
in  sentence  1  above)  with  other  verbs.  ^       '.     ,  -    , 

(109.) 
1.  Pater  speravit  fore  ut  multa  discerem. 

^  The  more  advanced  student  should,  however,  note  that,  even  when 
a  verb  has  a  future  participle,  fore  ut  with  subjunctive  is  often  used. 
Sentence  1  above  might  be  rendered  Spero  fore  ut  hos  libros  legos.     , 


SEC.  33  FUTURE  INFINITIVE  ACTIVE  117 

2.  Nuntiatum    est    Caesari    futurum   esse    ut  Galli 

pacem  poscerent. 

3.  Promitto  me  tuos  libros  eras  redditurum. 

4.  Nonne  filius  dixit  se  hodie  rediturum  ?    Num  rediit  ? 

5.  Medicus    dicit    futurum   esse  ut    ex  morbo   con- 

valescam. 

6.  Gaius,   puer   aucJacissimus,  negat  fore    ut  canem 

timeat. 

7.  Rogavit  me  nonne  promisissem  me  servos  libera- 

turum. 

8.  Dicit  futurum  esse  ut  Caesar  in  Hispania  hiemare 

velit. 

9.  Speramus    milites,   bello   ante    hiemem    confecto, 

redituros. 

10.  Sperabam  fore  ut  mihi  liceret  ad  captivum  adire. 

11.  Spero  fore  ut  tuum  librum  legere^  possim. 

12.  Promitto  me  milites  summa  diligentia  hortaturum 

ut  fortiter  pugnent. 

13.  Nonne  omnibus  moriendum  est  ?     Num  putas  te 

nunquam    moriturum  ?      Non    puto    fore    ut 
convalescas. 

(110.) 

The  following  verbs  have  no  future  participle :  con- 
valesco,  "I  recover";  volo ;  nolo;  possum;  disco,  "I  learn." 

1.  He  told  me  that  the  boy  would  recover. 

2.  The  prisoner  informed  us  that  the  Gauls  would  be 

willing  to  fight. 

1  We  have  seen  (p.  114,  note)  that  the  present  infinitive  of  possum 
is  often  used  instead  of  the  future.  If,  however,  posse  would  not  make 
the  meaning  clear /ore  lU  is  used. 


118  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  34 

3.  He  does  not  hope,  does  he,  that  he  will  receive  a 

large  sum  of  money  ? 

4.  The    general  says    that    he    will  lay   waste   the 

territory  of  the  enemy. 

5.  Will  you  not  promise  to  be  a  friend  to  me  ? 

6.  They   say   that  he  will  be  unwilling  to  pay  the 

money. 

7.  You  say  that  you  cannot  come  to-day.     I  hope 

that  you  will  be  able  to  come  to-morrow. 

8.  We  hope  to  learn  much  from  ^  the  philosopher. 

9.  Have  you  asked  him  whether  he  has  promised  to 

help  the  citizens  ? 

10.  Now  ^  that  hostages  have  been  given,  Caesar  ought 

to  spare  the  citizens. 

11.  He  has  received  a  severe  wound.     I  do  not  think 

he  will  recover. 

12.  He  says  he  has  no  money.     I  hope  that  he  will 

soon  be  able  to  pay. 

13.  The  soldier  hopes  that  the  enemy  will  be  unwill- 

ing to  give  battle. 


SECTION  34. 

The  Future  Infinitive  Passive. 

He  said  that  hostages  would  he  given  back^  (1)  Dixit  fore 
{or  futurum  esse)  ut  obsides  redderentur,  or  (2) 
Dixit  obsides  redditum  iri. 


1  Use  the  preposition  a. 
2  Omit  "now"  :  use  a  participle. 


SEC.  34  FUTURE  INFINITIVE  PASSIVE  119 

There  are  two  ways  of  forming  a  future  infinitive 
passive  :  (1)  is  the  commoner,  but  (2)  is  also  often  used. 

(1)  if  translated  literally  means,  "He  said  that  it  would 
happen  that  hostages  should  be  given." 

(2)  The  meaning  of  redditum  iri  is  a  little  more  difficult 
to  understand.  Redditum  is  the  supine.  This  supine  in 
-um  is  used  (as  we  saw,  p.  85)  after  verbs  of  motion  to 
express  purpose.  For  instance,  Imus  redditum  obsides  means 
*'We  go  to  return  the  hostages."  The  verb  eo  is  used 
impersonally  in  the  passive  ;  itur  means  "  It  is  being  gone," 
"  A  journey  is  being  made,"  "  People  are  going."  Therefore 
Itur  redditum  obsides  means  "  People  are  going  to  return 
the  hostages."     This  may  be  put  into  the  infinitive  : — 

Dixit  iri  redditum  obsides,  He  said  that  people  were  going 
to  return  tJie  hostages,  or,  He  said  that  the  hostages 
would  be  returned. 

Remember  that  redditum  is  the  supine,  not  the  perfect 
participle,  and  never  changes. 

(111.) 

1.  Nonne  legati  ad  castra  eunt  rogatum  pacem  ? 

2.  Itur  ad  urbem  Haeduorum  rogatum  pacem. 
3a.  Dux  hostium  dixit  pacem  rogatum  iri. 

Sb.  Dux  hostium  dixit  fore  ut  pax  rogaretur. 

4a.  Putasne  fore  ut  incendatur  oppidum  ? 

4&.  Putasne  oppidum  incensum  iri  ? 

5.     Ventum  erat  ^  ad  urbem  quaesitum  iudicem. 

6  a.  Certior  factus  sum  iudicem  quaesitum  iri. 

1  Ventum  erat,  impersonal;  literally,  "It  had  been  come,"  "People 
had  come." 


120  LATIN  COURSE  SEC  34 

66.   Certior  f actus  sum  fore  ut  iudex  quaereretur. 

Va.  Spero  me  ab  amicis  adiutum  iri. 

*7b.    Spero  fore  ut  ab  amicis  adiuver. 

Sa.  Orator   dixit  fore   ut  omnes  Komani  ex  Galliae 

finibus  pellerentur. 
Sb.    Orator  dixit  omnes  Eomanos  ex  Galliae  finibus 

pulsum  iri. 
9a.  Quis  putavit  me  accusatum  iri  ? 
9b.   Quis  putavit  fore  ut  ego  accusarer  ? 
10a.   Eogavi  imperatorem  num  putaret   Gallos  facile 

victum  iri. 
10b.   Eogavi  imperatorem  num  putaret  futurum  esse 

ut  Galli  facile  vincerentur. 
11a.  Eogo  te  nonne  putaveris  obsides  redditum  iri 
lib.   Eogo  te  nonne  putaveris  futurum  esse  ut  obsides 

reddantur. 
12  a.  Nauta  me  certiorem  fecit  eras  solutum  iri  navem. 
12b.   Nauta   me   certiorem    fecit    fore  ut   navis   eras 
solveretur. 


(112.) 

(In  this   exercise  each  sentence  is  to  be  done  in  two 
different  ways,  as  in  the  last  exercise. ) 

1.  The   king  said  that  the  enemy  would  be  driven 

out  of  the  land. 

2.  He  thinks  that  Carthage  will  be  besieged  by  the 

Eomans. 

3.  The  soldiers  hoped  that  they  would  be  led  by 

Caesar. 


SEC.  35  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  121 

4.  He  said   that,    when   the  king   was    dead,^  cries 

would  be  raised  by  all  the  citizens. 

5.  He  said  that  the  captives  would  be  bound  in  order 

that  they  might  be  led  to  the  general. 

6.  I  hope  that  the  town  will  be  taken  to-morrow. 

7.  All  men  believe  that  you  will  be  put  to  death. 

8.  I  was  informed   that  the  book  would  be  turned 

into  Latin  by  a  very  learned  man. 

9.  I  asked  him  whether  he  thought  that  the  slaves 

would  be  set  free. 

10.  Do  you  think  that  we  shall  be  informed  of  the 

king's  plans  ? 

11.  You  did  not  think,  did  you,  that  the  hill  would  be 

seized  by  the  Haedui  ? 

12.  Do  you  think  that  you  will  be  understood  by  your 

friends  ? 


SECTION  35. 

Recapitulatory  Exercises. 

Notes. — In    the  nine  following   exercises    pay    special 
attention  to  the  following  points  : — 

1.  Put  the  subjunctive  in  the  indirect  question. 

2.  When  using  the  accusative  and  infinitive,   put  the 
right  tense  of  the  infinitive  : 

(a)  Caius  said  that  he  was  reading  the  book 
1  Abl.  abs. 


122  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  35 

Gaius  dixit  se  librum  legere  (present  infin.) 
[Caius  said,  Lego  librum,  /  am  reading  the  hook.^ 

(b)  Caius  said  that  he  had  read  the  hook. 

Gaius  dixit  se  librum  legisse  (perfect  infin.) 
[Caius  said,  Legi  librum,  /  have  read  the  hook^^ 

3.  Be  careful  about  the  case  of  the  relative  pronoun  : 

(a)  The  look,  which  Caius  wrote,  will  please  you. 
Liber,  quem  Gaius  scripsit,  te  delectabit. 

(b)  The  hook,  which  pleased  you,  pleases  me. 
Liber,  qui  te  delectavit,  me  delectat. 

Observe  that  in  an  English  relative  sentence  the  subject 
always  comes  next  to  the  verb :  thus  in  {a)  "  Caius "  is 
subject,  in  (6)  "  which  "  is  subject. 

(113.) 

1.  He  said  that  he  was  well.     We  said  that  we  did 

not  believe  him. 

2.  The  judge  said  that  he  did  not  favour  the  rich. 

3.  I  know  that  he  promised  to  help  the  king. 

4.  He  said  that  he  could  not  see  the  sun. 

5.  In  order  that  I  might  go  home  I  started  at  day- 

break. 

6.  The  cold  was  so  great  that  I  could  not  sleep. 

7.  Don't  be  lazy  lest  men  think  you  foolish. 

8.  What  are   you  writing  ?- — Why  do  you  ask  me 

what  I  am  writing  ? 

9.  He  informed  me  that  the  general  was  besieging 

Carthage.  \ 


SEC.  35  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  123 

10.  Having  pitched  his  camp,  he  became  aware  that 

the  enemy  were  not  far  away. 

11.  That  they  might  not  fly,  he  posted  his  cavalry  on 

the  hill. 

12.  I   cannot  come  to-day;    I  promise  to    come  to- 

morrow. 

13.  The  boy  hoped  to  understand  everything. 

14.  Don't  you  think  that  this  soldier  will  be  despised  ? 

15.  I  think  that  I  shall  be  able  to  come.      I  promise 

to  write  a  letter  to  you,  to  inform  you  of  my 
affairs. 

(114.) 

1.  When  the  war  is  finished  I  hope  to  return  to  you. 

2.  When  the  Gauls  are  conquered  I  hope  that  my 

fields  will  be  returned  to  me. 

3.  They  have  set   out   to  besiege   the   town   which 

their  ancestors  built. 

4.  I  asked  the  man  whether  he  could  repair  my  ship. 

5.  He  answered  that  he  was  not  well,  and  that  ^  he 

could  do  nothing  before  the  summer. 

6.  On  being    asked  whether  he  knew  the  judge,  he 

answered  that  he  had  seen  him. 

7.  The  soldier's  mother  hopes  that  the  city  will  soon 

be  taken. 

8.  She  thinks  that  her  son  will  soon  return. 

9.  She  does  not  know  that  he  has  been  wounded  by 

the  enemy. 

^  (He  answered)  'Hhat  he  could  .  .  ."  still  the  accusative  and  in- 
finitive :  *'  and  "  is  printed  in  italics  because  it  is  not  to  be  translated. 


124  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  35 

10.  The  doctor  does  not  think  that  he  will  recover. 

11.  I  told  her  that  her  son  was  well;  I  did  not  dare 

to  say  that  he  was  about  to  die. 

12.  We  promised  to  stay  three  days  in  this  town. 

13.  I  hope  to  find  the  book  which  you  gave  me. 

14.  Ask  him  whether  he  has  seen  the  man. 

(115.) 

1.  He  said  that  he  expected  his  son  every  day. 

2.  I  do   not  know  why  he  has  not  come ;    don't  ask 

me. 

3.  I  promise  to  encourage  the  soldiers :  when  they 

see  me  they  will  fight  bravely. 

4.  He  said  that  he  was  going  to  London  to  hear  the 

wise  judge. 

5.  You  ought  to  sleep  in  order  that  you  may  recover. 

6.  The  king  promised  to  give  battle ;  but  the  soldiers 

were  unwilling. 

7.  He  pretended  to  love  his  father,  that  he  might 

not  be  blamed. 

8.  Don't  you  hope  that  the  business  will  soon  be 

finished  ? 

9.  Having  taken  possession  of  the  hill,  he  pitched 

his  camp.        ^ 

10.  I  asked  him  whether  he  had  been  informed  that 

the  soldiers  would  be  led  by  me. 

11.  We  hope  that  he  will  not  die. 

12.  You  must  not  fear:  I  do  not  think  that  we  shall 

be  killed. 

13.  He  told  me  that  I  was  like  my  mother.  j 


SEO.  35  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  125 

1 4.  I  don't  think  he  will  be  willing  to  follow  you. 

15.  We  hoped  to  learn  much:  he   seemed  to  excel  all 

men  in  wisdom. 


(116.) 

1.  He  promised  to  build  the  house :  and  having  re- 

ceived the  money  he  went  away. 

2.  I   have  asked  all  my  friends  whether  they  have 

seen  the  man. 

3.  I  thought  that  he  was  leading  an  idle  life  at  Capua. 

4.  Do  you  think  that  my  money  will  be  returned  ? 

5.  He  said  that  he  maintained  his  opinion,  namely, 

that    Carthage    ought    to   be   burned   by   the 
general. 

6.  I  thought  that  you  despised  me. 

7.  I  hope  that  I  shall  be  sent  to  Gaul. 

8.  I  hope  that  you  do  not  believe  this  man. 

9.  I  have  been  informed  that  a  council  will  be  held. 

10.  He  told  me  that  in  his  father's  absence  he  could 

not  help  me.'" 

11.  I  thought   that  such  things  were  very  difficult  to 

do. 

12.  The  boy  whom  I  praised    excelled    all  the    rest 

in  valour. 

13.  The  man  who  praised  me  is  like  Caius. 

14.  The  poet   says  that  his  book  will  not  be  under- 

stood by  the  foolish 

1 5.  The  verses  which  he  has  written  are  very  difficult. 

16.  I  hope  to  write  a  letter  to  you  to-morrow. 


126  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  35 

Note. — How  to  distinguish  the  relative  from  the  inter- 
rogative. 

1 .  I  will  do  what  you  hid  me. 

(that  is,  "  I  will  do  that  which,"  o?-  "  the  things 

which,  you  shall  bid  me  "). 
{Relative  clause)  Ea  quae  iubebis,  faciam. 

2.  /  don't  know  what  he  has  hidden  us  to  do. 

{Indirect  question)  Quid  nos  facere  iusserit,  nescio. 

We  use  the  words  "  what,"  "  who,"  "  which  "  (and  some 
other  words)  both  as  interrogatives  and  as  relatives;  hence  it 
is  sometimes  difficult  to  distinguish  an  indirect  question  from 
a  relative  sentence.  Observe  that  in  an  English  relative 
sentence  we  can  put  "that  which"  or  "the  things  which" 
instead  of  "what,"  without  making  any  change  in  the 
sense.  In  an  indirect  question  this  is  impossible.  For 
instance,  if  we  put  "that  which"  for  "what"  in  sentence 
2  above,  we  change  the  sense. 

(117.) 

1.  Eogavi  eum  quid  scripsisset. 

2.  Ea  quae  scripsisti  difficillima  sunt  intellectu. 

3.  Spero  fore  ut  perficere  possim  ea  quae  promisi  me 

facturum. 

4.  Eogavi  eum  quid  fecere  deberet.   Homo  stultissi- 

mus  negavit  se  scire  quid  asset  faciendum. 

5.  Nonne  id  dixi  quod  mihi  dicendum  erat  ? 

6.  Scire  volo  quis  tecum  profecturus  sit. 

7.  Me  consuls  occisus  est    homo    turpissimus,    qui 

consilium  inierat  perdendae  civitatis. 


SEC.  35  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  127 

8.  Hoc    facto,    rogavi    eum    uter    nostrum    captivis 

pepercisset. 

9.  Mihi  roganti  respondit  se  regem  interficere  volu- 

isse,  me  noluisse. 

1 0.  Num    putas    eum    vera    dixisse  ?       Nonne    mihi 

credis  ? 

11.  Utri  sit  credendum,  nescimus. 

12.  Ea  quae   monuisti  fecimus :    scire  volumus  quid 

praemii  daturus  sis. 

13.  Die  mihi  quis  fenestram  aperuerit. 

14.  Qui   fenestram    aperuit  tempestatem    talem    esse 

dixit  ut  laborare  non  posset. 


(118.) 

1.  I  have  done  what  you  ordered. 

2.  He  asked  me  what  I  had  ordered  them  to  do. 

3.  I  wish  to  know  who  informed  you  that  the  city 

would  be  taken, 

4.  Have  you  seen  the  temple  which  we  have  built  ? 

5.  Don't  you  think  that  you  will  be  able  to  come  ? 

6.  He  asked  me  what  I  was  writing :  I   gave   him 

the  letter  which  I  had  written, 
v.  We  do  not  know  what  is  best  to  do ;  we  hope  to 
learn  from  you. 

8.  We  told  him  that  we  had   seen  an  island  in  the 

midst  of  the  sea ;  he  did  not  seem  to  believe 
us. 

9.  May  I  ask  you  what  answer  you  gave  when  this 

news  was  brought  ? 


128  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  35 

10.  I  told  them  that  we  should  not  be  able  to  return 

to  Rome  to-morrow. 

11.  The  doctor  says  that  you  must  stay  in  the  country 

in  order  that  you  may  recover. 

1 2.  The  cold  is  so  great  that  I  do  not  wish  to  stay 

here;   may  I  not  go  to  the  city,  which  is  not 
far  away  ? 

13.  Have  you  read  the  book  which  I  gave  you? — I 

have  not  read  it ;  I  gave  it  to  Caius,  who  said 
that  he  wanted  to  read  something. 

14.  I  hope  I  shall  see  what  you  saw  at  Capua. 

15.  He  asked  me  what  I  had  seen  in  Sicily. 


(119.)  . 

1.  Tell  me  whom  you  saw  in  the  city. — I  saw  the 

man  who  promised  to  give  you  that  beautiful 
dog. 

2.  I  asked  him  whether  he  had  forgotten  you. 

3.  He  answered  that  he  hoped  to  come  soon  to  see 

you. 

4.  Do  you  know  the  man  who  made  the  long  speech  ? 

He  seems  very  wise. 

5.  Miserable  man  that  I  am !  I  have  lost  the  book 

which  she  gave  me. 

6.  Can   you   not  inform  me  who  built  the  temple 

which  we  saw  yesterday  ? 

7.  The  girl  who  was  speaking  with  me^  could  not  re- 

member the  name. 

^  * '  With  me,"  mecum,  not  cum  me. 


SEC.  35  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  129 

8.  I  think  I  know^  the  man  who  is  standing  next  to 

you. 

9.  I  hope  your  property  will  be  restored  by  the  judge. 

10.  I  do  not  think  that  you  will  be  willing  to  favour 

the  Greeks. 

11.  He  pretended  that  he  had  read  a  book  which  I  had 

written. 

12.  I  asked  him  whether  he  lived  at  Paris. 

13.  He   ran  to  the  harbour  to   put   his  property  on 

board  ship. 

1 4.  He  hoped  to  be  able  to  set  sail  on  the  following  day. 

15.  This  he   did   that   lie   might   not   be  seen  by  the 

soldiers,  who  had  been  ordered  to  bind  him. 


(120.) 

1.  Have   you  seen  the  man  who  promised   to  repaii 

the  ships  ? 

2.  The  man  whom  I  saw  yesterday  in  the  city  has 

set  out. 

3.  Is  not  the  girl  who  wrote  that  letter  very  like  her 

mother  ? 

4.  Having  burnt  the  city  we  will  lay  waste  the  fields 

of  the  enemy  who  killed  the  hostages. 

5.  We  will  not  spare  the  poet  who  wrote  these  verses. 

6.  Don't  you  think  that  he  ought  to  be  blamed  ? 

7.  I  have  bought  the  book  which  you  wrote ;    I  do 

not  promise  to  read  it. 

^   "  I  think  that  I  know,"  accusative  and  infinitive.      Observe  that 
the  conjunction  "that"  may  often  be  omitted  in  English. 

K 


130  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  35 

8.  Don't  you  hope  that  the  soldier  who  has  been 

wounded  will  recover  ? 

9.  Do  not  despise  those  who  think  that  wisdom  is 

to-be-desired.^ 

10.  I  hope  that  the  camp  will  be  pitched  in  a  suitable 

place,  that  the   enemy  may  not  attack  us  in 
the  night. 

11.  I  seized  the  hill  which  you  ordered  me  to  seize  :  I 

defeated  the   cavalry  which  you  saw  not  far 
from  the  river. 

12.  Ask  him  what  he   has   bought. — I  have  bought 

what  you  wished  me  to  buy. 

13.  The  bridge  which  we  made  was  burned  by  the 

enemy,  that  our  men   might  not    be    able  to 
cross  the  river. 

14.  I  want  to  know  who  started  the  rout. 


Note  on  the  Use  of  "Se." 

The  rule  is  that  se  refers  back  to  the  subject  of  the 
sentence. 

1.  Caesar  dixit  se  vicisse  Gallos,  Caesar  said  that  he  (i.e. 

Caesar)  had  conquered  the  Gauls. 
(Caesar  is  the  subject ;    se  means  Caesar ;    he  said, 
Ego  vici  Gallos,  "  /  have  conquered  the  Gauls.") 

2.  Caesar  dixit  eum  victum  esse,  Caesar  said  that  he  (not 

Caesar)  had  been  beaten. 
(He  said,  Victus  est,  not  Ego  sum  victus.) 

^  Gerundive, 


SEC.  35  RECAPITULATORY  KXERCISES  131 

A  few  more  instances  may  make  the  distinction  clearer. 
Remember  that  se  may  be  singular  or  plural,  and  of  either 
gender. 

3.  Balbus  dixit  se  suos  libros  perdidisse  et  illius  epistu- 

1am,  Balbus  said  that  he  had  lost  his  (Balbus')  books, 
and  his  (Caius')  letter. 
This  is  the  reported  form  of — 

Ego  meos  libros  perdidi  et  illius  epistulam,  /  have 
lost  my  books  and  his  letter. 

4.  Negaverunt    sibi    redeundum    esse  :     eum     emisse 

domum   suam,    T/iey  said  that   they   owjht  not  to 
return :  that  lie  liad  baaght  their  house. 
The  actual  words  of  the  speakers  were — 

Non  redeundum  est  nobis  :  is  emit  domum  nostram, 
JVe  owjht  not  to  return :  he  has  bought  our  house: 

What  is  the  difference  between — 

Puella  dixit  se  ei  credituram  esse,  and 
Puella  dixit  eum  sibi  crediturum  esse  1 

(121a.) 

1.  Certior  f actus  sum  eum  epistulam  scripsisse. 

2.  Negavit  se  eum  vidisse. 

3.  Dixerunt  eum  sibi  credidisse. 

4.  Nonne  inimici  simulaverunt  eum  victum  esse  ? 

5.  Negavit  se  scire  quot  libri  sibi  legendi  essent. 

6.  Uxor  imperatoris  sperat  eum,  liostibus  victis,  mox 

rediturum. 

7.  Imperator  sperat  se  eam  visurum. 

8.  Puella  negavit  eum  sibi  cibum  dedisse. 


132  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  35 

9.  Pessimus  homo  simulavit  se  ei  multa  dedisse. 

10.  Speraverunt  se   opus    suum    mox   confecturos  ufc 

eius  carmina  legerent. 

11.  Noli    credere    homini    qui    amicos    suos     semper 

decipit. 

12.  Omnes  putaverunt  eius  consilium  sapientissimum 

esse:  promiserunt  se  ei  subventuros. 

13.  Dixit  se  epistulam  ab  eo  accepisse :  eum  vulnera- 

tum  esse. 

14.  Qui  se  laudat,  non  est  sapiens. 

15.  Qui  eum  laudat,  est  deceptus. 


(121b.) 

1.  I  have  not  seen  my  son :  the  doctor  says  that  he 

is  recovering. 

2.  The  general  said  that  he  had  ordered  fifty  men  to 

go  into  the  territory  of  the  Haedui  to  get  corn. 

3.  The  soldiers  denied  that  he  had  given  this  order. 

4.  On  being  asked  whether  her  father  had  set  out  she 

answered  that  he  was  not  well. 

5.  We  thought  that  he  would  not  understand  us. 

6.  He   said   that   he  would  go  to  the  fields  to  take 

exercise. 

7.  She  said  that  he  had  deceived  her ;  and  that  she 

was  very  miserable. 

8.  Cicero  thought  that  he  had  saved  his  country  :  we 

thought  that  he  had  wasted  time. 

9.  They   did   not  think  that  we  should   return   the 

books  to  them. 


SEC.  35         RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  133 

10.  I  hope  that  he  will  winter  in   Eome  :  he  told  me 

that  he  ought  not  to  stay  in  this  island. 

11.  Being  asked  what  his  brother  had  written,  he  said 

that  he  had  written  a  few  verses. 

12.  My    brother   said  that  he    did   not  wish  to  write 

letters. 

1 3.  We  thought  that  he  was  not  far  away  :  a  messenger 

said  that  he  had  seen  the  camp. 


XXIV. 

An  Ingenious  Lunatic. 

Medicus,  ut  solebat,  insanos  suos  visebat.  Cum 
autem  insanum  quemdam  rogasset  "  Rectene  vales, 
amice  ?  "  respondit  ille  alter  "  Optime  quidem  valeo  ; 
sed  tu,  qui  me  amicum  appellare  audes,  nescis  profecto 
quis  sim.  Alexander  ego  Magnus  sum."  "  Nesciebam, 
fateor ;  laetor  tamen  me  posse  cum  tanto  viro  colloqui. 
Sed  hoc  solum  mirari  licet ;  nonne  tu  mihi  heri  dixisti 
te  Mosem  esse  ?  "  "  Et  hoc  quidem  verum,"  respondit ; 
"  Moses  enim  alia  matre  sum." 


XXV. 

ffis  Mothers  Appeal  to  Coriolanus. 

Sine,  priusquam  complexum  accipio,  sciam  ad  hostem 
an  ad  filium  venerim,  captiva  materne  in   castris  tuis 


134  LATIN  COURSE  SE(\  35 

sim.  In  hoc  me  longa  vita  et  infelix  senecta  traxit  ut 
exulem  primum  te,  deinde  hostem,  viderem  !  Potuisti 
popular!  banc  terrain  quae  te  genuit  et  aluit  ?  Non 
tibi,  quamvis  infesto  animo  et  minaci  perveneras, 
ingredient!  fines  ira  cecidit  ?  Non,  cum  in  conspectu 
Eoma  fuit,  succurrit  ?  "  Intra  ilia  moenia  domus  et 
Penates  me!  sunt,  mater  coniunx  liberique." 


XXVI. 

A  Proind  Defence. 

M.  Aemilius  Scaurus,  a  Vario  accusatus,  quod  ab 
rege  Mitbridate  ob  rem  publicam  prodendam  pecuniam 
accepisset,  causam  suam  ita  egit :  "  Varius  Scaurum 
regia  mercede  corruptum  imperium  populi  Eomani 
prodidisse  ait;  Scaurus  buic  se  adfinem  esse  culpae 
negat ;  utri  creditis  ?  "  cuius  vocis  admiratione  populus 
commotus  Varium  ab  ilia  actione  pertinaci  clamore 
depulit. 

XXVII. 

The  Fox  and  the  Croiv. 

Qui  se  laudari  gaudet  verbis  subdolis, 
Sera  dat  poenas  turpes  paenitentia. 

Cum  de  fenestra  corvus  raptum  caseum 
Comesse  vellet,  celsa  residens  arbore, 
Vulpes  hunc  vidit,  deinde  sic  coepit  loqui : 
"  0  qui  tuarum,  corve,  pennarum  est  nitor  1 


SEC.  36  APPOSITION  135 

Quantum  decoris  corpore  et  vultu  geris  ! 
Si  vocem  haberes,  nulla  prior  ales  foret." 
At  ille  stultus  dum  vult  vocem  ostendere, 
Emisit  ore  caseum,  quern  celeriter 
Dolosa  vulpes  avidis  rapuit  dentibus. 


SECTION  36. 
Apposition. 


1.  Alexander,  rex  noster,  maximum  regnum  habet,  Our 

King  Alexander  liaa  a  very  large  kingdom. 

2.  Vidistine  Alexandrum,  regem  nostrum  1  Have  you  seen 

our  King  Alexander  1 
When  two  su])stantives  are  put  side  by  side,  the  one 
giving  a  description  of  the  other,  they  always  agree  in  case, 
and  if  possible  in  gender  and  number.^  In  the  first  sen- 
tence rex  is  nominative  because  Alexander  is  nominative, 
but  in  the  second  sentence  we  must  have  regem  to  agree 
with  Alexandrum, 

3.  The  city  of  Rome,  Urbs  Roma. 

Do  not  translate  "  of,"  but  put  the  two  substantives  in 
apposition. 

4.  Romam  ad  urbem  redeo,  /  return  to  the  city  of  Borne. 


^  It  is  not  always  possible  for  them  to  agree  in  gender  and  number  : 
for  instance,  Londinium  (neut.)  iirbs  (fem.)  maxiina,  "London,  a 
great  city."  Vcii  (plural  masc),  urbs  (singular  fem.)  Etniriae,  "  Veii, 
a  city  of  Etruria." 


136  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  36 

Be  careful  not  to  omit  the  preposition  with  urbem. 

5.  The  wise  TuUius,  Tullius  vir  sapiens  (or  sapientis- 
simus).^ 

In  Latin  an  adjective  must  not  be  put  with  a  proper 
name :  instead  of  "  the  wise  Tullius  "  write  "  Tullius  the 
wise  man." 

(122.) 

1.  Gains,  filius  mens,  ad  Italiam  ire  vult. 

2.  Novistine  Tullium,  amicum  meum  ? 

3.  Spero    me    Komam,  pulcherrimam    illam    urbem, 

visurum. 

4.  Hannibal,  Carthaginiensium  imperator,  Capuam  ad 

urbem  totius  Campaniae  maximam  rediit. 

5.  Titus,  magister  optimus,  multa  me  docuit. 

6.  Nonne  vidisti   Tulliam,  uxorem   meam,  in   agros 

euntem  ? 

7.  Spero  fore   ut  Lutetiam,  in  urbem  Gallorum,  ire 

possim. 

8.  Cur  in  Galliam  ire  vis  ? — Lutetiam  eo  ut  Gallice 

loqui  discam. 

9.  Gains,  puer  stultissimus,  me  rogavit  cur  in  Galliam 

ire  vellem. 

10.  Eespondi  me  sperare  fore  ut  multa  discerem. 

11.  Tullius,  vir  sapientissimus,  multos  libros  scripsit. 

12.  Alexander,  Macedonum  rex,  plurimas  gentes  vicit. 

13.  Eus  abire  volo  operis  conficiendi  causa. 

14.  Dixit    Labienum,    Caesaris    legatum,   venisse    me 

visum. 

1  Latin  often  uses  a  superlative  where  we  should  not  do  so. 


SEC.  36  APPOSITION  137 

15.  Urbe  hostium  capta  domum  redire  licebit. 

16.  Spero  fore  ut  Corinthum  ire  possitis. 

17.  Dixit  Ciceronem  consulem  urbem  servavisse. 

18.  Romani  septem  reges  habuerunt :  regibus  expulsis 

consules  creati  sunt. 


(123.) 

1.  I  will  give  tliis  book  to  my  daughter  Julia. 

2.  Have  you  read  the  speech  of  my  friend  Tullius  ? 

3.  I   asked  the  boy  whether  he  had  read  the  speech 

of  Tullius. 

4.  He  promised  to  come  to  London  to  help  me. 

5.  Scipio,  the  general  of  the  lioman  army,  took  the 

city  of  Carthage. 

6.  I   have  seen  the  sword  of  Ariovistus,  the  king  of 

the  Germans. 

7.  The  learned  Titus  went  to  Egypt  to  see  the  river 

Nile. 

8.  They  set  out  for  the  city  of  Capua,  but  on  the 

third  day  they  returned  home. 

9.  The  cold  is  so  great  that  I  dare  not  go  to  Gaul. 

10.  For  the   purpose   of  encouraging  the  soldiers  the 

queen  came  to  the  camp. 

11.  She  said  that  she  had  sent  twenty  horsemen  into 

the  territory  of  the  Haedui  for  the  purpose  of 
getting  corn. 

12.  She  promised  that  she  would  soon  make  an  end 

of  the  war. 

13.  Having   raised    a  shout  the  soldiers   promised   to 

follow  her  to  the  great  city  of  Rome. 


138  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  37 

SECTION  37. 

"Te  ducem  facimus." 

In  the  following  sentences  notice  the  case  of  dux : — 

1.  Te  ducem  facimus,  We  make  you  (our)  leader. 

2.  Ego  dux  factus  sum,  /  have  been  made  leader. 

Take  care  not  to  write  "factus  sum  ducem.''  The 
passive  verb  cannot  govern  an  accusative,  but  dux  will  be 
in  the  same  case  as  ego. 

(124.) 

1 .  Ciceronem  et  Antonium  consules  fecimus. 

2.  Spero  fore  ut  consul  has,  ut  Catilinam,  hominem 

pessimum,  ex  civitate  pellas; 

3.  Iste  homo  turpissimus  rex  a  militibus  factus  est. 

4.  Ego  sapiens  vocor,  tu  stultus  haberis. 

5.  Ne  turpem  me  vocaveris,  ne  ipse  turpis  videaris. 

6.  Nonne  audivisti  Quintum  Fabium  nominatum  esse 

dictatorem  ut  bellum  conficiat? 

7.  Urbem  condidit,  quam  e  suo  nomine  Romam  iussit 

nominari. 

8.  Cicero  habitus  est  orator  magnus :  Catilina  inter- 

fecto  Pater  patriae  est  nominatus. 

9.  Spero  me,  patre  mortuo,  regem  factum  iri. 

10.  Certior  factus  sum  tantam  esse  hostium  multitud- 

inem  ut  nostri  pugnare  non  audeant. 

11.  Philosophus  negabat  fore  ut  pecuuia  nos  divites 

faceret. 


SEC.  37  "TE  DUCEM  FACIMUS  "  139 

12.  Caesare  adveniente  milites  fortiores  fiunt. 

13.  Eogatus   quid  esset   faciendum,  respondit  nos  id 

facere  oportere  quod  Caesar  iusserat. 

14.  Si  mihi  abire  licebit,  nunquam  redibo  ad  urbem 

Corinthum. 

(125.) 

1.  He  named  the  city,  which  he  had  founded,  Rome. 

2.  The  general  sent  the  legion  which  is  called  the 

tenth  to  seize  the  hill. 

3.  Do  not  go  away  to  the  country  lest  you  be  con- 

sidered a  friend  of  the  base  Catiline. 

4.  You  will  be  considered  a  lazy  boy,  and  you  will 

make  your  mother  most  miserable. 

5.  The  soldier  thought  that  the   river  ought  to  be 

crossed  in  order  that  Caesar  might  be  informed 
of  the  approach  of  the  enemy. 

6.  I  asked  which  of  the  (two)  brothers  was  named 

Quintus. 

7.  Do  not  seek  money  but  wisdom ;  the  philosophers 

deny  that  money  makes  a  man  rich. 

8.  All  men  say  that  Caesar  will  be  nominated  dic- 

tator, in  order  that  he  may  save  the  state. 

9.  My   friend    Scipio    often    said    that   the    city   of 

Carthage  ought  to  be  burned. 

10.  Having  learnt  these  facts  the  soldiers  made  me 

leader. 

11.  The  flower  which   1  gathered  is  considered  very 

beautiful. 

12.  Shall    we    call    Alexander,    who    conquered    the 

Persians,  a  god  ? 


140  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  38 

13.  He  asked  me  what  I  had  bought. — I  have  bought 

what  my  mother  ordered  me  to  buy. 

14.  He  says  that  he  will  send  his  verses  to  Queen 

Victoria.      Do  you  think  that  she  will  read 
them? 


SECTION  38. 

"PUTATUR   SAPIENS   FUISSE." 

1.  Cicero  putatur  sapiens,  Cicero  is  thought  wise. 

2.  Cicero  putatur  sapiens  fuisse,  Cicero  is  thought  to 

have  been  wise, 

or  (as  we  commonly  say,  using  the  impersonal  construction), 

It  is  thought  that  Cicero  was  wise. 

Notice  that  the  introduction  of  an  infinitive,  dependent 
on  putatur,  will  not  make  sapiens  accusative.     Contrast 

Putamus  Ciceronem  sapientem  fuisse, 

in  which  we  have  the  active  voice  of  puto. 

In  translating  into  English  use,  as  a  rule,  the  impersonal 
construction,  but  take  care  not  to  use  it  in  Latin. ^  Besides 
jputor,  the  following  verbs  have  this  construction  :  dicor, 
existimor,  videor ;  trader  ("It  is  related  that  I  .  .  ."),  nuntior 
("News  is  brought  that  I  .  .  .") 

^  But  the  more  advanced  student  should  note  that  the  impersonal 
construction  is  better  in  the  perfect  and  pluperfect  passive  :  compare 
Adesse  Galli  nuntiabantur,  ' '  News  was  brought  that  the  Gauls  were 
near";  Nuntiatum  est  adesse  Haeduos,  "  News  was  brought  that  the 
Haedui  were  near. " 


SEC.  38  "  PUTATUR  SAPIENS  FUISSE  "  141 

Accusative  of  duration  of  time  : — 

(1)  Totum  diem,  "The  whole  day  long";  (2)  Tres  dies 
Corinthifui,  "I  was  at  Corinth  for  three  days";  (3)  Totam 
noctem  dcn-mii,  "I  slept  the  whole  night  through."  The 
accusative  case  is  used  to  express  the  duration  of  time. 
Notice  that  this  accusative  is  translated  into  English  in 
various  ways.  Contrast  the  ablative  of  time,  which  tells 
when  an  act  was  done,  not  how  long  it  lasted — Tertio  die 
abiit,  "  He  went  away  on  the  third  day." 


(126.) 

1.  Gives  dicunt  me  sapientem  esse. 

2.  Si  Balbo  pugnandi    potestateni   facies,   fortis  esse 

existimaberis. 

3.  Legati    ad    Caesarem    venisse    dicuntur,    oratum 

pacem. 

4.  Traditur  Caesar  Gallis  victis  in  Britanniam  venisse. 

5.  Gains,   amicus    mens,  tres   annos    Athenis  vixisse 

dicitur. 

6.  Romani  nostram  iiisulam  nmltos  annos  incoluisse 

traduntur. 

7.  Aristides,  Themistoclis  inimicus,  omnium  iustissi- 

mus  fuisse  traditur. 

8.  Germani  summam  scientiam  rei  militaris  habere 

existimantur. 

9.  Equitatu  pulse,  Galli  victi  videbantur. 

10.  Imperatori  nuntiatum  est  hostium  copias   flumen 

transiisse  et  iam  adesse. 

11.  Urbe  capta,  omnes  pacem  cupere  videmini. 


142  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  38 

12.  Ea  ars  in  Britannia  reperta  atque  inde  in  Galliam 

translata  esse  existimatur. 

13.  Subito  exercitus  regis  Capuam  ad  urbem  venire 

nuntiatur. 
14-  Victus  statuisse  dicebatur  nunquam  in  conspectum 
Eomani  militis  venire. 

(127.) 

1.  It  is  thought  that  he  returned  to  Gaul  on  the  fifth 

day  {say,  He  is  thought  to  have  returned  .   .   .) 

2.  It  was  thought  that  you  would  cross  the  river. 

3.  This  horse  seems  to  be  unfit  for  ^  war. 

4.  It  is  said  that  the  wicked  Tullius  lived  two  years 

in  Spain. 

5.  We  ordered  the  man,  who  seemed  to  be  the  leader, 

to  surrender. 

6.  It  is  related  that  the  general  promised  to  give  ten 

hostages. 

7.  It  is  thought  that  he  has  gone  into  the  country  for 

the  purpose  of  finishing  his  work. 

8.  It  is  said  that  he  answered  that  he  would  start  at 

midnight,  and  that  he  would  be  away  for  five 
days. 

9.  I  have  lived  ten  years  in  this  town,  but  I  have 

never  heard  the  great  orator  speaking. 

10.  News  was  brought  to  the  general  that  the  cavalry 

had  offered  battle  to  the  Haedui. 

11.  He  told  me  that  he  was  going  to  write  the  doings 

of  the  town  to  his  mother. 


SEC.  39  ACCUSATIVE  CASE  143 

12.  They  taught  him  for  three  years:  he  seemed  to 

be  an  idle  man. 

13.  I  hope  that  the  flowers  which  I  have  lost  will  be 

found  :     I    promised    to    give    them    to    your 
mother. 

14.  News  is  always  being  brought  that  the  queen  will 

come  to  the  city  of  London.      But  she  seems 
to  me  to  love  the  country. 


SECTION  39. 
The  Accusative  Case. 

Notice  that  many  intransitive  verbs  become  transitive  ^ 
when  compounded  with  prepositions  :  thus — From  eo  comes 
ineo  :  Fortam  ineo,  "  I  enter  the  gate  " ;  from  eo  also  comes 
transeo :  Flumen  transeOy  "  I  cross  the  river " ;  from  orioi' 
("I  rise")  comes  adarior,  "I  rise  up  against,  I  attack;" 
Hostes  adorior,  "  I  attack  the  enemy." 

Transpmiare  takes  two  accusatives  :  "He  put  his  army 
over  the  Rhine,"  Exercitum  Rlienum  transportavit.  The 
sentence  is  equivalent  to  Exercitum  trans  Rhenwn  pmiavit. 

The  verb  doceo,  "  I  teach,"  takes  two  accusatives  :  Doceo 
puerum  artem  scribendi,  "  I  teach  the  boy  the  art  of  writing." 

The  verb  rogo,  '*  I  ask,"  takes  two  accusatives  in  the 
phrase  Rogare  hominem  sententiam,  "  To  ask  a  man  for  his 
opinion  or  vote."  This  phrase  is  often  used  in  describing 
the  proceedings  of  the  Roman  Senate. 

^  A  transitive  verb  is  one  that  governs  an  accusative. 


144  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  39 

When  the  verb  is  in  the  passive,  sententiam  remains  in 
the  accusative,  while  the  person  asked  changes  to  the 
nominative.  Cato  rogatus  est  sententiam,  "  Cato  was  asked 
for  his  opinion." 

There  is  great  freedom  in  the  use  of  many  neuter  pro- 
nouns (such  as  id,  hoc,  idem),  and  a  few  neuter  adjectives 
(such  as  unum,  multa,  omnia)  in  the  accusative  case.  Thus, 
though  gaudeo  is  not  a  transitive  verb,  one  may  say,  Hoc 
gaudeo,  "I  rejoice  at  this."  Bogo  is  not  used  with  two 
accusatives  (except  in  the  phrase  liogare  hominem  sententiam), 
but  Multa  me  rogavit,  "  He  put  me  many  questions,"  is 
correct.  Similarly,  Hoc  unum  me  monuit,  "  He  gave  me  this 
one  piece  of  advice  " ;  Idem  servum  iussit,  "  He  gave  the 
slave  the  same  order." 

(128.) 

1.  Quid  tu  puerum  docuisti  ? — Artem  belli  gerendi 

eum  docui,  ut  patriam  defendere  posset. 

2.  His  rebus  auditis,  me  sententiam  rogavit. 

3.  Sententiam     rogatus     non    morandum    esse   dixi, 

Caesarem  faciendum  esse  imperatorem,  bellum 
cum  Gallis  gerendum. 

4.  Ego   per    agros   ibo,   tu   flumen  transibis,  urbem 

inibis. 

5.  Quid  tu    milites    iussisti  ?  —  Labienum,    legatum 

meum,    exercitum  flumen  Ehenum   transport- 
are  iussi,  ut  Germanos  dormientes  adoriamur. 

6.  Ne  multa  me  rogaveris ;  omnibus   de  rebus  mox 

certior  fies. 

7.  Quid  gaudes  ? — Hoc  gaudeo,  te  consilium  iniisse 

adiuvandi  patris. 


SEC.  39  ACCUSATIVE  CASE  145 

8.  Hoc    unum    te   moneo,   iie    patre    absente   navem 

solvas. 

9.  Hoc   enim  spero,  me   urbem  duos   iam  annos   ob- 

sessain  capturum. 

10.  Belgas  adorti  multa  milia  passuum  seciiti  sumus. 

1 1 .  Puellam  rogavi  quis  flores  carpsisset. 

12.  Ad   Italiam   iiavigans   de   nostris    moribus   multa 

rogatus  sum. 
1').   Tullius,  vir  optimus,  civitatem  servavisse  dicitur. 


(129.) 

1.  He  attacked  the  Haedui  in  the  rear  as  they  were 

crossing  the  river. 

2.  Your   friends   will   ask  you  who  has   tauglit   you 

German  manners. 

3.  I  give  you  this  one   piece  of  advice,  not  to^  send 

the  tenth  legion  to  get  corn  in  the  absence  of 
the  general. 

4.  He  asked  me  as  I  was  entering  the  house  whether 

I  had  seen  a  traveller  in  the  wood. 

5.  On  being  asked  his  opinion,  he  answered  that  two 

legions  ought  to  be  sent  to  Gaul. 

6.  He   put  his    army  over  the  riv^r  in   the  evening, 

that  he   might  attack  the   barbarians  at  day- 
break. 

7.  I  rejoice  at  this,  that  you  have  promised  to  re- 

main at  home  in  your  brother's  absence. 

8.  He  made  the  same   inquiry  of  my  mother:    she 

said  that  she  had  never  seen  the  great  Scipio. 

^  Ne  jvith  subjunctive  :  compare  sentence  8  of  the  last  exercise. 
L 


146  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  40 

9.   I  will  teach  you  the  art  of  opening  the  window. 

10.  It  is  said  that  while  crossing  the  river  he  fell  into 

the  water. 

11.  It  is  said   that  the  general   Caesar  will   conquer 

the  Belgae. 

12.  He   asked    us    many    questions:      we    said    that 

Cicero  would  be  nominated  dictator. 


SECTION  40. 

Eecapitulatory  Exercises. 

(130.) 

1.  Alexander,  Macedonum  imperator,  barbaros  scien- 

tiam  rei  militaris  docuit. 

2.  Ne  locutus   sis,  ne  unum   quidem   verbum  audire 

volo. 

3.  Agrum  tanti  emi  ut  nuUam  pecuniam  haberem. 

4.  Illud  autem  gaudeo,  te  in  eadem  sententia  manere. 

5.  Quibus  rebus  cognitis,  Caesar  putavit  adiuvandum 

esse  equitatum. 

6.  Milites  semper  faciunt  ea  quae  imperator  iubet. 

7.  Si  istam  navem  tanti  vendideris,  divitissimus   fies. 

8.  Hie  canis   timidus   esse   videtur,   ille    fortis    esse 

dicitur. 

9.  Spero  fore  ut  ea,  quae  scripsi,  intellegere  possis. 

10.  Marcus,  vir  summae   honestatis,  obses  factus  esse 

dicitur. 

11.  Eogavi  puerum  cur  nihil  responderet. 


SEC.  40  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  147 

12.  Dixit  se   Londinium   in  urbem  ire  velle  ut  multa 

emeret. 

1 3.  Nonne  speras  omnes  servos  liberatum  iri  ? 

14.  Gaius,  imperator   fortis  et  bonus,  sperat  se  victis 

hostibus  domum  ad  matrem  redituruni. 

15.  Rogatus  sententiam   dixit  se  ante   decimuni  diem 

bellum  conficere  posse. 

(131.) 

1.  He  leads  so  base  a  life  that  no  one  believes  him. 

2.  Having  seized  the  hill  we  ordered  Ariovistus,  the 

king  of  the  Germans,  to  surrender. 

3.  It  is  said   that  my  sister  Julia  is  about  to  go   to 

Asia  to  see  the  great  city  of  Troy. 

4.  He  asked  me  whether  I  hated  my  father.      1  said 

that  I  loved  him. 

5.  After   trying   to  make  a   bridge  the   soldiers    re- 

turned to  the  camp. 

6.  When  their   leader  had  been   put  to  deatli,  they 

were  allowed  to  set  sail. 
V.  I  hope  that  you  are  not  leading  a  lazy  life. 

8.  When   he  had   taken    Carthage,   Scipio  was  con- 

sidered a  good  general. 

9.  It  is  related  that  the  wicked  Catiline   resolved  to 

burn  the  city  of  Home. 

10.  I  hope  to  sell  my  horse  to  the  rich  Balbus. 

11.  The  sailor  said  that  the  weather  was  such  that  he 

could  not  set  sail. 

12.  Do  not  pretend  to  be  a  good  man.      I  have  been 

informed  that  you  slew  your  mother. 


148  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  40 

13.  He  was  made  consul  that  he  might  conquer  the 
Britons,  by  whom  our  hostages  had  been  killed. 

(132.) 

1.  Dicunt   fore  ut  Ariovistus,  Germanorum  rex,  in- 

terficiatur. 

2.  N"on  omnia  fecimus  quae  facere  voluimus. 

3.  In  hac  insula  tantum  est  frigus  ut  nostri  hiemare 

non  possint. 

4.  Ventum  erat  ad  urbem  totius  Italiae  pulcherrimam. 

5.  Dux  hostium  respondit  obsides  redditum  iri. 

6.  Pater  moriturus   dixit  se   sperare   filium  creatum 

iri  consulem. 

7.  Spero  te  intellegere  ea  quae  dixi. 

8.  Victi  ad  Caesarem  venerunt  rogatum  pacem. 

9.  Sensi  equum  esse  moriturum. 

10.  Captivus  promisit  se  facilius  iter  reperturum. 

11.  Spero    me    tantam    pecuniam    habiturum    ut    in 

Italiam  ire  possim. 

12.  Mater  in  hortum   ivit  ut  flores  carperet,  quos  se 

ad  filium  missuram  promiserat. 

13.  Spero  librum,  quern  amisisti,  repertum  iri. 

14.  In  Gallia  mansit  belli  conficiendi  causa. 

15.  Omnes  speramus  bellum  confectum  iri. 

16.  Milites  negant  fore  ut  bellum  conficiatur. 

(133.) 

1.  Eaising  a  shout  they  sought  safety  in  flight. 

2.  As   they   fled   they   saw    the    cavalry    which   the 

general  had  sent  to  take  the  town. 


SEC.  40  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  149 

3.  Our  soldiers  followed  quickly  that  they  might  kill 

the  men,  who  had  dared  to  come  into  our 
territory, 

4.  The  enemy  cried  out  that  they  would  go  away  at 

once,  that  they  would  restore  our  towns,  that 
they  would  give  us  a  large  sum  of  money. 

5.  They  promised  to  make  an  end   of  laying  waste 

our  lands, 
f).   lieing  informed  of  this,  the  general   ordered  our 
men  to  return  to  the  camp. 

7.  He  said  that  he  was  willing  to  spare  the  soldiers, 

but  that  the  leader  must  be  put  to  death. 

8.  As  your  army   has   been  conquered   I  will  spare 

you,  if  you  go  away  (fut.) 

9.  Will  you  promise  that  you  will  put  all  your  pro- 

perty on  board  ship,  that  you  will  cross  the 
sea  to  that  great  island,  that  you  will  never 
return  ? 

10.  Miserable  man  that  I  am,  I  must  promise  all  that 

you  ask. 

11.  I  hope  that  you  will   do  all   that  you   have   pro- 

mised. 

12.  When  they  reached  the  land  they  burned  their 

ships. 

(134.) 

1.  Alii  dicunt,  alii  negant  Germanos  victum  iri. 

2.  Te  magistro,  spero  fore  ut  multa  discam. 

3.  Dixit  se  pessimum  ilium  hominem  novisse. 

4.  Tarn  turpis   est  homo  ut  matrem  morientem  ad- 

iuvare  nolit. 


150  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  40 

5.  Ne  dixeris  te  venturum  esse.      Omnes  dicunt  tibi 

non  esse  credendum. 

6.  Victis  omnia  sunt  aequo  animo  ferenda. 

7.  In    nostros    agios    frumentatum    venistis :    filiam 

meam  abstulistis. 

8.  Ne  putaveris  fore  ut  talibus  hominibus  parcam. 

9.  Quibus  rebus  cognitis  hostibus  pugnandi  potestatem 

se  facturum  esse  dixit. 

10.  Ego  dormitum  eo,  tu  confectum  opus. 

11.  Mihi    roganti    respondit   res   urbanas    ab   homine 

docto  scriptum  iri. 

12.  Tot  servos  habet  ut  nihil  sibi  faciendum  putet. 

13.  Speravistis   vos    urbe    expugnata    sumptu    nostro 

victuros. 

14.  Sed  spes  vos  fefellit :  quae  facere  conati  estis,  ea 

non  fecistis. 

1 5.  Caesar,  dux  optimus,  nobis  auxilio  venit :    exer- 

citum  vestrum  fudit  fugavitque. 

(135.) 

1.  Have  you  found  the  horses  which  you  lost? 

2.  I  asked  him  whether  he  had  not  promised  to  set 

sail  to-day. 

3.  He  replied  that  he  would  give  me  back  the  money, 

that  he  must  repair  his  ship,  that  he  could  not 
sail. 

4.  The  slave  told  me  that  the  flowers  must  not  be 

picked,  lest  the  queen  might  be  distressed. 

5.  I  asked  him  what  he  thought;  he  answered  that 

he  maintained  his  opinion. 


SEC.  40  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  151 

6.  He  promised   to  return  the  book   on   the    proper 

day. 

7.  Having  advanced  five  miles  he  pitched  his  camp. 

8.  Under  your  leadership  we  hope  to  conquer  all  our 

enemies. 

9.  I  hope  you  do  not  favour  tlie  rich. 

10.  Having  at  last  reached  the  land  they  founded  a 

city  which  now  rules  the  world. 

11.  The  sailor  tells  me  that  this  ship  is  going  to  be 

repaired. 

12.  I  have  come  to  make  the  same  request  as  I  made 

yesterday. 

13.  I   asked  the  boy  whether  he  liad  thrown  a  stone 

into  the  window. 

14.  He  said  that  he  did  not  know. 

15.  He  said  that  he  was  going  to  London  to  see  my 

father. 


XXVIII. 

Croesus  Son. 


Filius  Croesi  regis,  cum  iam  fari  per  aetatem  posset, 
infans  erat,  et,  cum  iam  multum  adolevisset,  item  nihil 
fari  poterat.  Mutus  adeo  et  elinguis  diu  habitus  est. 
Cum  in  patrem  eius  hostis  gladio  deducto  regem  esse 
ignorans  invaderet,  diduxit  adulescens  os,  clamare  nitens, 
eoque  nisu  atque  impetu  spiritus  vitium  nodumque 
linguae  rupit.      Plane  enim  et  articulate  elocutus  est, 


152  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  40 

damans  in  hostem  ne  rex  Croesus  occideretur.  Turn 
et  hostis  gladium  reduxit,  et  rex  vita  donatus  est,  et 
adolescens  loqui  deinceps  incepit. 

XXIX. 

Bucephalas. 

Equus  Alexandri  regis,  nomine  Bucephalas,  ubi 
ornatus  erat  armatusque  ad  praelium,  hand  unquam 
inscendi  se  ab  alio  nisi  ab  rege  patiebatur.  Id  etiam 
de  isto  equo  memoratum  est.  Insidens  in  eo,  Alex- 
ander, bello  Indico,  et  fortiter  pugnans,  in  liostium 
cuneum,  non  satis  cautus,  se  immiserat.  CoUectis 
undique  in  Alexandrum  telis,  vulneribus  altis  in  cer- 
vice  atque  in  latere  equus  perfossus  est.  Moribundus 
tamen  ac  prope  iam  exsanguis  e  mediis  hostibus  regem 
vivacissimo  cursu  retulit.  Cum  eum  extra  tela  ex- 
tulisset  ilico  concidit  et,  domini  iam  superstitis  securus, 
animam  exspiravit.  Tum  rex  Alexander,  parta  eius 
belli  victoria,  oppidum  in  isdem  locis  condidit,  quod 
ob  equi  honores  Bucephalon  appellavit. 


XXX. 

Gyges'  Ring. 

Gyges,  cum  terra  discessisset  magnis  quibusdam 
imbribus,  descendit  in  ilium  hiatum,  aeneumque  equum, 
ut  ferunt  fabulae,  animadvertit,  cuius  in  lateribus  fores 


I 

I  SEC.  40  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  153 


erant  :  quibus  apertis,  hominis  mortui  vidit  corpus 
magnitiidine  inusitata,  anulumque  aureum  in  digito : 
detractum  ipse  induit.  Turn  in  concilium  se  pastorum 
(erat  autem  regius  pastor)  recepit.  Ibi,  cum  palam 
eius  anuli  ad  palmam  converterat,  a  nullo  videbatur, 
ipse  autem  omnia  videbat ;  idem  rursus  videbatur,  cum 
in  locum  anulum  inverterat.  Itaque,  hac  opportunitate 
anuli  usus,  regem  dominum  interemit,  sustulitque  quos 
obstare  arbitrabatur :  nee  in  his  eum  facinoribus  quis- 
quani  potuit  videre.  Sic  repente  anuli  beneficio  rex 
exortus  est  Lydiae. 

XXXI. 

The,  Purchase  of  the  Sibylline  Books. 

In  antiquis  annalibus  memoria  de  libris  Sibyllinis 
haec  prodita  est.  Anus,  hospita  atque  incognita,  ad 
Tarquinium  Superbum  regem  adiit,  novem  libros  ferens, 
quos  esse  dicebat  divina  oracula ;  eos  velle  dixit  ven- 
undare.  Tarquinius  pretium  percontatus  est.  Mulier 
nimium  atque  immensum  poposcit ;  rex,  quasi  anus 
aetate  desiperet,  derisit.  Tum  ilia  foculum  coram  cum 
igni  apponit,  tres  libros  ex  novem  deurit,  et  ecquid 
reliquos  sex  eodem  pretio  emere  vellet,  regem  inter- 
rogavit.  Sed  Tarquinius  id  multo  risit  magis,  dixitque 
anum  iam  procul  dubio  delirare.  Mulier  ibidem  statim 
tres  alios  libros  exussit,  atque  id  ipsum  denuo  placide 
rogat,  ut  tres  reliquos  eodem  illo  pretio  emat.  Tar- 
quinius ore  iam  serio  atque  attentiore  fit;  eam  con- 
stantiam  confidentiamque  non  insuper  habendam  inteUe- 


154  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  41 

git;  libros  tres  reliquos  mercatur  nihilo  minore  pretio 
quam  quod  erat  petitum  pro  omnibus.  Sed  earn 
mulierem  tunc  a  Tarquinio  digressam  postea  nusquam 
visam  constitit.  Libri  tres,  in  sacrarium  conditi,  Sibyl- 
lini  appellati.  Ad  eos,  quasi  ad  oraculum,  quinde- 
cimviri  adeunt,  cum  di  immortales  publice  consulendi 
sunt. 


SECTION  41. 

Genitive  Case. 


A  substantive  depending  on  another  substantive  is  put 
in  the  genitive  case.  Thus  :  "love  for  one's  father"  is  amar 
patris,  not  amor  patri.  It  will  often  be  unsatisfactory,  and 
sometimes  impossible,  to  translate  the  Latin  genitive  into 
English  by  the  help  of  the  preposition  "  of."  Hostium 
iniuriae  amid  nostri,  "  the  unjust  acts  done  by  the  enemy 
to  our  friend";  inimicitiae  Pompeii,  "unfriendly  feeling 
towards  Pompeius";  dolor  amissi  patris,  "grief  for  the  loss 
of  his  father"  (literally,  "grief  for  his  lost  father ") ;  avidus 
vini,  "greedy  or  eager /or  wine." 

Timor  Gallorum  means  either  (I)  "the  Gauls'  fear,"  that 
is,  "  the  fear  which  the  Gauls  feel  (of  their  enemy)  " ;  or  (2) 
"the  fear  (which  the  enemy  feel)  of  the  Gauls."  Note 
the  order  of  words  in  the  following  phrases  in  which  these 
two  meanings  of  the  genitive  are  combined : — 

Gallorum  timor  Caesaris,  The  Gauls'  fear  of  Caesar. 
Caesaris  timor  Gallorum,  Caesar'' s  fear  of  the  Gauls. 


SEC.  41  GENITIVE  CASE  155 

The  adjective  similis  takes  the  genitive  of  the  person  : 
"The  boy  is  like  his  mother,"  Puer  similis  est  matris ; 
"  The  boy  is  like  me,"  Similis  est  mei. 

(136.) 

1.  Dolor  amissae  uxoris  Gaium   onniium  miserrimum 

fecit. 

2.  Noniie  amore  patriae  et  odio  hostiiini  moveris  ? 

3.  Catonem  veteres   ininiicitiae   Caesaris  incitant  et 

dolor  victi  exercitus. 

4.  Cicero  dicitur  hoc  fecisse  odio  Caesaris  et  aniore 

Pompeii. 

5.  Helvetioruni   iniuriae   populi   Eomaui  tantae  sunt 

ut  ex  Gallia  expelli  debeant. 

6.  I)e  Haeduorum    fuga  certior  factus  castra  statim 

movit. 

7.  8i   tibi,  amore   tuae  sororis   motus,  pepercero,   ne 

piitaveris  fore  ut  iterum  parcam. 

8.  Promisit    se    Lutetiam,  urbem   totius  Galliae  pul- 

cherrimam,  capturum. 

9.  Xonne   odio   nostri  haec  })atri  nuntiavisti  ? — Non 

odio  vestri   sed  amore   patris  ea,  quae   fecistis, 
nuntiavi. 

10.  Socrates,    vir    suinmae    sapientiae,  se   nihil   scire 

simulabat. 

11.  Imperator,    gloriae    cupidus,    sperat    se    victorem 

Eomam  in  urbem  rediturum. 

12.  Miles  iuvenis  sperat  fore  ut  similis  Caesaris  fiat. 

13.  Renuntiatum  est  urbem  esse  plenam  barbarorum. 

14.  Filius  mei  simillimus  esse  existimatur. 


156  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  41 


(137.) 

1.  It  is  said  that  the  king  died  through^  grief  at  the 

capture  of  the  city. 

2.  Through^  love  for  his  mother  he  wished  to  return 

home. 

3.  So  great  is  the  general's  fear  of  the  enemy  that 

he  dare  not  cross  the  river. 

4.  It   is   related   that    Caesar's   hatred  of  Pompeius 

was  the  cause  of  war. 

5.  Socrates  has  been  called  the  wisest  of  the  Greeks, 

but  to  many  people  he  seemed  to  be  foolish. 

6.  So  great  is  the  people's  hatred  of  Balbus  that  he 

has  never  been  made  consul. 

7.  On  being  asked  his  opinion,  he  said  that  the  plan 

seemed  full  of  danger. 

8.  Some  say  that  the  boy  is  like  his  father,  others 

that  he  is  like  me. 

9.  Being  greedy  for  gold,  Caius  has  gone  to  the  city 

of  London.      He  hopes  to  return  home  a  rich 
man. 

10.  Being  desirous   of  hearing  the  orator,  we   started 

from  home  in  the  middle  of  the  night. 

11.  Don't  you    think   that   that  boy   is  like  my  son 

Balbus  ?     He    seems    to    be    very   eager    for 
money.      He  isn't  desirous  of  wisdom,  is  he  ? 

12.  Full  of  hope  he  started  for  the  city  of  Athens, 

that  he  might  see  the  philosophers. 

^  Use  the  ablative  without  a  preposition.      Compare  sentence  4  of 
last  exercise. 


SEC.  42  "  ALIQUID  CIBI  "  157 


SECTION  42. 

"  Aliquid  cibi." 

Certain  adjectives  and  pronouns  are  used  in  the  neuter 
singular  with  a  dependent  genitive.  For  instance,  "  some 
food "  is  aliquid  cibi  (something  in  the  way  of  food) ; 
"what  news  f  quidnovi?  "  how  much  money  ? "  quantum 
pecuniae  ?  "  nothing  good,"  nihil  honi ;  "  much  pleasure," 
multum  wluptatis  ;  "  more  grief,"  plus  dolmis  ;  "  less  wine," 
minus  vini ;  "if  there  is  any  money  in  the  city."  si  quid 
pecuniae  hi  urhe  est. 

These  neuter  adjectives  and  pronouns  are  only  used  thus 
in  the  nominative  and  accusative.  The  ablative  of  aliquid  cibi 
is  not  aliquo  cibi,  but  aliquo  cibo. 

Adjectives  which  make  their  genitive  in  -is  are  not  used  in 
the  genitive  in  the  manner  noticed  above  ;  though  we  write 
aliquid  boni,  "  something  good,"  we  nuist  not  write  aliquid. 
melioris,  "  something  better,"  but  aliquid  melitis,  "  Nothing 
sad"  Is  nihil  triste  (not  nihil  tristis). 

Notice  that  the  genitive  is  not  used  in  Latin  in  such 
phrases  as  the  following  : — 

The  top  of  the  oak,  Summa  quercus. 

The  middle  of  the  night,  Media  nox. 

The  foot  of  the  mountain,  Imus  mons  {infimns  or 

imus  -  lowest). 
The  island  of  Britaift,  Insula  Britannia. 
The  city  of  Capua,  Urbs  Capuxi. 


158  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  42 

Quis,  quid,  following  num,  ne,  or  si,^  mean  "  any,"  "  any 
one,"  "  anything." 

Otherwise,  quis,  quid  are  interrogative. 

Quis  fecit  1  Who  did  it? 
Num  quis  fecit  ?    Did  any  one  do  it  ? 
Quid  dicit  ?    What  does  he  nay  ? 
Si  quid  dicit.  If  he  says  anything. 

Again,  in  indirect  questions — 

Eogo  quis  loquatur,  /  ask  who  is  speaking. 
Kogo   num  quis  loquatur,  /  ask  whether  any  one  is 
speaking. 


(138.) 

1.  Nihil  boni  fecit,  nihil  iusti,  nihil  philosopho  dig- 

num.^ 

2.  Noli  putare  te  Socratis  similem  esse. 

3.  Fessus   ab  urbe   Londinio  rediit :  dixit  se  aliquid 

cibi  cupere,  nihil  vini. 

4.  Quis  negat  plus  voluptatis  in  militis  vita  esse  quam 

in-  philosophi  (vita)  ? 

5.  Milites,  multo  vino  reperto,  finem  fecerunt  incen- 

dendae  urbis. 

6.  Eogasne  quid  mihi  sit  morbi  ? — Nihil  est  morbi, 

doloris  multum. 

7.  Nonne  speras  te  aliquid  boni  facturum  ? 

8.  Si  quid  triste  audiisti,  ne  locutus  sis. 

^  Also  cum  ("when  ")  and  nisi.* 

-  Notice  that  digmim  is  not  put  in  the  genitive  like  boni  and  iusti, 
because  it  has  a  word  [philosopho]  depending  on  it. 


SEC.  42  "  ALIQUID  CIBI  "  159 

9.  Dux    captivum    rogavit  num  quid  periculi   esset. 
Eespondit  omnia ^  plena  esse  hostium. 

10.  Si  quid  praemii  ab  isto  turpissimo  petiveris,  iras- 

cetur. 

11.  In   foro  tan  turn  erat   civium   ut   oratorem   audire 

non  possem. 

12.  Cupidus  gloriae   promisit  se  plus  pecuniae  militi- 

bus  daturum. 

13.  Dixit  se  aliquid  negotii    habere;  negotio  confecto 

in  hortuni  se  venturum.  Spero  euni  niox 
venire  posse. 

(139.)     ■ 

1.  If  you  have  heard  any  news  don't  be  silent. 

2.  I  asked  Ariovistus,  the  king  of  the  Germans,  how 

much  corn  he  could  give  us. 

3.  He  answered  that  lie  had  much  corn,  Imt  no  wine. 

4.  When    his    army    was    conquered    Cato    thought 

nothing  better  than  death. 

5.  Through   hatred   of  the   Eoman   people   and   love 

for  his  country  he  promised  to  give  a  con- 
siderable sum  of  money  to  the  leader  of  the 
Belgae. 

6.  At  the  foot  of  the   mountain   is   a  city,  which  is 

called  Geneva. 

7.  We   have    promised    the   Helvetii,"  the   enemy  of 

the  Eoman  people,  to  give  no  corn  to  Caesar. 

8.  He  said  that  he  saw  something   beautiful   yester- 

day in  the  city. 

'  Say  "the  whole  countryside." 
-  Say  "  We  have  promised  to  the  Helvetii," 


160  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  43 

9.  There   is    nothing   more   beautiful   in   the  whole 
world  than  the  city  of  Naples. 

10.  Being  greedy  for  money  he  did  not  give  the  wine, 

which  he  had  promised  to  give,  to  the  soldiers. 

11.  If  you  give^  less  corn  to  your  horse  it  will  die. 

12.  If  you  drink ^  less  wine  you  will  have  more  plea- 

sure. 


SECTION  43. 
Verbs  meaning  to  Eemember,  Accuse,  etc. 

Vivorum  memini,  nee  tamen  Epicuri  licet  oblivisci,  / 
remember  the  living^  hut  still  I  must  not  forget 
Epicurus. 

Memor  pueri  rediit,  Rememhering  the  hoy  she  returned. 

Memini,^  "  I  remember  "  (perfect  with  present  meaning), 
and  ohliviscoi\  "I  forget,"  govern  a  genitive.  So  do  the 
adjectives  mem,or  and  immemoi\ 

Note  the  use  of  the  genitive  in  the  following  sen- 
tences :— 

Hominem  furti  accusabo,  /  will  accuse  the  fellow  of  theft. 
Index  eum  capitis  condemnabit.  The  judge  will  condemn 
him  to  death. 


^  Future  tense. 

2  Memini  and  ohliviscor  may  also  be  followed  by  the  accusative  of 
the  thing  (not  the  person)  remembered  or  forgotten.  Hanc  rem  memini 
and  Huius  rei  memini  are  both  good  Latin. 


SEC.  43      VERBS  MEANING  TO  REMEMBER,  ETC.       161 

Proditionis  me  absolverunt,  They  acquitted  me  of  treason. 
Capitis  accuso  hominem,  /  bring  a  capital  charge  against 

a  man. 
Capitis  absolve  hominem,  /  acquit  a  man  on  a  capital 

charge. 
Condemno  militem  furti,  /  condemn  the  soldier  for  tJuff. 

Condemno  capitis  means  literally  "  I  condemn  a  man  on  a 
charge  concerning  his  life."  Compare  the  phrases 
Capitis  res  est,  "  It  is  a  matter  of  life  or  death  "  ; 
Capitis  periculum  adire,  "  To  risk  one's  life."  Hence 
our  expression  "  capital  punishment." 


(140.) 

1.  Meministine  eorum  verborum  quae  te  docui  ? 

2.  Si  id  feceris,  furti  accusaberis. 

3.  Hac  re  nuntiata  iudex  hominem  capitis  absolvit. 

4.  Habetis  ducem  memorem  vestri,  oblitum  sui. 

5.  Senex,  capitis  condemnatus,  a  militibus  viiiciebatur. 
G.  Earum  rerum  memini  quarum  oblivisci  volo. 

7.  Si  inimicum  meum  capitis  condemnaveris,  aliquau- 

tum  pecuniae  tibi  dabo. 

8.  Qui  hones tam  vitam  aget,  non  condemnabitur. 

9.  Hannibal,  imperatoris  filius,  promisit  se  Koman- 

orum     iniurias      Cartbaginiensium    nunquam 
obliturum. 

10.  Milites,  mem  en  tote   vos,  me  duce,  saepe  vicisse, 

victos  esse  nunquam  I 

11.  Beneficiorum     meorum     oblitus     consilium     iniit 

adiuvandi  inimicos  meos. 

M 


162  LATIN  COURSE  SEC  43 

12.  Ne  talia  a  me  petiveris.      Homo  turpissimus  esse 

diceris.      Spero  te  condemnatum  iri. 

13.  Dicunt  fore  ut  Balbus,  inimicus  meus,  proditionis 

accusatus  e  civitate  pellatur. 


(141.) 

1.  Do   you   remember   the  man  who  sells   books  at 

Capua  ? 

2.  Shall  we  be  able  to  forget  the  girl  whom  we  saw 

on  the  top  of  the  mountain  ? 

3.  The  base  Catiline  will  be  condemned  for  treason. 

4.  I  promise  never  to  forget  this  day. 

5.  Being  condemned  for  theft  he  hoped  to  be  able 

to  escape  from  the  prison. 

6.  I  cannot  remember  your  name.      It  seems  to  me 

that  you  are  very  like  your  mother. 

7.  Being  accused  of  treason   he   said  to  the  judge 

that    he    had    tried    to    free    the    state    from 
peril. 

8.  Forgetful   of   his  duty  the  judge   condemned   to 

death  a  man  who  had  done  no  evil. 

9.  If  I    bring  ^  a  capital  charge  against  the  man  he 

will  be  acquitted :  if  you  accuse  ^  him  of  theft 
he  will  be  condemned  and  banished  from  the 
city. 
10.  Will  the  Roman  people  forget  the  general  who 
conquered  the  Germans  ?  Will  they  banish 
such  a  man  ?     Will  they  not  make  him  rich  ? 

1  Use  the  future  perfect. 


SEC.  44  PRICE  163 

11.  The  mother  said  to  her  son  as  he  was  going  away, 

"  Eemember  me  ;  do  not  forget  your  father." 

12.  This   makes   me   most  miserable.      Can  you   not 

teach  me  the  art  of  forgetting  ? 


SECTION  44. 

Price. 

1.  The  genitive  of  Price  : — 

(a)  Phiris,  At  a  higher  price,  for  moi'e.     Minoris,  At  a 
lower  price,  for  less. 
Qiianti  1  At  what  price  ? 

Tanti  .  .   .  quanti,  At  so  high  a  price,  for  the  same 
pice,  as  .   .  . 
These  four  adjectives  are  always  used  in  the  genitive  to 
indicate  price  or  value.     The  word  for  price  (pretiuni)  is 
not  often  expressed  in  the  Latin. 

(6)  Magni,  At  a  high  price.     Parvi,  At  a  low  price. 

Plurimi,  ylt  a  very  high  pice.     Minimi,  At  a  very  low 

price. 
NihiH,  For  nothing. 
These  words  are  also  used  in  the  genitive  to  indicate 
price,   but   only   with   certain   verbs,  namely,   with   verbs 
meaning  "  to  value,"  and  with  the  verb  "  to  be."  ^ 


^  With  other  verbs,  as  we  shall  see  in  Section  62,  the  ablative  is 
used. 

Magno  {not  magni)  haec  emi,  /  bought  this  at  a  high  price. 
Quanti  equurn   vendidisti  ?     Parvo,   For  what  did   you  sell  your 
horse  ?     For  little. 


164  LATIN  COUIISE  sec.  44 

Plurimi   te  facio,  /  value  you  very  highly    (literally,  / 

value  you  at  a  very  high  pice). 
Nihili  libros  facit,  He  thinks  nothing  of  books  (literally, 

He  values  books  at  nothing). 
Frumentum  est  magni.  Corn  is  dear. 
Minimi  hoc  habeo  (or  facio),  /  think  this  worth  very  little. 
2.    The  ablative  of  Price  : — 

All  substantives  (except  pretium^)  are  put  in  the  al^lative 
to  indicate  price. 

Duobus  talentis  vendidit,  He  sold  it  for  two  talents. 
Magna  pecunia  hortos  emit.  He  bought  the  gardens  for 
a  large 


(142.) 

1.  Vendo  meum  frumentum  non  pluris  quam  ceteri, 

fortasse  etiam  minoris. 

2.  Cicero,  vir  sapiens,  dicit  philosophum  nihili  facers 

dolorem. 

3.  Quanti  hunc  librum  emisti  ? — Parva  pecunia,  sed 

pluris  vendere  volo. 

4.  Patrem    tuum    plurimi    feci :    qua   de  causa  tibi 

parcere  volo. 

5.  Caius,  imperator   fortis   et   bonus,  nihili  mortem 

facit. 

6.  Si  minoris  quam  ceteri  vendere  potero,  omnes  ad 

me  emptuni  venient :  cito  dives  flam. 

7.  Qui  amicos  parvi  facit,  miseram  vitam  agit. 

8.  Quantum  pecuniae  turpissimo  illi  debes  ?     Equos 

omnes  tribus  talentis  vendidi,  sed  aere  alieno 
me  liberare  non  possum. 

^  Pretium  is  used  in  genitive  or  ablative. 


SEC.  44  PRICE  165 

9.   Num  amorem  matris  nihili  facis  ? 
1  0.   Illud  me  monuisti,  ut  servum  pluris  venderem. 

11.  TuUius,    vir    siimmae    honestatis,    domum    meam 

emere     vult.       Spero     eum    tanti    empturum, 
quanti  ego  emi. 

12.  Servum  liberavi  quem  magna  pecunia  emi. 

13.  Si  hortos    pluris  vendere  potero,  promitto  me  ad 

urbem   venturum  ut   te   videam.      Hodie  noii 
satis  pecuniae  habeo  ad  iter  faciendum. 

(14:3.) 

1 .  I  hope  to  sell  my  horse  at  a  higher  price. 

2.  Have   you    forgotten    your   master,    Balbus,    who 

taught  you  the  art  of  writing  ?     Your  father 
valued  him  very  highly. 

3.  I  want  to  sell  my  house  for  the  same  price  as   I 

bought  at. 

4.  So  great  is  the  soldiers'  fear  of  Caesar  that  they 

tliink  nothing  of  danger. 

5.  We  will  ask  the  wise  TuUius  his  opinion  :  he  will 

say   that   peace  ought    not   to   be    bought  at 
so  high  a  price. 

6.  If  you  are  unwilling  ^  to  sell  this  to  me  at  a  lower 

price  I  will  accuse  you  of  theft. 

7.  If  you  sell  ^  your  garden  at  so  high  a  price  you 

will  become  very  rich,  and  we   shall  consider 
you  very  clever. 

8.  At    what   price   do    you   value    this  field?      My 

^  111  Latin  "If  you  shall  be  unwilling." 
-  In  Latin  '*  If  you  shall  have  sold." 


166  LATIN  COtinSE  SEC.  44 

father  bought  the  field  for  two  talents ;  I  am 
not  willing  to  sell  it  for  less. 
9.   I  bought  this  book  at  Rome  for  a  small  sum,  but 
I  value  it  very  highly. 

10.  I  value  the  slave  so  highly  that  I  am  unwilling  to 

set  him  free. 

11.  ITiere  is  not  much  corn  in  the  camp :  food  will  be 

dear  to-morrow. 

12.  I  have  sold  my  sheep  at  so  high  a  price  that  I  am 

very  rich.      I  hope   that  the  money  will  be 
given  to  me  to-morrow. 


XXXII. 

The  Generosity  of  the  Bomans  to  Pyrrhus. 

Cum  Pyrrhus  rex  in  terra  Italia  esset,  et  unam 
atque  alteram  pugnas  prospere  pugnasset,  satisque 
agerent  Romani  et  pleraque  Italia  ad  regem  descivisset, 
tum  Timochares  quidam,  regis  Pyrrhi  amicus,  ad  C. 
Fabricium  consulem  furtim  venit  ac  praemium  petivit, 
et,  si  de  praemio  conveniret,  promisit  se  regem  venenis 
necaturum ;  "  Id  facile  factu  est,"  inquit,  "  nam  filius 
mens  pocula  in  convivio  regi  ministrat."  Fabricius  autem 
literas  ad  regem  Pyrrhum  hoc  exemplo  misit. 

Consules  Romani  salutem  clicunt  Pyrrho  regi. 

Nos  pro  tuis  iniuriis  continuis  animo  inimicissimo 
tecum  bellare  studemus.     Sed  communis  exempli  et  fidei 


SEC.  44  PRICE  167 

ergo,  te  salvum  esse  volumus ;  sit  quern  armis  vincere 
possimus.  Ad  nos  venit  Timochares,  familiaris  tuus, 
qui  sibi  praemium  a  nobis  peteret,  si  te  clam  in- 
terfecisset.  Id  nos  negavimus  velle,  neve  ob  earn 
rem  quicquam  commodi  exspectaret,  et  simul  visum 
est  ut  te  certiorem  faceremus,  ne  quid  eiusmodi  si 
accidisset  nostro  consilio  civitates  putarent  factum,  et 
quod  nobis  non  placet  praemio  aut  dolis  pugnare.  Tu 
nisi  caves  iacebis. 

Pyrrhus  populo  Eoniano  laudes  atque  gratias  scripsit, 
captivosque  omnes,  quos  tum  habuit,  vestivit  reddiditque. 


XXXIII. 

Some  Marvellous  Stories. 

Cum  e  Graecia  in  Italiam  rediremus,  et  Brundisium 
iremus,  egressique  e  navi  in  terram  in  portu  illo  inclito 
spatiaremur,  fasces  librorum  venalium  expositos  vidimus. 
Atque  ego  avide  statim  pergo  ad  libros.  Erant  autem 
isti  omnes  libri  Graeci  miraculorum  fabularumque  pleni; 
ipsa  autem  volumina  ex  diutino  situ  squalebant,  et  habitu 
aspectuque  taetro  eraut.  Percontatus  tamen  pretium, 
mira  atque  insperata  vilitate  adductus,  libros  plurimos 
parvo  pretio  emo.  Eos  omnes  duabus  proximis  noc- 
tibus  cursim  transeo,  atque  in  legendo  carpsi  exinde 
quaedam  et  notavi  mirabilia:  (a)  Homines  sunt  in 
Scythia  unum  oculum  in  frontis  medio  habentes,  qua 
fuisse  facie  Cyclopas  poetae  ferunt.  (b)  In  ultima 
quadam  terra,  quae  Albania  dicitur,  gignuntur  homines, 


168  LATIN  COtJRSfi  SEC.  46 

qui  in  pueritia  canescunt,  et  plus  cernunt  oculis  per 
noctem  quam  inter  diem,  (c)  In  Illyriis  sunt  homines 
pupillas  in  singulis  oculis  binas  habentes,  qui  interi- 
munt  videndo  quos  diutius  irati  viderunt.  {d)  In 
montibus  terrae  Indiae  homines  sunt  caninis  capitibus 
et  latrantes ;  item  alii  sunt  nullis  cervicibus,  oculos 
in  humeris  habentes.  {e)  Apud  ultimas  orientis  terras 
gens  est  corporibus  hirtis  et  avium  ritu  plumantibus, 
nullo  cibo  sed  spiritu  florum  naribus  hausto  vescens. 
Pygmaei  quoque  baud  longe  ab  his  nascuntur,  quorum 
qui  longissimi  sunt  non  longiores  sunt  quam  pedes  duo. 


SECTION  45. 
Interest. 


1.  {a)  Interest  Caesaris  bellum  ante  hiemem  conficere, 
It  is  important  to  Caesar  to  finish  the  war  before 
the  winter. 

The  impersonal  verb  interest  is  followed  by  a  genitive 
of  the  person  :  ^  Interest  regis,  " It  is  important  to  the  king"; 
Interest  omnium,  "It  matters  to  everybody."  But  it  does 
not  take  a  genitive  of  the  personal  pronouns  ego,  tu,  se  : 
instead  of  mei  (nostri),  tui  (vestri),  and  sui,  write  med  (nostra), 

^  But  not  a  genitive  of  the  thing  :  Interest  ad  laudem  civitatis,  "It 
is  important  with  a  view  to  the  glory  of  the  State."  Interest  means 
first,  "  There  is  a  difference  "  {est  inter,  "  there  is  something  between  ")  ; 
Inter  hominem  et  beluam  hoc  interest,  "  Between  man  and  beast  there  is 
this  difference."  From  this  very  easily  comes  the  sense,  "  It  makes  a 
difference,"  "  It  is  important." 


SEC.  45  iNTfiHEST  169 

tua  (vestrd),  and  sua.     These  are  the  ablative  singular  fern, 
of  the  adjectives  mens,  tuus,^  etc. 

(b)  Interest  mea  Romam  ire,  It  is  of  importance  to  me 

to  go  to  Rome. 

(c)  Interest  tua  regem  in  urbe  manere,  It  is  to  your 

interest  that  the  king  should  remain  in  the  city. 

(d)  Dixit  sua  interesse  navem  solvi,  He  said  that  it 

was  of  importance  to  him  that  the  ship  should  he 
launched. 

2.  Interest  may  be  followed  by  an  infinitive,  as  in 
the  four  sentences  already  given,  or  by  an  indirect 
question. 

(a)  Non  multum  interest  reginae  quis  veniat,  It  doesn't 
matter  much  to  the  queen  who  is  coining. 
(Direct  question^  Quis  venit  ?  JFho  is  coining  ?) 

(h)  Nautarum  interest  quantum  sit  flumen,  It  matters 
to  the  sailor's  how  big  the  river  is. 

Take  great  care  to  use  the  subjunctive  in  these  indirect 
questions. 

3.  Intei'est  may  be  qualified  by  {a)  a  genitive  of  price, 
or  (6)  by  an  adverb,  or  (c)  (most  common  of  all)  by  a  neuter 
nominative. 

^  The  following  explanation  of  the  construction  of  itUerest  may  be 
of  use  to  the  more  advanced  student.  The  Latin  for  "  It  matters  to 
me"  is  either  J/ea  interest  or  Mea  re/ert.  The  word  refert  is  not 
introduced  in  the  exercises,  but  many  will  be  already  acquainted  with 
it.  It  has  been  suggested  that  Mea  refert  =  Mea  re/ert,  meaning 
"  It  contributes  to  the  result  from  the  point  of  view  of  my  affair." 
Interest  has  almost  exactly  the  same  meaning  as  re/ert ;  hence  it  is  not 
unnatural  that  it  should  come  to  be  used  with  the  same  construction. 


170  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  45 

(a)  Parvi    interest,   It  matters  little,  is  of  slight  im- 

portance. 

(b)  Maxime  interest,  It  is  of  the  greatest  importance. 

(c)  Multum  interest,  It  is  very  important. 
Nihil  interest,  It  is  of  no  importance. 


(144.) 

1.  Non  mea  sed  patris  interest  te  opus  conficere. 

2.  Nihil  tua  interest  quis  librum  scripserit. 

3.  Imperatoris  maxime  interest  milites  satis  frumenti 

habere. 

4.  Hoc  unum  te  rogabo  :  Cuius  interest  hunc  hominem 

condemnari  capitis  ? 

5.  Magni  interest  ad  salutem  militum  quis  sit  dux. 

6.  Pater  sua  interesse  putat  te  honestam  vitam  agere. 

7.  Cur  rogas  me  quid  faciam  ?     Quid  tua  interesse 

potest  ?  y^- 

8.  Novistine  istum  hominem,  qui  negotio  deditus  esse 

videtur  ?     Doctissimus  esse  habetur.  Nominis 
oblitus  sum. 

9.  Omnium  civium  interest  quis  creetur  consul. 

10.  Spero  te  sequi  posse:  ad  bellum  gerendum  pluri- 

mum  interest  te  ante  decimum  diem  adesse. 

11.  Et  mea  et  omnium  interesse  puto  Gaium,  virum 

summae  sapientiae,  valere. 

12.  Miimaum   interest   regis   te    in    eadem   sententia 

manere. 

13.  Quid  Pompeii  intererat  interfici  Caesarem  ? 

14.  Qui  banc   insulam  incolunt  putant  deorum  nihil 

interesse  quid  faciant  homines. 


SEC.  45  INTEREST  171 


(145.) 

1.  It  is  important  to  us  to  see  you.      It  is  said  that 

you  will  come  to  Rome  to-morrow. 

2.  It  is  of  importance   to  the  enemy  to  be  informed 

how  great  are  our  forces  and  who  is  the  general. 

3.  It  does  not  matter  to  the  judge  which  of  you  two 

did  this. 

4.  I  have  not  forgotten  the  man,  but  it  is  of  no  im- 

portance  to  me  that  he  lives  in  London.      I 
hope  you  will  not  return  to  him. 

5.  I  value  the  dog  very  highly  :  it  is  of  great  im- 

portance to  me  that  ^  he  should  recover. 

6.  It  does  not  matter  to  me  which  of  the  tiuo  men 

comes.      I  am  not  willing  to  sell  the  ship  at  a 
lower  price. 

7.  So  great  is  the  boy's  love  for  his  mother  that  he 

is  not  willing  to  go  into  the  garden  to  play. 

8.  He  stays  at  home  and  gives  himself  up  to  books 

that  he  may  become  wise. 

9.  It  is  of  no  importance  to  the  citizens  that  you  are 

about  to  return  to  the  country. 

10.  To  whom  does  it  matter  where  I  am? 

11.  Those  who  were  standing  round  thought  that  the 

orator  surpassed  all  men  in  wisdom ;  but  he 
was  considered  foolish  by  the  philosophers. 

1 2.  Is  it  important  to  a  philosopher  that  you  are  ricli  ? 

1  See  p.  169,  1  (c). 


172  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  46 

SECTION  46. 
The  Partitive  Genitive. 

1.  Partem  cibi  dedit,  He  gave  part  of  his  food. 

2.  Maior  puerorum,  The  elder  of  the  hoys. 
Pulcherrima  insularum,  The  most  beautiful  of  islands. 

3.  Quis  nostrum  ?  ^      TFhich  of  us  ?     Alter  filiorum,  One 

of  his  (two)  sons. 

These  genitives  present  no  difficulty,  as  they  may  all  be 
translated  in  English  by  the  help  of  the  preposition  "  of." 
On  the  other  hand  : — 

4.  Latin  does  not  have  a  genitive  of  a  substantive  after 
unus. 

One  of  the  soldiers,  Unus  e  militibus, 
though  um.us  eorum  ("  one  of  them  "),  unus  omnium,  quorum 
unus,  are  correct. 

5.  Twenty  of  us  went  to  Borne,  Viginti  Komam    ivimus 

(JFe,  twenty,  went  to  Rome). 
All  of  us  returned,  or,  We  all  returned,  Omnes  rediimus. 

(146.) 

1.  Quis  vestrum  proinisit  se  ad  urbem  Athenas  mecum 
venturum  ? — Nemo  nostrum  promisit :  fortasse 
unus  ex  amicis  tuis.  Speramus  te  comitem 
invenire  posse. 

^  Note  that  nostrum,  not  nostri,  is  the  partitive  genitive.  On  the 
other  hand,  write  amor  nostri,  "love  for  us."  Nostrum,  vestrum  are 
only  used  in  the  partitive  sense. 


SEC.  46  THE  PARTITIVE  GENITIVE  173 

2.  Consulum  alter   cupidus    est   belli  gerendi,   alter 

pacem  plurimi  facit. 

3.  Quid  times  ?  nonne  omnium  militum  fortissimus 

esse  diceris  ? 

4.  Si  quid  periculi  est,  pacem  plurimi  facimus. 

5.  Si  tu  partem  cibi  mihi  dederis,  ego  aliquid  pecuniae 

tibi  dabo. 

6.  Dixit     se    sex    filios    habere,    eorum   unum    esse 

militem. 

7.  Si  quid  eum  rogaveris,  niliil  veri  respondebit. 

8.  Sex   et  quadraginta  in  navem   conscendimus :  in 

medio  oceano  parum  cibi  nobis  erat,  nihil 
aquae  :  e  comitibus  nostris  sedecim  perierunt : 
triginta  ad  patriam  rediimus. 

9.  Quis  putat  haec  nostra  interesse  ? — P2t  ego  puto  et 

omnes  putamus :  tu  unus  ex  omnibus  civibus 
haec  interesse  negas. 

10.  Legistine  eos  libros  ? — Alterum  eorum  legi,  alterum 

legere  nolo. 

1 1 .  Partem   copiarum   Ehenum  flumen  transportavit, 

ut  maxim  am  hostium  urbem  obsideret. 

12.  Cicero  sapientissimus  omnium  Eomanorum  habetur. 

(147.) 

1.  Thirty  of  us  hope  to  go  to  Italy.     We  shall  stay 

ten  days  at  Rome,  which  is  said  to  be  the  most 
beautiful  of  all  cities. 

2.  What  does  it  matter  to  me  that  you  (pi.)  are  con- 

sidered the  bravest  of  the  Germans  ?  Did  1 
not  slay  your  king,  Ariovistus  ? 


U4  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  47 

3.  The  best  of  my  horses  I  do  not  sell  even  for  a 

large  sum:  this  one,  which  my  friend   Tullius 
gave  me,  I  value  highly. 

4.  Which  of  us  will  forget   the  man  who  wrote  so 

many  books  and  lived  so  base  a  life  ? 

5.  When  he  had  finished  a  part  of  his  work  he  gave 

himself  up  to  pleasure. 

6.  Which  of  you  (two)  knows  the  man  who  was  talk- 

ing with  me  in  the  middle  of  the  city  ? 

7.  One  of  my  slaves  has  been  condemned  to  death. 

8.  In   the  midst  of  the   waves  you  will  find  three 

islands ;  one  of  them  is  called  Ithaca,  in  which 
the  wise  Ulysses  was  born. 

9.  Six  of  us  started  for  ^  the  camp  of  the  enemy ;  I 

alone  return  to  tell  you  that  all  of  my  comrades 
have  perished. 

10.  Crassus  was  considered  the  richest  of  the  citizens. 

11.  All  of  you  know  that  this  does  not  matter  to  me. 

1 2.  We  have  suffered  much  ^ :  one  of  our  comrades  has 

died :  we  have  found  no  gold :  all  of  us  wish 
to  return  to  the  island  of  Sicily. 


SECTION  47. 

Genitives  of  Possession  or  of  Quality  used  as 
Predicates. 

1.  Quae  patris  fuerunt,  Balbi  fiunt,  What  was  his  father's 
property  becomes  the  property  of  Balhus. 

^  Ad.  -  Many  things. 


SEC.  47  GENITIVES  OF  POSSESSION,   ETC.  175 

2.  Patris  est  monere  filium,  It  is  a  father's  duty  to  advise 

his  son,  or,  It  is  for  a  father  to  advise  his  son. 

3.  Sapientis  est  tempori  cedere,  It  is  wise  to  yield  to  cir- 

cumstances, or,  It  is  the  way  of  a  wise  man,  etc. 

4.  Summae  virtutis  est  in  medios  hostes  impetum  facere, 

It  is  a  sign  of  great  bravery,  or,  It  requires  great 
bravery  to  charge  into  the  midst  of  the  foe. 

5.  Cuius   est   sapientiae   tantam  regere    multitudinem  ! 

JFhai  wisdom  to  rule  so  vast  a  people  ! 

6.  In  place  of  the  genitive  a  possessive  adjective  may  be 
used : — 

Noil  meum  est  punire  filium  tuum.  It  isn't  my  business, 
or,  //  Isnt  for  me  to  punish  your  son. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  there  is  no  separate  word  in  the 
Latin  sentences  for  the  English  "  duty,"  "  business,"  "  sign," 
etc.  In  translating  these  genitives  into  English  you  will 
have  to  supply  some  such  word  to  make  the  meaning  clear. 

Sentence  3  should  be  specially  noticed.  "  It  is  foolish 
to  yield  "  might  be  translated  either  Stulium  est  cedere,  or 
Sttdti  est  cedere ;  but  Sapiens  est  means  "  He  is  wise,"  and  is 
not  used  for  "It  is  wise."  Sapientis  est,  "It  is  the  way  of 
a  wise  man,"  is  used  instead. 


(148.) 

1.  Patris  est  filium  monere  ne  pigi-am  vitam  agat. 

2.  Summae  benevolentiae  est  inimicis  auxilio  venire. 

3.  Angusti  animi  est  nihil  admirari. 

4.  Putavit  militis  esse  pro  patria  mori. 

5.  Num  tu  meum  esse  putas  tibi,  turpissimo  homini. 

subvenire  ? 


176  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  47 

6.  Inde  Gaius,  dolore  amissi  patris  motus,  in  medios 

hostes  impetum  facit. 

7.  Regis    est    sapientissimos    elegere    ut     civitatem 

regant. 

8.  Dixit  Germanorum  esse  in  castris  semper  vitam 

agere. 

9.  Barbarorum  est  nihil  scire,  nuUos  libros  habere. 

10.  Victi  id  rogatis  quod  victores  poscere  nunquam 

audent. 

11.  Ego  autem  puto  victoris  esse  poscere,  victi  obedire. 

12.  Me     iudice,     ante     hiemem     transportandus     est 

Ehenum  exercitus. 

13.  Talia  frustra  rogabitis:  non  meum  esse  puto  vobis 

parcere  :  omnibus  ante  noctem  moriendum. 

14.  Cuius  audaciae  est  et  stultitiae  Balbum,  iustissi- 

mum  hominem,  proditionis  accusare  ! 

(149.)       ■ 

1.  It  is  the  duty  of  good  citizens  to  help  those  who 

rule. 

2.  It  is   a  little   mind   which  admires  little  things. 

(It  is  the  way  of  a  little  mind  to  admire  .  .  .) 

3.  Do  you  think  it  is  the  duty  of  a  judge  to  condemn 

such  a  man  ? 

4.  What  audacity,  what  folly  to  make  such  a  request 

of  me !     It  is  not  for  me  to  listen  to   such 
men. 

5.  It  is  said  to  be  the  way  of  the  Gauls  to  make  the 

richest   man  king.      But  I  do  not  think  that 
this  should  be  believed. 


SEC.  48       now  TO  TRANSLATE  ''IF  HE  SPEAKS,"  ETC.  177 

6.  Do  you  not  think  that  it  is  a  tribune's  business  to 

defend  the  poor  ? 

7.  It  requires  great  intelligence  to  turn  the  speech  of 

a  German  orator  into  Latin, 

8.  How  often   have  I  told  you  that  such  things  are 

shocking  to  see. 

9.  Is  it  the  duty  of  an  orator  to  deceive  men  ? 

10.  It  is  not  for  me  to  buy  a  slave  at  so  high  a  price. 

Can  you  not  sell  him  for  less  ? 

11.  It  is  for  the  general  to  give  orders,  for  the  soldier 

to  obey. 

12.  It  is   a  friendly  act  to  help  a  friend.      (It  is  the 

way  of  a  friend   .   .   .) 

13.  It  is  wise  to  hope  for  much,^  to  expect  little.^ 


SECTION  48. 

How   TO   TRANSLATE   "  If    HE    SPEAKS,"    "  WhEN    HE 
SPEAKS,"   ETC. 

1.  If  he  speaks  the  rest   keep   silent^  Si    loquitur,   ceteri 

tacent. 

2.  If  he  speaks  I  will  listen,  Si  loquetur,  audiam. 

3.  If  he  speaks  he  mil  be  punished,  Si  locutus  erit,  poenam 

dabit. 

Latin  is  more  exact  than  English  in   the   use  of  the 
tenses.     In  the  three  English  sentences  given  above,  "  If 

^  Neuter  plural. 


178  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  48 

he  speaks  "  does  duty  as  a  present,  a  future,  and  a  future 
perfect.  In  Latin  Si  loquitur  can  only  be  used  of  present 
time.  In  the  second  sentence,  "  If  he  speaks "  refers  to 
future  time,  and  as  the  speaking  and  listening  go  on  to- 
gether. Si  loquetur  ("  If  he  shall  be  speaking  ")  is  used.  In 
the  third  sentence,  however,  the  speaking  and  punishing 
are  not  represented  as  happening  at  the  same  time :  the 
punishment  follows  the  speaking  :  we  therefore  have  Si 
locutus  erit  ("  If  he  shall  have  spoken  "). 

The  future  perfect  may  be  translated  into  English  either 
by.  the  present,  as  in  sentence  3  above,  or  by  the  perfect, 
as  in  4. 

4.  Cras  redibo,  si  negotium  confecero,  /  will  return  to- 

morrow if  I  have  finished  my  business. 

5.  Veniam  cum  potero,  /  will  come  when  I  can. 

6.  Cum  redierit  gaudebo.  When  he  returns  I  shall  he  glad. 

(150.) 

1.  Si  Gallos  vicerit,  consul  creabitur. 

2.  Si  ab  hostibus  urbis  victus  erit,  capitis  condemna- 

bitur. 

3.  Si  quid  novi  acciderit,  litteras  ad  me  scribe. 

4.  Si  quis  ducem  certiorem  fecerit  quo  in  periculo 

simus,  nobis  auxilio  veniet. 

5.  Cum  epistulas  scripsero  in  hortum  veniam. 

6.  Ego,  si  esuriam,  in  urbem  ibo  cibi  emendi  causa. 

7.  Si  magnam  pecuniam   ei  dederis,  artem  pugnandi 

te  docebit. 

8.  Qua  in  arte  si  ceteris  praestabis,  pater  dabit  aliquid 

praemii. 


SEC.  48      HOW  TO  TRANSLATE  "IF  HE  SPEAKS,"  ETC.  179 

9.   Si    litteras   ad   matrem   scribis,  roga   quando    sit 
reditura. 

10.  ludicis  est  qnaerere  quid  sit  verum. 

11.  Flumen  transibit   cum   satis   militum  habebit,  ut 

hostes  adoriatur. 

12.  Spero    patrem,   hominem    timidum,   nescire    quid 

faciam.      Quod   si   cognoverit,  rem  gravissime 
feret. 

1 3.  Xon  meum  est  oblivisci  eorum  qui  me  adiuveruiit. 

Cum  potero,  aliquid  pecuniae  tibi  dabo. 

14.  Tum  nostri,  impetu  facto,  hostes  fuderunt.      Quot 

perierint,  iiescio. 

(151.) 

Note. — In  this  and  following  exercises  "  when  "  is  to  be 
translated  by  cum.^ 

1 .  If  you  send  ^  your  book  to  me  I  will  read  it. 

2.  If  he  is  now  at  home,  he  will  come  to  see  us  in  the 

evening. 

3.  If  anything  sad  happens  to  me,  I  shall  not  inform 

my  father. 

4.  When  he  sees  you  he  will  be  angry. 

5.  If  I  sell  my  house  at  so  high  a  price  I  shall  go  to 

Italy  to  see  the  great  city  of  Eome. 

6.  Do  not  fear.     If  he  attacks  us  I  shall  easily  kill 

him  with  this  sword. 

^  Many  of  the  sentences  in  which  "when  "  occurs  might,  by  the 
use  of  participles,  be  rendered  without  mim.  But  in  order  to  avoid 
diflHculties,  the  beginner  is  recommended  to  use  cum  only  at  first. 

-  Does  this  mean  (1)  "  if  you  are  now  sending,"  or  (2)  "  if  you  shall 
be  sending,"  or  (3)  ''  if  you  shall  have  sent  "  ? 


180  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  49 

7.  If  you  can  come  to-morrow,  you  will  see  my  friend 

Caius. 

8.  The  man  who  murdered  his  mother  is  said  to  be 

like  me :  if  they  see  me  they  will  kill  me. 

9.  If  you  have  finished  your  work  before  the  fifth 

hour,  you  will  be  able  to  come  with  us. 

10.  If   I  accuse  your   friend  Caius  he  will  be    con- 

demned to  death.     Is  it  wise  to  remain  in  the 
city? 

11.  If  I  am  silent  he  will  be  made  dictator  and  will 

make  me   rich.       I   ask    you   what   I    ought 
to  do. 

12.  When  you  have   repaired  the  ship  you   will  be 

allowed  to  go  home. 

13.  If  he  is  distressed  at  this  we  will  go  away. 

14.  It  is  your  business  to  inform  your  father  of  the 

plan  which  you  have  adopted. 


SECTION  49. 

■:■■■''■'':  The  Genitive  of  Quality.  ' 

Vir    summae    honestatis,    A    man    of   most   honourable 

character. 
Yir  magni  corporis,  A  man  of  large  build. 

In  Latin  this  genitive  always  has  an  adjective  with  it. 
"A  man  of  valour"  cannot  be  translated  Homo  viiiutis, 
but  Homo  magnae  virtutis. 


SIX.  49  THE  GENITIVE  OF  QUALITY  181 

(152.) 

1.  Num  quis  TuUium  accusavit  ?      Nonne  summae 

est  virtutis  ? 

2.  Gaius,  vir  summae  sapieiitiae,  consul  factus  est. 

3.  Classem  septuaginta  navium  Massiliam  mittit,  ut 

obsidentibus  subveniat.      Quibus  de  rebus  cer- 
tiores  facti  cives  se  dedunt. 

4.  Balbus,  infimi  generis  homo,  meam  domuni  venit 

ut  pecuniam  posceret. 

5.  Kogavi  eum  quid  praemii  a  me  exspectaret. 

6.  Homo  turpissime,  quid  me  adiuvisti  ?     Plus  mali 

quam  boni  in  hac  urbe  fecisti. 

7.  Haec  rogatus  ille,  summae  audaciae  homo,  respondit 

me  sibi  talentum  debere. 

8.  Num  paratus  es  ad  labores  ?     Nonne  mavis  pigram 

vitam  agere  ? 

9.  Num  putas  huius-modi  hominem  nobis  timendum 

esse  ? 

10.  Constat     decimam     legionem     spectatae     virtutis 

fuisse. 

11.  lam  vincentibus  nostris,  Gallorum  quidam,  summae 

virtutis  adulescens,  in  mediam  aciem  impetum 
facit. 

12.  Quo  facto  milites  quintae  legionis  initium  fugae 

fecerunt. 

1 3.  Nihil  mea  interest  num  Ciceronem,  virum  summae 

honestatis,  sententiam  rogaverit. 

14.  Cum  philosophus  abierit,  licebit  nobis  canere. 


182  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  49 

(153.) 

1.  I  am  informed  that  Titus,  a  man  of  the  greatest 

diligence,  has  received  some  reward. 

2.  I    sell    more    corn   than    the    rest    of   the,    corn- 

dealers,  but  I  sell  at  a  lower  price.      Do  you 
think  me  wise  ? 

3.  A  tribune  of  the  soldiers,  a  man  of  tried  valour, 

promised  to  enter  the  enemy's  camp  in  the 
night. 

4.  He  is  considered  a  man  of  the  most  honourable 

character,  but  he  has  not  done  what  he  pro- 
mised to  do. 

5.  Why  do  you  make  a  man  of  such  a  kind  your 

friend  ?     He  is  a  man  of  large  build  hut  of 
little  mind. 

6.  What  does  it  matter  to  you  who  is  a  friend  to 

me  ?     You  are  said  to  be  a  man  of  the  greatest 
wisdom,  but  I  think  you  foolish. 

7.  You  are  always  talking  about  books  and  wisdom 

and  things  of  that  kind. 

8.  I  am  informed  that  Balbus,  a  man  of  the  kindest 

character,  has  promised  to  teach  us. 

9.  Is  it  wise  to  give  up  the  plan  which  you  have 

adopted  ? 

10.  If  all  the  sea-faring  nations  build  ships  of  war, 

what  shall  we  do  ? 

11.  He  is  a  man  of  the  lowest  class:  if  he  comes  to- 

morrow   I  do  not  wish  to   see   him.     What 
audacity  to  write  such  a  letter ! 

12.  When  he  sees  you  he  will  laugh. 


SEC.  50  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  183 

SECTION  50. 
Recapitulatory  Exercises. 

(154) 

1.  Tantae  virtutis  est  iit  nihil  timeat. 

2.  Rex   putavit  sua  parvi   interesse  urbem   sociQnim 

obsideri. 

3.  Aliquid   spei   habeo   Caesareni   auxilio  nobis   ven- 

turum. 

4.  Ut  perveniamns   ad   castra  hostium,  transeundum 

est  maxiniunj  liumen. 

5.  Oraviter  fero  vos  ad  nostros  fines  venire. 

6.  Hie    non    est     morandum :    prima    luce    proficis- 

cendum. 

7.  Si  quem  vestrum  eras  videbo,  gladio  interficiam. 

8.  Si  fratreni  mihi  reddideris,  vitam  tibi  concedam. 

9.  lam  mortuus  est  frater  tuus ;  qua  de  causa  reddere 

non  possum. 

1 0.  Nostros  a  tergo  adorti  fuderunt.      Noli  rogare  quot 

sint  interfecti. 

11.  Me  fefellit  spes  legendi  libri :  dormitum  eo. 

12.  Hostes   pugnare   non    ausi    ad   proximam   urbem 

fugerunt. 

13.  Quos   consecuti    milites    quintae   legionis,   urbem 

ceperunt. 

14.  Num  putas  esse  militis  parcere  hosti  ? 

15.  Nonne   sperat   se   eras  rediturum  ?      Num  certior 

factus  est  quantum  sit  periculi  ? 


184  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  50 


(155.) 

1.  When  I  learned  these  facts  I  asked  him  whether 

he  could  come  to  Capua  to  see  me. 

2.  He  answered  that  he  hoped  that  he  would  be  able 

to  come. 

3.  As  I  was  going  through  the  field  in  the  evening  I 

saw  your  friends  returning  to  London. 

4.  The  doctor  told  the  father  that  he  hoped  the  boy 

would  recover  from  his  illness. 

5.  If  you  see  the   old  man,  don't  tell  him  that  the 

books  are  going  to  be  burned. 

6.  For  three  months  we  give  ourselves  up  to  books ; 

we  hope  to  go  to  Gaul  in  the  winter  to  see  the 
great  city  of  Paris. 

7.  I  don't  value  the  bird  highly,  but  I  cannot  sell  it 

for  less. 

8.  I  think  that  the  window  should  be  opened. 

9.  He  wiU  be  considered  a  good  general  when  he  has 

conquered  this  warlike  nation. 

10.  Did  he  say  that  this  fellow  was  to  be  feared  ?  ^ 

11.  I  remember  the  wrongs  ^  done  by  the  barbarians  to 

our  general. 

12.  The  learned  Balbus  asks  the  girls  many  questions, 

but  it  seems  that  they  know  nothing.      I  hope 
!'.:.'       they  will  learn  much. 

^  Use  the  gerundive. 

^  It  is  not  well  to  have  several  genitives  side  by  side  :  put 
*'  wrongs  "  in  the  accusative.  Memini  takes  accusative  or  genitive  of 
the  <Am^  remembered. 


SEC.  50  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  185 


(156.) 
(In  this  exercise  "you"  is  plural.) 

1.  Did  you  not  say  that  you  would  burn  this  beauti- 

ful city  ? 

2.  He  did   not  say,  did  he,  that  the  book  would  be 

finished  to-morrow  ? 

3.  In  the  middle  of  the  night  he  led  the  tenth  legion 

to  the  foot   of  the  mountain,  that  he  might 
attack  the  Belgae  as  they  slept. 

4.  Now   you  yourselves   are  prisoners ;  you  come  to 

me,  whom  you  wished  to  slay. 

5.  You  ask  me,  the  conqueror,  to  grant  you  life. 

6.  What    ought    I    to    do  ?     Why  are   you  silent  ? 

Why  do  you  not  answer  ? 

7.  I  will  tell  you  why  you  do  not  answer.      You  do 

not  dare  to  say  what  ought  to  be  done. 

8.  It  is   not  the  ivay  of  a  Roman  general  to  spare 

those  who  side  with  the  enemies  of  the  Roman 
people. 

9.  All   must  die :  life    is   to  be  granted  to  none  of 


you. 

10.  Did   you  not  try  to  attack  the  third  legion  as  it 

was   advancing  against  the  Belgae  ?     Do  you 
deny  this  ? 

11.  Do  not  forget  that  I  have  heard  everything  from 

the  soldiers  who  fled  to  our  camp. 

12.  The  Roman  people  valued  your  friendship  highly. 

But  it  is  not  the  way  of  a  friend  to  attack  a 
friend. 


186  LATIN  COURSE  SEO.  50 


(157.) 

1 .  The  citizens    think  much   of   peace :    they  think 

little  of  our  safety. 

2.  In   the   besieged  city  there  was   not  much   food : 

corn,  as  usual,  was  very  dear  :  a  small  dog  cost 
more  than  a  ship. 

3.  It  is  the  business  of  a  judge  to  come  to  the  assist- 

ance of  the  poor  and  miserable  that  they  may 
not  be  condemned  without  cause. 

4.  Through  love  of  his  friend  the  judge  acquitted  the 

woman  of  theft. 

5.  If  I  go  into  the  country  to  see  my  mother  she  will 

praise  me. 

6.  I  hope   she   will  give  me  a  considerable  sum  of 

money. 

7.  I  shall  tell  her  that  food  is  very  dear  in  the  city. 

8.  Through  hatred  of  us  he  went  away  to  another 

city. 

9.  He   was   made   general  by   the   citizens :  having 

attacked  our  men  by  night  he  was  defeated. 

10.  These  things  being  known,  he  was  condemned  to 

death  by  the  king. 

11.  If  we  spare  him,  he  will  lay  waste  our  territory. 

12.  Do  not  be  afraid,  my  dear  Balbus :  at  the  foot  of 

the  hill  we  shall  find  a  house. 

13.  "Who  are  you  ?      It  is   very  important   to  us   to 

know  who  you  are. 

14.  He  is  a  man  of  such  great  wisdom  that  you  can- 

not deceive  him. 


SEC.  50  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  187 


(158.) 

1.  I  think  little  of  books,  but  I  think  much  of  birds 

and  dogs, 

2.  I  will  grant  liberty  to  the  slave,  when  I  return  to 

Gaul. 

3.  He,  whom  you  despise,  talks   very  wisely  about 

things  of  that  kind. 

4.  Which  of  you  (two)  will  come  to  town  with  me  ? 

5.  What  does  it  matter  to  you  which  of  us  comes  ? 

If  one  ^  comes,  it  will  be  enough. 

6.  At  the  foot  of  this  hill  there  is  a  house,  next  to 

the  temple,  in  which  I  stayed  three  days. 

7.  One  of  the  boys  asked  me  whether  I  maintained 

my  opinion. 

8.  One  of  them  must  be  condemned  to  death. 

9.  He  asked  me  whether  I  could  teach  the  girl  the 

art  of  singing.      I  answered  that  T  could  not 
sing. 

10.  Having  drawn  up  the  army  in  front  of  the  camp, 

they  sent  a  messenger  to  ask  for  peace. 

11.  The  wrongs  done  by  the  general  to  the  hostages 

are  so  great  that  we  cannot  spare  you. 

12.  The  river  is  full  of  fish :  they  do  not  seem  eager 

for  food. 

13.  Through  hatred  of  the  barbarians  and  fear  of  death 

the  soldiers  fought  bravely. 

14.  In  this  house  there  is  much  money,  hut  not  much 

wisdom. 

^  One  (of  two)  not  uniLS,  but  alter. 


188  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  50 

(159.) 

1.  What  folly  to  make  the  timid  Cicero  consul ! 

2.  Is  not  your  son  said  to  be  like  you  ?     I  'think  he 

is  like  his  father. 

3.  Is  it  for  a  Roman  general  to  forget  the  wrongs 

done  by  the  Helvetii  to  our  allies  ? 

4.  So  great  was  Balbus's  hatred  of  the  king  that  he 

•     could  not  remain  in  the  city. 

5.  The   poet  said  that  he  had    seen  nothing   more 

beautiful  than  the  city  of  Naples. 

6.  In  the  evening  news  was  brought  that  the  leader  of 

the  Haedui  had  promised  to  give  us  much  corn. 

7.  So  great  is  my  mother's  love  of  me  that  she.  is 

coming  to  the  city  of  London  to  see  me. 

8.  Which  of  you  pretended  to  have  written  the  book  ? 

9.  All   of  us  denied  that  the   prisoner  was   in  the 

garden. 

10.  If  the  judge  is  informed  of  this  matter,  we  shall 

be  accused  of  treason. 

11.  Being  asked  what  news  there  was,  he  answered 

that  the  Belgae  were  desirous  of  peace. 

12.  Does  it  not  require  great  intelligence  to  help  the 

poor? 

13.  I  have  not  forgotten  my  mother :  was  she  not  like 

you? 

(160.) 

1.  The  boy  told  his  mother  that  he  never  had  enough 

food. 

2.  She  promised  to  give  him  more  money. 


SEC.  50  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  189 

3.  My  sister  is  so  timid  that  she  does  not  dare  to  go 

into  the  garden  hy  night. 

4.  I  will  stay  ten  days  with  you.      On  the  eleventh 

day  all  of  us  will  go  to  the  island  of  Sicily, 
to  see  the  temple. 

5.  If  the  old  man  is  well,  he  will  come  with  us. 

6.  He  is  a  man  of  the  greatest  wisdom :  I  hope  that 

we  shall  learn  much  from  him. 

7.  It  is  not  for  me  to  tell  you  how  important  it  is  to 

us  to  take  much  food  and  some  wine. 

8.  In  the  island,  to-which^  we  are  about  to  set  out, 

corn  is  dear. 

9.  If  the  man  says,  "  You  shall  buy  for  so  much,"  you 

must  say : 

10.  "I  will  buy  for  less ;  in  our  land  food  is  cheap." 

11.  "I  will  not  buy  at  a  higher  price  than  I  imy  at 

home." 

12.  "If  you  are  unwilling  to  sell  this  for  a  small  sum, 

I  shall  go  away." 

13.  Is  there  not  more  pain  than  pleasure  in  waging 

war  ? 

14.  Twenty  of  us  set  out  for  the  camp  of  Caesar;  we 

eight  are  now  returning :  the  rest  are  dead. 

(161.) 

1.  When  he  comes,  he  will  tell  us  who  is  the  leader 

of  the  Belgae. 

2.  Did  you   not   think   that   the   liostages   would   be 


given  back  ? 


Quo  ("  whither  "). 


190  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  50 

3.  Do  you  really  believe  that  they  have  been  mur- 

dered ? 

4.  It  doesn't  matter  to  the  judge  why  you  did  this. 

5.  He  will  ask  you  whether  you  were  in  the  city  on 

that  night. 

6.  It  is  said  that  Balbus  is  about  to  write  a  book. 

7.  I  am  not  willing  to  buy  the  table,  which  you  made, 

for  so  much. 

8.  He  said  that  his  father  had  gone   home  to  eat 

some  food. 

9.  We  will  promise  to  return  on  the  same  day  and 

stay  six  months. 

10.  I  hope  you  will  be  willing  to  come  with  me. 

11.  It  is  of  no  importance  to  my  mother  that  you  saw 

him. 

12.  The  wise  TuUius  says  that  he  will  come  to  the 

city  of  Corinth  to  teach  us  this  great  art. 

13.  When  he  comes  we  will  hear  him. 

14.  If  we  are   allowed,  twenty  of  us  will  set  off  for 

the  country  at  daybreak. 


(162.) 

1.  One  of  the  judges  denied  that  the  man  would  be 

condemned  for  theft. 

2.  Balbus,  a  man  of  the  kindest  character,  says  that 

it  is  very  important  to  him  that  I  should  be 
present. 

3.  The   soldiers  whom   we   saw  at    Corinth  will  be 

sent  to  Asia. 


SEC.  50  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  191 

4.  He  is  a  man  of  such  valour  that  he  is  unwilling 

to  stay  in  the  city. 

5.  When   the  war   is   finished   he   hopes   to   live    at 

home. 

6.  Having  encouraged  the  soldiers  he  ordered  them 

to  charge  into  the  midst  of  the  enemy. 

7.  Having  heard  this  he  asked  what  was  the  reason 

of  tJieir  delaying. 

8.  1  hope  to  see  the  man  about  whom  we  were  speak- 

ing. 

9.  Is  it  not  a  father's  duty  to  teach  liis  son  virtue  ? 

10.  The   wise    Balbus  when   asked    his   opinion   kept 

silence. 

11.  If  he  informs  my  mother  of  this  matter  I  will 

kill  him. 

12.  What  diligence  to  read  so  big  a  book  ! 

13.  If  all  of  you  help  the  consul,  he  will  soon  finish 

what  he  has  promised. 

14.  Tell  me  what  you  have  bought. 


(163.) 

1.  So  great  was  the  general's  love  of  his  soldiers  that 

he  gave  up  to  them  the  city  which -he -had - 
captured.  ^ 

2.  The  king  died  tlirongli  grief  at  the  capture^  of  the 

city. 

3.  Is  it  not  of  great  importance  to  the  general  how 

much   corn    there    is    in    the    territory   of   the 


enemy  ? 


^  Use  [)articiple  oC  capio. 


194  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  50 

8.  If  the  place  is  suitable  for  crossing  the  river  there 

is  no  reason  for  delaying. 

9.  If  an  opportunity  of  speaking  is  given  he  will  not 

keep  silence. 

10.  Do  not  say  that  something  sad  has  happened. 

11.  It  was  often  said  that  he  was  the  richest  of  the 

citizens. 

12.  If  you   hear   him    speaking  you  will   think   him 

foolish. 

1 3.  Is  it  wise  to  give  so  much  wine  to  the  slave  ? 

14.  If  he  is  at  home  he  is  writing  letters :  you  must 

not  enter. 


XXXIV. 

Corvinus. 

Copiae  Gallorum  ingentes  agrum  Pomptinum  in- 
sederant,  instruebanturque  acies  a  consulibus,  de  vi  et 
multitudine  hostium  satis  agentibus.  Dux  interea 
Gallorum,  vasta  et  ardua  proceritate,  armisque  auro 
praefulgentibus,  grandia  ingrediens  et  manu  telum 
vibrans,  incedebat ;  perque  contemptum  et  superbiam 
circumspiciens  despiciensque  omnia,  venire  iubet  et 
congredi,  si  quis  pugnare  secum  ex  omni  Eomano  exer- 
citu  auderet.  Tum  Valerius  tribunus,  ceteris  inter 
metum  pudoremque  ambiguis,  cum  impetravisset  a  con- 
sulibus ut  in  Galium  tam  inaniter  arrogantem  pugnare 
sese  permitterent,  progreditur  intrepide  modesteque 
obviam ;    et    congrediuntur   et   consistunt   et  consere- 


SEC.  50  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  195 

bantur  iam  manus.  Atque  ibi  vis  quaedam  divina  fit : 
cor V  us  repente  improvisus  advolat,  et  super  galeam 
tribuni  insistit,  atque  inde  in  adversarii  os  atque  oculos 
pugnare  incipit;  insiliebat,  obturbabat,  et  unguibus 
manum  laniabat;  atque,  ubi  satis  saevierat,  revolabat 
in  galeam  tribuni.  Sic  tribunus,  spectante  utroque 
exercitu,  et  sua  virtute  nixus  et  opera  alitis  propugnatus, 
ducem  hostium  ferocissimum  vicit  interfecitque,  atque 
ob  banc  causam  cognomen  habuit  Corvinus. 


XXXV. 

Sertorius  and  the  Hind. 

Sertorius  vir  acer  egregiusque  dux  et  utendi  re- 
gendique  exercitus  peritus  fuit.  Is  in  temporibus 
difficillimis  et  mentiebatur  ad  milites  si  mendacium 
prodesset,  et  literas  compositas  pro  veris  legebat,  et 
somnium  simulabat  et  falsas  religiones  conferebat,  si 
quid  istae  res  eum  apud  militum  animos  adiuvabant. 
Illud  adeo  Sertorii  nobile  est :  Cerva  alba,  pulcherrima 
simul  et  celerrima,  a  Lusitano  ei  quodam  dono  data  est. 
Hanc  sibi  oblatam  divinitus  et  instinctam  Dianae 
numine  esse  et  colloqui  secum  et  docere  quae  utilia 
factu  essent  persuadere  omnibus  institit.  Si  quid 
durius  videbatur  quod  imperandum  militibus  foret  a 
cerva  sese  monitum  praedicabat.  Id  cum  dixerat  uni- 
versi  tamquam  si  deo  libentes  parebant. 

Ea  cerva  quodam  die,  cum  incursio  esset  hostium 
nuntiata,  festinatione  ac  tumultu  consternata  in  fugam 


194  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  50 

8.  If  the  place  is  suitable  for  crossing  the  river  there 

is  no  reason  for  delaying. 

9.  If  an  opportunity  of  speaking  is  given  he  will  not 

keep  silence. 

10.  Do  not  say  that  something  sad  has  happened. 

11.  It  was  often  said  that  he  was  the  richest  of  the 

citizens. 

12.  If  you   hear   him   speaking  you  will   think   him 

foolish. 

1 3.  Is  it  wise  to  give  so  much  wine  to  the  slave  ? 

1 4.  If  he  is  at  home  he  is  writing  letters :  you  must 

not  enter. 


XXXIV. 

Corvinus. 

Copiae  Gallorum  ingentes  agrum  Pomptinum  in- 
sederant,  instruebanturque  acies  a  consulibus,  de  vi  et 
multitudine  hostium  satis  agentibus.  Dux  intexea 
Gallorum,  vasta  et  ardua  proceritate,  armisque  auro 
praefulgentibus,  grandia  ingrediens  et  manu  telum 
vibrans,  incedebat ;  perque  contemptum  et  superbiam 
circumspiciens  despiciensque  omnia,  venire  iubet  et 
congredi,  si  quis  pugnare  secum  ex  omni  Eomano  exer- 
citu  auderet.  Tum  Valerius  tribunus,  ceteris  inter 
metum  pudoremque  ambiguis,  cum  impetravisset  a  con- 
sulibus ut  in  Galium  tam  inaniter  arrogantem  pugnare 
sese  permitterent,  progreditur  intrepide  modesteque 
obviam ;    et   congrediuntur   et   consistunt   et  consere- 


SEC.  50  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  195 

bantur  iam  manus.  Atque  ibi  vis  quaedam  divina  fit : 
cor V  us  repente  improvisus  advolat,  et  super  galeam 
tribuni  insistit,  atque  inde  in  adversarii  os  atque  oculos 
pugnare  incipit;  insiliebat,  obturbabat,  et  unguibus 
manum  laniabat;  atque,  ubi  satis  saevierat,  revolabat 
in  galeam  tribuni.  Sic  tribunus,  spectante  utroque 
exercitu,  et  sua  virtute  nixus  et  opera  alitis  propugnatus, 
ducem  hostium  ferocissimum  vicit  interfecitque,  atque 
ob  banc  causam  cognomen  habuit  Corvinus. 


XXXV. 

Sertorius  and  the  Hind. 

Sertorius  vir  acer  egregiusque  dux  et  utendi  re- 
gendique  exercitus  peritus  fuit.  Is  in  temporibus 
difficillimis  et  mentiebatur  ad  milites  si  mendacium 
prodesset,  et  literas  compositas  pro  veris  legebat,  et 
somnium  simulabat  et  falsas  religiones  conferebat,  si 
quid  istae  res  eum  apud  militum  animos  adiuvabant. 
Illud  adeo  Sertorii  nobile  est :  Cerva  alba,  pulcherrima 
simul  et  celerrima,  a  Lusitano  ei  quodam  dono  data  est. 
Hanc  sibi  oblatam  divinitus  et  instinctam  Dianae 
numine  esse  et  colloqui  secum  et  docere  quae  utilia 
factu  essent  persuadere  omnibus  institit.  Si  quid 
durius  videbatur  quod  imperandum  militibus  foret  a 
cerva  sese  monitum  praedicabat.  Id  cum  dixerat  uni- 
versi  tamquam  si  deo  libentes  parebant. 

Ea  cerva  quodam  die,  cum  incursio  esset  hostium 
nuntiata,  festinatione  ac  tumultu  consternata  in  fuiram 


196  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  51 

se  prompit,  atque  in  palude  proxima  delituit,  et  postea 
requisita  periisse  credita  est.  Neque  multis  diebus 
post  inventam  esse  cervam  Sertorio  nuntiatur.  Turn 
qui  nuntiaverat  iussit  tacere,  praecepitque  ut  earn 
postero  die  repente  in  eum  locum  in  quo  ipse  cum 
amicis  esset  immitteret.  Admissis  deinde  amicis  pos- 
tridie  visum  sibi  esse  ait  in  quiete  cervam  quae  periisset 
ad  se  reverti,  et,  ut  prius  consueverat,  quod  opus  est 
facto  praedicere  :  tum  servo  quod  imperaverat  significat. 
Cerva  missa  in  cubiculum  Sertorii  introrupit ;  clamor 
factus  et  orta  admiratio  est. 


SECTION  51. 
The  Dative. 

Verbs  governing  the  Dative — I.  Active  Voice. 

A  large  number  of  verbs  are  used  with  the  dative  : 
many  of  these  (such  as  parco,  "  I  spare  ";  credo,  "  I  believe  ") 
are  already  familiar  to  the  student. 

Observe  that,  of  the  verbs  that  take  a  dative,  some  are 
transitive,  some  intransitive ;  that  is,  some  take  an  accusa- 
tive also,  others  do  not :  for  instance  : — 

1.  Transitive — 

/  sell  you  a  book,  Librum  tibi  vendo. 

/  appoint  Caius  to  Uie  command  of  the  cavalry,  Prae- 

ficio  Gaium  equitatui  (/  set  him  at-the-head-of 

[prae]  the  cavalry). 


SEC.  51  THE  DATIVP:  197 

2.   Intransitive — 

/  am  angry,  or,  /  get  angry,  mth  you,  Irascor  tibi. 

/  hurt  you,  Noceo  tibi. 

/  am  in  command  of  the  legion,  Praesum  legioni. 

I  persmide  you,  Persuadeo  tibi. 

I  assist  you,  Subvenio  tibi. 


(166.) 

1.  Non  est  aniici  amico  irasci. 

2.  Quis  tibi  persuasit  me  castris  praefuturum  ? 

3.  Treviri  proximi  Eheno  flumini  sunt. 

4.  Si  venerit,  nihil  tibi  nocebit.   Ne  timueris  honiinem. 

5.  Haec  cum  confecisset,  urbi  Ariovistum  praefecit. 

6.  Fidelissimi  ante  omnia  homini  sunt  canis  atque 

equus. 

7.  Gains,  homo  infimi  generis,  multitudini  gratior  fuit 

quam  reginae. 

8.  Antonius  leges  civitati  imposuit. 

9.  Si    me    navibus    praefeceris    Britannos    facillime 

vincam. 

10.  Praeerat  exercitui  Titus,  dux  summae  virtutis. 

11.  Hoc  tibi  promitto,  me  divitibus  non  fauturum. 

12.  Si  negotio  se  dedet  ceteris  facile  praestabit. 

1 3.  Mihi  quaerenti  num  pacem  bello  anteponeret  nihil 

respondit. 

14.  Patri    nunquam    est    facta    potestas    adeundi    ad 

miserum  filium. 

15.  Quantum  tu   praemii    mihi    dabis   si   te   docuero 

scientiam  rei  militaris  ? 


198  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  51 

16.  Odio  Tixoris  motus  in  Asiam  abiit;  non  est  meum 
monere  hoininem  nt  redeat. 

(167.) 

1.  If   you  give  him   a  considerable  sum  of  money 

he  will  appoint  you  to  the  command  of  the 
cavalry. 

2.  I  cannot  assist  you  :  I  do  not  believe  the  messenger. 

3.  Who  does  not  know  that  Caesar  was  in  command 

of  the  Eoman  army  ? 

4.  He  won't  hurt  you,  unless  he  gets  angry  with  you. 

5.  Are  you  willing  to  sell  me  your  slave  for  as  much 

as  you  bought  at  ? 

6.  If  you  give  me  three  hostages,  I  will  promise  to 

do  no  harni  to  your  soldiers  as  they  go  through 
our  territory. 

7.  Is  it  for  a  philosopher  to  prefer  riches  to  wisdom  ? 

8.  I  promise  you  that  I  will  hurt  neither  man  nor 

woman. 

9.  We  shall  never  be  able  to  persuade  Caesar :  we 

will  go  to    Eome  to   seek   aid  from  the  rich 
Crassus. 

10.  Do  not  be  angry  with  me.      I  will  tell  you  why  I 

spared  Ariovistus,  the  king  of  the  Germans. 

11.  Did  you  come  to  congratulate  me?      I  give  you 

thanks. 

12.  It  is  said  that  Caius  will  command  the  cavalry. 

13.  Having  taken  the  city  he  imposed  a  tax  on  the 

Gauls,  which  they  paid  for  ten  years. 


SKC.  52  VERBS  THAT  TAKE  A  DATIVE  199 

SECTION  52. 
Verbs  that  take  a  Dative — (Continued). 

II.  Passive  Voice. 

1,  Transitive  verbs — 

A  book  was  given  to  me,  Liber  mihi  datus  est. 

2.  Intransitive  verbs — 

You  will  be  persuaded,  Tibi  persuadebitur. 

It  may  be  well  to  remind  the  student  that  intransitive 
verbs  can  only  be  used  impersonally  in  the  passive  voice. 
Be  careful  not  to  write  persuadeberis  for  "  you  will  be  per- 
suaded." 

(168.) 

1.  Si  satis  frunienti  nobis  datum  erit,  obsides   vobis 

reddemus. 

2.  Cur  tibi  non  creditur  ?     Nihil  veri  dicere  putaris. 

3.  Omnes    clamaveruiit  filiam    sacerdoti    reddendam 

esse.      Imperator  autem  reddere  nolebat. 

4.  Cuius  est  audaciae  dec  iubenti  non  parere ! 

5.  In  ilia  parte  urbis  neque  dis  paretur  neque  hom- 

inibus  parcitur. 

6.  Persuasum  est   mihi  te  sapientiam  divitiis   ante- 

ponere. 

7.  Postero   die  ventum  est  ad  urbem  totius  Galliae 

pulcherrimam. 

8.  Prima  luce  proficiscendum  ut   exercitui  subveni- 

atur. 


200  LATIN  C0URSI3  SEC.  52 

9.  Num  Caesari  favetur  ?     Num  quis  ei  credit? 

10.  Si  huic  homini  credetur,  mihi  moriendum  erit. 

11.  Praefectus  est  urbi  Gaius,  iuvenis  summae  virtu.tis 

nuUius  sapientiae. 

12.  Quis  negat  victis  a  nobis  esse  parcendum  ? 

13.  Nonne  subveniendum  est  sociis,  qui  nobis  auxilio 

saepe  venerunt  ? 

14.  Hoc   si  feceris,  gratiae  tibi  a  me  et  ab  omnibus 

agentur. 

15.  Huic  homini  non  solum  est  parcendum  a  iudice, 

sed  etiam  subveniendum  a  rege. 

16.  Me   vivo   nihil   tibi   nocebitur.       Die   mihi  quid 

timeas. 

(169.) 

1.  This  book  was  given  to  me  by  the  learned  Titus. 

2.  Were  you  believed  by  the  citizens  ?     Did   they 

make  you  consul  ? 

3.  Who  has  persuaded  you  that  the  soldier  ought  to 

be  given  up  to  the  enemy  ? 

4.  If  you  go  to  him,  he  will  easily  be  persuaded. 

5.  Such  a  man  will  be  spared  by  no  one. 

6.  It  seems  to  me  that  that  judge  favours  the  poor. 

7.  Unless  he  obeys  me,  the  king  shall  not  be  assisted. 

8.  I  do  not  think  that  this  woman  ought  to  be  spared. 

9.  Which  of  the  boys  is  to  be   believed  ?     Balbus 

tells  us  that  he  "was  at  home :  Caius  says  that 
he  saw  Balbus  in  the  fields. 
10.  I  am  persuaded^  that  the  war  will  be  finished  in 
the  summer. 

^  This  means,  "  I  have  been  persuaded"  (perfect). 


SEC.  53  THE  DATIVE  OF  INTEREST  201 

11.  That  man  is  obeyed  by  the  soldiers  and   favoured 

by  the  citizens. 

12.  Our  laws  must  be  imposed  on  the  conquered :  the 

judges  must  be  obeyed. 

13.  If  he  was  not  believed,  why  was  so  great  a  sum 

of  money  given  to  him  ? 

1 4.  The  women  are  to  be  spared ;  the  men  are  to  be 

put  to  death. 


SECTION  53. 
The  Dative  of  Interest. 

1.  Est  mihi  equus,  /  Jmve  a  horse. 

2.  Domus  aedificatur  domino  non   servis,    A  house  is 

built  for  the  master,  not  the  slaves. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  words  in  the  dative  denote  the 
persons  for  whom  something  is  done,  or  something  exists. 
Compare  the  use  of  the  dative  after  such  verbs  as  subvenio ; 
subvenio  tibi  means,  "I  come  up /or  your  sake,  to  help  you." 


"Cum"  ("when")  with  Past  Tenses. 

3.  Cum  ad  urbem  rediret,  litteras  accepit,  When  he  was 

returning  to  the  city  he  received  the  letter. 

4.  Cum  flumen  transiisset,  nihil  moratus  est,  When  he 

had  crossed  the  river,  he  did  not  delay. 


202  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  53 

After  the  conjunction  cum  put  the  subjunctive  when 
you  use  the  imperfect  or  pluperfect  tense.  ^ 

The  English  will  not  always  make  it  clear  whether  the 
imperfect  or  the  pluperfect  is  the  right  tense  to  use.  For 
instance — 

When  he  returned  home  he  was  inf(yrmed  of  this,  write,  Cum 
domum  rediisset  de  hac  re  certior  factus  est. 

The  sense  is,  "  He  learned  this  after  his  arrival,  when  he 
had  returned."     Contrast  the  following  sentence  : — 

When  he  was  at  Rome  he  wrote  this  letter,  Cum  Romae 
esset  hanc  epistolam  scripsit. 

The  sense  is,  "  While  he  was  at  Rome,"  not  "  When  he 
had  been." 

(170.) 

1.  Num  quid  pecuniae  tibi  est  ?    Argenti  nihil  habeo, 

multum  auri. 

2.  Cum   Romam    rediisset,    dictator    nominatus    est 

belli  gerendi  causa. 

3.  Sapientibus  non    stultis    scrip tus   est  liber;    nee 

quisquam  intellegere  potest,  nisi  summa  cura 
legit. 

4.  Num  quid  voluptatis  attulit  tibi  mors  regis  ? 

5.  Patri  tuo  nihil  persuadebitur,  nisi  ipse  veneris. 

6.  Cum  Athenis  essem  philosophos  audiebam. 

7.  Cum  militibus   quintae  legionis  subvenire  vellet, 

postero  die  in  provinciam  profectus  est. 

1  The  more  advanced  student  should  notice  that  cum  is  followed  by 
the  indicative  when  it  means  "  whenever,"  "as  often  as." 

Cum  ille  cantabat  irascebar,   Whenever  he  sang  I  got  angry. 
But,  Cum  cantaret  aberam,  I  was  not  present  during  his  song. 


SEC.  53  THE  DATIVE  OF  INTEREST  203 

8.  Ea  quae  secuta  est  aestate,  cum  Ehenum  flumen 

transiisset,  in  fines  Germanorum  iter  fecit. 

9.  Turn  Caesar,  convocatis  militibus,  hunc  in  modum 

locutus  est. 

10.  Vobis,  milites,  non  mihi  vincetis  ;  vobis  erit  gloria 

subiectae  Galliae. 

11.  Vestrum    erit  si   quid  praemii  Populus   Romanus 

dabit. 

12.  Vobis  erit,  non  mihi,  quidquid  divitiarum  est  in 

urbibus  hostium. 

13.  Quid  tibi  est  consilii  ?     Quid  nobis  sit  faciendum, 

nescio. 

(171.) 

Note. — What    is    the   difference  between  rus  and  patria  1 
Look  up  "  country  "  in  dictionary. 

1.  I  conquer  the  enemy  not  for  myself  but  for  my 

country. 

2.  When  he  had  conquered  these  warlike  nations  he 

stayed  ten  days  in  the  city. 

3.  They  called  him  father  of  his  country,  and  made 

him  very  rich. 

4.  On  the  eleventh  day  he  went  away  from  the  city 

into  the  country  to  live  with  his  mother. 

5.  The   Germans   did   not   resist   our    men :    having 

thrown  away  their  arms  they  fled  to  the  tops 
of  the  mountains. 

6.  If  you  give  me  much  money  and  enough  corn  I 

will  not  hurt  you. 


204  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  54 

7.  Having  put  my  army  over  the  Ehine,  I  will  return 

to  the  great  city  of  Paris. 

8.  If  you  are  conquered,  the  enemy  will  march  to 

Eome. 

9.  Do  you   think   that    our    allies  will    help    you? 

Will  the  enemy  spare  you  ? 

10.  It  is  of  the  greatest  importance  to  you  to  remember 

the  valour  of  your  ancestors. 

11.  We  pass  life  in  the  camp:  we  have  not  a  house. 

(Do  not  use  habeo.) 

12.  When  I  received  your  letter  I  started  at  once. 

13.  When  your  father  was  living,  you  had  less  money 

but  more  pleasure. 


SECTION  54. 

The  Dative  of  Purpose  or  Effect. 

Librum  mihi  dono  dedit,  He  gave  me  a  book  for  a  present. 
Locum  castris  delegit,  He  chose  a  place  for  his  camp. 
Reliquit  me  praesidio  urbi,  He  left  Tue  as  a  protection  to  the 

city,  or,  to  guard  the  city. 
Hoc  mihi  ciirae  est,  This  is  a  care  to  me,  or.  This  is  an 

anxiety  to  me,  I  am  anxious  about  this. 
Quanto  odio  nobis  est  bellum  !      WTiat  an  object  of  Jiatred, 

how  hateful,  war  is  to  us  ! 
Quanto  amori  nobis  est  iustitia,  How  dear  to  us  is  justice  ! 


SEC.  54  THE  DATIVE  OF  PURPOSE  OR  EFFECT  205 

(172.) 

1.  Promisit  se  Belgis  auxilio  venturum. 

2.  Nonne    pulcherrimum    equum    dono    tibi    dedi  ? 

Num  mihi  gratias  egisti  ? 

3.  Spero  adventum  Caesaris  nobis  praesidio  futurum. 

4.  Dixit   sibi   magnae   curae  fore   ut    filia   sacerdoti 

redderetur. 

5.  Nulli   mihi  sunt  milites :    amicitia  mea  periculo 

multis,  paucis  praesidio  erit. 

6.  Veri  simile  non  est  odio  fuisse  parenti  filium. 

7.  Domus  Crassi,  divitissimi  hominis,  ornamento  erat 

urbi. 

8.  Cum  imperatori  nuntiatum  esset  hostes  in  Haedu- 

orum    finibus    esse,    omnes    putaverunt    eum 
pugnae  diem  constituturum. 

9.  Spero  homines   intellecturos,  quanto   sit   omnibus 

odio  crudelitas,  et  quanto  amori  dementia. 

10.  Inimici  mei   simulant  se  nescire  quantae  sit  mihi 

curae  salus  reipublicae. 

11.  Puto  illam  victoriam  magno  honori  fuisse  Mario. 

12.  Promitto  me  templum  aediticaturum,  quod  et  urbi 

ornamento  erit,  et  mihi  honori. 

13.  Auxilio  mihi  venit  liumen  transire  conanti. 

(173.) 

1.  Having  called  together  the  tribunes  of  the  soldiers 

he  appointed  a  day  for  the  battle. 

2.  I    am  persuaded  that   he  has   chosen   a  suitable 

place  for  the  camp. 


206  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  54 

3.  You  will  not  be  believed  if  you  deny  that  I  came 

to  your  assistance. 

4.  I   shall  leave  Balbus  to  guard  the  ships ;  three 

hundred  of  us  will  start  at  daybreak  for  the 
territory  of  the  Belgae. 

5.  Do  you  ask  who  gave  me  this  book  for  a  present  ? 

6.  It    is    reported    that    the    general  has   sent   two 

legions  to  our  assistance  in  ^  besieging  the  city 
of  Capua. 

7.  If  you  have   chosen  a  place  for  a  house  why  do 

you  delay  ?       A  beautiful  house  will  be  an 
ornament  to  this  city. 

8.  It   is  said  that  you  are  Caesar's  friend :  do  not 

think  that  Caesar's  name  will  be  a  protection 
to  you. 

9.  Caesar  is  dear  to  the  soldiers,  but  hateful  to  the 

citizens. 

10.  He  told  me  that  he  was  anxious  that  ^  his  son 

should  learn  the  art  of  writing. 

11.  The  friendship  of  the  philosopher  was  an  honour 

to  the  king. 

12.  When   Caesar  crossed    the  river,   Cicero  thought 

that  Pompeius  would  be  a  protection  to  the 
state. 

^  Use  a  participle  :   compare  the  last  sentence  of  the  preceding 
exercise. 

2  m. 


SEC.  55  "LICET"  207 

SECTION  55. 
"Licet." 

Militi  non  licet  esse  timido,  A  soldier  may  not  he  timid. 

It  will  be  remembered  that  the  impersonal  licet  governs 
a  dative  (licet  militi,  "it  is  permitted  to  the  soldier"): 
notice  that  it  is  followed  by  the  dative  and  the  infinitive, 
esse  timido  (not  esse  fimidum). 


(174.) 

1.  Non  licuit  Caesari  appellari  regi. 

2.  Licet  tibi  esse   stulto ;  pigram   vitam    agere  non 

licet. 

3.  Mihi  persuadere  non  potes  :  talia  nuntianti  nun- 

quam  creditur. 

4.  luveni  non  licuit  esse  mercatori. 

5.  Cum   regem,   virum   sapientissinium,  vidisset,   rus 

abiit. 

6.  Licetne  mihi  dicere  quid  sim  facturus  ? 

7.  Tanta  erat  regis   iniuria  mei  ut  reginae  morienti 

subvenire  noUem. 

8.  Tres   dies   Capuae  manere  mihi  licet ;  quarto  die 

ad  exercitum  redeundum. 

9.  Mihi  roganti  cur  yenisset,  respondit  se  Lutetia  ab 

urbe  Gallorum  venisse  te  visum. 

10.  Imperatoris  interest  scire  quis  praesit  hostibus. 

11.  Non  licet  mihi  te  castris  praesidio  relinquere. 


208  LATIN  COURSE  SEO.  55 

12.  Si  istiim  hominem  sententiam  rogabis,  nihil  tibi 

respondebitur. 

13.  Num  iudici  facile  persuadetur  ?     Num  putas  fore 

ut  tibi  parcatur  ? 

14.  Spero  adventum  meum  filio  voluptati  futurum. 

15.  Cum  licebit,  miles  fiam. 

(175.) 

1.  May  we  not  go  into  the  garden  to  pick  soyne  flowers  ? 

2.  He  was  allowed  to  go  away  when  he  had  finished 

the  business. 

3.  May   I   not   be   miserable  ?       Have    not  all   my 

friends  deceived  me  ? 

4.  When  I  had  a  considerable  sum  of  money  I  had  ^ 

enough  friends. 

5.  I  wish  to  come  to  your  assistance :  may  I  be  a 

friend  to  you  ? 

6.  May  I  ask  you  what  you  said  ? 

7.  In  this  city  a  woman  is  not  allowed  to  be  rich. 

8.  If  you  resist  me  you  will  have  ^  to  carry  on  war 

with  the   soldiers  who  have  imposed  laws  on 
all  these  nations. 

9.  You  may  fight  if  you  wish. 

10.  If  you  have  been  accused  of  theft  you  will  not  be 

allowed  to  be  consul. 

11.  It  is   not   the    way   of  a   Eoman   to   yield  to   a 

conqueror. 

12.  It  is  very  important  to  us  to  remember  those  who 

taught  us  this  art. 

^  Don't  use  haheo. 

2  Gerundive  :  "It  will  be  necessary  to  carry  on. " 


SEC.  56  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  209 

13.  If  we  make  such  men  rich,  we  shall  be   thought 

good. 

14.  If  we  praise  the  king,  we  shall  be  favoured. 

15.  Hostages  being  given,  we  were  allowed  to  choose 

a  place  for  the  camp. 


SECTION  56. 
Recapitulatory  Exercises. 

(176.) 

1.  Ad  urbem  itur  cibi  emendi  causa. 

2.  Rogo  te  quis  nobis  auxilio  sit  venturus. 

3.  Filii  mihi  fuerunt  duo :  quorum  alter  mortuus  est, 

alter  naves  reficiendas  Capuae  curat. 

4.  Unus  e  militibus,   iniussu  imperatoris,   in   media 

hostiuin  castra  impetum  fecit. 

5.  Inimicitiae    Caesaris    Pompeium    incitaverunt    ut 

magnas  copias  pararet. 

6.  Ea  quae    secuta  est  aestate   urbem   octo    menses 

obsessam  cepit. 

7.  Spes  est  mihi  videndi  patris,  quern  Corinthi  periisse 

renuntiavit  Gains. 

8.  Haec  cum  cognovisset  in  provinciam  quam  maximis 

potuit  itineribus  contendit. 

9.  Non  solum  nobis  divites  esse  volumus,  sed  liberis, 

propinquis,  amicis  et  maxime  reipublicae. 
10.   Si  domus  pulchra  est,  intellegimus  eam  dominis 
aedificatam  esse,  non  servis. 


210  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  56 

11.  Mhil  facile  persuadetur  invitis. 

12.  Aliorum  laudi  atque  gloriae  maxime  invideri  solet. 

13.  Num  licet  oratori  decipere  iudices  ? 

(177.) 

1.  Cum   ex  hibernis  progredi  posset,   sociis    auxilio 

venit. 

2.  Duas  legiones  castris  praesidio  reliquit ;  ipse  cum 

quingentis  militibus  flumen  Tiberim  traiectus 
est. 

3.  Mihi  haec  nuntianti  non  est  creditum.     Quis  per- 

suadebit  his  hominibus  ? 

4.  E  me  quaesiverunt  quis  mihi  hunc  canem  dono 

dedisset. 

5.  Quaerentibus  respondi  me  canem  tanti  emisse  ut 

nihil  pecuniae  haberem  ad  cibum  emendum. 

6.  Milites  nesciunt  diem  pugnae  constitutum  esse. 

7.  Spero  fore  ut  tibi  credatur. 

8.  Prima  luce  decem  milites  profecti  sunt  ad  locum 

castris  deligendum. 

9.  Eex   sum :    nemini   a   me  parendum :    non   mihi 

factae  leges. 

10.  Ne   oblitus   sis  te  maximae    urbi    praesidio   esse 

relictum. 

11.  Magnae  mihi  curae   est  ut   bellum  benegeratur: 

meam  salutem  minimi  facio. 

12.  Imperatum  est  mihi,  ut,  traiecto  flumen  exercitu, 

Germanos  dormientes  adorirer. 

13.  Putasne     milites     Germanos     anteponendos    esse 

nostris  ? 


sec.  56  recapitulatory  exercises  211 

Note  on  "  Cum  "  ("  when  "). 

1.  Remember  that  cum  is  followed  by  the  imperfect  and 
pluperfect  subjunctive. 

Cum  haec  dixisset  profecti  sumus,  JFlien  he  had  said  this 
we  set  out. 

2.  But  cum  is  followed  by  the  present  indicative. 

Cum  ille  loquitur,  tacemus,  Ulmi  he  speaks  we  keep 
silence. 

3.  Remember  to  put  the  future  or  future  perfect  indica- 
tive after  cum,  if  the  time  referred  to  is  future. 

When  I  have  written  the  letter  I  ivill  come  to  you.  Cum 
epistulam  scripsero  ad  te  veniam. 

(178.) 

1.  When  the  temple  is  finished,  it  will  be  an  orna- 

ment to  the  city. 

2.  When  I  am  in  the  country  I   often  go  into  the 

woods  to  see  the  birds. 

3.  When  he  had  persuaded  his  mother  he  chose  a 

place  for  his  temple. 

4.  When  you  excel  the  Greek  philosophers,  you  will 

be  allowed  to  teach  us  wisdom. 

5.  When  I  was  in  command  of  the  camp,  the  army 

was  a  protection  to  the  city. 

6.  The  soldiers  will  be  a  danger  to  the  citizens   if 

they  are  allowed  to  do  such  things. 
V.  When  I  was  a  little  boy  I  was  not  allowed  to  be 
timid. 


212  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  56 

8.  When  they  had  thrown  me  into  the  river,  they 

thought  that  I  should  learn  the  art  of  swimming. 

9.  When  it  rains,  the  girls  are  not  allowed  to  go  into 

the  garden. 

10.  When  it  rains,  I  shall  give  myself  up  to  books. 

11.  When  I  hear  what  you  say  I  am  not  angry  with 

you. 

12.  When  I  was  making  my  speech  he  would  ^  not 

keep  silence. 

13.  Unless  you  keep  silence  you  will  not  be  allowed 

to  stay  here. 

(179.) 

1.  When  he  is  hungry  he  orders  the  slaves  to  put 

food  on  the  table. 

2.  When  the  general  had  made  a  bridge  he  put  his 

army  across  the  river. 

3.  When  he  is  asleep,  you  may  not  enter  the  house. 

4.  When  the  merchant  was  returning  from  the  town 

a  man  attacked  the  horses. 

5.  "I  will  kill  you,"  said  he,^  " unless  you  give  me 

a  considerable  sum  of  money." 

6.  Being  accused  of  theft,  he  said  that  he  had  eaten 

no  food  for  many  days. 

7.  The  judge  said  that  such   men  ought  not  to  be 

believed. 

8.  If  they  are  spared,  good  men  will  be  harmed. 

9.  Are  not  the  rich  favoured  ?    Are  the  poor  assisted  ? 
10.  When  you  hear  a  wise  man  speaking,  keep  silence. 

1  "  Was  not  willing. " 

2  Use  inquit  for  ' '  said  he, " 


SEC.  56  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  213 

1 1.  When  he  has  finished,  you  will  be  allowed  to  make 

a  speech. 

12.  AVhen  he  had  given  me  his  horse  for  a  present  he 

returned  to  his  native  country. 

13.  When  I  say  that  you  prefer  riches  to  virtue,  you 

get  angry  with  me. 

(180.) 

1.  If  the  slave  is  acquitted,  he  will  be  a  danger  to 

his  master. 

2.  The  general  will  not  be  persuaded  unless  he  sees 

the  prisoner. 

3.  The  brave  Balbus  was  left  as  a  protection  to  the 

women. 

4.  If  all  of  us  return,  the  citizens  will  rejoice. 

5.  The  temple  was  built  for  the  gods,  who  had  come 

to  the  assistance  of  the  city. 

6.  We  will  teach  him  how  dear  justice  is  to  Britons. 

7.  You  will  not  be  believed  if  you  say  that  you  forgot 

your  daughter. 

8.  News  was  brought  that  Caesar  had  appointed  you 

to  the  command  of  the  tenth  legion. 

9.  It  is  related  that  the  poet  was  blind. 

10.  I  will  not  harm  the  man  who  helped  me. 

11.  Forgetting  the  murder  of  his  father^  he  favoured 

the  wicked  Balbus. 

12.  I  believe^  that  he  has  sold  the  dog  for  more. 

^  "Having  forgotten  his  murdered  (pf.  ptcple. )  father." 

-  Credo  is  followed  by  the  accusative  and  infinitive:   "I  believe 

that  he  is  fighting,"  Credo  eum pugnare.     But,  **  I  believe  the  man," 

Credo  homini  (dative). 


214  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  56 

13.   On  hearing  this  they  all  cried  out  that  they  did 
not  believe  the  messenger. 

(181.) 

1.  So  great  was  the  people's  hatred  of  the  orator,  that 

they  raised  a  great  shout. 

2.  "  He  is  a  danger  to  the  city :  he  did  not  spare  us : 

he  shall  not  be  spared." 

3.  You  cannot  persuade  me  that  ^  you  love  wisdom. 

4.  The  judge  asked  the  prisoner  who  had  persuaded 

him  to  ^  burn  the  ships. 

5.  I  have   been   appointed  to  the  command  of  the 

army :  I  must  be  obeyed. 

6.  Do  not  believe  him  :  yesterday  he  said  that  he  had 

founded  the  city  of  Carthage. 

7.  If  I  favour  you,  I   shall  do  harm  to  the  other 

citizens. 

8.  You  will  easily  be  persuaded,  when  you  see  the 

man. 

9.  When  we  have  not  enough  corn,  we  march  into 

the  territory  of  the  Belgae. 

10.  I  have  received  the  books  which  you  sent  me  as  a 

present. 

11.  I  hope  to  read  them  when  I  have  recovered  from 

my  illness. 

12.  I  believe  that  the  great  showers  have  done  harm 

to  the  crops. 

^  {a)  "He  persuaded  me  thai  the  slave  was  faithful,"  Persuasit 
mihi  servum  esse  fidelem  (ace.  and  inf. ) 

(J)  "He  persuaded  me  to  sell  the  slave, "  Persuasit  mihi  ut  servum 
venderem  {ut  expressing  a  purpose). 


SEC.  56  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  215 

13.   He  got  angry  with  me  when   he  saw  that  my  dog 
had  killed  a  bird. 


(182.) 

1.  If  you  sell  for  as  much  as  you  bought  at  you  will 

not  become  rich. 

2.  If  you  have  been  condemned  to  death,  you   must 

fly  from  the  city. 

3.  I  asked   him   whether   he   preferred   my  wine  to 

yours. 

4.  Is  it  friendly  to  ask  such  questions  ? 

5.  When  he  had  read  the   letter,  he    said   that   he 

believed  me. 

6.  My  slave  thinks  that  this  book  is  an  ornament  to 

the  table. 

7.  The  frequent  showers  are  said  to  have  harmed  the 

small  beech-tree,  which  I  planted. 

8.  The  general  will  not   be   allowed   to   set  out  be- 

fore the  winter. 

9.  When  you  have  made  tlie  bridge  I  will  come  to 

see  you. 

1 0.  The  big  marsh  is  said  to  be  a  danger  to  the  horses. 

11.  When  you  return  with  your  army  you  will  be  a 

protection  to  all  good  men. 

12.  Eight  of  us  set  out;  three  of  us  will  return. 

13.  Do  not  damage  the  flowers  which  I  have  gathered. 

1 4.  He  did  not  know  how  hateful  Catiline  was  to  all 

of  us. 

15.  When  I  had  read  the  verses  I  congratulated  the 

poet. 


216  LATIN  COURSE  sEC.  66 

(183.) 

1.  I  will  appoint  to  the  command  of  the  ships  those 

men  who  (shall)  follow  me. 

2.  I    congratulated   Balbus,  when   I    saw   the    wall 

which  he  had  built. 

3.  If  you  excel  Caius  in  valour,  why  are  you  unwill- 

ing to  fight  ? 

4.  We  did  not  think  he  was  a  soldier  :  he  seemed  to 

he  a  traveller. 

5.  A  considerable  sum  of  money  will  be  given  you,  if 

you  lead  the  army  out  of  the  wood. 

6.  I  hope  you   will   all  understand    how  dear    my 

country  is  to  me. 

7.  I  have^  no  money:  unless  you  help  me  I  must^ 

die. 

8.  Twenty  of  us  set  out  from  the  city  at  daybreak 

to  see  the  ships  of  the  Gauls. 

9.  When  we  came  to  the  shore  the  clouds  were  so 

thick  that  we  could  see  nothing. 

10.  One  of  my  companions  was  angry  with  me  :  we 

persuaded  him   that  the   ships   were  not  far 
away. 

11.  If  it  does  not  rain  we  shall  be  able  to  see  some- 

thing in  the  evening. 

12.  I   had  forgotten  the  man   whom  you  accused  of 

treason. 

13.  Is  it  of  importance  to  the  boys  which  of  us  (two) 

comes  ? 

^  Don't  use  haheo. 

2  Future :    compare   eras  prqficiscendum    erit,    "  I   must  set  out 
to-morrow." 


SEC.  66  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  .217 

(184.) 

1.  Are  the  poets  believed  who  say  that  the  gods  often 

came  to  the  assistance  of  the  Greek  leaders  ? 

2.  Beiug  asked  my  opinion  I  give  you  this  one  piece 

of  advice :  do  not  spare  the  conquered. 

3.  If  you  are  conquered,  you  will  not  be  spared.     Do 

not  forget  the  victory  of  the  Carthaginians. 

4.  It  seems  that  the  boy  is  devoted  to  his  business. 

5.  If  you   obey  this  man,  the  enemy  of  the  Roman 

people,  you  will  be  considered  foolish. 
G.  Foolish  people  are  easily  persuaded :  this  old  man 
is  so  wise  that  he  does  not  believe  you. 

7.  When  I  had  taught  him  the  art  of  singing  he  gave 

me  many  thanks. 

8.  When  the  soldier  brought  this  news  the  general 

appointed  a  day  for  the  battle. 

9.  When  lie  perceived  that  the  enemy  were  unwilling 

to  fight  he  determined  to  attack  the  camp, 

10.  When   I   saw  the  girl  I  asked  where  her  mother 

was.      She  pretended  not  to  know. 

11.  Is  a  king  allowed  to  do  whatever  he  desires  ? 

12.  When  he  had  come  to  Italy  he  chose  a  place  for  a 

city.     He  hoped  that  this  city,  which  he  called 
Rome,  would  impose  its  laws  on  the  nations. 

(185.) 

1.  When  he  was  informed  of  this  he  appointed  a  day 

for  the  conference. 

2.  Through  love  for  his  friend  Dumnorix  he  promised 

to  favour  the  HaeduL 


218   .  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  56 

3.  If  you  are  conquered  you  will  perish  :  no  one  will 

spare  you. 

4.  Is   it  not  better   to  yield  to  the  conquerors  and 

obey  me  than  to  seek  a  miserable  death  ? 

5.  They  congratulated  me,  hut  they  did  not  believe 

me. 

6.  Has  your  father  given  you  permission  to  read  that 

letter  ? 

7.  When  he  had  come  to  the  foot  of  the  mountain  he 

chose  a  place  for  the  camp. 

8.  Having   appointed  Labienus  to  the  command  of 

the  city,  he  marched  into  the  territory  of  the 
Belgae. 

9.  I  have  been  given  a  book,  which  I  do  not  want  to 

read. 

10.  The  judge  will  not  easily  be  persuaded  that  you 

are  an  ornament  to  the  state. 

11.  It  is  not  for  us  to  teach  the  king  how  hateful  to 

all  men  is  cruelty,  how  dear  is  justice. 

12.  If  any  one  accuses  you  of  treason,  your  riches  will 

be  a  protection  to  you. 


XXXVI. 

Avion  and  the  Dolphin. 
A. 


Vetus  et  nobilis  Arion  cantator  fidibus  fuit,  quem 
rex   Corinthi    Periander    amicum    amatumque    habuit 


RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  219 

artis  gratia.  Is  inde  a  rege  profectus  est,  ut  terras 
inclitas  Siciliam  atque  Italiam  viseret.  Ubi  eo  venit, 
aures  omnium  mentesque  in  utriusque  terrae  urbibus 
delectavit.  Postea  grandi  pecunia  et  re  bona  multa 
copiosus  Corinthum  instituit  redire.  Navem  igitur  et 
nautas,  ut  notiores  amicioresque  sibi,  Corinthios  delegit. 
Sed  Corinthii,  navi  in  altum  provecta,  praedae 
pecuniaeque  cupidi,  de  necando  Arione  consilium 
ceperunt.  Ille  autem,  pernicie  intellecta,  pecuniam 
ceteraque  sua,  ut  haberent,  dedit,  vitam  modo  sibi  ut 
parcerent  oravit.  Nautae  hoc  solum  concedere  volu- 
erunt,  ut  ei  necem  adferre  per  vim  suis  manibus 
temperarent ";  imperabant  tamen  ut  iam  statim  desiliret 
praeceps  in  mare.  Turn  ille,  spe  omni  vitae  perdita, 
id  unum  postea  oravit,  ut,  priusquam  mortem  oppeteret, 
permitterent  vestitum  omnem  iuduere  et  fides  capere 
et  canere  carmen  quod  casum  ilium  suum  consolaretur. 
Quod  oraverat  impetrat ;  nautae  enim  audire  cupiebant. 
Itaque  mox  de  more  amictus  ornatusque  stansque  in 
summa  puppi  carmen  voce  maxima  cantavit. 


B. 

Finito  cantu,  cum  fidibus  ornatuque  omni,  sicut  sta- 
bat  canebatque,  iecit  se  procul  in  profundum.  Nautae, 
haiidquaquam  dubitantes  quin  periisset,  cursum  quem 
facere  coeperant  tenuerunt.  Sed  novum  et  mirum 
facinus  accidit.  Delphinus  repente  inter  undas  adnavit, 
fluitantique  sese  homini  subdidit,  et  dorso  super  fluctus 
edito  tulit,  incolumique  eum  corpore  et  ornatu  Taen- 


220  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  56 

arum  in  terram  Laconicam  devexit.  Turn  Arion 
prorsus  ex  eo  loco  Corinthum  petivit,  talemque 
Periandro  regi,  qualis  delphino  vectus  erat,  inopin- 
anti  sese  obtulit :  rem  sicuti  acciderat  narravit.  Eex 
verba  parum  credidit ;  Arionem,  quasi  falleret,  custodiri 
iussit ;  nautae,  ablegato  Arione,  interrogati  sunt  ecquid 
audivissent  in  his  locis  unde  venissent  de  Arione. 
Dixerunt  hominem,  cum  inde  irent,  in  terra  Italia 
fuisse,  illic  bene  agere  et  omnium  aures  delectare, 
atque  gratia  fortunatum  pecuniaque  opulentum  esse. 
Tum  inter  haec  verba  Arion  cum  fidibus  et  vestitu, 
cum  quibus  in  mare  exsiluerat,  exstitit:  nautae,  stupe- 
facti  convictique,  ire  infitias  non  potuerunt. 


XXXVII. 

Arion. 

Nomen  Arionium  Siculas  impleverat  urbes, 

Captaque  erat  lyricis  Ausonis  ora  sonis. 
Inde  domum  repetens  puppem  conscendit  Arion, 

Atque  ita  quaesitas  arte  ferebat  opes. 
Forsitan,  infelix,  ventos  undasque  timebas  : 

At  tibi  nave  tua  tutius  aequor  erat. 
Nam  que  gubernator  destricto  constitit  ense, 

Ceteraque  armata  conscia  turba  manu. 
Quid  tibi  cum  gladio  ?   dubiam  rege,  navita,  pinum 

Non  haec  sunt  digitis  arma  tenenda  tuis. 
Ille,  metu  vacuus,  "  Mortem  non  deprecor,"  in  quit, 

"  Sed  liceat  sumpta  pauca  referre  lyra." 


SEC.  57  THE  ABLATIVE  ABSOLUTE  AND  "  CUM  "  221 

Dant  veniam,  ridentque  moram.      Capit  ille  coronam, 

Quae  possit  crines,  Phoebe,  decere  tuos  : 
Induerat  Tyrio  bis  tinctam  murice  pallam : 

Eeddidit  icta  suos  pollice  chorda  sonos. 
Protinus  in  medias  ornatus  desilit  undas, 

Spargitur  impulsa  caerula  puppis  aqua ; 
Inde  —  fide  maius  —  tergo  delphina  recurvo 

Se  memorant  oneri  supposuisse  novo. 
Ille  sedens  citharamque  tenet,  pretiumque  vehendi, 

Cantat  et  aequoreas  carmine  mulcet  aquas. 


SECTION  57. 

The  Ablative  Absolute  and  "  Cum  "  ("  When  "). 

Having  done  this  he  returned  home. 
When  he  had  done  this  he  returned  home. 

These  two  English  sentences  have  (as  nearly  as  pos- 
sible) the  same  meaning.  Similarly,  in  Latin,  there  is 
practically  no  difference  between  the  two  following  : — 

Hac  re  confecta  domum  rediit. 

Cum  hanc  rem  confecisset  domum  rediit. 

Again — 

Me  duce,  quid  timebitis  % 

Cum  ego  ducam  (fut.  ind.)  quid  timebitis  ? 

Under  my  guidance,  what  will  you  fear  ? 


222  LATIN  COXJRSE  SEC.  57 


(186.) 

1.  Te  diice  multa  speramus. 

Cum  tu  ducis  nihil  timendum  putamus. 

2.  Labieno  urbi  praefecto  in  Italiam  profectus  est. 
Cum  Labienum  urbi  praefecisset  in  Helvetiorum 

fines  iter  fecit. 

3.  Me  absente  quis  tibi  auxilio  venit  ? 

Cum  ego  abessem,  pauperibus  non  subveniebatur. 

4.  Dictatore  nominato,  omnia   ad   bellum  gerendum 

parabantur. 
Cum  dictator   nominatus    esset,   speravimus    fore 
ut  bellum  conficeretur. 

5.  Eege  capitis  condemnato,  indices  odio  erant  multis. 
Cum  rex  capitis  condemnatus  esset,  nemini  iudi- 
•     cum  in  urbe  manere  licuit. 

6.  Consule  TuUio,  Catilina  periculo  erat  reipublicae. 
Cum    TuUius     consul    esset,    perditis    hominibus 

praefuit  Catilina. 

7.  Hac  re  nuntiata,  nihil  sibi  timendum  putavit. 
Cum  haec  res  nuntiata  esset,  diem  colloquio  dixit. 

8.  Obsidibus    datis,   speravimus  fore  ut  nobis  liceret 

per  Haeduorum  fines  iter  facere. 
Cum  obsides  nobis  dedissent,  putavimus   Haeduos 
nobis  potestatem  facturos  redeundi  domum. 

9.  TuUio  loquente,  tacendum  est. 

Cum    Tullius    loquitur,    olamorem     tollere   nemo 
audet. 
10.   Urbe    capta,    milites   sperant   se   aliquid  praemii 
accepturos. 


SEC.  57  THE  ABLATIVE  ABSOLUTE  AND   "  CUM  "  223 

Cum  urbs  capta  erit,  aliquantum   vini  militibus 

dabitur. 
11.   Servis  venditis,  satis  pecuniae  mihi  erit. 

Cum    domum    veudidero,    pecuniam    solvere  tibi 

potero. 

(187.) 

Cum  ("  when  ")  to  be  used  alternately  with  the  ablative 
absolute. 

1.  When   the  city  was   taken,  the   soldiers   were    al- 

lowed to  return  to  Italy. 
On   the  capture  of  the   city,  we  imposed  a  large 
tax  on  the  citizens. 

2.  When  Tullius  teaches  me  I  learn  much. 
With  Tullius  for  master  I  excel  the  others. 

3.  When  I  was  sleeping  he  appointed  a  day  for  the 

conference. 
When  I  was   sleeping  he  promised  that  I  would 
give  ten  hostages. 

4.  When   I   was  absent    he   pretended  that   I    was 

willing  to  sell  the  flowers  for  less. 
In  my  absence  he  said   that  I   didn't  value   the 
flowers  highly. 

5.  When  I  have  made  my  speech,  all  the  citizens  will 

agree. 
When  I  have  made   my  speech,  I  shall  go  home 
to  write  a  letter. 

6.  When    all   my  property   had  been  put  on  board 

ship  I  was  not  allowed  to  set  out. 
When  all  my  property  had  been  embarked  the 


224  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  57 

king   said  that    I  must  return  to  the  city  of 
Paris. 

7.  Having  appointed  Caius  to  the  command  of  the 

cavalry,  he   resolved  to  attack  the  enemy  at 
once. 
When  he  had  appointed  Caius  to  the  command  of 
the  cavalry,  he  drew  up  the  army  in  front  of 
the  camp. 

8.  Having  drawn  up  his  army,  he  offered  battle  to 

the  enemy. 
When  the  army  was  drawn   up,  the  cavalry  made 
a  charge  into  the  midst  of  the  enemy. 

9.  When  you  have  given  us  hostages,  you  will  be 

allowed  to  be  free. 
When   you    have    given   hostages,   you    will  not 
dare  to  hurt  our  allies  the  Haedui. 


(188.) 

1.  When  I  am  consul,  the  citizens  hope  for  peace. 
When  I  am  consul,  the  soldiers  till  the  fields. 

2.  Having  read  my  letter,  he  gave  you  some  money. 
When  he  had  read  my  letter,  he  said  that  he  was 

angry  with  the  king. 

3.  When  he  learns  these  facts,  he  will  appoint  Caius 

governor  of  the  town. 
When  he  learns  these  facts,  he  will  ask  me  what 
ought  to  be  done. 

4.  When   the    excellent    Caius  was    condemned  for 

theft,   my  father  said   that  the  matter  was  a 
disgrace  to  the  state. 


SEC.  58  WHENCE  ?    WHITHER  ?    WHERE  1  225 

On  the  condemnation  of  the  excellent  Cams  for 
theft,  we  went  away  to  Capua  through  grief 
at  the  loss  of  our  friend. 

5.  When  the    ship   was  launched,   those  who   stood 

around  raised  a  shout. 
When  the  ship  was  launched,  we  all  said  that  we 
had  seen  nothing  more  beautiful. 

6.  When  he  had  killed  the  traveller,  he  fled  to  the 

midst  of  the  woods. 
He  killed  the  traveller  and  escaped  to  the  top  of 
the  mountain. 

7.  Wlien  the  day  was  fixed  for  the  battle  one  of  the 

soldiers  said  that  he  was  not  well. 
When  the  day   was  fixed  for  the  battle  he  said 
that  he  wanted  to  see  his  mother. 

8.  We  weighed  anchor  and  followed  the  enemy's  ships. 
When  we  had  weighed  anchor  we  could  not  see 

the  ships  of  the  enemy. 

9.  When  I  am  general  the  Gauls  will  soon  be  con- 

quered. 
With   me   for  general  will    the    queen   fear  the 
Gauls  ? 


SECTION  68. 

Whence?  Whither HYhere ? 

How  to  answer  the  questions — 
Unde  venis  'i  Whence  do  you  come  ?     Quo  ibis  1  TThere 
(whither)  will  you  go  ?     Ubi  est  Gaius  %  Where  is 
Caius  ? 

Q 


226  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  58 

Use  a  preposition  with  all  common^  nouns,  also  with  the 
names  of  countries : 

ab  urbe  venio.  ad  agros  ibo.         in  templo  est. 

e  Gallia  venio.         in  Italiam  ibo.       in  Britannia  est 
Use  no  preposition  with  the  name  of  a  town  : 
Roma  venio,  /  come  from  Rome ;   Romam  ibo,  /  shall 
go  to  Rome ;  Est  Romae,  Corinthi,  Athenis,  Car- 
thagine,  He  is  at  Rome,  etc. 
The  town  at  which  is  put  in  the  ablative ;  unless  it  is  a 
singular  word  of  the  first  or  second  declension,  when  it  is 
put  in  the  genitive. 

Use  no  preposition  with  domus   and  rus  : 
Domo  (mea)  venio,  /  come  from  home ;  Domum  (meam) 
ibo,  I  shall  go  home  \  Domi  (suae)  est,  He  is  at  home ; 
Rure  venio,  /  come  from  the  country  ;  Rus  ibo,  /  shall 
go  into  the  country ;  Rure  est,  He  is  in  the  country. 


Note  the  following  phrases  in  which  the  ablative  is  used 
without  preposition : 

Nobili  genere  natus  (literally,  born  from  a  noble  family), 

A  man  of  noble  birth. 
Obscuro  loco  natus,  A  man  of  humble  birth. 
Summo  loco  natus,  A  man  of  noble  birth. 

(189.) 

1.  Romam  veniens  video  rure  redeuntem  senem. 

2.  Me  obscuro  natum  loco  consulem  videtis. 

3.  Imperatum  est  militi  ut  rure  statim  rediret. 

^  The  difference  between  common  and  proper  nouns  may  be  best 
seen  from  a  few  instances.  Common  nouns  :  city,  man,  river.  Proper 
nouns  :  London,  Caius,  Tiber. 


SEC.  58  WHENCE?    WHITHER?    WHERE?  227 

4.  Ab  urbe  Carthagine  profectus  in  Britanniam  iter 

fecit  ut  urbein  Londinium  videret. 

5.  Si  ex  me  quaesiverit  num  Capuae  fuerim,  respon- 

debo  me  domi  fuisse. 

6.  Iste  pauperrimus,  qui  aliquid  cibi  a  me  petebat, 

summo  loco  natus  esse  dicitur. 

7.  Cum  mihi  responsum  esset  amicum  me  decepisse, 

Londinio  Lutetiam  discessi. 

8.  Domo   profectus  ad  urbem  venit ;  nee  quisquam 

puero  persuadere  poterat  ut  ad  matrem  rediret. 

9.  Cum  Londinio  ab  urbe  profectus  esset,  mare  trans- 

ire  non  ausus  est. 

10.  Spero  me  Athenas  ad  urbem  omnium  clarissimam 

iturum. 

11.  Fama    est    Metellum,   nobili    genere    natum,    ad 

Siciliam  profecturum  belli  conficiendi  causa. 

12.  Num,  opere  confecto,  domo  abiturus  es  ? 

13.  Cum  Corintlii  essem,  iucundiorem  vitam  egi  quam 

Nicopoli  ago. 

(190.) 

1.  From  Rome  he  went  to  Gaul  that  he  might  impose 

a  tax  on  the  Haedui :  at  Geneva  he  saw  our 
leader,  who  promised  to  persuade  the  Haedui. 

2.  Catiline,  a  man  of  noble  birth,  was  on  Caesar's  side. 

3.  Having  set  out  from  his  home  by  night  he  arrived 

at  the  foot  of  the  mountain  at  daybreak. 

4.  Those  who  came  from  the  city  of  Geneva  said  that 

our  friend  Balbus  would  be  a  protection  to  the 
Helvetii. 


228  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  59 

5.  I  have  come  from  the  country  to  buy  a  horse. 

Can  you  not  sell  for  less  ? 

6.  I  have  not  much  money :  I  must  return  home  in 

the  evening. 

7.  I  am  a  man  of  humble  birth :  shall  I  be  allowed 

to  be  consul  ? 

8.  Since  he  had  come  to  our  city  from  Britain,  we 

appointed  him  to  the  command  of  our  ships. 
He  was  in  command  of  the  fleet  for  eight 
months  :  when  he  had  conquered  the  Germans, 
he  died  at  Paris. 

9.  When   he   had  learned    these   facts,   the   general 

started  from  the  territory  of  the  Belgae  that  he 
might  come  to  the  assistance  of  the  fifth  legion. 

1 0.  Scipio,  a  man  of  noble  birth,  was  in  command  of 

this  legion. 

11.  It  makes  a  great  difference  to  me  that  that  fellow 

has  been  acquitted  by  the  judge. 

1 2.  Ask  the  boy  whether  he  comes  from  home ;  and 

whether  his  mother  has  returned  from  Carthage. 

13.  You  may  inform  him  that  I  saw  your  father  at 

Naples. 


SECTION  59. 

The  Ablative  of  the  Agent,  Instrument,  etc. 

1.  A  patre  monitus  est,  He  was  warned  by  his  father. 
The  person  by  whom  something  is  done  is  put  in  the 
ablative  with  the  preposition  a,  ah. 


SEC.  59  THE  ABLATIVE  OF  THE  AGENT,  ETC.  229 

2.  Hominem  gladio  interficit,  He  kills  the  man  with  his  sword. 
The  instrument  with  which  something  is  done  is  put  in 

the  ablative  without  a  preposition. 

3.  Cum  rege  rediit,  He  returned  with  the  king. 

The  preposition  cum  must  be  used  when  "  with  "  means 
"in  company  with." 

4.  Viro  comitata,  Accompanied  hij  lier  husband. 
Omit  a,  ah  with  this  verb. 

5.  Ablative  of  time — Eo  die,  On  that  day ;  Quarta  hora, 

At  the  fourth  hour. 

No  preposition  is  required  with  Jiora,  dieSj  annus,  and 
other  words  that  express  divisions  of  time,  in  answering 
the  question,  At  what  time  ?  Some  other  words  are  also 
used  without  a  preposition  to  show  the  time  or  occasion. 

Adventu  regis,  Ori  the  arrival  of  the  king. 

lussu  consulis,  By  order  of  the  consul. 

6.  Ablative  of  place — 

Terra  marique.  By  land  and  sea. 

Parentis  loco  est  mihi.  He  takes  tJie  place  of  a  father  to  nw. 

Numero  hostium  habetur.  He  is  regarded  as  an  enemy 
(literally,  He  is  reckoned  in  the  number  of  the  enemy). 

With  these  words  no  preposition  is  used ;  with  other 
words  it  cannot  (as  a  rule)  be  omitted :  in  hofto,  in  templo, 
"  in  the  garden,"  "  in  the  temple." 

(191.) 

1.  Caesar  Labienum  praemittit  cum  quingentis  equi- 

tibus  ut  coUeni  occupet. 

2.  Si  vult  a  civibus  laudari,  parendum  est  legibus 

civitatis. 


230  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  69 

3.  Eodem   die,  cum   rure    rediret,   certior  factus  est 

filiam  tertia  hora  mortuam  esse. 

4.  Nisi  responderis  mihi,  hoc  gladio  te  interficiam. 

5.  Cum  aliquid  cibi  cepisset,  comitatus  amico  domum 

suam  rediit. 

6.  Nonne  imperator  militibus  parentis  loco  est  ? 

7.  Nonne  amicorum  numero  habendus  est,  qui  domi 

meae  sex  dies  erat  ? 

8.  Genava  cum  omnibus  copiis  progressus  fines  Hel- 

vetiorum  vastat. 

9.  Eex    dixit   se    omnibus    gentibus    terra    mariqiie 

imperare. 

10.  Adventu  Caesaris  speravimus  nos  urbem  facillime 

captures. 

11.  Hac  re  nuntiata,  ubi  onmes  idem  sentire  intellexit, 

posterum  diem  pugnae  constituit. 

12.  Yeneno  interfectus  est  a  servo,  cui  pepercerat. 

1 3.  Iniussu  patris  hortos  pluris  emit :  quibus  in  hortis 

nihil  erat  florum,  arbores  paucae. 

14.  Colle  occupato,  hostes  prima  luce  adoriri  consti- 

tuimus. 

(192.) 

1.  On  Caesar's  arrival  the  Belgae  sent  messengers  to 

the  Germans  to  ask  for  help. 

2.  I  promise  that  under  my  leadership  war  shall  be 

waged  with  the  enemy  by  land  and  sea. 

3.  When^  his  father   died   he  went  away  into  the 

country  accompanied  by  his  mother. 

4.  I  asked  him  by  whom  the  book  was  written. 

^  Translate  both  by  cum  and  by  the  ablative  absolute. 


sKc.  60  ABLATIVE  OF  MANNER,  CAUSE,  ETC.  231 

5.  By  the  general's  order  the  slave  was  bound  by  the 

soldiers. 

6.  I  have  always  regarded  as  a  friend  the  man  who 

came  to  our  assistance  on  that  day. 
V.   Unless  you  see  the  man  with  your  eyes,  you  will 
not  believe  me. 

8.  If  he  dies,  I  shall  take  the  place  of  father  to  the 

boy. 

9.  In   the  fourth   year   he   returned   home   with  his 

friend  Caius. 

1 0.  On  our  arrival  the  barbarians  will  understand  how 

dear  to  us  is  justice. 

11.  As  I  have  followed  you   for  three  years  by   land 

and  sea,  I  can  say  that  I  have  been  faithful  to 
you. 

12.  Was    it  friendly  to  go   away  on  my  arrival?      I 

came   home   at    the  fourth  hour  :   at  the  fifth 
you  started  for  Corinth. 


SECTION  60. 

Ablative  of  Manner,  Cause,  etc. 

1.  More  tuo  locutus  es,  Vmt  spoke  in  your  usual  fashion. 
More  populi  Komani,  In  accordance  with  the  custom  of 

the  Boman  people. 
Aha  ratione  bellum  gerunt,    7'hey   tvage   tvar   on   a 

different  system. 
Magna  voce  clamavit,  He  shouted  loudly. 


232  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  60 

In  the  above  sentences  the  ablative  indicates  the  manner 
in  which  something  is  done. 

2.  Id  quod  feci  beneyolentia  feci,  What  I  did,  I  did  from 

kindness. 
Odio  reipublicae  inimicissimi  mihi  fuerunt,  Through 

hatred  of  the  state  they  were  very  hostile  to  me. 
Senectute  mortuus  est,  He  died  of  old  age. 
Here  the  ablative  indicates  the  cause. 

3.  Virtute  praestat,  He  excels  in  valour. 

Here  the  ablative  limits  the  meaning  of  praestat :  it 
shows  in  what  respect  he  excels. 


(193.) 

1.  Helve tiis,  cum  obsides  dedissent,  liberis  discedere 

licuit. 

2.  Mulieres,  ab  urbe  capta  progressae,  pacem  ab  im- 

peratore  more  suo  petunt. 

3.  Quibus  auditis,  Caesar  magna  voce  clamat  nemini 

parcendum  esse. 

4.  Non  odio  mei  fecit  sed  odio  reipublicae. 

5.  Certior  factus  sum  a  sociis  nostris  Belgas  eadem 

ratione  bellum  esse  gestures. 

6.  Cum  ceteris  Gallis  virtute  et  scientia  rei  militaris 

praestarent,  speraverunt  se  nostros  terra  marique 
victuros. 

7.  Sed  spes   fefellit :  eadem   aestate  Dumnorix,  im- 

perator  optimus,  senectute  mortuus  est. 

8.  Qua  re  nuntiata,  omnes  pacis  cupidi  magna  voce 

clamant  domum  redeundum  esse. 


SEC.  60  ABLATIVE  OF  MANNER,  CAUSE,   ETC.  233 

9.   Cum  legati    ad   me   venissent,  negavi    me    more 
populi  Komani  posse  iter  per  provinciam  dare. 

10.  Tum  Gaius,  infimi  generis  homo,  odio  mei  incitatus, 

dixit  iudieem  clementiam  anteposuisse  iustitiae. 

11.  Num    quis     credet    te    ceteris    pueris    sapientia 

praestare  ? 

12.  Hunc  regem  maiores  nostri  terra  marique  victum 

trans  Ehenum  regere  iusserunt. 

(194.) 

1.  In  the  same  year  my  excellent  father  died  of  old 

age  at  Athens. 

2.  Through   grief    at  the  loss   of  her   husband   my 

mother   said    that   she    would    not    return    to 
Paris. 

3.  You   say  that  I   wrote  tlie  letter  from  hatred  of 

you  :  I  tell  you  that  I  wrote  it  from  love  for 
the  state. 

4.  In  accordance  with  the  custom  of  our  ancestors  we 

will    spare   the    conquered   if    they    give    us 
hostages. 

5.  Through  love  of  justice  he  returned  to  the  camp 

of  the  enemy,  accompanied  by  his  brother. 

6.  The  others  had   promised    to  return ;  for  fear  of 

death  they  were   unwilling  to  do  that  which 
they  had  promised. 

7.  He  shouted  loudly  that  he  did  not  regard  such  a 

man  as  a  friend. 

8.  Do   you   think   that  war  should  be  waged  on  a 

difi'erent  system  ? 


^34  LATIN  COURSE  fiEC.  61 

9.  When  lie  had  conquered  all  the  forces  of  the 
enemy  both  by  land  and  sea  he  was  able  to 
die  with  resignation. 

10.  The  low-born  Caius  thinks  that  he  excels  all  men 

in  wisdom. 

11.  I  hope  the  consul  will  not  die  of  his  wound :  the 

doctor  thinks  that  he  will  recover. 

1 2.  Don't  forget  the  verses  which  I  sent  you. 


SECTION  61. 

The  Ablative  of  Quality. 

Vir  summo  ingenio,  A  man  of  great  ability. 
Urbs  ingenti  magnitudine,  A  city  of  vast  size. 
Compare  the  use  of  the  genitive  of  quality,  section  49. 


/  could  have  come  (that  is,  /  had  the  power  to  come).  Venire 

potui. 
/  ought  to  have  come  (that  is,  It  was  my  duty  to  come), 

Venire  debui. 
Observe  that  the  Latin  does  not  use  the  perfect  infinitive 
with  jpotui  and  debui. 

(195.) 

1.  Homo  est  summa  virtute,  nulla  sapientia. 

2.  Eo  die  venire  potui :  hodie  venire  non  possum. 


SEC.  61  THE  ABLATIVE  OF  QUALITY  235 

3.  Putat  se  summo  ingenio  esse  hominem  :  carmiiia 

autem,  quae  condit,  nemo  vnlt  legere. 

4.  Nonne  debuit  sapientiorem  hominem  praesidio  urbi 

relinquere  ? 

5.  Iste  gratissimus  est  mulieribus,  sed  militibus  odio. 

6.  Cum  e  silva  venissem,  vidi  urbem  ingenti  magni- 

tudine. 

7.  Imperatore   non    exspectato,   filius    regis,  summa 

virtute  adulescens,  in  medios  hostes  impetum 
fecit. 

8.  Erat  mihi  parentis  loco :   debuit   me  monere  ne 

tanti  agros  emereni. 

9.  Puer  est  summa  audacia :  multa  me  cotidie  rogat. 

10.  Cum    duobus     in     locis     bellum     terra    marique 

gereretur,  omnibus  pugnandum  erat. 

11.  Hac  re  nuntiata  ab  urbe  discedere  debuit. 

12.  Quid  potui  facere  ?     Nonne  Cicero,  summa  sapi- 

entia  homo,  nihil  faciendum  esse  putavit  ? 

13.  Curae  est  mihi  ut  hoc  tibi  bellum  committatur. 

14.  Die  mihi  num  mortuus  sit. — Non  est  mortuus  sed 

moriturus. 

15.  Amici  est  amicum  adiuvare. 


(196.) 

(Do  not  use  the  genitive  of  quality  in  this  exercise.) 

1.   I  ought  to  have  informed  you  that  the  general  is 
distressexl  at  the  death  of  the  prisoner. 


236  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  61 

2.  He  regards  these  prisoners  as  hostages ;  in  their 

lifetime  no  harm  will  be  done  to  our  allies  by 
the  Germans. 

3.  Don't  you    believe  me  ?      Titus,  a  man   of   the 

greatest  wisdom,  said  that  this  fleet  would  be 
a  danger  to  the  state. 

4.  You  ought  to  have  come   to  my  house  to  take 

exercise. 

5.  That  audacious  Balbus  said  that  he  would  be  both 

a  protection  and  an  ornament  to  the  city. 

6.  Yesterday  I  was  in  the  country :  I  could  have 

sent  the   flowers    which  you    desired  to    the 
town. 

7.  If  you  obey  me,  you  will  understand  that  I  have 

acted  from  kindness. 

8.  He  has  composed  a  book  of  poems  which  I  will 

give   you :    he   is  said  to   be   a  man   of  the 
greatest  ability. 

9.  When  he  had  chosen  a  place  for  the  city  he  built 

a  temple  of  vast  size. 

10.  He   hoped    that   the    soldiers   would    understand 

that  war  must  now  be  waged  on  a  different 
system. 

11.  He  was  a  man  of  large  build:  he  ought  to  have 

had  a  bigger  horse. 

12.  In  my  father's  lifetime  I  was  not  allowed  to  be  a 

sailor. 


SEC.  62         THE  GENITIVE  AND  ABLATIVE  OF  PRICE  237 

SECTION  62. 
The  Genitive  and  Ablative  of  Price. 

Genitive.  Ablative. 

Tanfi,  quanti,  pluris,  min- 
oris :  always  used  in  the 
genitive. 

Magni,  plurimi,  parvi,  mini-  Magno,  plurimo,  parvo,  min- 
mi,  nihili :  these  genitives  are  iriio,  nihilo  :  these  ablatives 
used  with  the  verb  esse  ("  to  are  used  with  all  verbs  ex- 
be,"  "  to  cost ")  and  facer e  cept  those  mentioned  op- 
("  to  value  ")  and  other  verbs  posite. 
meaning  "  to  value."  ^jj  substantives  are  used 

in  the  ablative.^ 

Quanti  haec  emisti  ?    Minimo,  For  how  much  did  yaiL  buy 

this  ?     For  very  little. 
Magni  haec  facio,  sed  parvo  emi,  /  value  this  highly,  hut 

I  bought  it  cheap. 
Nonne  plurimo  haec  emisti  ? — Tribus  talentis,  Did  you 

not  buy  this  very  dear  ? —  Yes,  for  three  talents. 

(197.) 

1.  Quanti  equum,  quern  a   patre   accepisti,  vendere 

cupis  ? — Plurimo. 

2.  Num  magni  facis  hunc  librum  ? — Parvo  emi,  sed 

pluris  vendere  volo. 

^  The  only  exception  is  pretium,  which  is  used  in  the  genitive  or 
ablative. 


238  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  62 

3.  Quis  vestrum  nescit  quanti  haec  aestimentur  ? 

4.  Nonne    capitis    condemnari    debuit,    qui    patriam 

auro  veiididit  ? 

5.  Quanti  libertatem  empturus  est  captivus  ? — Duo- 

bus  talentis. 

6.  Si   parvo   volet   vendere,  licebit   tibi   duo   servos 

emere  ;  si  magni  aestimabit,  noli  emere. 

7.  Quis  tibi   persuasit   ut  hunc   miserrimum  canem 

tanti  emeres  ?     lam  moriturus  videtur. 

8.  Qui  canem  vendidit  dixit  se  canem  minoris  nun- 

quam  vendidisse ;  fore  ut  mox  convalesceret. 

9.  Cum  convaluerit,  plurimo  vendere  poteris. 

10.  Homo    stultissimus    tantidem  ^    equum    vendidit 

quanti  emerat. 

11.  Sapientes  dicunt  ilium  equum  iam  pluris  aesti- 

mandum  esse. 

12.  Dixit  se  nihilo  emisse  librum. 

13.  Mhili  facit  libros,  equos  j)lurimi. 

(198.) 

1.  Ask  that  man  whether  he  is  willing  to  buy  the 

ship  at  a  higher  price. 

2.  At  what  price  do  you  sell  birds  ? — At  a  very  low 

price. 

3.  Who  set  you  free  from  debt  ? — Caius,  a  man  of 

the   greatest   kindness,  bought   my  house  for 
three  talents. 

4.  He   said  that   he   did  this  through  love  for  my 

father. 

^  Tantidem,  "for  exactly  the  same  price  (not  a  bit  more)." 


SEC.  63  CONDITIONAL  SENTENCES  239 

5.  When  he  had  bought  the  house  he  gave  it  to  me 

for  a  present. 

6.  I  answered  that  I  should  always  regard  him  as  a 

friend. 

7.  I  think  you  bought  the  flowers  at  a  very  high 

price.      I  don't  think  much  of  them. 

8.  If  I  can  sell  my  fields  for  a  low  price  I  shall  be 

able  to  free  myself  from  debt. 

9.  He  often  came  to  my  house  to  ask  whether  I  was 

willing  to  buy  all  his  books  for  a  talent. 

10.  Since  I  did  not  think   much  of  the  books  I  told 

the  slave  that  I  was  unwilling  to  see  the  mau. 

1 1.  Corn   is   very   dear  this   month  :    it   is   said   that 

many  will  die  of  cold  and  hunger. 

12.  I  cannot  sell  the  garden  for  as  much  as  I  bought 

at. 

13.  For  how  much  did  you  buy  it  ? — For  a  small  sum. 


SECTION  63. 

Conditional  Sentences  implying  the  Non-fulfil- 
ment OF  THE  Condition. 

1.  If  Cuius  had  come  yesterday,  he  would  have  seen  the 
consul,  Si  Gaius  heri  venisset,  consulem  vidisset. 

"  If  he  had  come  he  would  have  seen  "  implies  that  he 
did  not  come,  and  therefore  did  not  see.  In  sentences  like 
this,  in  which  it  is  implied  that  the  condition  was  not 
realised,  use  the  pluperfect  subjunctive  in  both  clauses. 


240  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  63 

2.  If  Cams  were  here  now,  he  would  tell  us  everything.  Si 
Gaius  nunc  adesset,  omnia  nobis  diceret. 

This  is  a  sentence  of  the  same  kind,  but  the  time  is 
present  not  past.  "  If  he  were  here  now  he  would  tell  us  " 
implies  that  he  is  not  here,  and  therefore  is  not  telling  us. 
In  other  words,  it  is  implied  that  the  condition  is  not  being 
realised.     The  imperfect  subjunctive  is  used  in  both  clauses. 

Z.  If  I  had  not  come,  he  would  have  died,  Nisi  venissem, 
mortuus  esset. 

Translate  "  If  .  .  .  not "  by  nisi,  not  by  si  .   .   .  non. 


(199.) 

1.  Si  ab  Tirbe  quarta  hora  rediisset,  me  vidisset. 

2.  Si  minoris  vender e  vellet,  vinum   emerem  :    non 

multum  est  mihi  pecuniae. 

3.  Si  rogasses,  respondissem  :  quid  quaereres  nescii. 

4.  Nisi  fugisset,  proditionis  condemnatus  esset:  iu- 
%        dice  absente  ab  urbe  discessit. 

5.  Si  honestam  vitam  ageres,  nemo  tibi  noceret :  sed 

omnibus  bonis  es  periculo. 

6.  Si  eadem  ratione  bellum  gessissem,  victus  essem. 

7.  Si  ego  tibi  parentis  loco  essem,  non  tibi  liceret 

equos  tanti  emere. 

8.  Si  avidus  esset  auri,  carmina  non  conderet.      Pau- 

perrimus  esse  niavult. 

9.  Si  me  de  periculo  certiorem  fecisses,  te  adiuvissem. 
10.  Nisi  amici  mei  mortui  essent,  quis  me  accusare 

ausus  esset  ? 


SEC.  68  CONDITIONAL  SENTENCES  241 

11.  Epistulam    non    scriberem,    nisi    scirem   te    ami- 

corum  numero  me  habere ;  si  adesses,  me 
aliquid  monere  posses.  Quid  sit  faciendum, 
nescio. 

12.  Si  certior  factus  esses  regem  Persarum  domi  tuae 

esse,  quid  fecisses  ? 

13.  Si    Capuam  ad  urbem  pervenissem,  Hannibaleni 

vidissem. 

(200.) 

1.  If  you  had  come  to  me  yesterday,  I  would  have 

spared  you. 

2.  You  are  a  man  of  humble  birth ;  if  you  were  the 

king's  son,  you  would  not  be  allowed  to  be 
judge. 

3.  On  Caesar's  arrival  the  prisoner  would  have  fled 

if  he  had  been  able. 

4.  If  I  had  been  in  command  of  the  cavalry,  I  should 

have  crossed  the  Rhine  in  order  to  help  our 
allies. 

5.  If  he  were  in  the  city,  he  would  be  a  protection 

to  us.      I  hope  he  will  return  in  the  evening. 

6.  If  he  did  not  favour  the  poor,  the  judge  would  be 

loved  by  everybody.     He  ought  not  to  have 
^  spared  the  slave. 

7.  If  I  had  been  at  the  top  of  the  tree  I  should  have 

seen  the  king  returning  home  with  the  legions. 

8.  The  crowd  of  citizens  was  so  great  that  I  could 

see  nothing. 

9.  If  my  house  were  an  ornament  to  the  city,  I  would 

not  sell  it  for  a  low  price. 
R 


242  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  64 

10.  If  you  had  been  able  to  inform  me  of  the  plans 

of  Catiline,  I  would  have  given  you   a  con- 
siderable sum  of  money. 

11.  If  I  had  been  present,  you  would  not  have  dared 

to  buy  a  horse  for  a  talent. 

12.  If  he  were  here,  he  would  help  us. 


SECTION  64. 

Some  Compound  Verbs. 

Observe  that  many  verbs  compounded  with  prepositions 
repeat  the  preposition. 

Adiit  ad  consulem,  He  approached  the  cmisul. 
Expellam  te  ex  urbe,  /  will  banish  you  from  the  city. 
Sometimes  another  preposition  is  used. 
Deducit  copias  e  finibus  Gallorum,  He  withdraws  his 
troops  from  the  territory  of  the  Gauls. 


The  verb  "  to  leave  "  must  be  translated  by  different 
words  in  Latin  according  to  its  sense. 

Discessit  a  patre,  He  left  his  father.      {Bis-cedo,  "  I  go 

apart  from.") 
Excessit  ex  urbe,  He  left  the  city.     {Ex-cedo  means  "  I 
go  out  of,"  and  therefore  could  not  be  used  in 
the  preceding  sentence.") 
Reliquit  librum  domi,  He  left  his  hook  at  home. 


SEC.  64  SOME  COMPOUND  VERBS  243 


(201.) 

1.  Cum  domus  ab  urbe  longe  abesset,  ea  hora  venire 

non  poteram. 

2.  Si  mihi  licuisset  ad  captivum  adire,  ei  persuasis- 

sem. 

3.  Kex  imperavit  ut  omnes  barbari  ex  urbe  excede- 

rent. 

4.  Nisi  exercitum  ex  his  finibus  deduxeris,  hostium 

numero  te  habebo. 

5.  Abducuntur  homines  ab  agris  ut  milites  fiant. 

6.  Nisi  ego  Catilinam  ex  hac  urbe  expulissem,  quis 

saluti  vobis  fuisset  ? 

7.  Tullius,  vir  summa  sapientia,  dicit  senectutem  a 

rebus  gerendis  nos  avocare. 

8.  Si  certior  factus  essem  te  libros  a  sorore  abstulisse, 

tibi  non  pepercissem. 

9.  A   nobis    aliquantum   progressus,    iter   a  flumine 

Khodano  avertit :  eadem  nocte  in  niediis  silvis 
castra  posuit. 

10.  Quibus  rebus  cognitis  Galli  ab  urbe  omnes  copias 

deduxerunt,  seque  nunquam  redituros  promis- 
erunt. 

11.  Si  furti  accusatus  essem,  ab  amicis  meis  discedere 

maluissem. 

12.  Ad  regem  aditurus  esse  dicitur,  ut  aliquid  praemii 

petat. 

13.  Si   Hannibalem    vicerit,    magnum   periculum    ab 

urbe  avertet. 


244  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  64 


(202.) 

1.  He  approached   the   general  that   he  might   ask 

whether    he    had    appointed    a    day    for    the 
battle. 

2.  When  he  had  left  the  temple  he  went  into  the 

middle  of  the  city  to  buy  food. 

3.  The  judge  asked  why  he  had  taken  the  dog  away 

from  you. 

4.  If  I   had   known   that   my  father  was  going  to 

return,  I   should  have  preferred   to  be  away 
from  home. 

5.  If   we   had  not   withdrawn  our  troops  from  the 

town,  the  Belgae   would   not  have   given  us 
hostages. 

6.  If  he  had  been  condemned  for  treason,  he  would 

have  been  banished  from  his  country. 

7.  He  left  us  the  same  day  that  he  might  go  to  Asia 

to  look  for  his  brother. 

8.  Do  not  believe  the  man  who  has  taken  so  much 

money  away  from  you. 

9.  He  left   the   camp  that  he  might  ask  why   our 

allies  the  Haedui  had  turned  aside  from  us. 

10.  When  I  was  away  from  the  city,  the  base  Cati- 

lina  pretended  to  regard  me  as  a  friend. 

11.  If  you  maintain  your  opinion  the  king  will  banish 

you  from  this  city. 


SEC.  65  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  245 

SECTION  65. 
Recapitulatory  Exercises. 

(203.) 

1.  Cum  tot  milites  interfecti  essent,  nihil  voluptatis 

Caesari  attulit  victoria. 

2.  Quid  clarius  est  victoria  ?     Quid  turpius  fuga  ? 

3.  Nonne  constat   Britannis   amori   esse    libertatem, 

sapientiam  German  is  ? 

4.  Titus  me  docebit,   summa  diligentia  homo :    hoc 

magistro  doctissimus  fiam. 

5.  Gneio   Pompeio,    Caesaris  inimico,   maxima  bella 

terra  marique  sunt  commissa. 

6.  Cuius  est  audaciae,  hominem  obscurissimo  natum 

loco  consulatum  petere  ! 

7.  Neminem  Balbo  pigriorem  agere  vitam  dixit. 

8.  Me  iudice,  imperatorem  monere  debuit  nihil  fru- 

menti  in  castris  esse. 

9.  Locum  domui  delegi,  quo  pulchriorem   nunquam 

vidi. 

10.  Cum  tibi  parentis  loco  essem,  nonne  mihi  parere 

debuisti  ? 

11.  Cur   Corinthum   Athenis   profectus  es  ?       Nonne 

sapientiam  voluptati  anteponis  ? 

12.  Comitatus    es     Balbo,    quo     turpiorem    neminem 

cognovi. 

13.  Superiore  anno  aliquantum  pecuniae  mihi  solvere  et 

debuit  et  potuit.     Hoc  te  moneo,  ne  ei  credas. 


246  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  65 

(204.) 

1.  With  a  fleet  of  a  hundred  ships  he  conquered  the 

enemy  both  by  land  and  by  sea. 

2.  In   accordance    with  the   custom  of  the   Eoman 

people,  I  cannot  spare  you  who  have  burned 
the  city  of  our  allies. 

3.  My  friend  Titus,  a  man   of  the  greatest  wisdom, 

says  that  women  prefer  mercy  to  justice. 

4.  Balbus,  a  man  of  humble  birth,  hopes  to  be  elected 

tribune. 

5.  If  I   am   unwilling   you  will  not  be    allowed  to 

become  a  soldier. 

6.  It  will  be  better  to  persuade  him :  he  spoke  from 

love  of  your  father. 

7.  If  you  had  left  the  house   in   the  middle  of  the 

night,  it  would  not  have  mattered  to  me. 

8.  With  you  for  their  master  I  hope  they  will  learn 

much. 

9.  Unless  you  obey  the  laws,  you  will  be  regarded 

as  an  enemy. 

10.  The  judge,  a  man  of  the  greatest  wisdom,  said  that 

in  accordance  with  the  custom  of  our  ancestors 
the  slave  must  be  condemned  to  death. 

11.  Who  is  juster  than  the  judge?     Was   not  your 

slave  a  danger  to  the  state  ? 

12.  Does  it  matter  to  the  citizens  that  you  are  a  man 

of  noble  birth  ?     Do  you  really  think    that 
they  will  make  you  consul  ? 

13.  When  you  praise  me  I  know  that  you  speak  from 

kindness. 


SEC.  65  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  247 


(205.) 

1.  When  you  return   from  the   country  to   the   city, 

you  will  be  hateful  to  the  king,   dear  to  the 
soldiers. 

2.  He  does  not  sell  his  sliips  at  a  higher  price  than 

we,  but  it  is  said  that  he  is  very  rich. 

3.  If  you  had    been   banished   I   should   have  gone 

away  from  Italy  with  you. 

4.  So  great  is  the  boy's  fear  of  the  darkness  that  he 

does  not  dare  to  go  into  the  wood  by  night. 

5.  I  ought  to  have  gone  to  him  yesterday,  but  in  my 

usical  fashion  I  forgot  my  friend. 

6.  Tullius,  a  man  of  great  ability,  has  died  at  Corinth 

of  old  age. 

7.  Is  it  not  a  sign  of  great  diligence  to  read  such  a 

book  ? 

8.  If  you  were  the  poet's   friend,  would  you  read  his 

verses  ? 

9.  In  accordance  with  the   custom  of  our  ancestors, 

we  wish  to  excel  all  nations  in  valour. 

10.  It  is  a  sign  of  mercy  but  not  of  wisdom  to  spare 

the  conquered. 

11.  If  I  were  the  general  I  should  regard  the  Haedui 

as  enemies. 

12.  When  you  have  given  twelve  hostages,  you  will 

be  allowed  to  leave  the  camp. 

13.  You  will  not  be  believed,  if  you  take  away  the 

gold  from  the  temple. 


248  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  65 

(206.) 

1.  If  he  believes  the  base   Catiline,  he  is  being  de- 

ceived. 

2.  If  you  had  left  the  city  with  us,  who  would  have 

hurt  you  ? 

3.  I  could  have  left  my  father  on  that  day :  to-day 

he   is  so  miserable   that   I  cannot  leave  the 
house. 

4.  Don't  believe  the  man,  if  he  pretends  to  be  poor. 

5.  I  will  put  you  this  one  question  :  don't  you  prefer 

to  lead  an  idle  life  ? 

6.  By  order  of  the  general  I  was  sent  to  choose  a 

place  for  the  camp. 

7.  When  I  was  away  from  the  city  he  persuaded  the 

soldiers    that  I  ought   to  be    condemned  for 
treason. 

8.  If   the    king    had   agreed,   I    should    have    been 

banished  from  the  city. 

9.  When  you  come  to  me  you  will  not  be  allowed  to 

be  lazy. 

10.  Through   fear  of  his  father   he  did   not  dare  to 

return  home. 

11.  This  being  known,  he  cried  out  with  a  loud  voice 

that  Caius,  a  man  of  noble  birth,  ought  to  be 
set  free. 

12.  We  have  been  conquered  by  land  and  sea:  we 

have  no  money,  few  soldiers. 

13.  Don't  you  think  that  houses  ought  to  be  built  on 

a  different  system  ? 

14.  Is  it  wise  to  make  an  old  man  general  ? 


SEC.  65  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  249 

XXXVIII. 

Androclus  and  the  Lion. 


Huius  rei,  Eomae  cum  forte  essem,  spectator  fiii.  In 
circo  maximo  multae  erant  saevieutes  ferae,  aut  forma 
aut  ferocia  excellentes.  Sed  praeter  alia  omnia  leonum 
immanitas  admirationi  fuit,  praeterque  omnes  ceteros 
unus.  Is  uniis  leo  corporis  impetu  et  vastitudine, 
terrificoque  fremitii  et  sonoro,  toris  comisque  cerviciim 
fluctuantibus,  animos  oculosque  omnium  in  sese  con- 
verterat.  Introductiis  erat  inter  complures  ceteros  ad 
pugnam  bestiarum  datos  servus,  cui  nomen  Androclo 
fuit.  Hunc  ille  leo  ubi  vidit  procul  repente  quasi 
admirans  stetit ;  ac  deinde  sensim  atque  placide, 
tamquam  noscitans  hominem,  ad  Androclum  accedit. 
Tum  caudam,  more  adulantium  canum,  clementer 
et  blande  movet,  hominisque  se  corpori  adiungit, 
cruraque  eius  et  manus  prope  iam  exanimati  metu 
lingua  leniter  demulcet.  Androclus,  inter  ilia  tam 
atrocis  ferae  blandimenta,  amissum  animum  recuperat. 
Paulatim  oculos  ad  contuendum  leonem  refert.  Tum, 
quasi  mutua  recognitione  facta,  laetos  et  gratulantes 
videres  hominem  et  leonem. 


B. 

Ea  re  prorsus  tam  admirabili  maximi  populi  clam- 
ores  excitati  sunt  accersitusque  a  Caesare  Androclus 


250  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  65 

quaesitaque  causa  cur  ille  atrocissimus  leo  uni  par- 
sisset.  Turn  Androclus  rem  mirificam  narrat.  "Cum 
provinciam,"  inquit,  "Africam  proconsulari  imperio 
meus  dominus  obtineret,  ego  ibi  iniquis  eius  et 
cotidianis  verberibus  ad  fugam  sum  coactus ;  et,  ut 
mihi  a  domino  tutiores  latebrae  forent,  in  camporum 
et  arenarum  solitudines  concessi,  ac,  si  defuisset 
cibus,  consilium  fuit  mortem  aliquo  pacto  quaerere. 
Tum  sole  medio,  specum  quandam  nactus  remotam 
latebrosamque,  in  eam  me  penetro  et  recondo.  Neque 
multo  post  ad  eandem  specum  venit  hie  leo,  debili  uno 
et  cruento  pede,  gemitus  edens  et  murmura  dolorem 
cruciatumque  vulneris  commiserantia.  Hie  primo 
quidem  conspectu  advenientis  leonis  territus  mihi 
animus  est.  Sed  postquam  introgressus  leo  (ut  re 
ipsa  apparuit)  in  habitaculum  illud  suum  videt  me 
procul  delitescentem  mitis  et  mansuetus  accessit,  et 
sublatum  pedem  ostendere  mihi  et  porrigere  quasi  opis 
petendae  gratia  visus  est.  Ibi  ego  stirpem  ingentem 
vestigio  pedis  eius  haerentem  revelli,  conceptamque 
saniem  vulnere  intimo  expressi,  accuratiusque  sine 
magna  iam  formidine  siccavi  penitus  atque  detersi 
cruorem.  Tunc  mea  medicina  levatus  pede  in  mani- 
bus  meis  posito  recubuit  et  quievit  atque  ex  eo  die 
triennium  totum  ego  et  leo  in  eadem  specu  eodemque 
et  victu  viximus.  Nam  quas  venabatur  feras  membra 
opimiora  ad  specum  mihi  suggerebat,  quae  ego,  ignis 
copiam  non  habens,  meridiano  sole  torrens  edebam.'" 


SEC.  66  THE  WORDS   "  SOME  "  AND   "  ANY  "  251 

c. 

"Sed,  ubi  me  vitae  illius  ferinae  iam  pertaesum 
est,  leone  in  venatum  profecto,  reliqui  speciim,  et,  viam 
ferme  tridui  permensus,  a  militibus  visus  adprehensus- 
que  sum,  et  ad  dominum  Africa  Eomam  deductus.  Is 
me  statim  rei  capitalis  damnandum  dandumque  ad 
bestias  curavit." 

Quae  cum  dixisset,  dimissus  est  Androclus  et  poena 
solutus,  leoque  ei  suffragiis  populi  donatus.  Postea 
videbamus  Androclum  et  leonem,  loro  tenui  revinctum, 
urbe  tota  circum  tabernas  ire,  donari  aere  Androclum, 
floribus  spargi  leonem,  omnes  ubique  obvios  dicere : 
"  Hie  est  leo,  hospes  hominis ;  hie  est  homo,  medicus 
leonis." 


SECTION  66. 
Thk  Words  "Somk"and  "Any." 

1.  A liquis  means   "some  one,"  and  is  used  in  positive 
sentences : — 

Aliquis  venit,  Some  one  Jia.s  come. 

2.  (a)  Quisquam  means  "any  one,"  and  is  used  in  negative^ 
sentences  : — 

Nego  quemquam  profectum  esse,  /  deny  tltat  any  one  has 
set  out. 

(b)  Ullus  means  "any,"  and  is  used  in  negative 
sentences :  it  always  has  a  substantive  with  it,  whereas 
quisquam  is  nearly  always  used  alone  : — 

1  And  sentences  in  which  a  negative  is  implied. 


252  LATIN  COURSE 


SEC. 


Nego  uUum  hominem  profectum  esse,  /  deny  that  any 
man  has  set  out. 

3.  Quis  is  used  for  "  any,"  "  any  one,"  with  ne,  s%  nisi, 
num,  cum : — 

Si  quis  audit,  If  any  one  hears. 

Num  quis  audit  1  Does  any  one  hear  ? 

Ne  quis  audiat.  Lest  any  one  hear. 

Quis  (meaning  "  any  ")  is  thus  declined  when  it  has  not 
a  substantive  agreeing  with  it. 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 


Nom.   quis  qua       quid 

Ace.     quern  quam    quid 

Gen.  cuius 

Dat.  cui 

Abl.     quo  qua        quo 


qui  quae       qua  (quae) 

quos       quas       qua  (quae) 
quorum  quarum    quorum 
quibus  or  quis 
quibus  or  quis 


Agreeing  with  a  substantive,  qui,  quae,  qw)d  is  generally 
used  instead  of  the  forms  given  above  : — 
Si  quid  dicit.  If  he  says  anything,  but 
Si  quod  verbum  dicit,  If  he  utters  any  word. 

Aliquis  and  quisquam  are  similarly  declined : — 

Accepi  aliquid,  /  have  received  something. 

Aliquod  donum  accepi,  /  have  received  some  present. 

Ullus  is  declined  like  alter,  genitive  ullius. 
Quisquam  has  no  ablative  singular  and  no  plural :  ullus 
supplies  its  place. 

(207.) 

1.   Balbus   dicit   se   aliquem   in  horto  meo  vidisse ; 
Gaius  negat  se  quemquam  vidisse. 


SEC.  ee  THE  WORDS   "  SOME  "  AND   "  ANY  "  253 

2.  Si  quid  ^  cibi  haberem,  nihil  a  te  peterem. 

3.  Negavit  uUum  esse  periculum  in  bello  gerendo. 

4.  Si  quis  te  vidisset,  furti  accusavisset. 

5.  Ut    regem    deciperet    negavit    quidquam   auri  in 

temple  esse. 

6.  Neque  uUam  epistulam  a  te  acceperam,  nee  quis- 

quam  me  certiorem  fecerat  de  adventu  Caesaris. 

7.  Eogavi  Titum,  amicum  tuum,  num  quid  novi  de  te 

audiisset. 

8.  Negavit  quemquam  te  vidisse  in  ulla  parte  urbis. 

9.  Si  ullo  modo  fieri  potuisset,  ab  urbe  ipse  discess- 

issem. 

10.  Divitias  in  aliqua  parte  urbis  conditas  esse  putavit : 

qua  in  parte  essent  nesciit. 

11.  ISTe  quis  fugeret,  onines  vinciri  iussit. 

12.  Cum    dixissem   periculum    aliquod    esse    in    isto 

negotio,  negavit  ille  quidquam  esse  periculi. 

13.  Cum  quis    ab    urbe   redierit,   de    omnibus  rebus 

certiores  fiemus. 

14.  Si  qui  nauta  nobiscum  esset,  nihil  esset  timendum. 

Num  tantos  fluctus  unquam  vidisti  ? 


(208.) 

1.  I  saw  some  one  like  you  in  the  country:   I  did 

not  know  who  it  was. 

2.  He  denied  that  he  had  spared  any  one. 

^  Observe  that  this  use  of  qiiidf  quidquam,  and  aliqiiid  with  the 
partitive  genitive  is  very  common  :  Num  quid  novi  est  ?  "Is  there  any 
news  ?"  Dixit  se  aliquid  auri  reperisse,  "  He  said  he  had  found  some 
gold." 


254  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  67 

3.  He    denied    that   he   had  bought    any  books    at 

Corinth. 

4.  I  say  this  lest  any  one  may  think  that    I    am 

pretending. 

5.  If   any  one  had  informed  me  that  you  were  in 

command  of  the  legions,  I  should  have  con- 
gratulated you. 

6.  The  audacious  Tullius  says  that  he  will  accuse 

some  one  of  treason. 

7.  I  will  ask  the  prisoner  whether  he  has  given  any 

answer  to  the  judge. 

8.  I  shall  go  into  the  country  to-morrow :   T  hope  I 

shall  find  some  companion. 

9.  If  any  citizen  had  heard  me,  he  would  not  have 

believed  me. 

10.  I  wish  to  give  you  some  present  that  you  may 

never  forget  me. 

11.  We  saw  no  one  in  the  temple,  nor  was  there  any 

horse  in  the  fields. 

12.  If  thei^e  had   been  any  soldier  in  the  wood,  he 

would  not  have  escaped. 


SECTION  67. 

Double  Questions.     1.  Direct. 

Did  you   conquer ,  or  vjere  you  coTiquered?  Utrura  vicisti, 

an  victus  es  1  m\  Vicistine,  an  victus  es  ? 
Have  you  answered,  or  not  ?  Utrum  respondisti,  annon  1 


SEC.  67  DOUBLE  QUESTIONS.        1.   DIRECT  255 

In  a  direct  double  question  utrimi  or  -ne  is  used  in  the 
first  part,  an  is  used  in  the  second  part ;  "  or  not "  is  trans- 
lated by  annon. 

Utrum  (from  uter)  means  "  which  of  two  things  ? "  it 
prepares  the  way  for  a  twofold  question : 

Utrum  vivit  an  mortuus  est  ?  IFliich  of  these  two  is  tJie 
case  ?     Is  he  livinq  or  is  lie  dead  ? 


(209.) 

1.  Utrum  in  iirbe  mansit,  an  rus  abiit  ? 

2.  Credisne  mihi,  annon  ?      Die  quid  putes. 

3.  Utrum  iussu  Caesaris  e  castris  excessit,  annon  ? 

4.  Utrum  benevolentia  fecisti,  an  timore  consulis  ? 

5.  Uter  nostrum  gratior  est  civibus  ?  tune,  qui  sim- 

ulavisti  te  omnes  hostes  terra  marique  victuruni. 
an  ego  qui  domi  meae  mansi  ? 

6.  Utrum  negas   te  quicquam  argenti  ab  amico  meo 

abstulisse,  an  dicis  tibi  licuisse  hoc  facere  ? 

7.  Quo  se  miser  vertet  ?  domumne  an  ad  matrem  ? 

8.  Utrum  mavis  consul  esse  Komae,  an  rex  in  Asia  ? 

9.  Utrum  Labienum  castris  praefecisti,  annon  ? 

10.  Utrum  te  invito  promittere  debui,  an  tacere  ? 

11.  Vesperine  abiturus  es  a  nobis,  an  prima  luce  pro- 

fecturus  ? 

1 2.  Utrum  consilium  aliquod  iniisti,  an  nescis  quid  sit 

faciendum  ? 

13.  Nonne  Gallis  vectigal  imposuit  ut  satis  pecuniae 

haberet  ad  bellum  gerendum  ? 

14.  Negavit    ullo    modo    fieri    posse    ut    bellum    ante 

hiemem  conficeretur. 


256  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  67 

15.  Utrum  aliquem  misisti,  annon  ? — Quid  tua  interest 
num  quern  miserim  ? 


(210.) 

1.  Have  you  written  the  letter  or  not  ? 

2.  Did  he  give  you  this  for  a  present,  or  sell  it  you 

for  a  small  sum  of  money  ? 

3.  Must  we  pass  the  winter  in  Gaul,  or  shall  we  be 

allowed  to  return  home  ? 

4.  Do  you  remember  me,  or  do  you  think  that  you 

have  never  seen  me  ? 

5.  On  the  arrival  of  the  horsemen,  did  you  give  battle 

or  did  you  remain  in  the  camp  ? 

6.  Is  that  temple  an  ornament  to  the  city  or  not  ? 

7.  Did  you  return  through  love  for  your  mother  or 

through  fear  of  your  father  ? 

8.  Have  you  resolved  to  withdraw  your  troops  from 

the  territory  of  our  allies  or  not  ? 

9.  Have  they  already  paid  the  money,  or  did  they 

promise  to  give  it  to  you  to-morrow  ? 

10.  Have  I  asked  you  your  opinion  or  not  ? 

11.  Are   you  willing  to   sell  me   the   house  for  five 

talents  or  not  ? 

12.  If  he  had  said  that  he  was  unwilling  I  would  have 

bought  it  for  more. 

13.  Do  you  think  that  it  is  lawfuP  for  you  to  be  lazy  ? 

^  Use  licere. 


SEC.  68  DOUBLE  QUESTIONS.        2.   INDIRECT  257 

SECTION  68. 
Double  Questions.     2.  Indirect. 

/  asked  him  whether  he  had  conquered  or  had  been  conquered, 
Rogavi  eum  utrum  vicisset  an  victus  esset,  or, 
Eogavi  eum  vicissetne  an  victus  esset. 

/  will  ask  him  whether  he  has  answered  or  not,  Rogabo 
eum  utrum  respondent,  necne. 

In  an  indirect  double  question  the  verb  is  of  course  in 
the  subjunctive  mood.  The  first  part  of  the  question  is 
introduced  by  utrum  or  -n^,  the  second  part  by  an  ;  but 
"  or  not "  is  necne,  not  annon. 

(211.) 

1.  Kogabo  eum  utrum  Athenis  an  Corinthi  vixerit. 

2.  Nostra    multum    interfuit    utrum    Caesar    consul 

crearetur  an  Pompeius. 

3.  Quaerendum  est  utrum  meminerit  nostri,  necne. 

4.  Difficile  dictu  est,  utrum  cives  magis  virtutem  an 

sapientiam  admirentur. 

5.  Quid  mea  interest  liceatne  tibi  frumentatum  ire, 

necne  ? 

6.  Quaeram  ex  Tullio,  amico  meo,  utrum  vesperi  sit 

venturus  necne. 

7.  Sunt  mihi  decem  legiones  spectatae  virtutis  :  nonne 

vestra   interest  utrum  in   Gallia  maneam   an 
vobiscum  bellum  geram  ? 


/> 


258  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  68 

8.  Eogavi  eum  invitone  patre  domum  duobus  talentis 

emisset,  necne. 

9.  Negavit  cuiusquam  interesse  utrum  rure  maneret 

an  ad  oppidum  abiret. 

10.  Num  quis  imperatorem  rogare  ausus   est   utrum 

in   Haeduorum  finibus   hiemare    constituisset, 
necne  ? 

11.  ludicibus    quaerendum   est  utrum  servum    inter- 

fecerit  necne. 

12.  Utrum  tibi  imperavit  ut  discederes,  annon  ? 

13.  Eogavit  aliquis  milesne  essem,  necne. 

(212.) 

1.  It  does  not   matter  to  me  whether   you   stay  at 

home  or  go  to  Paris. 

2.  I   ask  you  whether  you  have  been  persuaded  or 

not. 

3.  It  matters  greatly  whether  we  regard  Caesar  as  a 

friend  or  as  an  enemy. 

4.  I  asked  my  friend  TuUius  whether  he  wished  to 

go  to  Italy  in  the  winter  or  the  summer. 

5.  It  is  difficult  to  understand  whether  the  general 

was  dear  to  the  citizens  or  hateful. 

6.  I  did  not  dare  to  ask  the  prisoner  whether  he  had 

been  condemned  to  death  or  acquitted. 

7.  I  must  ask  whether  wine  is  very  dear  at  Carthage 

or  not. 

8.  What  does  it  matter  to  you  whether  I  am  allowed 

to  be  away  from  home  or  not?      Ought  I  to 
obey  you  ? 


SEC.  69  "  lAMDIU  "  WITH  THE  PRESENT  TENSE  259 

9.  I  order  you  to  ask  Ariovistus,  the  king  of  the 
Germans,  whether  he  is  willing  to  give  us  ten 
hostages  or  not. 

10.  It  will  make  a  great  difference  whether  I  march 

into  your  territory  with  five  legions  or  return 
to  the  city  of  Geneva. 

11.  I  asked   the  man  whether  he  remembered  you  or 

not. 

12.  Does  it  matter  whether  I    am  considered  wise  or 

foolisli  by  this  man  ? 


SECTION  69. 

"  IAMDIU  "  WITH   THE    PRESENT   TeNSE. 

He  has  long  been  in  command  of  the  army,  lamdiu  praeest 
exercitui. 

Note  the  difference  between  the  English  and  the  Latin 
idiom.  We  say,  "  He  has  been  general  a  long  time,"  and 
leave  it  to  be  understood  that  he  is  still  general ;  the  Latin 
uses  the  present,  "  He  is  in  command  (and  has  been)  this 
long  time."  Compare  the  French,  //  est  id  depuis  longtem/ps, 
"He  has  been  here  a  long  time." 

(213.) 

1.  lamdiu  rex  est :    ab   omnibus  iamdiu  et  amatur 

et  timetur. 

2.  Eomae  iamdiu  vivo,  nee  quisquam  de  hac  re  me 

certiorem  fecit. 


260  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  69 

3.  Si  ex   urbe   expulsus   esset   ad    insulam    Cyprum 

abiisset. 

4.  Utrum  iamdiu  domi  tuae  vivit,  an  heri  venit  ? 

5.  Num  nostra  interesse  putas  hominem  obscuro  loco 

natura  consulem  fieri  ? 

6.  Hanc  artem  iamdiu  discimus,  nee  quicquam  scire 

videmur. 

7.  Si  quid  de  hac  re  servus  dixisset,  aliquem  ad  te 

misissem. 

8.  Hanc    silvam   iamdiu  vendere  cupio :    nee    quis- 

quam  talento  vult  emere. 
9..  Utrum  arbor  ilia  ornamento  est  meo  horto,  annon  ? 

10.  Si  Eomam  mane  rediero,  ad  te  veniam. 

11.  Cum  ad  portum  veneris,  ne  quid  timueris  :  videbis 

aliquem  qui  te  flumen  transportabit. 

12.  Cum  iamdiu  rure  viveret,  in  urbem  redire  nolebat. 

13.  Si    hostes    vidisses,    negasses    uUam    esse     spem 

redeundi  domum. 

14.  Num  quid  voluptatis  ea  res  tibi  attulit  ? 

15.  Iamdiu  spero  fore  ut  convalescat. 


(214.) 

1.  I  have  long  been  a  soldier:  with  me  for  leader, 

there  is  nothing  to  fear. 

2.  I  have  bought  books  from  you  for  a  long  while  : 

I  wish  to  give  you  this  for  a  present. 

3.  This  victory  will  be  an  honour  to  you  when  the 

king  is  informed  of  your  bravery. 

4.  I   have  long   desired  to  spare  these  women  who 

have  done  us  no  harm. 


SEC.  70  SOME  VERBS  FOLLOWED  BY   "  UT  "  261 

5.  He  was  born   in  a   humble  position,  but  he  has 

long  been  general. 

6.  I   have   long  been  afraid  of  your  slave  :  is  he  not 

considered  a  man  of  tried  valour  ? 

7.  If  he  comes  to  my  house,  I  shall  go  away  into  the 

midst  of  the  garden. 

8.  Through  fear  of  the  dog  he  remains  at  the  top  of 

the  tree. 

9.  Will  he  be  obeyed  by  the  soldiers  ?     Will  lie  not 

be  a  danger  to  the  state  ? 

10.  Is  there  any  one  in  the  temple  ?      I   think   I  saw 

some  one. 

11.  I  have  long  been   hoping  that  you   will  return, 

nor  can  any  one  persuade  me  that  you  will  be 
condemned  for  treason. 

12.  He  denied  that  he  had  bought  any  birds  at  such  a 

price. 

1 3.  Was  he  in  command  of  the  ships  or  the  horsemen  ? 
14.1  appointed  some  one  governor  of  the  town :  did 

it  matter  to  you  who  he  was  ? 


SECTION  70. 

Some  Verbs  followed  by  "Ut." 

/  ash  you  to  leave  the  house,  Rogo  te  ut  dome  excedas. 
/  advise  you  to  stay,  Moneo  te  ut  maneas. 

Many  verbs  and  phrases,  which  in  English  are  followed 
by  the  infinitive,  are  followed  by  ut  in  Latin  :  among  these 
are  the  following  : — 


262  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  70 

Impero  tibi  ut  facias  (Taut  te  facere  iuhed),  I  give  you  orders 

to  do  it 
Rogo  te  ut  facias,  /  ask  you  to  do  it. 
Peto  a  te  ut  facias,  I  beg  .  .  . 
Oro  te  ut  facias,  I  pray  ... 
Hortor  te  ut  facias,  I  urge  .  .  . 
Moneo  te  ut  facias,  /  advise  .  .  . 
Persuadeo  tibi  ut  facias,  I  persuade  .  .   . 
Mihi  curae  est  ut  faciam,  /  am  anxious  .   .  . 

After  these  verbs  ut  introduces  a  final  clause,  and  will 
therefore  be  replaced  by  ne  when  there  is  a  negative  with 
the  English  infinitive  : — 

/  advise  you  not  to  stay,  Moneo  te  ne  maneas. 

The  impersonal  accidit  ("it  happens  ")  is  followed  by  ut 
introducing  a  consequence,  and  therefore  hy  ut  .  .  ,  non, 
not  ne,  when  there  is  a  negative  : — 

/  happened  not  to  see  him,  Accidit  ut  eum  non  viderem 
(literally.  It  happened  that  •  .   .) 

Mos  est,  "  It  is  the  custom,"  is  also  followed  by  ut. 
It  is  not  my  custom  to  sleep  in  the  morning,  Non  est  mos 
meus  ut  mane  dormiam. 

(215.) 

1.  Tullio  persuadere  debuisti  ut  Corinthum  nobiscum 

iret. 

2.  Mos  est  barbarorum,  qui  trans  flumen  incolunt, 

ut  omnes  captivos  edant. 

3.  Putasne  te  Ariovisto  persuadere  posse,  ut  copias  e 

nostris  finibus  deducat,  annon  ? 


SEC.  70  SOME  VERBS  FOLLOWED  BY   "  UT  "  263 

4.  Num  legatus  tibi  imperavit  iit  castris  excederes  ? 

5.  Num  quern  rogavisti  ut  librum  tuum  tanti  emat  ? 

6.  Illud  unum  vos  ore,  iudices,  ne  putetis  me  haec 

amore  pecuniae  fecisse. 

7.  Gaius,  unus  ex  amicis  meis,  dixit  aliquem   milites 

hortatum  esse  ut  imperatorem  interficerent. 

8.  Hoc  a    vobis    peto,  ut   memiiieritis    nullos  mihi 

amicos  esse. 

9.  Accidit  ut  in  urbe  essem  cum  tu  rus  venires. 

10.  lamdiu  te  moneo  ne  hominem  infimi  generis  anii- 

corum  numero  habeas. 

11.  Mihi  curae  est  ut  tibi  persuadeam  ^  me  duce  nihil 

esse  periculi. 

12.  Ita  factum  est  ut  nemo  tibi  crederet. 

13.  Quis     tibi     imperavit    ut    equitatum    a    flumine 

deduceres  ? 

(216.) 

1.  I  pray  you  to  believe  me  :  I  did  this  from  kindness. 

2.  I  shall  urge  him  to  maintain  his  opinion  :   I  have 

long  agreed  ivith  him. 

3.  If  we   persuade  him  to   fight,  we  shall  be  con- 

sidered foolish. 

4.  Did  you  advise  me  to  read  your  friend  TuUius* 

book  or  not  ? 

5.  I  am  anxious  to  leave  the  island :  will  you  buy 

my  house  at  a  low  price  ? 

^  Notice  that  moneo  and  persuadco  are  followed  by  the  infinitive 
when  they  do  not  introduce  a  final  clause  :  Moneo  te  ut  eas,  "  I  warn 
you  to  go,"  but  Moneo  te  Caesarcm  profedum  esse,  "  I  warn  you  that 
Caesar  has  set  out." 


264  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  71 

6.  I  think  I  can  persuade  some  one  to  buy  the  ship 

at  a  higher  price. 

7.  I  will  beg  him  not  to  take  any  food  away  from 

the  dog. 

8.  It  is  the  custom  of  the  Britanni  to  make  an  old 

man  a  judge. 

9.  You  ought  to  have  given  orders  to  the  cavalry  to 

approach  the  city  by  night. 

10.  If  you  had  not  been  banished  from  our  city,  the 

king  would  have  asked  you  to  command  the 
army. 

11.  I  happened  to  be  staying  in  the  country  when  he 

went  away  to  Corinth.  , 

12.  Do  you  think  that  Caesar  will  be  a  protection  to 

the  city  or  not  ? 

13.  I   have  been  informed  that  some  one  has  advised 

King  Ariovistus  not  to  attack  our  camp. 


SECTION  71. 

Conditional  Sentences  referring  vaguely  to 
Future  Time. 

1.  If  he  were  to  conquer  the  Gauls,  I  should  rejoice.  Si 
Gall  OS  vincat,  gaudeam. 

The  present  ^  subjunctive  is  used  in  Latin  in  a  con- 
ditional sentence  of  this  kind  which  refers  vaguely  to  the 
future. 

1  The  perfect  subjunctive  is  also'  used  with  nearly  the  same  sense 
as  the  present. 


SEC.  71  CONDITIONAL  SENTENCES  265 

2.  Compare  with  this  the  conditional  sentence  which  refers 
to  present  time  and  implies  that  the  condition  is  not  realised 
(imperfect  subjunctive)  : — 

Si  Gallos  vinceret,  gauderem,  If  he  were  conquering  the 
Gauls,  I  should  he  rejoicing  (it  is  implied  that  he  is  not 
conquering). 

3.  Compare  also  the  conditional  sentence  which  refers  to 
future  time,  but  more  vividly  than  sentence  1  :  — 

Si  imperator  erit,  gaudebo,  If  he  is  general  I  shall  rejoice. 


(217.) 

1.  Si  mihi  credas,  divitissimum  te  reddere  possim. 

2.  Si   exercitum   e  nostris  finibus  deduxerit,   pacem 

faciamus. 

3.  Si  fenestram  aperueris,  frigus  sentias. 

4.  Si  Tullium  roges  ut  tibi  debitam  pecuniam  solvat, 

tibi  irascatur. 

5.  Qua  de  causa  moneo  te  ne  quid  dicas. 

6.  Si  faveas  amicis,  iudex  non  creeris. 

7.  Si  liomae  maneas,  quid  facias  ? 

8.  Si  regi   persuadere   possim  ut  me  urbi  praeficiat, 

tibi  subveniam. 

9.  Si  quid  huic  miserrimo  homini  iiocueris,  capitis  te 

accusem. 

10.  Nisi  gratias  mihi  egerit,   amicorum  numero   non 

habeam. 

1 1 .  lamdiu  te  videre  cupio :  cum  opus  confecero  rus 

veniam. 

12.  Si  urbem  Capuam   obsideamus,  cives   eruptionera 

laciant. 


266  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  71 

13.  Si  pacem  a  nobis  petat,  obsides  reddat. 

14.  Si   simules  te   summae  virtiitis  esse,  non  tibi  cre- 

datur. 

15.  Si  tibi  imperet  ut  urbe  excedas,  num  ei  pareas  ? 


(218.) 

1.  If  you  were  to  be  made  consul  next  year,  would 

you  favour  your  friends  ? 

2.  If  he  should  be  unwilling  to  leave  the   temple,  I 

would  go  to  the  judge. 

3.  If  you  were  to  approach  the  queen,  you  would  be 

bound  by  the  soldiers. 

4.  If  you  were  to  surpass  all  men  in  wisdom,  you 

would  be  considered  very  wise. 

5.  If  the  army  should  be  defeated,  it  would  be  a 

disgrace  to  the  general. 

6.  If  you  were  not  to  take  exercise,  you  would  not 

be  well. 

7.  If  I  were  to  come  with  you  the  dog  would  not 

hurt  you.     Don't  be  afraid. 

8.  If  you  were  to  tell   him  that,  you  would  not  be 

believed. 

9.  If  you  were  to  forget  such  a  friend  you  would  be 

despised  by  everybody. 

10.  If   we  should    cross   the   river   in  the  night  we 

should   be   able   to   attack   the    enemy    while 
asleep. 

11.  It  would  not  much  matter  to  me  if  you  were  to 

think  me  fooHsh. 


SEC.  72  CONDITIONAL  SENTENCES  267 

12.  If  I  were  to  lead  an  idle  life  I  should  make  my 

father  miserable. 

13.  You  would  persuade  Caius  to  come  with  us,  if  you 

were  to  promise  to  be  present. 


SECTION  72. 

Conditional  ^ente^c^s— (Continued). 

Before  doing  the    two    following   exercises    note    the 
difference  between — 

1.  Si  adsit,  eum  laudemus   (present  subjunctive),  If  he 

were  to  come  (in  the  future)  we  should  praise  him, 
and 

2.  Si  adesset,  eum  laudaremus  (imperfect  subjunctive), 

If  he  were  here  (now)  ive  slwuld  he  praising  him. 
(It  is  implied  that  he  is  not  here.) 


(219.) 

1.  Si  rex  essem,  tibi  non  parcerem. 

2.  Si  imperator  fiam,  Haeduos  facile  vincam. 

3.  Si   ad   regem  adire   auderem,   ei  persuaderem  ut 

filium  tuum  liberaret. 

4.  Nisi  canem  timeret,  non  abiret. 

5.  Si  magni  equuin  faceret  non  tanti  venderet. 

6.  Eogabo  eum  utrum  minoris  vendere  velit,  necne. 

7.  Si  mihi  duo  talenta  des,  de  his  rebus   certiorem  te 

faciam. 


268  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  72 

8.  Si  mihi  duae  essent  legiones,  Galli  nobis  nocere 

non  possent. 

9.  Si  negotio  se  dedat,  ceteris  facile  praestet. 

10.  Si  quis  te  sententiam  roget,  quid  respondeas  ? 

11.  Si  mos   esset  nobis   ut  victis  parceremus,   vitam 

vobis  concederem. 

12.  Si    liceat    nobis    abire    liberis,   e    vestris    finibus 

abeamus,  nee  quisquam  nostrum  redeat :  ali- 
quantum  auri,  frumenti  multum  ad  vestram 
urbem  quotannis  mittamus. 

13.  Etiamsi  vobis   credere  possem,  non   liceret   mihi 

more  populi  Komani  vobis  parcere. 

(220.) 

1.  If  he  were  to  come,  I  should  not  speak  with  him. 

2.  If  he  were  present,  I  should  say  the  same. 

3.  If  he  were  to  ask  me  my  opinion  I  should  say  that 

the  legions  ought  to  be  put  over  the  river  Ehine. 

4.  If  he  were  to  say  it,  I  should  not  regard  him  as  a 

friend. 

5.  If  Caesar  were  to  come  with  a  fleet  of  a  hundred 

ships  we  would  give  up  the  city  to  him. 

6.  If  we  were  to  ask  him  to  appoint  some  one  as 

governor  of  the  city,  he  would  regard  us  as 
the  friends  of  the  Eoman  people. 

7.  If  I  were  in    command   of  the   cavalry,  I  should 

not  fear  Ariovistus,  the  king  of  the  Germans. 

8.  If  he   understood   this   he   would  not  think   me 

wise :  he  does  not  know  what  I  have  done. 

9.  If  any  one  were  to  see   you,  you  would  be  con- 


SEC.  73  SUMMARY  OF  THE  RULES  269 

demned  to  death,  nor  would  any  one  be  able 
to  help  you. 

10.  If  he  were  living  with  us  he  would  not  be  allowed 

to  be  idle. 

11.  If  you  were   to   read   the   book   you  would   not 

understand  it :    F  advise  you  not  to  buy  it  at 
such  a  price. 

12.  I  have  long  desired  to  ask  you  whether  you  think 

me  like  you  or  not. 


SECTION  73. 

Summary  of  the  Rules  for  Conditional  Sentences. 

In  the  following  exercises  instances  are  given  of  the 
different  kinds  of  conditional  sentences.  The  following 
examples  will .  help  you  to  distinguish  one  kind  from  the 
other : — 

I.  Conditional  sentences  requiring  the  subjunctive  are  of 
two  kinds  : 
(i.)  Those  in  which  the  present  or  perfect  subjunctive 
is  used :  these  refer  vaguely  to  future  time, 
and  may  be  rendered  in  English  by  "  If  he  were 
to  .  .   ." 

If  he  were  to  come,  he  would  see  you.  Si  veniat,  te 
videat ;  or  Si  venerit,  te  viderit. 
(ii.)  Those   in  which   the  imperfect  or  pluperfect  sub- 
junctive is  used.     In  these  sentences  it  is  implied 
that  the  condition  is   not  being  (imperfect  tense), 
or  has  not  been  (pluperfect)  fulfilled. 


270  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  73 

If  I  were  rich  I  would  give  you  some  money,  Si 

dives   essem,  aliquid  pecuniae   tibi  darem. 

{But  I  am  not  rich.) 
If  I  had  seen  him  I  should  have  asked  him,  Si  eum 

vidissem,  rogavissem.     {But  I  did  not  see 

him.) 

II.  A  conditional  sentence  which  does  not  belong  to  one 
of  the  two  classes  of  which  instances  are  given  above 
will  require  the  indicative  (or,  if  an  order  is  given, 
the  imperative).  Care  must  be  taken  to  use  the  right 
tense ;  thus  in  the  following  sentences  the  English, 
^^  If  he  comes^'  is  translated  in  three  different  ways  : 
\.  If  he  comes  we  all  rejoice  (i.e.  if  ever  he  comes),  Si  ille 
venit  omnes  gaudemus. 

2.  If  he  comes  my  friend  will  come  too  (i.e.  if  he  shall 

come),  Si  ille  veniet,  veniet  et  amicus  mens. 

3.  If  he  comes  he  will  make  a  speech  (i.e.  if  he  shall  have 

arrived),  Si  ille  venerit,  orationem  habebit. 

4.  Si  scripsit,    If  he  wrote.       Si    scribebat,   If  he   was 

writing. 

Eecapitulatory  Exercises. 

(221.) 

1.  Si  epistulam  scribis,  gratulare  fratri.  2.  Si  eras 
epistulam  scribes,  nonne  iiarrabis  quae  fecimus  ?  3. 
Si  epistulam  scripseris,  mecum  vesperi  venies.  4.  Si 
ad  me  scribas,  nihil  respondeam.  5.  Si  quid  scriberes, 
tacerem.  6.  Si  talia  heri  scripsisti,  pater,  cum  leget, 
tibi  irascetur. 


SEC.  73  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  271 

7.  Si  quando  multitudinem  videt,  orationem  habere 
vult.  8.  Si  adfuit,  orationem  habuit.  9.  Si  adesset, 
non  taceret.  10.  Si  venerit,  abibo,  11.  Si  orationem 
habuerit,  laudabitur.  12.  Si  orationem  habeat,  tibi 
ridere  non  liceat.  13.  Si  ille  orationem  habuisset, 
ceteri  irati  essent. 

14.  Si  mihi  pigro  esse  liceret,  hac  sub  arbore  dor- 
mirem.  15.  Sed  pater  imperat  ut  opus  conficiam. 
Cum  confecero,  dormiam. 

16.  Si  me  monebis  ut  consul  fiani,  te  stultum  habebo. 

1 7.  Si  me  monuisset  te  venturum  esse,  domi  mansissem. 

18.  Si  qui  deus  ilium  moneat  ut  hostibus  me  dedat, 
deo  non  pareat.  19.  Si  adfuissem,  talia  non  monu- 
issem.  20.  Nisi  tu  me  monueris  ut  abeam,  in  urbe 
manebo.  21.  Si  eum  rogaveris  ut  tecum  edat,  ad 
tempus  veniet. 

(222.) 

1.  If  lie  were  present,  he  would  answer  you.  2. 
If  he  were  to  come,  you  would  not  dare  to  say  that. 
3.  If  he  had  been  here,  you  would  not  have  said  such 
things.  4.  If  he  comes  you  will  not  stay.  5.  If  ever 
he  comes  he  is  a  protection  to  all  of  us. 

6.  If  he  withdrew  his  troops  from  our  territory,  he 
did  not  wish  to  fight.  7.  If  we  had  offered  him  battle 
he  would  have  fled.  8.  If  he  turns  aside  from  the 
city  of  Capua,  there  will  be  no  danger.  9.  If  he  took 
the  gold  away  from  the  temple,  the  god  will  punish 
him. 


272  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  73 

10.   If  you  order  me,  I  will  go  away  from  you. 

11.  If  you  were  to  order  me  to  go  I  should  not  stay. 

12.  If  you  had  ordered  me  to  remain,  I  should  not 
have  left  you.  13.  If  you  were  present,  I  should  not 
wish  to  go  away.  14.  If  you  return,  I  shall  rejoice. 
15.   If  you  return,  the  slave  will  come  with  you. 

16.  If  we  were  to  give  hostages,  they  would  make 
peace.  17.  If  we  give  hostages,  they  will  think  us 
timid.  18.  If  we  had  not  attacked  them,  there  would 
have  been  no  cause  for  war.  19.  If  Caesar  were  in 
command  of  the  army,  he  would  not  order  us  to  return 
home.  20.  If  ever  we  give  hostages,  we  promise  to 
obey  the  enemy. 

(223.) 

1.  If  there  should  be  any  danger  he  would  run  away. 

2.  When  he  asked  me  what  I  feared  I  denied  that 

there  was  any  danger. 

3.  If  he  appoints  a  day  for  a  conference,  they  will 

be   able   to   withdraw   their   troops   from   the 
camp. 

4.  If  he  was  sent  forward  to  choose  a  place  for  the 

camp,  he  ought  not  to  have  delayed  for  three 
hours. 

5.  I  would  write  'a  longer  letter,  did  ^  I  not  know 

that  you  will  come  to  town  to-morrow. 

6.  If  he  had  been  a  man  of  noble  birth  he  would 

have  been  made  king. 

^  "If  I  did  not  know." 


SEC.  73  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  273 

7.  If  the  enemy  cross  the  river,  we  shall  have^  to 

fight. 

8.  If  we  were  to  turn  away  from  the  river  we  should 

have^  to  wage  war  on  a  different  plan. 

9.  You  do  not  know  how  dear  glory  is  to  men. 

10.  If  we  were  to  impose  a  tax  on  the  city  of  Capua, 

we  should  be  able  to  build  a  beautiful  temple. 

11.  If  I  had  preferred  peace  to  war  I  should  have 

been  praised  by  the  king. 

12.  If  you  wish  to  send  any  soldiers,  we  pray  you  to 

choose  us.      We   have   long   hoped  to   go  to 
Gaul. 

(224.) 

1.  If  he   comes    to   my  house   accompanied  by  his 

mother,  he  will  not  be  allowed  to  enter. 

2.  If   he   were   to   come   in   my   absence,  the   slave 

would  help  him. 

3.  If  he  had  left  the  city,  I  should  not  have  been 

able  to  see  him. 

4.  If  he  were  (now)  present,  he  would  be  a  protection 

to  us. 

5.  Have  you  seen  my  friend  Caius  ?     Do  you  know 

where  he  is  ? 

6.  The  slave  informed  me  that  Caius  was  reading  a 

book  in  the  garden. 

7.  If  he  is  reading  I  dare  not  approach  him. 

8.  Does  he  seem  devoted  to  the  business,  or  not  ? 

9.  If  he  ordered  you  to  leave  the  house,  why  did  you 

delay  ? 

^  Use  the  gerundive. 
T 


274  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  73 

10.  Do  you  wish  to  ask  him  to  spare  you  ? 

11.  If  any  one  does  such  things,  the  general  does  not 

spare  him. 

12.  If  the  general  had  ordered  us  to  fight,  I  should 

have  urged  the  soldiers  to  defend  their  country. 

13.  If  five  hundred  horsemen  had  been  present,  we 

should  have  conquered  the  enemy. 

14.  If  you  were  to  ask  him,  he  would  deny  that  he 

saw  any  one. 

(225.) 

1.  If  you  don't  believe  me,  read  the  letter  which  I 

received  yesterday. 

2.  If  he  comes  out  of  the  camp  to  ask  for  peace,  we 

will  kill  him. 

3.  If  the  cavalry  of  the  enemy  had  fled  we  should 

have  won. 

4.  If  you  were  to  ask  him  who  did  it  he  would  not 

tell  you. 

5.  I  advise  you  not  to  approach  your  father :  you 

will  never  be  able  to  persuade  him  that  you 
were  not  present. 

6.  If  you  were  to  ask  me  what  is  to  be  done  ^  per- 

haps I  should  not  answer. 

7.  If  he  sees  it,  he  will  be  angry  with  me. 

8.  The  slave  says  that  some  one  is  in  the  garden, 

but  Caius  says^  that  he  can  find  no  one. 

9.  What  does  it  matter  to  me  whether  he  is  well  or 

not  ? 

1  "To  be  done,"  gerundive. 
2  "Denies  that  he  can  find  any  one." 


SEC.  73  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  275 

10.  If  any  one  wishes  to  be  made  consul,  he  promises 

to  help  the  poor. 

11.  If  any  judge  acquits  those  who  are  a  danger  to 

the  state,  he  ought  to  be  condemned  to  death. 

12.  If  we  were  to  send  a  messenger,  the  Haedui  would 

come  to  our  aid. 

13.  Do  not  answer,  if  he  asks  you  whether  you  have 

seen  me  or  not. 

(226.) 

1.  Did  any  one  see  him  leaving  the  house  ? — Some 

one  saw  him  :   I  do  not  know  who  it  was. 

2.  Go  into  the  house  :  if  you  see  any  one,  ask  him 

whether  he  did  it  or  not. 

3.  If  Hannibal  should  command  the  army,  he  would 

wage  war  by  land  and  sea. 

4.  If  you  persuade  him  tliat  there  is  a  considerable 

supply  of  corn  in  the  territory  of  the  Haedui, 
he  will  order  us  to  start  in  tlie  evening. 

5.  No  one  can  persuade  him  to  leave  the  city. 

6.  If  he  is  believed,  he  will  be  a  danger  to  all  of  us. 

7.  As  they  were  returning  from  the  country,  they  were 

informed  that  some  one  had  been  made  dictator. 

8.  When  you  have  finished  your  work  don't  come 

home :    I    will   set    out   for    the    country   to- 
morrow. 

9.  If  you  come  to  my  house  you  won't  find  much 

food. 
10.  When  he  perceived  that  he  was  dying,  he  urged 
his  friends  to  seek  safety  in  flight. 


276  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  73 

11.  If  you  were  general,  what  would  you  do  ? 

12.  I  warn  you  that  there  is  not  enough  corn  in  the 

camp ;  that  the  enemy  have  seized  the  moun- 
tain, aifid  that  they  will  attack  us  at  daybreak. 


(227.) 

1.  If  you  were  believed,  why  do  you  try  to  persuade 

us? 

2.  The   man  who   wrote   that   book   has   long  been 

thought  wise. 

3.  When  he  asked  me  whether  I  had  been  present 

or  not,  I  answered  that  somebody  had  been 
present. 

4.  He  asked  me  to  inform  the  judge  whom  I  had  seen. 

5.  If  you  had  gone  away  in  your  usual  fashion,  you 

would  not  have  heard  my  song. 

6.  When  you  have  read  the  book,  tell  me  what  you 

think. 

7.  Does  it  not  require  great  intelligence  to  carry  on 

war  on  this  system  ? 

8.  If  he  is  accused  of  treason,  he  will  be  condemned 

to  death  in  accordance  with  the  custom  of  our 
ancestors. 

9.  Is  it  wise  to  read  such  books  ?     Is  it  friendly  to 

sell  what  I  gave  you  as  a  present  ? 

10.  If  he  were  to  leave  us  we  should  not  regard  him 

as  a  friend. 

11.  Don't  write  a  letter:  if  he  wants  to  ask  you  any- 

thing he  will  come. 

12.  Those  who  love  the  king  will  follow  me. 


SEC.  73  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  277 

13.  He  has  long  been  considered  a  man  of  most 
honourable  character :  I  hope  he  will  be 
elected  consul. 

(228.) 

1.  We,  who  know  the  man,  think  him  very  like  you. 

2.  If   I  had  been  able  to   sell  my  house   I  should 

have  gone  with  the  learned  Titus  to  Athens. 

3.  If  you  were   to    be   informed  that   the   army  of 

Caesar  had  turned  aside  from  the  river,  what 
would  you  do  ? 

4.  When  you  hear  the  orator  speaking  you  will  think 

him  the  wisest  of  men. 

5.  When  you  have  returned  home  you   will  not  be 

able  to  remember  what  he  said. 

6.  You  who  are  afraid  of  tlie  waves  of  the  sea  cannot 

go  to  Gaul  to  see  the  great  city  of  Paris. 

7.  What  poet  says  that  the  Britons  never  have  been, 

and  never  will  be  slaves  ? 

8.  If  you  dare  not  go  alone,  you  must  stay. 

9.  The  old  man   urged  them   all   to   return   to    tlie 

country. 

10.  What  folly  to  lead  five  hundred  soldiers  into  the 

territory  of  the  enemy  ! 

11.  If  corn  is  dear,  we  will  eat  less  food. 

12.  When  the  enemy  had  seized  the  ships  we  sent  a 

messenger  to  ask  for  peace. 

13.  Eaising  a  shout,  the  Haedui  attacked  the  camp, 

nor   would    any   of  us   have   escaped,   if   the 
cavalry  had  not  come  in  time. 


278  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  73 


(229.) 

1.  It  is  not  for  me  to  advise  you  to  eat  more  food. 

2.  Have  you  forgotten  what  the  doctor  said  ? 

3.  It  would  be  a  disgrace  to  the  king  if  he  were  not 

to  go  to  the  assistance  of  the  general. 

4.  If  any  poet  writes  such  verses,  ought  he  not  to  be 

banished  from  the  city  ? 

5.  If  you  ask  me  what  I  think,  you  will  hear  nothing 

new. 

6.  If  you  were  to  assist  him  you  would  receive  a 

considerable  sum  of  money. 

7.  What  wisdom  to  write  such  a  book  ! 

8.  I  don't  think  much  of  the  soldier  if  he  is  afraid 

of  that  horse. 

9.  On  being  asked  this  the  boy  denied  that  there 

were   any  mountains   in  the  territory  of  the 
Helvetii. 

10.  I  ordered  him  to  buy  fifty  ships  of  war  for  a  small 

suip. 

11.  He  persuaded  me  that  the  king  had  determined 

to  make  peace. 

12.  Having  learned  this,  I  begged  him  to  give  up  the 

hostages. 

13.  Since  the  house  was  at  a  great  distance  from  the 

city,  I  asked  my  friend  to  give  me  a  horse. 

14.  He  could  not  be  persuaded  to  withdraw  the  troops 

from  the  town. 


SEC.  73  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  279 

XXXIX. 

Killed  hy  Joy. 


Diagoras. 

De  Ehodio  Diagora  celebrata  historia  est.  Tres 
filios  adulescentes  habiiit  Diagoras,  unum  pugilem, 
alterum  pancratiasten,  tertium  luctatorem.  Eos  omnes 
vidit  vincere  coronarique  Olympiae  eodem  die,  et  cum 
ibi  eum  tres  adulescentes  amplexi,  coronis  suis  in 
caput  patris  positis,  saviarentur,  cum  populus  gratula- 
bundus  flores  undique  in  eum  iaceret,  ibidem  in  stadio 
inspectante  populo  in  osculis  atque  in  manibus  filiorum 
animam  efflavit. 

B. 

After  Trasymene. 

Mulierum  ad  portas  multitudo  stetit  aut  suorum 
aliquem  aut  nuntios  de  iis  opperiens :  circumfunde- 
banturque  obviis  sciscitantes,  neque  avelli,  utique  ab 
notis,  priusquam  ordine  omnia  inquisissent  poterant. 
Inde  varios  vultus  digredientium  ab  nuntiis  cerneres,  ut 
cuique  laeta  aut  tristia  nuntiabantur,  gratulantesque 
aut  consolantes  redeuntibus  domos  circumfusos.  Fem- 
inarum  praecipue  et  gaudia  insignia  erant  et  luctus ; 
unam  in  ipsa  porta  sospiti  filio  repente  oblatam  in 
complexu  eius  exspirasse  ferunt,  alteram  cui  mors  filii 


280  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  73 

falso  nuntiata  erat  maestam  sedentem  domi  ad  primum 
conspectum  redeuntis  filii  gaudio  nimio  exanimatam. 

XL. 

His  Mother  s  Lament  over  Euryalus, 

Hunc  ego  te,  Euryale,  aspicio  ?  tune,  ilia  senectae 
sera  meae  requies,  potuisti  linqiiere  solam, 
crudelis  ?  nee  te,  sub  tanta  pericula  missum, 
adfari  extremum  miserae  data  copia  matri  ? 
heu,  terra  ignota  canibus  data  praeda  Latinis 
alitibusque  iaces,  nee  te  ad  tua  funera  mater 
produxi  pressive  oculos  aut  vulnera  lavi, 
veste  tegens,  tibi  quam  noctes  festina  diesque 
urgebam,  et  tela  curas  solabar  aniles. 
quo  sequar  ?  aut  quae  nunc  artus  avolsaque  membra 
et  funus  lacerum  tellus  habet  ?  hoc  mihi  de  te, 
nate,  refers  ?  hoc  sum  terraque  marique  secuta  ? 
figite  me,  si  qua  est  pietas,  in  me  omnia  tela 
conicite,  o  Eutuli,  me  primam  absumite  ferro ; 
aut  tu,  magne  pater  divom,  miserere,  tuoque 
invisum  hoc  detrude  caput  sub  Tartara  telo, 
quando  aliter  nequeo  crudelem  abrumpere  vitam. 

XLI. 

After  Cannae. 

Hannibali  victori  ceteri  circumfusi  gratulabantur 
suadebantque  ut  tanto  perfunctus  bello  diei  quod 
reliquum   esset  noctisque  insequentis  quietem  et  ipse 


SEC.  74  "qui"  introducing  A  FINAL  CLAUSE  281 

sibi  sumeret  et  fessis  daret  militibus  :  Maharbal  tamen, 
praefectus  equitum,  minime  cessandum  ratus,  "  immo, 
ut  quid  hac  pugna  sit  actum  scias,  die  quinto,"  inquit, 
"  victor  in  Capitolio  epulaberis.  Sequere ;  cum  equite, 
ut  prius  venisse  quam  venturum  sciant,  praecedam." 
Hannibali  nimis  laeta  res  est  visa  maiorque,  quam  ut 
earn  statira  capere  animo  posset.  Itaque  voluntatem 
se  laudare  Maharbalis  ait,  ad  consilium  pensandum 
temporis  opus  esse.  Tum  Maharbal  "non  omnia 
nimirum  eidem  di  dedere :  vincere  scis,  Hannibal, 
victoria  uti  nescis."  Mora  eius  diei  satis  creditur 
urbi  saluti  fuisse  atque  imperio. 


SECTION  74 
"Qui"  INTRODUCING  A  Final  Clausk. 

Venerunt  qui  nuntiarent,  Men  came  to  bring  news. 

Nihil  habeo  quod  scribam,  /  liave  nothing  to  wiite. 

Qui  is  often  used  with  the  subjunctive  to  express  a 
purpose  :  Venerunt  qui  nuntiarent,  "  There  came  men  who 
were  to  bring  news."  Qui  with  the  indicative  gives  a  dif- 
ferent sense  : 

Venerunt  qui  nuntiaverunt,  Men  came  who  brought  news. 

(230.) 

(Every  sentence  contains  an  instance  of  qui  used  in  a  final 
sense.) 

1.  Ad  imperatorem  adierunt  qui  pacem  peterent. 


282  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  74 

2.  Quinquaginta  milites  in  Haeduorum  fines  raisit 

qui  frumentum  poscerent. 

3.  His  de  rebus  non  multa  habeo  quae  dicam. 

4.  Cum    domo    exire    statuissem,    epistulam  scripsi 

quam  legeres. 

5.  Nihil  novi  erat,  quod  scriberem. 

6.  Canem  reperire  volo  quern  parva  pecunia  emam. 

7.  Fortissimos     elegit     qui    flumine    traiecto    castra 

adorirentur. 

8.  Nonne  hie  philosophus  dignus  est  qui  audiatur  ? 

9.  Flores  mihi  in  horto  nuUi  sunt,  quos  ad  te  mit- 

tam,  neque  tanti  emere  possum. 

1 0.  Quis  est  quem  rogem  ut  mihi  subveniat  ? 

11.  Gladium  emam  quo  Balbum,  hominem  turpissi- 

mum,  interficiam. 

12.  Nemo  est  quem  legionibus  praeficiam :    qua    de 

causa  ipse  e  castris  exire  non  possum. 

13.  Nihil  habeo  quod  te  moneam ;  quod  tibi  optimum 

videbitur,  faciendum  erit. 

(231.) 

(Ut  is  not  to  be  used  in  this  exercise.) 

1.  Men  were  sent  to  ask  whence  he  came. 

2.  He  left  Labienus  to  finish  the  war. 

3.  Concerning   the   customs   of  this   nation    I    have 

many  things  to  say. 

4.  I  have  no  money  to  give  you :  don't  ask  me  these 

questions. 

5.  I  have  no  slaves  to  send  with  you:  if  you  dare 

not  go  alone,  I  will  come  myself. 


SEC.  75  "QUO,"  FINAL  283 

6.  I  sent  a  boy  to  inform  you  of  the  arrival  of  the 

third  legion. 

7.  When  the  city  is  built  we  shall  have  to  look^  for 

a  wise  man  to  rule  us. 

8.  He  used  to  write  speeches  for  other  men  to  de- 

liver. 

9.  If  I  send  you  a  book  to  repair,  will  you  promise 

to  return  it  ? 

10.  There  are  none  to  help  us:   I  ask  you  what  is  to 

be  ^  done. 

11.  Men  came  to  ask  whether  the  king  was  dead   or 

not. 

12.  If  he  had  conquered   I   should  have  sent  a  mes- 

senger to  inform  you. 

13.  When  you  have  finished  the  work  men  will  come 

to  congratulate  you. 


SECTION  75. 
"Quo,"  Final. 

Hoc  mihi  dixit  quo  facilius  intellegerem,  He  told  me  this 
that  I  might  the  mxyre  easily  understand. 

Quo  is  used  instead  of  ut  in  a  final  sentence  which  con- 
tains a  comparative :  it  is  followed  by  the  subjunctive. 

We  have  seen  that  qui  is  used  with  the  subjunctive  to 
express  a  purpose.  Epistulam scripsi  quam  legeres,  "I wrote 
a  letter  for  you  to  read,"  is  equivalent  to  Epistulam  scripsi 

^  Gerundive. 


284  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  75 

ut  earn  legeres,  "  I  wrote  a  letter  that  you  might  read  it." 
Similarly,  quo  (the  ablative  of  qui)  is  equivalent  to  ut  eo^ 
and  means  "in  order  that  in  this  way,"  or  "through 
this."  The  sentence  at  the  beginning  of  this  section  might 
be  rewritten,  Hoc  mihi  dixit  ut  eo  facilius  intellegerem^  "  He 
told  me  this  in  order  that  in  this  wai/j"  or  "  m  order  that  so  I 
might  more  easily  understand." ' 

(232.) 

1.  Quo  gratior  esset  militibus,  promisit  se  urbe  capta 

multum  vini  eis  daturum. 

2.  Et  haec  et  multa  alia  promisit  ut  cives  deciperet. 

3.  Domum    suam    reficiendam    curavit,    quo     pluris 

venderet. 

4.  luvenis  simulat  se  cupidum  esse  pugnae  quo  for- 

tior  videatur. 

5.  Quo  facilius  intellegere  possitis  quid  sit  faciendum, 

ea  quae  vidi  narrabo. 

6.  Ad  magistrum   miserunt    puerum,    qui    quaereret 

quid  faciendum  esset. 

7.  Quo  minus  sit  pericli,  ipse  veniam. 

8.  Si  ego  exercitui  praeessem,  te  vinciri  iuberem. 

9.  Quo   facilius  scribas,  discedam;  si  me  vocaveris, 
'^  redibo. 

^  Quo  is  not   used  where  ut  eo  would  not  make  sense.     For  in- 
stance— 

Imperavit  mihi  ut  plus  cibi  caperem  {ut,  not  quo),  He  ordered  me  to 

take  more  food. 
But,  Simulavit  se  esurire  quo  plus  cibi  caperem,  Be  pretetided  to  be 

hungry  that  I  might  take  more  food. 
Quo=  "  in  order  that  through  his  action.'^ 


SEC.  75  "  QUO,"  FINAL  285 

10.  Ex  me  quaesivit  utrum  epistulam  legissem,  necne. 

11.  Talia  si  respondissem,  condemnatus  essem. 

12.  Multos  servos  emit  quo  pigriorem  vitam  agat. 

13.  Mos  erat  eorum  ut  multum  cibi  vesperi  caperent. 

14.  Urbem  iamdiu  obsidemus,  nee  quidquam  est  spei 

fore  ut  capiatur.    Me  iudice,  redeundum  est. 

(233.) 

1.  I  will  help   you,  that   you   may  learn  the   more 

easily. 

2.  That  he  may  be  considered  wiser,  he  pretends  to 

have  written  a  book. 

3.  It  is  the  custom  of  those  who  live  in  this  city  to 

go  into  the  country  in  the  summer. 

4.  He  stayed  at  home  for  three  hours,  that  he  might 

write  a  longer  letter. 

5.  In  order  that  he  might  lead  a  more  honourable 

Hfe,  he  left  these  men. 

6.  If  you   had   told  me  that  some  one  was  in  the 

garden,  I  should  not  have  left  the  house ; 

7.  Nor  would  any  one  have  known  that  I  was   pre- 

sent. 

8.  That  our  men  might   fight  more  bravely,  I  said^ 

that   I    had    not    seen    any    horsemen   in    the 
enemy's  camp. 

9.  Open  the  window,  that  we   may  more   easily  see 

the  soldiers. 
10.   In  order  that  I  miglit  build  a  larger  house,  I  sold 
all  my  horses. 

1  Say,  "  I  denied  that  I  had  seeu." 


286  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  76 

11.  Men  approached  to^  demand  money. 

12.  You  ought  to  read  the  works  of  Virgil,  that  you 

may  write  better  verses. 

13.  I  will  pick  some  flowers  to  send  to  my  sister. 

14.  The  slave  said  that  he  had  not  seen  any  books. 


SECTION  76. 

"QUIDAM." 

Quidam  means  "a  certain  one."  It  is  declined  qui-dam, 
quae-dam,  quod-dam;^  genitive,  emus-dam^  etc. 

Note  the  difference  between  quidam  and  aliquis.  Est 
aliquis  in  templo  means  "  There  is  some  one  in  the  temple." 
(This  does  not  imply  that  the  speaker  knows  anything 
about  the  "  some  one.") 

Est  quidam  in  templo  means  "  There  is  a  certain  person 
in  the  temple."  (That  is  to  say,  "  There  is  some  one  in 
the  temple,  of  whom  I  could  tell  you  more  if  I  wished.") 

Before  doing  the  exercise  see  section  66  on  the  words 
"some"  and  "any." 

(234.) 

1.  Venit  ad  imperatorem  miles  quidam,  qui  diceret 

equites  hostium  adesse. 

2.  Vidi  aliquem  domi  tuae ;  quis  esset,  nesciebam. 

3.  Epistulam  ad  amicum  quemdam  scribo  ;  eius  nomen 

dicere  nolo. 

^  Use  qui.  ^  Or  (without  a  substantive)  quid-dam. 


SEC.  76  "  QUIDAM  "  287 

4.  Erat  in  ilia  urbe  templum  quoddam  Dianae,  quod 

videre  voluimus. 

5.  Erat  apud  me  nauta  qiiidam,  qui  talia  narrabat  ut 

servi  intrare  non  auderent. 

6.  Hie  dicit  se  mihi  aliquid  auri  dedisse ;  ego  auteni 

nego  me  quidquam  accepisse. 

7.  Graecus  quidam  cecinisse  dicitur. 

8.  Msi  qui  deus  nobis  subvenerit,  moriemur. 

9.  Quo  celerius  venirem,  promisit   se    mihi   aliquid 

praemii  daturum. 

10.  Cum  in  ilia  urbe  essem,  Horatii  opera  cum  Balbo 

quodam,  doctissimo  viro,  legebam. 

11.  lamdiu  me  rogat  utrum  consul  esse  velim,  necne. 

12.  Accidit  ut   amicus  quidam  mens   eodem  tempore 

Carthagini  esset. 

13.  Si  me  roges  num  quod  auxilium  exspectem,  negem 

me  quidquam  spei  habere. 


(235.) 

1.  In    the   island   of   Sicily   there   is   a  certain   city, 

which  the  Greeks  built. 

2.  A  certain   slave  informed  me  that  there  was  some 

one  in  the  garden. 

3.  Nobody  thought  that  there  was  any  cause  for  fear. 

4.  If   any  one   had  asked,   the   citizens   would  have 

denied  that  any  one  desired  war. 

5.  In  the  middle  of  the  nioht  a  certain  Carthamnian 

came  to  our  camp,  to  bring  the  news  that  the 
city  was  being  besieged. 


288  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  76 

6.  If  any  one  wishes  to  help  us,  he  ought  to  set  out 

at  daybreak. 

7.  We  have  long  desired  such  an  opportunity :  I  will 

come  to-morrow  with  certain  friends. 

8.  That  they  might  the  more  easily  deceive  me,  they 

sent  a  man  named  Sulla  ^  to  my  house. 

9.  Did  he  not  ask  you  whether  you  had  been  banished 

from  the  city  or  not  ? 

10.  He  asked  me  to  give  some  money  that  he  might 

be  able  to  build  a  larger  house. 

11.  If  I  had  thought  that  the  house  would  be   an 

ornament  to  the  city,  I  would  have  given  much 
gold. 

12.  If    any  messenger  comes  from  the  camp,  I  will 

send  a  slave  to  you. 


XLII. 

Strange  Discovery  of  a  Murderer  and   Thief. 

Strato  medicus  domi  furtum  fecit  et  caedem  eius 
modi.  Cum  esset  in  aedibus  armarium  in  quo  sciret 
esse  nummorum  aliquantum  et  auri,  noctu  duos  con- 
servos  dormientes  occidit  in  piscinamque  deiecit,  ipse 
armarii  fundum  exsecuit  et  nummos  abstulit,  uno  ex 
servis  puero  non  grandi  conscio.  Furto  postridie  cog- 
nito,  omnis  suspicio  in  eos  servos  qui  non  comparebant 
commovebatur.  Cum  exsectio  ilia  fundi  in  armario 
auimadverteretur,   quaerebant   homines  quonam  modo 

1  Say,  "A  certain  Sulla." 


SEC.  76  "  QUIDAM "  289 

fieri  potuisset.  Quidam  ex  amicis  domini  recordatus 
est  se  nuper  in  auctione  vidisse  in  rebus  minutis  serrulam 
formae  inusitatae,  qua  illud  potuisse  ita  circumsecari 
videretur.  Ne  multa :  perquiritur  a  coactoribus ;  in- 
venitur  ea  serrula  ad  Stratonem  pervenisse.  His 
rebus  inventis  et  aperte  insimulato  Stratone,  puer 
ille  conscius  pertimuit ;  rem  omneni  dominae  indicavit ; 
lioniines  in  piscina  inventi  sunt ;  Strato  in  vincula 
coniectus  est,  atque  etiam  in  taberna  eius  nunnni, 
nequaquam  omnes,  reperiuntur. 


XLTIT. 

Dionysins  the   Tyrant, 

Duodequadraginta  annos  tyrannus  Syracusanorum 
fuit  Dionysius.  Is  tamen,  maleficus  natura  et  iniustus, 
cives  suos  timens,  in  carcerem  quodam  modo  ipse  se 
incluserat.  Itaque,  ne  tonsori  coUum  committeret, 
tondere  filias  suas  docuit ;  ita  regiae  virgines,  ut 
tonstriculae,  tondebant  barbam  et  capillum  patris. 
Idemque,  cum  in  communibus  suggestis  consistere 
non  auderet,  contionari  ex  turri  alta  solebat.  Atque 
is,  cum  pila  ludere  vellet — studiose  enim  id  factitabat 
—  tunicamque  poneret,  adulescenti  cuidam  tradidisse 
gladium  dicitur.  Hie  cum  quidam  familiaris  iocans 
dixisset  "huic  quidem  certe  vitam  tuam  committis" 
adrisissetque  adulescens,  utrumque  iussit  interfici, 
alterum  quia  viam  demonstravisset  interimendi  sui, 
alterum  quia  dictum  id  risu  approbavisset. 

u 


290  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  77 

XLIV. 

Damocles. 

Cum  quidam  ex  eius  adsentatoribus,  Damocles, 
commemoraret  in  sermone  copias  eius,  maiestatem 
dominatus,  rerum  abundantiam,  magnificentiam  aedium 
regiarum,  negaretque  uiiquam  beatiorem  quemquam 
fuisse,  "  visne  igitur,"  inquit,  "  o  Damocle,  quoniam  te 
haec  vita  delectat,  ipse  earn  degustare  et  fortunam 
experiri  meam  ? "  Cum  se  ille  cupere  dixisset,  collo- 
cari  iussit  liominem  in  aureo  lecto  strato  pulcherrimo 
textili  stragulo  magnificis  operibus  picto,  abacosque 
complures  ornavit  argento  auroque  caelato :  aderant 
unguenta  et  coronae,  incendebantur  odores,  mensae 
conquisitissimis  epulis  exstruebantur ;  fortunatus  sibi 
Damocles  videbatur.  In  hoc  medio  adparatu  ful- 
gentem  gladium  e  lacunari  saeta  equina  aptum  demitti 
iussit,  ut  impenderet  illius  beati  cervicibus.  Itaque 
nee  plenum  artis  aspiciebat  argentum,  nee  manum 
porrigebat  in  mensam;  iam  ipsae  (Jefluebant  coronae. 
Denique  exoravit  tyrannum  ut  abire  liceret ;  "  nolo," 
inquit,  "iam  beatus  esse." 


SECTION  77. 

"  QUOMINUS." 


Nihil  me  impediit  quominus  scriberem,  Nothing  pre- 
vented me  from  writing  {Nothing  prevented  rjie  that 
so  ["  quo  "  =  "  ut  eo  "]  /  might  not  [minus]  ivrite). 


SFX'.  77  "  QUOMINUS  "  291 

Non  recusabo  quominus  epistulam  legas,  /  will  not 
object  to  your  reading  the  letter  (I  will  make  no 
objectimi  in  order  that  you  may  not  rend  the  letter). 

Quominus  is  chiefly  used  after  impedio,  "I  hinder," 
recuso,  "  I  object,"  and  some  other  verbs  of  kindred  mean- 
ing. Quominus  is  not  generally  used  unless  the  verb 
on  which  it  depends  has  a  negative  with  it.^ 

The  origin  of  this  use  of  quominus  may  be  seen  b}^  com- 
paring the  following  sentences  : — 

Quo  minus  ametis  hominem,  narrabo  ea  quae  fecit, 
That  you  may  like  the  fellow  less,  J  will  tell  you 
what  lie  did. 

("  That  you  may  like  him  less  "  is  nearly  equivalent  to 
"  That  you  may  not  like  him  at  all.") 

Non  recuso  quominus  ametis  hominem,  /  make  no 
objection  to  your  likiiu/  the  man. 

("I  do  not  make  objections  in  order  that  you  may  not 
like  him."     Minus  here  simply  means  "not."-) 


(2:^6.) 

1.  Quo  sit  sapientior  multa  discere  debet. 

2.  Quo  minus  pericli  esset  i)ortas  urbis   claudi  iussit. 

^  Impedio  (for  instance)  without  a  negative  is  generally  followed 
by  ne,  not  quominus  :  Tiiac  lacrimal  mc  impediiint,  ne  plura  dicaDi, 
"Your  tears  prevent  me  from  saying  more."  The  negative  is  often 
implied  :  Quid  im2)cdit  ?  ' '  What  prevents  ?  "  will  be  followed  by 
quominus  if  the  answer  "  Nothing  "  is  expected. 

-  Minus  is  not  uncommon  in  tliis  sense:  minus  intellexi—^^l 
didn't  quite  understand." 


292  .        LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  77 

3.  Quo  minus  admiremini  hominem,  audite  ea  quae 

dico. 

4.  Nemo  recusabit  quominus  in  Galliam  proficiscaris. 

5.  Nihil  eum  impediet  quominus  miles  fiat. 

6.  Negavi   eum  ulla  lege  impediri  quominus  consul 

crearetur. 

7.  Num    recusare    debui     quominus     huic     homini 

miserrimo  subvenirem  ? 

8.  Si  quid  auxilii  promittas,  bellum  conficere  possim. 

9.  Non  recuso  quominus  me  stultum  existimetis. 

10.  Venerunt   qui    imperatorem    orarent    ut    obsides 

redderet. 

11.  Quis  recusabit  quominus  tibi  parcat  ? 

12.  Si   quid   me   impediverit  quominus  tuam  domum 

veniam,  nuntium  ad  te  mittam. 

13.  Venerunt  qui  me  monerent  ne  Gaium  urbi  prae- 

ficerem. 

14.  Aderant   qui  mecum  loquebantur,  nee   quisquam 

nuntiaverat  te  venisse. 

15.  Nemo  a   me   impedietur   quominus  Balbum  ami- 

corum  numero  habeat. 


(237.) 

1.  Did    anything  hinder   you    from   coming  ?      (Did 

anything   hinder  you  in  order  that  you  might 
not  come  ?) 

2.  He  could  not  object  to  my  writing  a  letter. 

3.  Men  came  to  ^  ask  me  whether  I  had   seen  you  or 

not. 

^  Use  qui. 


SEC.  78  "  QUIN "  293 

4.  1  answered  that  I  did  not  know ;  that  some   one 

had  left  the  house  in  the  evening. 

5.  If  they  had  believed  me  they  would   have  found 

you. 

6.  I  have  no  objection  to  your  hearing  my  song. 

7.  The    shouts   of  those   men   shall  not  prevent  me 

from  defending  my  friend. 

8.  Kaise  shouts  if  you  please,  but  hear  what   I   am 

saying. 

9.  The  death  of  the  general  did  not  prevent  us  from 

finishing  the  war. 

10.  The  Gauls  said  they  had  no  objection  to  obeying 

my  brother  Quintus. 

11.  If  you  were  to  keep  silence  you  would  hear  some 

news. 

12.  I  will  make  no  objection  to  your  adopting  a  fresh 

plan  if  you  will  promise  to  return  in  time. 

13.  Did  you  enter  the  temple  or  not  ? 

14.  If  you   had   not  prevented  me  from  speaking  I 

should  have  asked  whether  he  had  been  named 
dictator  or  not. 

/ 


SECTION  78. 

"QuiN." 

Quill  means  "who  .   .   .   not,"   "hut   that"  or   "that," 
"why  .   .   .   not,"  and  is  followed  by  tlie  subjunctive. 

1.   Nemo  est  quin  hoc  sciat,  There  is  no  one  who  does  not 
know  this. 


294  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  78 

2.  Nihil  causae  est  quin  abeas,  There  is  no  reason  why 

you  should  not  go  away. 

3.  Non  dubito  quin  feceris,  /  don't  doubt  (but)  that  you 

have  done  it. 

4.  Haec  nunquam  dicere  possum  quin  rideam,  /  can 

never  say  this  without  laughing  (but  that  /  laugh). 

Before  you  attempt  the  exercise  note  in  what  various 
ways  quin  is  translated :  note  especially  sentence  4. 

Quin  is  only  used  after  negative  expressions  or  questions 
which  imply  a  negative  answer.  It  is  very  commonly  used 
after  non  dubito,  non  dubium  est,  nemo  est,  and  a  few  other 
expressions  in  which  the  negative  is  emphatic. 

Quin  (1)  is  either  the  equivalent  of  the  relative  (usually 
in  the  nom.  masc.)  combined  with  a  negative.  Sentence  1 
is  an  instance  of  this  very  common  use.  Nemo  est  quin 
seiat  -  Nemo  est  qui  nesciaf.  (2)  Or  it  is,  not  a  relative  pro- 
noun, but  a  conjunction,  as  in  the  other  three  sentences;  it  is 
then  derived  from  qui  (an  old  form  of  the  ablative  of  qui, 
quae,  quod),  meaning  "  in  which  way,"  "  for  which  reason," 
"  by  which  means." 

(238.) 

1 .  Non  dubito  quin  mecum  ire  velit. 

2.  Nemo   nostrum  est  quin  sciat  Caesarem  impera- 

torem  Eomanum  fuisse. 

3.  Nunquam  tam  miser  est  quin  tecum  loqui  velit. 

4.  Quis  in  urbem  venit  quin  audiret  te  capitis  con- 

demnatum  esse  ? 

5.  Huius  orationem  nunquam  audio  quin  admirer. 

6.  Num  quid  causae  est  quin  tres  dies  rure  maneam.? 

7.  Nemo  bonus  est  quin  sit  iustus. 


SEC.  78  "  QUIN  "  295 

8.  Nimquam    domum   ineo   quin  me  rogent  servi  ut 

plus  cibi  dem. 

9.  Neminem   in   urbe   vidi  quin    mihi    gratularetur, 

nee  cuiquam  persuadere  potui  me  miserrimum 
omnium  hominum  esse. 

10.  Nemo  repertus   est   quin   diceret    me   proditionis 

absolvendum  esse. 

11.  Non  dubito  quin  vobis  sapiens  videatur. 

12.  Nemo  est  quin  me  moneat  ut  aliquid  vini  bibam. 

13.  Mittentur  qui  regem  orent  ut  diem  colloquio  dicat. 

14.  Nihil  me  impediet  quominus  naveni  solvam. 

(239.) 
{Quin  should  be  used  in  every  sentence  in  this  exercise.) 

1.  I  do  not  doubt  but  that  you  have  seen  him. 

2.  There  is  no  one  among  us  ^  who  has  not  heard  this. 

3.  I  see  that  it  is  doubtful   to  no  one  tliat  he  has 

left  his   friends.      Can   we   hope   to   see   him 
again  ? 

4.  No  one  can  be  wise  without  being  good. 

5.  What   reason   is   tliere    why  I   should   not   go  to 

Italy  in  the  summer  ? 

6.  Do  not  doubt  but  that  I  agree. 

7.  I  never  see  him  without   thinking  that  such  a 

man  is  an  honour  to  the  city. 

8.  I  deny  that  there  is  any  one  among  you  ^  who  has 

not  heard  that  Caesar  conquered  the  Gauls. 

9.  Can   you  doubt  that  they  wish  to  put  all  their 

forces  across  the  Ehine  ? 

^  "Among  us,"  nostrum  ;  "among  you,"  oestrum. 


296  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  79 

10.  No  one  left  the  camp  that  night  without  being 

wounded  by  the  enemy  ;  nor  would  any  one 
have  returned  if  the  cavalry  had  not  come  to 
our  aid. 

11.  There   was  no   one  in   Gaul  who   did   not  obey 

Caesar. 

12.  He  never  comes  to  my  house  without  begging  me 

for  money. 

13.  There  is  no  doubt  that  a  certain  Balbus  has  been 

made  judge.  He  is  said  to  be  a  man  of  most 
honourable  character. 


SECTION  79. 
Verbs  of  Fearing. 

Vereor  ne  hostes  nos  vincant,  /  fear  that  the,  enemy  will 
conquer  us. 

Vereor  ut  hostes  vincamus,  /  fear  that  we  shall  not  con- 
quer the  enemy. 

Vereor  {or  timeo)  ne  .  .   .  I  fear  that  .  .   . 

Vereor  (or  timeo)  ut  .   .   .  I  fear  that  .  .  .  not. 

Notice  that  the  present  subjunctive  may  refer  either  to 
present  or  to  future  time.  Verem^  ut  hostes  vincamus  may  mean 
either  "  I  fear  that  we  shall  not  conquer  the  enemy/'or  "  I  fear 
that  we  are  not  conquering  the  enemy."  In  the  same  way, 
Veritus  sum  ut  hostes  vinceremus  may  mean  either  "  I  feared 
that  we  should  not  conquer  the  enemy,"  or  "  I  feared  that 
we  were  not  conquering  the  enemy." 


SEC.  79  VERBS  OF  FEARING  297 


(240.) 

1.  Vereor  ne  dicat  haec  sibi  odio  esse. 

2.  Vereor  ut  Gaius,  amicus  mens,  creetur  consul. 

3.  Omnes   putaveruut  fore   ut    urbs   caperetur ;    nee 

quisquam  erat  quin  timeret  ne  nostri  vincer- 
entur. 

4.  Vereor  ut  pecuniani  solvere  possit. 

5.  Veriti   ut  satis  f rumen ti  haberent  promiserunt  se 

magnam  pecuniam  nobis  daturos. 

6.  Medicus  dixit  se  timere  ut  puer  convalesceret. 

7.  Ne   plueret    veritus,   domum    rediit.      Ego   autem 

non  sum  impeditus  quominus  rus  abirem. 

8.  Quis  recusabit  quominus  reginae  subveniat  ? 

9.  Cum  liaec  dixisset,  omnes  timuimus  ne  se  hostibus 

dederet. 

1 0.  Timeo    ut   verum    dixerit ;  nulla  enim    honestate 

esse  dicitur. 

11.  Haec  si  feceris,  vereor  ne  capitis  condemneris. 

12.  Quis  est  quin  timeat  ut  satis  pecuniae  habeat  ? 

13.  Vereor   ut  barbari   eis  parcant,  qui  frumentatum 

ierunt. 

14.  Nonne  mittendi  sunt  qui  pacem  petant  ?     Nonne 

aliquantum  auri  promittenduni  ? 

15.  Veni   quaesitum    sororem    quae  in  hac  terra  esse 

dicebatur ;  vereor  ne  iam  mortua  sit. 

(-'41.) 

1.   1  fear  that  he  has  not  taken  the  city.      I  fear  that 
the  army  will  be  conquered. 


298  LATIN  COURSE  SBC  79 

2.  We  were  afraid  that  he  was  leading  an  idle  life ; 

but  it  is  said  that  he  has  finished  his  work. 

3.  I  feared  that  the  dog  which  I  bought  would  not 

obey  me. 

4.  I  am  afraid  that  I  shall  not  be  able  to  return  in 

time.      I  will  come  if  I  can. 

5.  I  fear  that  the  queen  will  order  me  to  set  out  for 

Asia  that  I  may  command  the  fifth  legion. 

6.  I  don't  doubt  that  you  wish  to  help  me,  but  I  fear 

that  you  will  not  be  allowed  to  be  present. 
*7.  He  said  that  he  was  afraid  that  the  house  could 
not  be  repaired. 

8.  The   same   night  men  came  to  ^  warn  us  not  to 

cross  the  river. 

9.  News   was    brought   that  some  one  had   escaped 

from  the  camp. 

10.  AVe  feared  that  he  would  inform  the  enemy  of  our 

plans. 

11.  We  sent  fifty  horsemen  to^  look  for  him.      I  am 

afraid    that   they   will    not    find    him    in  the 
wood. 

12.  If  you  were  present,  you  would  agree  with  me :   I 

do  not  doubt  that  the  man  is  a  danger  to  the 
state. 

13.  Fearing  ^  that  I  should  not  recover  he  ordered  me 

to  return  to  the  city  of  London.     I  made  no. 
objection  to  leaving  Italy. 

^  Qui.  -  Verity^. 


\ 

SEC.  80  *'  DUM "  299 


SECTION  80. 

"  DUM." 

1.  Dum  urbem  obsidemus,  rex  mortuus  est,  JFhile  ive 

were  besieging  the  city,  the  king  died. 

2.  Exspectavi  dum  abiret,  /  waited  until  he  went  away. 

1.  Dum,  Avhen  it  means  "while,"  is  used  with  the  indi- 
cative. The  present  tense  is  generally  used,  even  when 
past  time  is  referred  to.^ 

2.  Dumyi'ith.  the  subjunctive  means  "  until  "  -  or  "  till." 


(242.) 

1.  Dum  redeas,  hie  manebo. 

2.  Dum  amicus  abest,  tria  carmina  Horatii  legebam. 

3.  Dum  haec  loquimur,  interea  ad  templum  Dianae 

ventum  est. 

4.  Quod     cum     vidisset     "  Quid     impedit "    iiiquit 

^  The  more  advanced  student  should  note  the  following  distinction: 

(1)  when  dum  means  "in  the  course  of  the  time  that  .  .  .'  it  is 
followed  by  the  present  indicative.     Sentence  1  above  is  an  example. 

(2)  But  if  dum  means  "throughout  the  time  that,"  "so  long  as,"  it 
is  followed  by  whatever  tense  of  the  indicative  suits  the  sense  :  "  All 
the  time  that  you  were  away  he  would  do  nothing, "  Dum  tu  ahcras 
nihil  faccre  volebat.  This  use  of  duin  is  not  illustrated  in  the  following 
exercises. 

-  Diwi  with  the  subjunctive  really  means  rather  more  than 
"until."  For  instance,  sentence  2  (above)  means  "I  waited  with  a 
view  to  his  going  away,"  or  "  I  waited  for  him  to  go."  An  aim  or 
purpose  is  implied.  Otherwise  the  indicative  is  used  :  Dum  ille  rediit, 
putavimus  tc  Capuac  esse,  "  Until  he  returned,  we  thought  you  were  at 
Capua."     Here  dum  merely  marks  the  time. 


300  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  80 

"  quominus   intremus  ?     Dubitari  non   potest 
quin  pulcherrimum  sit  templum." 

5.  Dum  haec  geruntur,  Caesari  nuntiatum  est  collem 

occupatum  esse. 

6.  Haec   cum   scripsissem,   exspectavi  dum    nuntius 

rediret. 

7.  Dum  milites  venirent  moratus,  intellexit  se  occa- 

sionem  amisisse. 

8.  Patre  absente,  promittere  non  poteram.      Mercator 

autem  exspectare  noluit,  dum  ille  rediret. 

9.  Nuntium    Carthaginem   misi  qui  amicum   meum 

certiorem   faceret   Graecum    quemdam   liortos 
emere  velle. 

1 0.  Mane  dum  dormiat.      Cum  dormiet  discedere  nobis 

licebit. 

11.  Dum  Londinii  vivo,  Gaium,  magistrum  sapientis- 

simum,  audivi. 

12.  Quo  melius  corpus  exerceas,  rure  vivendum  erit. 

(243.) 

1.  While  we  were  preparing   our  army,   news  was 

brought  that  the  leader  of  the  Carthaginians 
was  dead. 

2.  Until  he  returns  T  will  read  the  book  which  he 

gave  me  for  a  present. 

3.  While  he  was  asking  the  others  these  questions  I 

tried  to  leave  the  city. 

4.  I   did  not  hear  what  you  said :  while  you  were 

making  your  speech  I   was  talking  with  my 
friend  Balbus. 


SEC.  81  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  301 

5.  Stay  in  the  city  until  you  receive  a  letter  from 
your  father,  who  will  tell  you  what  you  ought 
to  do. 

G.  I  have  long  been  wishing  to  go  to  Athens ;  if  you 
go,  I  shall  be  allowed  to  go  with  you. 

7.  While  you  were  away,  she  could  not  be  prevented 

from  leaving  the  house.      1   fear  that  she  will 
not  return. 

8.  I  will  eat  no  food  till  you  leave  me. 

9.  Is    there    any   reason    why    you    should    not    be 

banished  ? 

10.  While   the    Belgae  were  sleeping  we  crossed  the 

river. 

11.  We  waited  till  they  slept;  having  put  the  army 

across  the  river  we  attacked  the  camp. 

12.  1  gave  the  soldiers  a  considerable  quantity  of  wine 

that  they  might  fight  the  more  bravely. 

13.  Do  not  think  me  foolish.      Was  it  not  wise  to  give 

the  men  these  orders  ? 


SECTION  81. 
Recapitulatory  Exercises. 

(244.) 

1.  Quo  sitis   diligentiores,  promitto  me  vobis  aliquid 

praemii  daturum  cum  opus  confeceritis. 

2.  Totum  diem  nihil  cibi  edisti :  si  quid  vini  biberis 

convalesces. 


302  LATIN  COURSE  SEC  81 

3.  Nemo  nostrum  erat  quin  crederet  te  patriae  amore 

rediisse. 

4.  Nonne  angusti  est  animi  talibus  rebus  delectari  ? 

5.  Hoc  mihi  curae  est  ne  quid  te  impediat  quomiuus 

ad  urbem  Lutetiam  eas. 

6.  Matre     mortua,    quid     causae     erat     quin    miles 

fierem  ? 

7.  Magna  voce  clamavit  obsides  esse  reddendos,  dedu- 

cendas  copias,  redeundum  ad  nostros  fines. 

8.  Si   quis    hunc    librum    a    me    abstulerit,  ei  non 

parcam. 

9.  lamdiu    Italiam,  pulchram  illam    terram,  videre 

cupio. 

10.  Spero  me  Tito,  doctissimo  viro,  persuadere  posse 

ut  mecum  naviget. 

11.  Nonne  summae  est  benevolentiae  eiusmodi  con- 

silium, amici  causa,  deponere. 

12.  Si   gladium  a  te  abstulerit,  num  recusare  poteris 

quominus  te  dedas  ? 

13.  Noli  timere  ne  rex  moriatur :    non   est    dubium 

quin  convalescat. 

14.  Non  exspectandum  est  dum   epistulam  recipias: 

statim  solvendae  naves. 


(245.) 

1.  I  fear  that  you  are  not  weU. 

2.  Do  not  go  to  the  city  to-day  if  it  rains. 

3.  Stay  at  home  till  the  doctor  comes. 

4.  When  he  comes  he  will  tell  you  whether  you  may 

go  or  not. 


SEC.  81  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  303 

5.  I  cannot  object  to  doing  what  you  wish. 

6.  There  is  no  doubt  that  you  are  adopting  an  excel- 

lent plan. 

7.  A  slave  came  to  ask  me  to  return. 

8.  While  he  was  writing  letters,  the  boys  returned. 

9.  I  advise  you  not  to  come  with  us. 

10.  I  warn  you  that  there  are  serpents  in  that  land. 

11.  We  will  go  into  the  country  that  I  may  the  more 

easily  teach  you  this  art. 

12.  If  any  messengers  come,  I  will  write  you  a  letter. 

13.  Did  you  persuade  him  to  obey  me  or  not  ? 

14.  Some  god  is  said  to  have  built  the  city. 

15.  If  any  girl  were  to  pick  my  flowers,  1  should  be 

distressed. 

16.  We  shall  be  angry  with  you  if  you  do  not  stay  till 

we  return. 

17.  If  any  one  had  ordered  me  to  set  sail,  I  should  not 

have  obeyed. 

18.  While  he  was  waging  war  in  Gaul,  you  drove  me 

out  of  the  city. 

(246.) 

1.  Do    you   remember   Cains   or  not?     While    you 

were  at  Paris  he  came  to  my  house. 

2.  I  will  give  you  some   money  that  you  may  buy 

more  flowers. 

3.  The  doctor  advised  him  to  remain  in  London  till 

he  recovered  from  his  illness. 

4.  It  does  not  matter  how  much  gold  you  have  :  it 

matters  much  what  ^  sort  of  a  man  you  are. 

^   "  What  sort  of  a  man,"  qualis. 


304  LATIN  COURSE  SRC.  81 

5.  There  is  no  one  who  has  not  often  heard  this. 

6.  Do  you  think  that  T   shall  object  to  your  going 

into  the  country  ? 

7.  I  fear  that  you  do  not  know  me. 

8.  If  you  knew  your  friend  you  would  not  ask  me 

that  question. 

9.  If  I  were  to  ask  you  for  money  how  much  would 

you  give  me  ? 

10.  I  have  been  informed  that  a  certain  man  named 

Balbus  has  written  a  very  bad  song. 

11.  I  advised  the  girl  not  to  sing,  that  she  might  not 

be  considered  foolish. 

12.  There  is  no  doubt  that  he  is  a  man  of  great  wisdom. 

13.  He  always  makes  such  long  speeches  that  I  dare 

not  stay. 

14.  Stay  till   he  comes.      If  he   comes,  no  one  will 

prevent  you  from  going  away. 

(247.) 

1.  I  cannot  object  to  sending  the  horses. 

2.  I  am  afraid  that  you  will  not  understand  what  I 

am  saying. 

3.  If  I  were  to  ask  you  what  I  have  said,  what  would 

you  answer? 

4.  I  sent  a  slave  to  ask  whether  you  were  well. 

5.  If  she  loved  him,  would  she  write  such  a  letter  ? 

6.  It  matters  nothing  to  me  whether  you  wait  till  I 

go  away  or  not. 

7.  If  you  return  home  to-day  you  will  see  my  sister 

at  your  house. 


SEC.  81  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  305 

8.  When   I  had   persuaded   him   to  set  out,  a   man 

came   to    bring   the    news    that  the   war  w^as 
finished. 

9.  While  we  were  preparing  our  food  in  the  evening, 

the  barbarians  attacked  the  camp. 

10.  Nor  would  anyone  among  ^   us  have  escaped,  if 

the  wise  Labienus  had  not  given  them  much 
wine. 

11.  When  they  had  drunk  the  wine  they  said  that 

they  would  always  regard  us  as  friends. 

12.  We   waited    till   they   were   asleep:   what  reason 

was  there  why  we  should  not  kill  them  all  ? 

13.  So  great  were  the  wrongs  done  by  these  barbarians 

to  our  people  that  the  general  could  not  pre- 
vent the  soldiers  from  killing  them. 


•o 


(248.) 

1.  If  T  were  well,  1  would  come  with  you. 

2.  Even  if  you  were  to  become  king  I  should  main- 

tain my  opinion. 

3.  I  happened  to  be  in  the  garden  when  you  came. 

4.  There  is  no  one  who  does  not  advise  you  to  adopt 

this  plan. 

5.  While  you  were  away  in    Italy  I  was  informed 

about  the  matter. 

6.  I  cannot  doubt  that  you  ought  to  sell  the  horse 

for  less. 

7.  If  you  wait  till  my  ship  arrives   at  the  harbour,  I 

will  pay  you  the  sum  of  money  which  I  owe. 

^  Say  "of  us." 
X 


306  LATIN  COURSE  SKC.  81 

8.  Did  you  set  out  in  the  evening  or  not  ? 

9.  I  will  give  you  enough  gold,  when  we  have  con- 

quered the  enemy. 

10.  I  am  afraid  that  you  will  not  believe  me. 

11.  It  is  said  to  be  a  very  bad  horse :  why  do  you 

ask  so  much  money  ? 

12.  If  you  had  taught  us  the  art  of  fighting  he  would 

not  have  been  able  to  conquer  us. 

13.  If  you  wish  to  persuade  us  that  you  were  present, 

tell  us  what  you  saw. 

14.  I  want  to  know  whether  the  prisoner  spoke  with 

the  woman  or  not. 


(249.) 

1.  Does  any  one  doubt  that  you  wrote  the  letter  ? 

2.  Has  any  philosopher  dared  to  say  that  poets  ought 

to  be  despised  ? 

3.  I   saw  a  certain  friend  of  mine  in  the  city  who 

asked  me  to  go  into  the  country  to-morrow. 

4.  As  I  had  finished  my  work  I  could  not  object  to 

leaving  the  city. 

5.  I  shall  wait  till  you  come  to  the  city  of  Paris. 

6.  He   denied   that   any    one    had   been    nominated 

dictator. 

7.  He  thought  that  I  should  be  made  king. 

8.  While  I  was  reading  a  certain  man  came  to  see 

me. 

9.  He  asked  me  whether  I  was  willing  to  buy  the 

house  for  less  or  not. 
1 0.   Can  he  object  to  selling  for  two  talents  ? 


SEC.  81  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  307 

11.   I  must  stay  in  the  city  till  the  merchant  answers 

me. 
12.1  will  send  a  boy  to  ask  what  they  want  to  do. 

13.  If  a^  king  had  imposed  this  tax  on  the  people,  he 

would  not  have  been  thousjht  wise. 

14.  He  denied  that  he  had  written  any  letters  to  the 

girl. 

15.  If  we  had  any  letters  we  would  give  them  to  you. 


(250.) 

1.  It  happened  that    I   could    not  go  to   Italy  that 

summer. 

2.  I  have  no  flowers  to  pick. 

3.  While  they  were  binding  me  I   said  that  I  was 

a  Koman  citizen. 

4.  I   cannot   object  to   sparing  the  girl :  the   father 

will  not  be  spared. 

5.  I  am  afraid  that  she  will  die  tlirough  grief  for  the 

loss  of  her  father. 
G.   Nothing  will  prevent  me  from  condemning  to  death 
a  man  wlio  has  long  been  deceiving  me. 

7.  liemain  here  till  you  are  informed  of  the  plans  of 

Pompeius. 

8.  Will  a  wise  man  be  persuaded  to  believe  you  ? 

9.  If  you  encourage  the  soldiers,  they -will  be  willing 

to  set  out. 
10.   He  pretended  that  he  knew  my  mother  that  he 
might  the  more  easily  deceive  me. 

^  Say  "if  any  king." 


308  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  81 

11.  He  is  SO  stupid  that  he  does  not  know  that  Sicily 

is  an  island. 

12.  Don't  ask  me  who  did  it.      If  you  ask,  I  will  not 

answer. 

13.  If  they  had  given  hostages,  in  accordance  with 

the  custom   of  the  Eoman  people  we  would 
have  made  peace  with  them. 

14.  If  you  were  to  go  to  the  island  of  Sicily  you  would 

see  the  temples  which  the  Greeks  built. 

15.  It  cannot  be  doubted  that  this  is  an  honour  to  you. 


(251.) 

1 .  Tlu  man  who  commanded  the  cavalry  was  a  leader 

of  great  wisdom. 

2.  Having  chosen  a  place  for  the  camp  he  sent  five 

hundred  men  into  the  territory  of  the  Helvetii 
to  get  corn. 

3.  I  am  afraid  that  there  will  not  be  enough  food  till 

they  return. 

4.  While  we  were  fortifying  the  camp  the  enemy 

offered  us  battle. 

5.  We  sent  ten  horsemen  to  inform  the  general  of 

the  approach  of  the  enemy. 

6.  Who  is  there  who  does  not  believe  that  the  Roman 

soldiers  were  men  of  the  greatest  valour  ? 

7.  If  he  were  king  he  would  wage  many  wars  that 

he  might  seem  the  braver. 

8.  If  he  regards  you  as  a  friend,  what  prevents  you 

from  writing  this  letter  ? 


SEC.  81  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  309 

9.   If  he   had   ordered   us  to  do  this  we  should   not 
have  dared  to  do  it. 

10.  Now  that  hostages  have  been  given/   will    they 

refuse  to  make  peace  ? 

1 1 .  You  told   me  that  a  certain  doctor  had   advised 

you  to  go  to  Italy  in  the  winter. 

12.  If  I  were  to  recover  from  my  illness  I  would  set 

out  with  you. 

13.  When  he  had  made  his  speech  he  was  praised  by 

everybody. 

(252.) 

1.  I  am  afraid  that  you  cannot  answer  me. 

2.  I   am  going   into   the   middle  of  the  city  to  buy 

books  for  a  small  sum. 

3.  I  asked  liim  whether  he  knew  my  mother. 

4.  He  advised  her  to  '^  eat  more  food,  that  she  might 

enjoy  better  health. 

5.  You  cannot  doubt  that  I  stayed  at  home  :  don't 

ask  me  what  I  did. 

6.  Wait  till  I  inform  you  of  the  matter. 

7.  I  have  long  feared  that  he  will  return  to  the  city 

of  Athens. 

8.  Have  you  seen    the  book   which    he  wrote   that 

year  ? 
0.   I  am  afraid  you  will  forget  me  when  you  return 
to  Italy. 

10.  It  is  said  that  corn  is  very  dear  in  Gaul. 

11.  Can  you   not   understand    how   hateful    to  us   is 

cruelty,  how  dear  is  justice  ? 

^  Abl.  abs.  -  See  note,  p.  284  :  use  ut,  not  quo. 


310  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  81 

12.  I  am  persuaded  that  he  did  it  from  hatred  of  you. 

13.  If  you  were  to  ask  me  for  help,  I  could  not  assist 

you. 

14.  If  you  had  repaired  the  ship  in  time,  I  would  have 

paid  you  the  money. 

1 5.  He  will  give  you  a  considerable  amount  of  gold,  if 

you  pretend  that  you  were  in  the  camp. 


(253.) 

1.  If  I  had  any  money  I  would  buy  many  flowers. 

2.  Such  is  the  soldier's  fear  of  the  leader  that  he  dare 

not  return  to  the  camp. 

3.  We  shall  never  forget  this  man :  he  was  a  man  of 

the  greatest  kindness. 

4.  I  will  ask  him  whether  he  has  not  lost  his  book. 

5.  If  the   base    Catiline   were  to  be  made  consul,  I 

should  leave  the  city. 

6.  When  I  have  received  the  book  I  will  write  to 

you. 

7.  Don't  be  distressed  at  this  :  wait  till  I  discover  the 

cause. 

8.  We  shall  not  object  to  following  you,  the  friend  of 

Caesar. 

9.  What  reason  is  there  why  I  should  not  burn  the 

city  of  Capua  ? 

10.  You  surely  do  not  doubt  that  the  citizens  tried  to 

deceive  our  leader  ? 

11.  Do   you  ask  me  to  spare  these  captives?      Is  it 

wise  to  make  such  requests  ? 


SEC.  81     •  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  311 

12.  It  matters  nothing  to  me  that  ^  you  should  prefer 

a  prison  to  your  beautiful ""  garden. 

13.  Do  not  be  foolish.      If  you  do  it,  you  will  not  be 

allowed  to  go  free. 

(254.) 

1.  In  your  absence  a  man  came  to  repair  the  house. 

2.  Don't  pretend  that  you  excel  in   valour :  if  Caius 

were  to  offer  you  battle,  would  you  dare  to  fight  ? 

3.  I  should  be  willing  to  fight  with  Caius  if  I  were 

allowed,    but    to-day  these    verses    must    be 
written. 

4.  To-morrow,  if  you  wish  it,  I  will  go  with  you  into 

the  midst  of  the  woods. 

5.  Few  of  us  will  stay  in  town  this  month,  if  we  are 

allowed  to  go  into  the  country. 

6.  I    am    convinced   that   you   did    not   do    what    I 

ordered. 

7.  If  you  refuse  to  come  I  will  start  alone. 

8.  I  don't  doubt  that  you  answered  him  wisely. 

9.  No   one    read   the    book   without   admiring    your 

verses. 

10.  If  he  had  informed  me  of  this  I  would  have  given 

him  some  money  that  he  might  the  more  easily 
go  to  Corinth. 

11.  He  sent  one   of  his  sons  to  urge  me  to  leave  the 

wicked  Balbus. 

12.  It  is  not  my  business  to  warn  you  not  to  lead  an 

idle  life. 

^  Ace.  and  inf.  -  Superlative. 


312  LATIN  COURSE  •    SEC.  81 

13.  I  will  put  you  this  one  question  :  do  you  wish  to 

be  poor  or  rich  ? 

14.  They  denied  that  anything  would  prevent  us  from 

sailing. 

(255.) 

1.  I  am  persuaded  that  you  condemned  the  man  to 

death  through  hatred  of  me. 

2.  It  is  of  no  importance  to  me  what  you  think. 

3.  According  to  our  custom  twenty  of  us  went  into 

the  country  to  take  exercise. 

4.  If  you  had  shouted  loudly  I  would  have  come  to 

your  assistance. 

5.  If  we  are  not  obeyed  they  will  learn  nothing. 

6.  When  I  ask  him  what  news  there  is  he  makes  me 

no  answer. 

7.  When  we  had  seized  the  hill  we  could  see  the  fires 

in  the  enemy's  camp. 

8.  When  my  father  was  alive  I  had  enough  money. 

9.  It  is  said  that  Caesar  will  appoint  Crassus  to  the 

command  of  the  cavalry. 

10.  When  we  have  drunk  some  wine  we  will  return 

to  the  city  of  London.     Will  anything  prevent 
you  from  accompanying  us? 

11.  You  ought  to  have  asked  him   whence   he   was 

coming. 

12.  Whence  do  you  come  ?      Whither  are  you  setting 

out? 

13.  Accompanied  by  my  mother  I  set  out  the  same 


SEC.  81  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  313 

14.  If  we  had  not  withdrawn  our  troops  from  the 
territory  of  the  Belgae,  we  should  have  been 
conquered. 


XLV. 

A  Trick 

C.  Canius,  eques  Eomanus,  cum  se  Syracusas 
otiandi  (ut  ipse  dicere  solebat),  non  negotiandi  causa 
contulisset,  dictitabat  se  hortulos  aliquos  emere  velle, 
quo  invitare  amicos  et  ubi  se  oblectare  sine  interpella- 
toribus  posset.  Quod  cum  percrebuisset,  Pythius  ei 
quidam,  qui  argentariam  faciebat  Syracusis,  dixit  venales 
quidem  se  hortos  non  liabere,  sed  licere  uti  Canio  si 
vellet  ut  suis :  et  simul  ad  cenam  hominem  in  hortos 
invitavit  in  posterum  diem.  Cum  ille  promisisset, 
tum  Pythius,  qui  esset,  ut  argentarius,  apud  omnes 
ordines  gratiosus,  piscatores  ad  se  convocavit,  et  ab  iis 
petivit  ut  ante  suos  hortulos  postridie  piscarentur, 
dixitque  quid  eos  facere  vellet.  Ad  cenam  tempore 
venit  Canius.  Opipare  a  Pythio  apparatum  convi- 
vium;  cymbarum  ante  oculos  multitudo;  pro  se  quis- 
que  quod  ceperat  afferebat;  ante  pedes  Pythii  pisces 
abiciebantur.  Tum  Canius,  "  Quaeso,"  inquit,  "  quid 
est  hoc,  Pythi  ?  Tantumne  piscium  !  tantumne  cym- 
barum ! "  Et  ille,  "  Quid  minim,"  inquit,  "  hoc  loco  est 
Syracusis  quidquid  est  piscium  ;  hie  aquatio  ;  hac  villa 
isti    carere    non    possunt."      Incensus    Canius    cupid- 


314  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  81 

itate  contendit  a  Pythio  ut  venderet.  Gravate  ille 
primo  :  quid  multa  ? — impetrat.  Emit  homo  cupidus 
et  lociiples  tanti  quanti  Pythius  voluit,  et  emit  in- 
structos ;  nomina  facit ;  negotium  conficit.  Invitat 
Canius  postridie  familiares  siios ;  venit  ipse  mature, 
scalmum  nullum  videt.  Quaerit  ex  proximo  vicino 
num  feriae  quaedam  piscatorum  essent,  quod  eos  nuUos 
videret.  "  Nullae,  quod  sciam,"  inquit,  "  sed  hie  piscari 
nulli  Solent.  Itaque  heri  mirabar  quid  accidisset." 
Stomachatur  Canius.      Sed  quid  faceret  ? 


XLVI. 
I'he  Boxing  Match  between  Dares  and  Entellus. 

A. 

Constitit  in  digitos  extemplo  arrectus  uterque 
bracchiaque  ad  superas  interritus  extulit  auras. 
Abduxere  retro  longe  capita  ardua  ab  ictu 
inmiscentque  manus  manibus  pugnamque  lacessunt ; 
ille  pedum  melior  motu  fretusque  iuventa, 
hie  membris  et  mole  valens,  sed  tarda  trementi 
genua  labant,  vastos  quatit  aeger  anhelitus  artus. 
Multa  viri  nequiquam  inter  se  vulnera  iactant, 
multa  cavo  lateri  ingeminant  et  pectora  vastos 
dant  sonitus,  erratque  aures  et  tempora  circum 
crebra  manus,  duro  crepitant  sub  vulnere  malae. 
Stat  gravis  Entellus  nisuque  immotus  eodem, 
corpore  tela  modo  atque  oculis  vigilantibus  exit. 
Ille,  velut  celsam  oppugnat  qui  molibus  urbem 


SEC.  81  RECAPITULATORY  EXERCISES  315 

aut  montana  sedet  circum  castella  sub  armis, 
nunc  hos,  nunc  illos  aditus  omnemque  pererrat 
arte  locum  et  variis  adsultibus  iniitus  urget. 
Ostendit  dextram  insurgens  Entellus  et  alte 
extulit :  ille  ictuin  venientem  a  vertice  velox 
praevidit  celerique  elapsus  corpore  cessit. 
Entellus  vires  in  ventum  effudit  et  ultro 
ipse  gravis  graviterque  ad  terram  pondere  vasto 
concidit,  ut  quondam  cava  concidit  aut  Erymantho 
aut  Ida  in  magna  radicibus  eruta  pinus. 

B. 

Consurgunt  studiis  Teucri  et  Trinacria  pubes ; 
it  clamor  caelo ;  primusque  accurrit  Acestes 
aequaevumque  ab  humo  miserans  attollit  amicum. 
At  non  tardatus  casu  neque  territus  heros 
acrior  ad  pugnam  redit  ac  vim  suscitat  ira. 
Turn  pudor  incendit  vires  et  conscia  virtus, 
praecipitemque  Daren  ardens  agit  aequore  toto, 
nunc  dextra  ingeminans  ictus  nunc  ille  sinistra; 
nee  mora,  nee  requies  :   quam  multa  grandine  nimbi 
culminibus  crepitant,  sic  densis  ictibus  heros 
creber  utraque  manu  pulsat  versatque  Dareta. 
Tum  pater  Aeneas  procedere  longius  iras 
et  saevire  aniniis  Entellum  hand  passus  acerbis, 
sed  finem  imposuit  pugnae  fessumque  Dareta 
eripuit,  mulcens  dictis,  ac  talia  fatur : 
"  Infelix,  quae  tanta  animuni  dementia  cepit  ? 
non  vires  alias  conversaque  numina  sentis  ? 
cede  deo."     Dixitque  et  proelia  voce  diremit. 


316  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  82 

Ast  ilium  fidi  aequales,  genua  aegra  trahentem 
iactantenique  utroque  caput  crassumque  cruorem 
ore  eiectantem  mixtosque  in  sanguine  dentes, 
ducunt  ad  naves. 


SECTION  82. 
Oratio  Obliqua,  or  Reported  Speech. 

WTiat  is  meant  hy  the  term  Oratio  Ohliqua. 

There  are  two  ways  of  reporting  a  man's  words.  If  we 
wish  to  report  the  fact  that  a  man  has  used  the  words  "  I 
am  king,"  we  may  say  either 

(1)  He  said  '^  I  am  king,'^  or 

(2)  He  said  that  he  was  king. 

In  (1)   we   quote   the   man's  own   words  without  any 
change  whatever,  and  put  them  in  inverted  commas. 
"  Bex  sum  "  inquit  ^  (words  quoted). 

In  (2)  we  do  not  quote  the  speaker's  words  exactly  as 
they  were  uttered,  but  we  give  the  substance  of  what  was 
said,  introducing  it  by  "  he  said  that,"  or  some  similar 
expression. 

Dixit  se  regem  esse  (words  reported  :   Oratio  Obliqua). 

It  will  be  seen  from  the  following  example  that  when 
reported  in  this  way  a  sentence  is  considerably  changed  in 
English,  especially  in  its  verbs  and  pronouns. 

^  Inquit  (not  dixit)  is  used  for  "he  said  "  when  the  actual  words  of 
the  speaker  are  quoted. 


SEC.  82         ORATIO  OBLIQUA,   OR  REPORTED  SPEECH  317 

(Original  words,  or  Oratio  Recta) :   "  /  will  go  to  the  house 

of  which  i/ou  toki  ine.^' 
(The  same  reported,  Oratio  Obliqua) :   He  said  that  he  tvould 

go  to  the  house  of  which  she  had  told  him. 

AVhen  we  use  the  term  Oratio  Obliqua  we  always  mean 
this  second  way  of  reporting  speech  and  not  the  first,  in 
which  the  exact  words  of  the  speaker  are  quoted ;  and  we 
include  under  the  same  term  not  only  reported  speech,  but 
also  reported  thought, — in  fact  all  sentences  introduced  by 
such  expressions  as  "  he  said  that,"  "  thought  that,"  "  felt 
or  perceived  or  understood  that,"  "  exclaimed  that  .  .   ."' 

Rides  for  Oratio  Ohliqua  in  Latin. 

1.  Put  the  accusative  and  infinitive  after  verbs  of  saying, 
thinking,  etc. 

He  said  that  he  was  well,  Dixit  se  valere. 

(With  this  rule  you  are  of  course  thoroughly  familiar.) 

2.  Put  the  subjunctive  in  all  subordinate  clauses.  Sub- 
ordinate clauses  are  introduced  by  the  relative  and  such 
words  as  "when,"  "if,"  "where." 

He  said  tlmt  he  had  read  the  hook  which  I  had  sent  him, 
Dixit  se  legisse  librum  quem  misissem. 

(This  rule  is  entirely  new  to  you,  and  you  will  find  it  a 
little  difficult  to  observe,  as  we  have  no  corresponding  rule 
in  English.) 

It  follows  from  these  two  rules  that  the  indicative  will 
not  he  used  at  all  except  in  the  verb  which  introduces  the 
Oratio  Obliqua  (for  instance,  dixit  in  the  sentence  above). 

3.  The  pronouns  must  be  changed  if  they  are  changed 
in  the  English. 


318 


LATIN  COURSE 


SEC.  82 


I  am  well,  {Ego)  valeo. 

He  said  that  he  was  well.  Dixit  se  valere. 

Note  that  the  subject  of  the  infinitive  must  be  expressed : 
you  may  leave  out  ego :  you  cannot  leave  out  se.  Some 
other  words  will  be  changed,  but  common  sense  will  guide 
you  :  for  instance — 

I  have  the  money  here  now. 

He  said  that  he  had  the  money  there  then. 

4.  The  tense  of  the  verb — 

{a)  In  the  principal  clause  write  the  same  tense  of  the 
infinitive  as  you  have  of  the  indicative  in  the  Oratio  Recta : 
for  instance — 


Oratio  Recta. 
Scribo  (present). 
Scribam  (future). 
Scripsi  (perfect). 


Oratio  Obliqua. 
Dixit  se  scribere  (present). 
Dixit  se  scripturum  (future). 
Dixit  se  scripsisse  (perfect). 


(b)  In  the  subordinate  clause  follow  the  English  as 
closely  as  you  can,  observing  the  rules  of  the  sequence  of 
tenses. 

If  the  verb  which  introduces  the  Oratio  Obliqua  is  past 
(and  this  is  the  commoner  case,  and  the  only  one  that  we 
shall  deal  with  here),  then  by  the  rules  of  sequence  the  im- 
perfect and  pluperfect  subjunctive  are  the  only  possible  tenses. 


Present, 
Imperfect, 
or  Future 

Perfect, 

Future  Perfect, 

or  Pluperfect 


m  subordinate        .„  ,  .         r   .      i 

,  -  ^1  will  become  imperfect  sub- 

clauses  oi  the  .      ..         r\    *.'    ^^^.T 

r\    ^'    -n    1.  mnctive  in  Oratio  Obliqua. 

Oratio  Kecta  -"  ^ 


in  subordinate 
clauses  of  the 
Oratio  Recta 


will  become  pluperfect  sub- 
junctive in  Oratio  Obliqua. 


SEC.  82         ORATIO  OBLIQUA,   OR  REPORTED  SPEECH  319 

Examples — 

0.  R.i  Scrips!  id  quod  legis,  I  wrote  what  you  are  reading. 
0.  0.'^  Dixit  se  scripsisse  id  quod  legerem,  He  said  that 

he  wrote  what  I  was  reading. 
0.  R   Gaia  veniet  tecum  si  opus  confecerit,   Caia  will 

come  with  you  if  she  has  finished  her  work. 
0.  0.  Dixeruut  Gaiam  cum  illo  venturam  si  opus  con- 

fecisset,    They  said  that  Caia  would  come  mth 

him  if  she  had  finished  her  work. 
(Fof  further  instances  see  the  Exercises.) 


(25G.) 

Librum,  quein  amicus  mihi  dedit,  ad  te  mittam. 
Promisit  se  librum,  quern  sibi  amicus  dedisset,  ad 

me  missurum. 
Qui  regem  secuti  sunt,  a  barbaris  sunt  interfecti. 
Certior  factus  sum  eos,  qui  regem  secuti  essent,  a 

barbaris  interfectos  esse. 
Qui  mortem  timent  nou  sunt  laudandi. 
Philosophus  scripsit  eos  qui  mortem  timerent  non 

esse  laudandos. 
Si  Gaio,  nulla  honestate  homini,  credis,  deciperis. 
Dixi  eum   decipi,  si  Gaio,  nulla  lionestate  homini, 

crederet. 
Si  matrem  amas,  litteras  scribere  debuisti. 
Magister  dixit  puerum,  si  matrem  amaret,  litteras 

scribere  debuisse. 
Cum   TuUius,  vir  sapientissimus,  loquitur,  semper 

audio. 

1  0.  R.  =  Oratio  Recta.  -  0.  0.  =  Oratio  Obliqua. 


320  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  82 

Dixit  se,  cum  Tullius  vir  sapientissimus  loquere- 
tur,  semper  audire. 

7.  Agrum,  quem  tu  parvo  vendidisti,  Balbus  emit. 
Sensi  Balbum  emisse  agrum  quem  parvo  vendi- 

dissem. 

8.  Si  pluit,  non  licet  puellae  in  hortum  ire. 
Negavit  puellae  licere  in  hortum  ire,  si  plueret. 

9.  Milites    qui  me    duce    vicerunt    sumnio    honore 

digni  sunt. 
Imperator  putavit  milites,  qui  se  duce  vicissent, 
summo  honore  dignos  esse. 


(257.) 

1.  I  have  done  what  you  ordered. 

He  said  that  he  had  done  what  I  had  ordered. 

2.  I  will  give  you  as  a  present  a  book  which  I  value 

highly. 
He  said  that  he  would  give  me  as  a  present  a  book 
which  he  valued  highly. 

3.  The  plan  which  my  brother  has  adopted  is  most 

foolish. 
I  thought  that  the  plan  which  my  brother  had 
adopted  was  most  foolish. 

4.  Those   who  lead   an   idle  life    ought    not    to   be 

praised. 
I  thought  that  those   who  led  an  idle  life  ought 
not  to  be  praised. 

5.  Those  who  heard  this  laughed. 

He  noticed  that  those  who  had  heard  this  laughed. 

6.  I  have  not  read  the  letter  which  my  father  wrote. 


SEC.  82         ORATIO  OBLIQUA,   OR  REPORTED  SPEECH  321 

He  denied  that  he  had  read  the  letter  which  his 
father  had  written. 

7.  If  this  man  is  the  king,  I  fear  nothing. 

The  prisoner  said  he  feared  nothing  if  that  man 
was  the  king. 

8.  I  shall  appoint  to  the  command  of  the  cavalry  the 

man  who  conquered  the  Helvetii. 
The  queen  said   that  she   would   appoint  to  the 
command  of  the  cavalry  the  man  who  had  con- 
quered the  Helvetii. 

9.  I  can't  promise  to  read  the  book  which  you  have 

written. 
He  said   he  could  not  promise   to  read  the  book 
which  Caius  had  written. 

(258.) 

1.  Librum  emi,  quem  promisi  me  Gaio  daturum. 
Dixit  se  librum  emisse,  quem  promisisset  se  Gaio 

daturum. 

2.  Qui  aderant,  riserunt. 

Dixit  eos  qui  adessent  risisse. 

3.  Qui  idem  sentiunt,  sunt  sapientes. 

Dixit  eos  qui  idem  sentirent  esse  sapientes. 

4.  Eis  qui  hac  arte  praestabunt  praemia  dabo. 
Dixit   se   eis    qui   hac   arte   praestarent    praemia 

daturum. 

5.  Si  canem  times,  stultus  es. 

Dixit  me,  si  canem  timerem,  stultum  esse. 

6.  Qui  civibus  persuadet  ut  bellum  cum  sociis  gerant 

ex  urbe  expelli  debet. 

Y 


322  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  82 

Diximus  eum,  qui  civibus  persuaderet  ut  bellum 
cum  sociis  gererent,  ex  urbe  expelli  debere. 

7.  CoUem,  inquit,  occupabo  qui  proximus  stat  hostium 

castris. 
Imperator  dixit  se  collem  occupaturum  qui  proxi- 
mus castris  hostium  staret. 

8.  Frumenti  non  satis  est  nobis  :  fame  moriemur,  nisi 

Caesar  auxilio  nobis  venerit. 
Intellexit  frumenti   sibi  non  satis  esse :  se  fame 
morituros,  nisi  Caesar  auxilio  sibi  venisset. 

9.  Nos     Komam     ibimus     eadem     via    qua     tu    ire 

statuisti. 
Dixerunt  se  Eomam  ituros  eadem  via  qua  ego  ire 
statuissem. 

(259.) 

1.  I  have  found  the  book  which  I  wanted  to  find. 
He  said  that  he  had  found  the  book  which  he  had 

wanted  to  find. 

2.  I  am  expecting  my  slave  whom  I  sent  into  the 

town  to  buy  food. 
He  said  that  he  was  expecting  his  slave  whom  he 
had  sent  into  the  town  to  buy  food. 

3.  I  despise  those  who  prefer  kindness  to  justice. 
He  told  me   that  he  despised  those  who  preferred 

kindness  to  justice. 

4.  I  spared  those  who  surrendered. 

He  informed  the  general  that  he  had  spared  those 
who  had  surrendered. 

5.  I  wish  to  talk  with  the  man  whom  I  saw  at  Eome. 


SEC.  82         ORATIO  OBLIQUA,   OR  REPORTED  SPEECH  323 

He   said   that   he   wished  to  talk  with  the  man 
whom  he  had  seen  at  Eome. 

6.  When  I  have  built  a  ship  of  war  I  shall  become 

rich. 
He  said  that  when  he  had  built  a  ship  of  war  he 
would  become  rich. 

7.  I  have  imposed  on  the  Gauls  the  tax  which  you 

ordered. 
He  said  that  he  had  imposed  on  the  Gauls  the  tax 
which  the  king  had  ordered. 

8.  I  am  not  allowed  to  receive  the  present  which  you 

have  sent. 
He  said   that  he  was  not  allowed  to  receive  the 
present  which  I  had  sent. 

9.  The  cavalry  of  the  enemy  who  attacked  our  men 

while  they  were  asleep  were  driven  back. 
I  informed  the  general  that  the  cavalry  of  the 
enemy  who  had  attacked  our  men  while  they 
were  asleep  had  been  driven  back. 


(260.) 

(Translate  into  Enghsh,  and  re-write  each  sentence  in 
Oratio  Recta  in  Latin.) 

1.  Dixit  se  milites,  quos  ad  gloriam  saepe  duxisset, 

ad  praedam  nunc  ducere. 

2.  Dixit  se  ad  urbem  rediturum,  qua  in  urbe  natus 

esset. 

3.  Dixit  se  miserrimum   hominem  novisse  qui  nihil 

cibi  haberet. 


324  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  82 

4.  Negavit  se  facere  posse  ea  quae  rogavissem. 

5.  Dixit  hominem,  qui  clementiam  iustitiae  antepon- 

eret,  non  creandum  esse  consulem. 

6.  Speravisti    pueros,    qui    te    magistro    didicissent, 

ceteris  praestituros. 

7.  Intellexit  longe  alia  ratione  gerendum  esse  bellum 

quam  antea  gestum  esset. 

8.  Magna  voce  clamavit  inter ficiendum    esse  regem 

qui  talia  faceret. 

9.  Dixit  se  equum  minoris  venditurum  quam  emisset. 

10.  Imperavit  ut  omnes  qui   pugnare  nollent  e  castris 

exirent. 

11.  Dixit  hominem  qui  urbi  praefectus  esset  summo 

loco  natum  esse. 

12.  Pauperes  putabant  eos  qui  aliquid  pecuniae  habe- 

rent  pigram  vitam  agere. 


(261.) 

(Do  each  sentence,  first  in  Oratio  Recta,  then  in  Oratio 
Obliqua  :  for  instance,  when  you  come  to  sentence  4, 
translate  first  the  Oratio  Recta,  "  What  he  is  saying  is 
true,"  and  then  the  Oratio  Obliqua  as  it  stands  in  the 
book.) 

1.  He  said^  he  would  spare  those  who  had  helped 

the  king. 

2.  He  said  that  he  would  appoint  as  governor  of  the 

city  a  man  whom  all  men  loved. 

^  "  He  said  he  would,"  or  "He  said  that  he  would"  :  "that  "  is  often 
omitted  in  English, 


SEC.  82         ORATIO  OBLIQUA,   OR  REPORTED  SPEECH  325 

3.  He  said  that  he  would  pay  the  money  which  he 

owed  me  on  the  next  day. 

4.  I  thought  that  what  he  was  saying  was  true. 

5.  Every  one  thought  that  the  man  who  had  killed 

the  girl  would  be  condemned  to  death. 

6.  The  general  said  that  the   soldiers  who   had  been 

sent  into  the  territory  of  the  Haedui  must  be 
withdrawn. 

7.  He  said  that  the  legion  which  he  commanded  had 

never  been  conquered. 

8.  He  informed  the  senate  that  he   had  turned  aside 

from    the    river    which    flowed    through    the 
midst  of  the  territory  of  the  Helvetii. 

9.  He    said  that   he    every   day   expected    the  corn 

which  the  Haedui  had  promised. 

1 0.  News  was  brought  to  Caesar  that  there  was  a  man 

in  the  city  who  had  persuaded  the  citizens  not 
to  give  corn  to  our  men. 

11.  Caesar  said  that,  if  this  was  true,  the  man  must  be 

put  to  death. 

(262.) 

(As  in  the  preceding  exercise,  do  each  sentence  first  in 
Oratio  Recta.) 

1.  He    said   that  when   he   commanded    those   brave 

horsemen    he    did    not    think    nmch    of    the 
enemy. 

2.  He   said  that  the   city   which  we  were   besieging 

was  full  of  gold. 


326  LATIN  COURSE  SEC.  82 

3.  He  promised  to  give  much  money  to  those  who 

had  fought  bravely.  (Oratia  Eecta  :  "  I  will 
give  much  money  to  those  who  shall  have 
fought  bravely.") 

4.  He  said  that  he  did  not  think  that  the  enemy  who 

had  so  often  been  conquered  would  offer  us 
battle  again. 

5.  A  certain  soldier,  a  man  of  no  courage,  said  that 

those  who  desired  the  gold  ought  to  fight 
for  it 

6.  He  said  that  he  for  his  part^  preferred  safety  to 

riches :  that  he  did  not  believe  that  the  men 
who  had  so  great  and  so  beautiful  a  city 
would  give  up  everything  to  us. 

7.  He  said  that  he  had  often  noticed  that  those  men 

who  had  much  money,  since  they  did  not  wish 
to  lose  everything,  fought  most  bravely. 

8.  He  said  that  he,  since   he  had  no  money,  would 

not  fight,  but  would  return  home. 

9.  He  said  that  those  who  agreed  with  him  would 

come  with  him  to  Naples. 
10.  He  said  that  they  would  inform  the  citizens  that 
the  army  had  been  conquered  and  the  general 
slain :  that  twenty  of  them  had  escaped  and 
the  rest  were  prisoners. 

^  "  For  his  part"  {i.e.  "as  far  as  he  was  concerned"),  quidem.     In 
the  Oratio  Recta  "  I  for  my  part,"  equidem. 


SEC.  83  QUESTIONS  AND  COMMANDS,   ETC.  327 


SECTION  83. 
Questions  and  Commands  in  Oratio  Obliqua. 

1.  In  Oratio  Obliqua  questions  have  the  verb  in  the  sub- 
jundive.^  If  the  verb  introducing  the  reported  speech  is 
past — and  this  is  the  only  case  we  shall  deal  with — the  verb 
will  be  in  the  imperfect  or  ijluperfed.     For  instance  : 

0.  R.  Te  exspectavi.    Cur  non  venisti  1     I  expeded  you. 

Why  did  you  Twt  come  ? 
O.  0.  Dixit  se  illam  exspectavisse.     Cur  non  venisset  ? 

He  said  that  he  had  expected  her.     IVhy  had  she 

not  come  ? 
0.  R   Nihil  video.     Quid  est  timendum  ?     Cur  fugis  ? 

/  see  nothing.      JFhat  is  there  to  fear  ?      Why  do 

you  run  away  ? 
0.  O.   Dixit  se  nihil   videre.     Quid   esset  timendum  t 

Cur   fugeret?     He  said  that    he  saw  nothing. 

What  was  there  to  fear  ?     Why  was  he  running 

away  ? 

2.  A  command  is  put  in  the  imperfect  subjunctive  (if  the 
verb  introducing  the  reported  speech  is  in  a  past  tense). 

^  The  more  advanced  student  should  note  that  some  questions  are 
put  in  the  accusative  and  infinitive,  not  the  subjunctive.  This  is 
commonly  tlie  case  (1)  if  the  question  would  in  the  Oratio  Recta  be  in 
the  first  or  third  person  ;  or  (2)  if  the  question  is  rhetorical,  i.e.  if  no 
answer  to  the  question  is  expected.  For  instance,  one  may  say, 
"  What  are  you  afraid  of  ?  "  {Qiud  vereris  ?),  meaning  "  You  ought  not 
to  be  afraid  ;  there  is  nothing  to  fear. "  This  would  be  rendered  in 
Oratio  Obliqua  by  Quid  eum  vereri? 


328  LATIN  COURSE  sec.  83 

0.  R  /  am  setting  out  at  once.     Come,  do  not  delay.     lam 

proficiscor.     Yenite,  ne  morati  sitis. 
0.  0.  Dixit  se  iam  proficisci.    Yenirent,  ne  morarentur. 

He  said  that  he  was  setting  out  at  once.     Let 
them  come,  let  them  not  delay. 


(263.) 

1.  Quid  petis  ?      Cur  in  nostra  castra  venisti  ? 
Quid  peteret  ?      Cur  in  sua  castra  venisset  ? 

2.  E  castris  exi :  ad  urbem,  unde  venisti,  redi. 

E  castris  exiret :  ad  urbem  unde  venisset  rediret. 

3.  Ne   credideris    homini :    nonne    certior   factus   es 

eum  regem  decepisse  ? 
Ne   crederet   homini :  nonne   certior  factus   esset 
eum  regem  decepisse  ? 

4.  Quid  rogas  ?      Num  quid  a  me  exspectas  ? 
Quid  rogaret  ?      Num  quid  a  se  exspectaret  ? 

5.  Brevis   est   nox  :  prima   luce  proficiscendum  est : 

cum  potestis,  dormite. 
Brevem  esse  noctem :  prima  luce  proficiscendum 
esse  :  cum  possent,  dormirent. 

6.  Quid  quereris  ?      Num  quid  cibi  exspectas  ?      Si 

esuris,  servos  quaere. 
Quid  quereretur  ?      Num   quid    cibi  exspectaret  ? 
Si  esuriret,  servos  quaereret  ? 

7.  Quanti   talem   equum   emisti?     Unde    pecuniam 

accepisti  ?      Putavi  te  nihil  habere. 
Quanti  talem  equum  emissem  ?      Unde  pecuniam 
accepissem  ?      Se  putavisse  me  nihil  habere. 


SEC.  83  QUESTIONS  AND  COMMANDS,  ETC.  329 

8.  Nonne  vultis  me  duce  in  medios  hostes  impetum 

facere  ? 
Nonne  vellent  ipso  duce  in  medios   hostes  impe- 
tum facere  ? 

9.  Nihil  novi  scripsit :  quam  accepi  epistulam,  lege. 
Gaium    nihil     novi   scripsisse;     quam    accepisset 

epistulam,  legerem. 

(264.) 

1.  I  cannot  set  you  free.      Who  are  you  ?     Whence 

do  you  come  ? 
He  said   he  could   not  set  me   free  :  who  was   I, 
whence  did  I  come  ? 

2.  Are  you  looking  for  the  book  which  you  lost  ? 

I  asked  him  whether  he  was  looking  for  the  book 
which  he  had  lost. 

3.  Don't  despair  :  we  shall   soon   find  it :  when  did 

you  lose  it  ? 
Let   him    not   despair :   they  would  soon  find  it : 
when  had  he  lost  it  ? 

4.  Do    you    wish   to    see   the   letter   which    I   have 

written  ? 
Did  I  wish  to  see  the  letter  which  he  liad  written  ? 

5.  Don't  you  all  wish  to  be  free  ?      Take  up  arms. 
Did  they  not  all  wish  to  be  free  ?    Let  them  take 

up  arms. 

6.  If  you   wish  to   wage    war,   do   not  despise   the 

enemy. 
If  he  wished  to  wage  war,  let  him  not  despise  the 
enemy. 


330  LATIN  COURSE 


SEC. 


7.  Art  is  long ;  life  is  short :  do  not  waste  time. 
Art  was  long,  he  said,  life  was  short :  let  him  not 

waste  time. 

8.  Do  you  wish  to  be  an  honour  to  your  country? 

Are  you  worthy  Of  the  city  which  you  received 
from  your  ancestors  ? 
Did  they  wish  to  be  an  honour  to  their  country  ? 
Were  they  worthy  of  the  city  which  they  had 
received  from  their  ancestors  ? 

9.  Why  do  you  delay  ?     Do   you  expect  any  one  ? 

Start  at  once. 

Why  did  he  delay  ?     Did  he  expect  any  one  ? 
Let  him  start  at  once. 
10.  Have  I  not  paid  the  money  which  I  promised  ? 

Had  he  not  paid  the  money  which  he  had.  pro- 
mised ? 

(265.) 

(This  exercise  is  to  be  translated  first  as  it  stands  in 
Oratio  Recta;  it  is  then  to  be  turned  into  Oratio 
Obliqua.) 

You,  0  soldiers,  whom  I  have  so  often  led  to 
victory,  I  will  not  now  lead  to  death.  While  you  can, 
depart  from  me  :  fly  to  the  shore  where  there  are 
ships,  and  return  to  the-  city  which  you  have  made 
famous.  I,  for  my  part,^  will  stay  here:  I  am  an  old 
man,  nor  do  I  wish  to  live  longer.  When  you  return 
home,  tell  the   citizens   that  in  accordance  with  the 

'  "I  for  my  part,"  Equidem.     In  the  Oratio  Obliqua  write,  Se 


,SEC.  83 


QUESTIONS  AND  COMMANDS,   ETC. 


331 


custom  of  our  ancestors  the  defeated  general  has  not 
dared  to  enter  the  city.  Farewell  :  if  you  remain 
here,  there  is  no  hope  of  safety.  It  was  not  wise  to 
march  into  the  territory  of  the  enemy  with  two  hundred 
men  :  I  hope  that  you  will  return  with  three  legions 
and  fifty  ships  of  war  and  conquer  the  enemy  both  by 
land  and  sea.  Why  do  you  delay  ?  If  the  horsemen 
see  you,  they  will  burn  the  ships. 


XLVII. 


A  True  Dream. 


Direct. 


Cum  duo  quidam  fam- 
ihares,  iiuiuit  Cicero,  iter 
una  facerent  et  Megara 
venissent,  alter  ad  caup- 
onem  devertit,  ad  hospitem 
alter.  Nocte  media  visus 
est  ei,  qui  erat  in  hospitio, 
ille  alter  orare,  ut  sibi 
subveniret,  quod  sibi  inter- 
itus  pararetur.  Primo  per- 
territus  surrexit,  dein,  cum 
se  collegisset,  recubuit. 
Tum  ei  dormienti  idem  ille 


Indirect. 

Cicero  in  lihro  quodam  nar- 
ravit  cum  duo  quidam  famih- 
ares  iter  una  facerent  et 
Megara  venissent,  alteram 
ad  cauponem  devertisse,  ad 
hospitem  alteram.  Nocte 
media  visum  esse  ei,  qui 
esset  in  hospitio,  ilium  alt- 
erum  orare,  ut  sibi  sub- 
veniret, quod  sibi  interitus 
pararetur.  Eum  primo  per- 
territum  surrexisse,  dein,  cum 
se      collegisset,      recubuisse. 


332 


LATIN  COURSE 


SEC.  83 


visus  est  rogare:  "Quoniam 
mihi  vivo  non  subvenisti, 
mortem  meam  inultam  ne 
sis  passus ;  interfectus  a 
caupone  in  plaustrum  sum 
coniectus  et  supra  stercus 
est  iniectum;  quid  potest 
esse  foedius  ?  peto,  ut 
mane  ad  portam  adsis, 
priusquam  plaustrum  ex 
urbe  exeat ;  an  vis  me 
inultum  trucidari?"  Hoc 
somnio  commotus  mane  ad 
portam  venit  et  quaesivit 
ex  bubulco,  quid  esset  in 
plaustro.  Ille  perterritus 
fugit,  mortuus  erutus  est ; 
eaupo  re  patefacta  poenas 
dedit. 


Tum  ei  dormienti  eundem 
ilium  visum  esse  rogare, 
quoniam  sibi  vivo  non  sub- 
venisset,  mortem  suam  ne 
inultam  pateretup ;  se  inter- 
fectum  a  caupone  in  plaus- 
trum esse  coniectum  et  supra 
stercus  iniectum ;  quid  posse 
esse  foedius  ?  petere  se,  ut 
mane  ad  portam  adesset,  pri- 
usquam plaustrum  ex  urbe 
exiret ;  an  vellet  se  inultum 
trucidari  ?  Hoc  somnio  com- 
motum  eum  mane  ad  portam 
venisse  et  quaesivisse  ex  bu- 
bulco, quid  esset  in  plaustro. 
Ilium  perterritum  f  ugisse,  mor- 
tuum  esse  erutum,  cauponem 
re  patefacta  poenas  dedisse. 


XLVIII. 

An  Emhassy  to   Caesar. 

Hoc  proelio  facto,  reliquas  copias  Helvetiorum  ut 
consequi  posset,  pontem  in  Arare  faciendum  curat,  atque 
ita  exercitum  traducit.  Helvetii,  repentino  eius  adventu 
commoti,  cum  id  quod  ipsi  diebus  xx  aegerrime  con- 
fecerant,  ut  fiumen  transirent,  ilium  uno  die  fecisse 
intellegerent,  legates  ad  eum  mittuut,  cuius  legatiouis 


SEC.  83 


QUESTIONS  AND  COMMANDS,   ETC. 


333 


Divico   princeps  fuit,  qui  bello   Cassiduo  dux  Helveti- 
orum  fuerat.      Is  ita  cum  Caesare  ei>it : 


Direct. 

Si  pacem  populus  Rom- 
anus  cum  Helvetiis  faciei, 
in  earn  partem  ibunt  atque 
ibi  erunt  Helvctii  ubi  tu 
COS  constitueris  atque  esse 
volueris :  sin  bello  persequi 
perseverabis,  reminiscitor 
et  veteris  incommodi  populi 
Eomani  et  pristinae  virtutis 
Helvetiorum.  Quod  impro- 
viso  unum  pagum  adortus 
es,  cum  ii  qui  flumen  transi- 
erant  suis  auxilium  ferre 
non  poterant,  ne  ob  earn 
rem  aut  tuae  magnopere 
virtuti  tribueris  aut  nos 
despexeris.  Nos  ita  a  pat- 
ril)us  maioribusque  nostris 
didicimus  ut  magis  virtutc 
quamdolo  contendamusaut 
insidiis  nitamur.  Quare  ne 
commiseris  ut  hie  locus  ubi 
constitimus  ex  calamitate 
populi  Romani  et  internici- 
one  exercitus  nomen  capiat 
aut  memoriam  prodat. 


Indirect. 

Si  pacem  populus  Rom- 
anus  cum  Helvetiis  facer^t,  in 
earn  partem  ituros  atque  ibi 
futures  Helvetios  ubi  eos 
Caesar  constituisset  atque 
esse  voluisset :  sin  bello  per- 
sequi perseveraret,  reminis- 
ceretur  et  veteris  incommodi 
populi  Romani  et  pristinae 
virtutis  Helvetiorum.  Quod 
improvise  unum  pagum  ador- 
tus esset,  cum  ii  qui  flumen 
transissent  suis  auxilium  ferre 
non  possent,  ne  ob  eam  rem 
aut  suae  magnopere  virtuti 
tril)ueret  aut  ipsosdespiceret: 
se  ita  a  patribus  maioribus- 
que  suis  didicisse  ut  magis 
virtute  quam  dolo  contend- 
erent  aut  insidiis  niterentur. 
Quare  ne  committeret  ut  is 
locus  vibi  constitissent  ex 
calamitate  populi  Romani  et 
internicione  exercitus  nomen 
caperet  aut  memoriam  pro- 
deret. 


THE  CONJUGATION  OF  SOME  lEEEGULAE 
VEEBS 

Possum,  /  am  able,  I  can. 


INDICATIVE 

1 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Piysait. 

.S'.  possum 

p6tes 

potest 
P.  possumus 

potestis 

possunt 

S.  possim 

possis 

possit 
P.  possimus 

possitis 

possint 

Jmjterfect. 

,s'.   poteram 
poteras 
poterat 

P.  poteramus 
poteratis 
poterant 

,S'.  possem 
posses 
posset 

P.  possemus 
possetis 
possent 

Future. 

potero,  etc. 

Per/ret. 

potui,  etc.                  potuerim,  etc. 

Pluperfect. 

potueram,  etc.  '      potuissem,etc. 

Future  Perfect. 

potuero,  etc.      i 

INFINITIVE. 

Present,  posse.  Perfect,  potuisse. 

Present  Participle,  potens  (adj.) 


336 


LATIN  COURSE 


Oftpio,  /  take  (see  p.  60). 


1               INDICATIVE 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present. 

S.  capio 

capis 

capit 
P.  capimus 

capitis 

capiunt 

capiam 
capias,  etc. 

Imperfect. 

capiebam,  etc. 

S.  caperem 
caperes 
caperet 

P.  caperemus 
caperetis 
caperent 

Future. 

capiam 
capies,  etc. 

Perfect. 

cepi,  etc. 

ceperim,  etc. 

Pluperfect. 

ceperam,  etc. 

cepissem,  etc. 

Future  Perfect. 

cepero,  etc. 

IMPERATIVE. 

S.  2,  capito,  you  shall  take. 
S.  cape  -"^  )  ^  7.    /     j^  f        3.  capito,  he  shall  take. 

be  f  ^  ^ '        **  ■  P.  2.  capitote,  yoic  shall  take. 


P.  capite 


3.  capiunto, 


take. 


INFINITIVE. 

Present,  capere.  Perfect,  cepisse. 

Future,  capturus  esse. 
Present  Participle,  capiens.  Future  Participle,  capturus. 

Gerund,  capiendi,  -do,  -dum.      Supines,  captum,  captu. 

^  Facio  makes  fac. 


CONJUGATION  OF  SOME  IRREGULAR  VERBS 


33^ 


Capior,  I  am  taken. 


INDICATIVE 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present. 

,S'.  capior 
caperis 
capitur 

P.  capimur 
capimini 
capiuntur 

capiar,  etc. 

Imperfect. 

capiebar,  etc. 

>S'.  caperer 
capereris 
caperetur 

P.  caperemur 
caperemini 
caperentur 

Future. 

capiar 
capieris,  etc. 

Perfect. 
Plwperfect. 
Future  Perfect. 

captus  sum,  etc. 

captus  sim,  etc. 

captus  eram,  etc. 

captus  essem,  etc. 

captus  ero,  etc. 

IMPERATIVE 


^.  2.  capere  7,7      ,    tp  ,        3.  capitor,      he     [ 

Pres.    „  ^        -^v.     .    .    }  be  taken!   Fut.   j^  _    „„^-^;':  / 

P.  2.  capimini  J  P.  2.  capimini,  you    i 

3.  capiuntor,  theij  ) 


S.  2.  capitor,       you\^,^i^ 

taken. 


INFINITIVE. 

Present,  capi.  Perfect,  captus  esse. 

Future,  captum  iri. 
Present  Participle,  captus.  Gerundive,  capiendus. 

z 


338 


LATIN  COURSE 


F6ro,  I  bring. 


INDICATIVE 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present 

;S:.  fero 

fers 

fert 
P.  ferimus 

fertis 

ferunt 

feram 
feras,  etc. 

Imperfect. 

ferebam,  etc. 

S.  ferrem 

ferres 

ferret 
P.  ferremus 

ferretis 

ferrent 

Future. 

feram 
feres,  etc. 

Perfect. 

tuli,  etc. 

tulerim,  etc. 

Pluperfect. 
Future  Perfect. 

tulera,m,  etc. 

tulissem,  etc. 

tulero,  etc. 

S.  fer 
P.  ferte 


IMPERATIVE. 


Pres. 


bring. 


S.  2.  ferto,  you  shall  bring. 
-^  3.  ferto,  he  shall  bring. 


P.  2.  fertote,  ijou  shall  bring. 
3.  ferunto,  they  shall  brhig. 

INFINITIVE. 

Present,  ferre.  Perfect,  tulisse. 

Future,  laturus  esse. 
Present  Participle,  ferens.  Future  Participle,  laturus. 

Gerund.,  ferendi,  -do,  -dum.     Supines,  latum,  latu. 

Obs.  1.  Like  fero,  are  declined  its  compounds  afFero,  confero,  etc. 

Obs.  2.  You  observe  that  there  are  here  really  three  distinct  verbs. 
The  one  that  goes  to  make  the  supine  appears  again  in  sub-latum,  the 
supine  of  toUo. 


CONJUGATION  OF  SOME  IRREGULAR  VERBS     339 


Feror,  /  am  brought. 


! 

INDICATIVE 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present. 

,S'.  feror 

ferris 

fertur 
P.  ferimur 

ferimini 

feruntur 

ferar 
feraris,  etc. 

Imjjerfect. 

ferebar,  etc. 

,S'.  ferrer 
ferreris 
ferretur 

J\  ferremur 
ferremini 
ferrentur 

Future. 

ferar 
fereris,  etc. 

Perfect. 

latus  sum,  etc. 

latus  Sim,  etc. 

Pluperfect. 

latus  eram,  etc. 

latus  essem,  etc. 

Future  Perfect. 

latus  ero,  etc. 

IMPERATIVE. 


„        ^  ,s.  ferre. 
Present,  „  „     . 

'  /*.  ferimini. 


S.  2.  fertor. 
Future,        3.  fertor. 

P.  3.  feruntor. 


INFINITIVE. 


Present,  ferri. 
Perfect,  latus  esse. 
Future,  latum  iri. 
Past  Particijjlc,  latus.  Gerundive,  ferendus. 


340 


LATIN  COURSE 


V61o,  /  am  willing^  I  wish. 


1               INDICATIVE 

1 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present. 

S.  volo 

vis 

vult 
P.  volumus 

vultis 

volunt 

S.  v61im 

velis 

velit 
P.  velimus 

velitis 

velint 

Imperfect. 

IS.  voiebam 
volebas 
volebat 

P.  volebamus 
volebatis 
volebant 

S.  vellem 

velles 

vellet 
P.  vellemus 

velletis 

vellent 

Future. 

S.  volam 

voles 

volet 
P.  volemus 

voletis 

volent 

Perfect. 

S.  volui 

voluisti 

voluit 
P.  voluimus 

voluistis  [voluere 

voluerunt  and 

S.  voluerim 
volueris 
voluerit 

P.  voluerimus 
volueritis 
voluerint 

Pluperfect. 

volueram,  etc. 

voluissem,  etc. 

Future  Perfect. 

S.  voluero 
volueris 
voluerit 

P.  voluerimus 
volueritis 
voluerint 

INFINITIVE. 

Present,  velle.  Perfect,  voluisse. 

Present  Participle,  volens. 


CONJUGATION  OF  SOME  IRREGULAR  VERBS  341 


Nolo,  I  am  unwilling. 


INDICATIVE 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present. 

S.  nolo 
nonvis 
nonvult 

P.noliimus 
nonvultis 
nolunt 

S.  nolim 

nolis 

nolit 
P.  nolimus 

nolitis 

nolint 

Imperfect. 

nolebam,  etc. 

S.  nollem 

nolles 

nollet 
P.  nollemus 

nolletis 

nollent 

Future. 

nolam 
noles,  etc. 

Perfect. 

nolui,  etc. 

noluerim,  etc. 

Pluj^erfect. 

nolueram,  etc. 

noluissem,  etc. 

.    ___ 

Fut  urc  Perfect. 

noluero,  etc. 

IMTERATIVE. 


K  2.  nolito,    ynu  slmll  not. 
3.  nolito,  he  shall  not. 


T,       S.  noli      )    ,        ,  ,,  ^ 

Pres.  ,,        -_,      V  do  not.  J^  ut.    „  ^         1-4.-4. 

P.  nolite  j  P.  2.  nolit ote, 

3.  nolunto. 


INFINITIVE. 

Present,  nolle.  Perfect,  noluisse 

Present  Participle,  nolens. 

Note.  — Nolo  used  to  be  ne-volo. 


342 


LATIN  COURSE 


Malo,  /  had  rather,  I  prefer. 


INDICATIVE 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present. 

S.  malo 
mavis 
mavult 

P.  malumus 
mavultis 
malunt 

S.  malim 

malis 

malit 
P.  malimus 

malitis 

malint 

Imperfect. 

malebam,  etc. 

S.  mallem 

malles 

mallet 
P.  mallemus 

malletis 

mallent 

Future. 

malam 
males,  etc. 

Perfect. 

malui,  etc. 

maluerim,  etc. 

Pluperfect. 

malueram,  etc. 

maluissem,  etc. 

Future  Perfect. 

maluero,  etc. 

INFINITIVE. 

Present,  malle. 
Perfect,  maluisse. 


CONJUGATION  OF  SOME  IllREGULAK  VERBS  3io 


Fio,  /  am  made,  I  become. 


1  ' 

INDICATIVE 

SUBJU^•CTIVE 

Present. 

.S'.  flo 
fls 

flt 

P.  f  imus 
fitis 
flunt 

flam 
fias,  etc. 

\ 

Imperfect. 

flebam,  etc. 

,S'.  flerem 

fleres 

fleret 
J\  fieremus 

fieretis 

fierent 

Future. 

flam 
fles,  etc. 

Perfect. 
Pluperfect. 

factus  sum,  etc. 

factus  sim,  etc. 

factus  eram,  etc. 

factus  essem,  etc. 

FiUnre  Perfect,  j     factus  ero,  etc. 

IMPERATIVE. 


Present, 


S.  fi. 
P.  flte. 


Future, 


S.  2.   flto. 

3.   flto. 
P.  2.   fltote. 

3.  flunto. 


INFINITIVE. 

Present,  fleri. 
Perfect,  factus  esse. 
Future,  factum  iri. 
Past  Participle,  factus.  Gerundive,  faciendus. 


344 


LATIN  COURSE 


Eo,  I  go. 


INDICATIVE 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present. 

8.  eo 

is 

it 
P.  imus 

itis 

eunt 

S.  eam 

eas 

eat 
P.  eamus 

eatis 

eant 

Imperfect. 

S.  ibam 

ibas 

ibat 
P.  ibamus 

ibatis 

ibant 

8.  irem 

ires 

iret 
P.  iremus 

iretis 

irent 

Future. 

;S.  ibo 

ibis 

ibit 
P.  ibimus 

ibitis 

ibunt 

Perfect. 

S.ii 

isti  and  iisti 

iit 
P.  iimus 

istis  and  iistis 

ierunt  and  iere 

8.  ierim 

ieris 

ierit 
P.  ierimus 

ieritis 

ierint 

Pluperfect. 

S.  ieram 

ieras 

ierat 
P.  ieramus 

ieratis 

ierant 

8.  issem  &  iissem 

isses 

isset 
P.  issemus 

issetis 

issent 

Future  Perfect. 

S.  iero      P.  ierimus 
ieris         ieritis 
ierit         ierint 

CONJUGATION  OF  SOME  IRREGULAR  VERBS  345 


IMPERATIVE. 

S.  2.  ito. 

Present, ^;  \^^  |  go  !  Future,  ^,  f  J^^^^ 

3.  eunto. 


INFINITIVE. 

Present,  ire. 

Perfect,   isse  and  iisse. 

Future,  iturus  esse. 
Pres.  Part,  iens  (Gen.  euntis).  Fut.  Part,  iturus. 

GerundwE,  eundi,  -do,  -dum.  Sujnnes,  itum,  itu. 


Some  of  these  compounds  of  eo,  aj.  adeo,  to  approach,  and 
ineo,  to  enter,  are  used  in  the  passive. 

Indicative. — Present,  adeor,  adiris,  aditur,  adimur, 
adimini,  adeuntur.  ////^jer/ec^,  adibar.  Future, 
adibor.  Perfect,  aditus  sum.  Plujyerfect, 
aditus  eram.      Future  Perfect,  aditus  ero. 

Subjunctive. — Present,    adear.       Imperfect,    adirer.      Perfect, 
aditus  Sim.     Plupeifect,  aditus  essem. 

Infinitive. — Present,  adiri.  Perfect,  aditum  esse.  Past 
Particijyle,  aditus.     Gerundive,  adeundus. 


NOTES  ON  THE  PIECES  FOE  TRANSLATION. 


I.  p.  6. 

Oarneades,  the  name  of  a  Greek  philosopher. 

senectavfi ;    senecta  is  another  word  of  the  same  meaning  as  senedus 

{senedutis). 
accubuisset;  the  subjunctive  is  due  to  the  cum;  in  English  the  indicative 

is  used.     The  ancient  Romans  and  Greeks  lay  down  at  meals. 
cogitationihus  inhaerens  ;  cogitationihus  is  dative.     Notice  that  the  two 

words  go  with  what  follows,  and  that  they  give  the  reason  for 

his  forgetfulness. 

II.  p.  6. 

Myndum  ;  Myndus  is  a  coast-town  in  Caria,  in  Asia  Minor. 

III.  p.  6. 

sermoni  intercsset ;  intersum  takes  the  dative.  Verbs  in  which  a 
])reposition  forms  the  first  part  generally  do  so.  Compare 
cogitationihus  inhaerens  above. 

neque  quidquam,  etc.,  "  without  himself  talking  at  all." 

aliquando,  "before  now." 

IV.  p.  11. 

Mulier  is  the  subject  of  inquit ;  a  Philippo  goes  with  damnata. 
This  will  have  happened  the  day  after  the  banquet. 

V.   p.  12. 
piier,  "as  a  boy." 

Mc  miseritmf  ''  Wretched  boy  that  I  am  !  " 
uno,  that  is  mundo  ;  the  ablative  because  potior'  takes  that  case.    Potior 

is  one  of  the  verbs,  called  "  deponent,"  which  have  an  active 

meaning,  though  they  are  passive  in  form. 

VI.  p.  12. 

ipsi,  dat.  sing.,  "■  to  him,"  Alexander. 

utebantur;  utor  is  like  potior  above ;  it  takes  the  abl.  and  is  deponent. 

VII.  p..  19. 

Thcmistocles  interroganti  .   .   .  respondit,   "  Themistocles  answered  to 

one  asking  him,  i.e.  "when  somebody  asked  Thcmistocles  he 

answered." 
tu  vero,  "what  about  yourself?  "  "  what  do  you  say  ? "    The  question  is 

answered  by  a  question,  for  the  poet  Homer  is,  as  it  were,  the 

herald  whoproclaims  Achilles  victorious. 


NOTES  ON  THE  PIECES  FOK  TIIANSLATION  347 

) 

YIII.   p.  19. 

p.  19.  cum;  the  conjunction,  not  the  preposition. 

20.  qiLibusdaiii  ut  sacvum  cxprubrantibus,    "  when  certain  persons 
found  fault  with  this  proceeding  as  being  cruel." 

IX.   p.  20. 

IKrciindatits  est ;  from  pertMnctor,  which  is  a  deponent  verb,  and  takes 

an  object — cos. 
num  dixissciit,  "  whether  they  had  said." 

X.  p.  20. 

duDi  .  .  .  nmbidat ;  we  should  say,  "  while  he  (the  philosopher)  was 
walking." 

XI.  p.  20. 

num  quid  coram  quae  in  tonstrina  esscat,  "  whether  he  .  .  .  any  of 
the  things  which  were"  (the  reason  why  esscat  is  in  the 
subjunctive  is  explained  farther  on,  ]).  81). 

unguentoriim,  etc.,  "  for  he  said  that  he  had." 

atqu^  optimoram,  "and  very  good  ones  too." 

Hctjavit,  "he  said  that  he  did  not  ..." 

XII.  p.  26. 

p.  26.  Sic  ut  aidehac,  etc.,  i.e.  sic  valco,  *'  My  health  is  such  that  I  have 
never  before  been  worse,"  "  I  never  felt  so  bad  as  I  do  now." 

Bono  sis  animo  oportd,  "You  ought  to  be  of  good  courage," 
i.e.  "to  keep  up  your  spirits." 

Quid  morbi,  "  What  illness  is  it  ?  " 

Nescio  et  hoc,  etc. ;  hoc, "  on  this  accoun  t ;'  pcriculosius  is  an  adverb. 

£t  quidem,  etc.,  "  Yes,  and  a  great  many  too." 

utfit,  "as  usual." 

Alius  ncgai.  One  doctor  says  "  no,"  another  says  "yes," another 
that  he  must  think  about  it.  One  duc^tor  gives  a  name  to 
the  malady,  but  another  says  that  it  is  not  that,  while  a  third 
must  take  time  to  consider  whether  it  is  or  is  not. 

Diu  est  quod;  quod,   "that,"   "since;"  tcneris  is  present,  but 
in  English  Ave  would  use  the  perfect. 
27.  hoc  mali,  \\\q  quid  morbi  •^^^o\Q,  "  this  of  evil,"  "this  evil." 

XIII.  p.  .34. 
p.  34.  quidem,  "to  be  sure." 

qui  extorqucat,  "  to  wrench." 
35.  hie  ;  adverb,  in  this  point  of  giving  holidays. 
idcmque,  "and  .   .   .   too." 
oratorem,  "ambassador." 

Satis  iam  salveo,  "That's  enough  salutation  !  " 
Nihil  aliud  quam  luditis,  "  You  do  nothing  but  play." 


348  LATIN  COURSE 

p.  35.  Scit  tua  prudcntia,   "Your  wisdom  knows;"   "you,  in  your 
wisdom,  know." 
Sane  lit  istud  tenes,   "  It  is  strange  liow  you  remember  what 
makes  for  you  (what  suits  your  purpose). " 
36.   si  dederis  verba ;  dare  verba,  to  give  words  (instead  of  things), 
means  "to  cheat,  deceive." 
0  lepidum  caput!   an  endearing  expression — "You  splendid 
fellow  ! "  or  the  like. 

XIV.  p.  43. 

radicibus  ;  titor  takes  the  ablative, 

vela  tegetes  vestein  acfunes,  sails  and  mats,  clothing  and  ropes. 

scriptum,  i.e.  scriptum  est,  "it  was  written,"  "  men  wrote." 

XV.  p.  43. 

44.  usu  ;  careo  takes  the  ablative. 

Hebetes  oculos,  etc.,  "  It  is  said  to  have  eyes,  which  are,"  etc. 

XVI.  p.  54. 

54,   Incolarum,  etc.,  supply  sunt, 
quae  tradebuntur,  "its  lessons." 

XVII.  p.  59. 

60.  qui  cum,  "  and  when  they. " 

quod  .  .  .  pararetur ;  the  subjunctive  shows  that  this  was  the 
reason  given  for  the  request  by  the  friend  at  tlie  inn,  "  because 
he  said,"  etc. 

XVIII.  p.  65. 

6Q.  ilium  somno  impeditmn,  etc.,  "He  thought  his  friend  did  not 
answer  because  he  was,"  etc. 

XIX.  p.  72. 

veritus  ut,  means  "fearing  that  they  would  not.'^ 
73.  dives  eadem,  etc.,  "the  country  is  both  rich  and,"  etc. 

XXI.  p.  87. 

2.  because  from  a  horse's  teeth  you  can  tell  its  age. 
8.  we  say  :  Birds  of  a  feather,  etc. 

13.  we  say  :  There  is  no  rose,  etc. 

14.  something  like  :  A  bird  in  the  hand,  etc. 

17.  i.e.  whatever  others  may  think,  we  value  what  is  our  own. 

26.  i.e.  we  live  and  learn. 

38.  the  Latin  for  :  Necessity  is  the  mother  of  invention. 

40.  and  is  cheated  and  deceived. 

41.  habes,  habeberis  ;  if  you  have  much  or  little,  you  will  be  thought 

much  or  little  of. 
52.  habent,  "treat." 


NOTES  ON  THE  PIECES  FOR  TRANSLATION  349 

XXII.  p.  104. 
iuncti  pedes,  i.  e.  sint  iundi. 

huius  rei ;  he  means  "of  the  precepts  I  am  giving  yon." 
Nunc JlectendiLiii  erat  genu,  "Now  you  should  give  a  bow."'     (The  boy 

does  so.)     "  Tliat's  right !  " 
admoveto  mamim  2~)atinae  ;  notice  that  every  one  helps  himself  out 

of  the  dish,  and  with  his  hand. 
Admoveto  is  the  future  imperative.     Admove  would  also  do,  but 

the  other  form  is  often  used  when  the  command  refers,  not  to 

some  particular  occasion,  but  to  any  occasion  which  may  in  the 

future  arise. 
si  quid ;  quid  inesius  "anything";  see  qiiis  in  the  dictionary  at  the 

end. 
si  non  sitis  ;  sitis  is  not  from  sum,  but  from  sitio. 
loquentibus,  "those  who  speak  to  you." 
nisi  rogatus,  "except  when  asked  to  speak." 
Num  quid  aliud  visl  "Do  you  want  anything  more  of  me?"  i.e. 

"  May  I  go  now  ?  " 

XXIII.  p.  105. 

pueri  jjessivii  ct  audaces,  "  very   naughty  and  daring  boys  as  they 

were. " 
gemitusquc  ;  gemitus  is  ace.  plur. 

hue  illuc ;  without  an  et  between  them  ;   "this  way  and  that." 
nobis    is   dative,    which    is    sometimes   used    to   express   the   agent  ; 

"by  us." 
rei  ;  not  from  res,  but  from  reus, 
quam  celerrime,  "as  quickly  as  we  can.'* 
precaturi,  "  with  the  intention  of  begging  for." 

XXIV.  p.  133. 

insanos  suos ;  "his  lunatics,"  i.e.  the  lunatics  who  were  his  patients 

at  the  asylum. 
rectene  ;  rede  and  -?i?. 
ille  alter,  "  the  other,"  i.e.  the  lunatic. 
Nesciebani,  etc.,  is  of  course  said  by  the  doctor. 

XX Y.  p.  133. 

Coriolanus,  a  Roman,  was  advancing  upon  Rome  in  command  of  her 
enemies,  the  Yolscians.      But  when  his  mother  went  out  of  the 
city  and  besought  him  to  spare  his  native  city,  he  led  his  troops 
away. 
sine  ;  from  sino. 

captiva,  etc.,  "  whether  I  have  come  as  captive  or  ..." 
p.   134.  In  hoc ;  hocis  ace.  neut.  "to  this";  wliat  "  this  "  is,  is  ex- 
plained by  ut  .  .  .  viderem. 
Potuisti,  "  have  you  had  the  heart  to  ? " 


350  LATIN  COURSE 

XXVI.  p.  134. 
M ;  initial  of  Marcus. 

oh  rem ptiblicam prodendam,  "to  betray  the  state." 
accepisset ;  the  subjunctive  expressed  that  this  was  the  alleged  crime. 

XXYII.  p.  134. 

The  moral  of  the  fable  is  given  in  the  first  two  lines. 
paenitentia  ;  abl.  "  when  regret  is  too  late." 
hunc,  the  crow. 

XXYIII.  p.  151. 

per  aetatem,  "as  far  as  age  was  concerned,"  i.e.  he  was  old  enough  to 


elinguis,  ' '  without  a  tongue,  incapable  of  speech. " 
spiritus ;  gen.  after  impetu. 

XXIX.  p.  152. 

Bucephalas ;  the  name  is  Greek,  meaning  "bull-headed." 
Id  etiam  ;  the  id  means  the  story  which  follows. 

XXX.  p.  152. 

in  ilium  hiatum,  the  chasm  thus  caused  by  the  deluge  of  rain, 
p.  153.  detradum  ipse  induit  ;  lit.  he  himself  put  on  the  ring  having 
been  drawn  off  the  finger  of  the  corpse,  i.e.  "he  took  the 
ring  off  and  put  it  on  his  own  finger." 

in  concilium  pastorum,  into  the  society  of  the  shepherds,  he 
joined  the  shepherds. 

erat  autem,  "  he  was,  I  should  say." 

converterat ;  and  not  subj.  after  cum,  as  discessisset  above,  be- 
cause cum  means  here  "  whenever." 

ideTTi,  merely  "and  he." 

in  locum,  "into  its  proper  position." 

regem  dominum,  "  the  king  his  master." 

XXXI.  p.  153. 

The  Sibylline  books  were  full  of  prophecies,  and  were,  after  this 
purchase,  kept  in  the  Capitol,  at  Rome,  and  consulted  on 
critical  occasions. 

immensum,  "  a  huge  price." 

aetate,  by  reason  of  her  age,  because  she  was  so  old. 

p.  154.   conditi  ;  supply  sunt,  and  so  with  appellati. 

XXXII.  p.  166. 

Consules  Romani  s.  d.  ;  the  usual  way  of  beginning  a  letter,  e.g.  Baltics 

Gaio  salutem  dicit. 
p.  167.  sit  quem,  let  there  be  some  one  for  us  to  be  able  to  conquer 
with  our  arms.     The  Roman  consuls  proudly  say  that  they 
would  be  unhappy  if  there  were  no  enemy  left  to  conquer. 
qui  .   .   .  peteret,  in  order  to  ask. 


NOTES  ON  THE  PIECES  FOR  TRANSLATION  351 

si  .   .   .  interfccisset,  if  he  should  have  killed  ;  we  should  say, 

however,  "if  he  killed." 
visum  est  ut,  "we  have  determined  to  inform  you," 
Tie  quid  eiusmodi  si,  "  lest  if  anything  of  the  kind  happened." 

XXXIII.  p.  167. 

erant  autem,  etc. ,  the  hooks  were  Greek  and  full,  etc. 

XXXIV.  p.  194. 

agrum  Pomptinum,  the  Pomptine  district,  a  marshy  country  not  far 

from  Rome,  still  called  "the  Pontine  marshes." 
si  quis,  if  any  one,  any  one  who, 

XXXY,  p.  195. 

ad  militcs,  before  the  soldiers,  in  addressing  them. 

Hanc  sibi  ohlalain,  etc.  ;  the  order   is  {Sertorius)  institit  pcrsiuidere 

omnibus, 
consternatd ;  noni,  sing,,  agreeing  with  ccrva. 
p,  196.  requisita,  when  it  was  souglit  in  vain. 

qui  nuntiaverat ;  g'l^i  agrees  with  cmwi  understood,  "the  man 

who. " 
quod  impcravcrat  significat,  "gives  a  slave  a  sign  to  do  wliat 
he  had  ordered." 

XXXVI.  p.  218. 
A. 

caniator  fidibus,  player  on  the  liarp.  It  is  not  common  for  one  noun 
depending  on  another  to  be  in  any  other  case  than  the  genitive, 
p.  154. 

p.  219.  ut  notiores,  as  being. 

B. 

sicut  stabat  canebatque,  "just  as  he  was,  when  he  stood  singing,"  i.e. 

with  the  lyre  in  his  hand  and  the  grand  dress  on. 
p.  220,   talcm  .   .   .  qualis,  "in  the  same  costume  in  which." 

rem  sicuti  acciderat  narravit,  "related  the  adventure  exactly 
as  it  had  actually  happened," 

XXXYII.  p,  220. 
ita,  by  playing  the  lyre, 
infelix ;  the  poet  addresses  Arion,  as  he  does  the  sailor  below  in  the 

ninth  line, 
p.  221.  7ncmorant ;  the  order  is  memorant  delphiiia  supposuisse  se. 


352  LATIN  COURSE 

XXXVIII.  p.  249. 
A. 

cui  nomen  Androclo  fuit ;  Androclo  agrees  with  cui  instead  of  with 
nomen,  as  you  might  expect,  a  curious  but  the  regular  con- 
struction with  nomen  est. 

videres  ;  you  (or  any  one)  might  have  seen,  if  you  had  been  there. 

B. 

p.  250.  sole  medio,  *' at  mid-day." 

sed postquam  introgressus,  etc.,  but  the  lion,  when,  after  enter- 
ing what  proved  to  be  his  own  lair,  he  saw  me  taking 
refuge  in  a  far  corner,  came  to  me,  etc.  ;  ut  re  ipsa  ap2mruit 
explains  suum,  the  lion's  entering  showed  that  it  was  its 
home. 

XXXIX.  p.  279. 

B. 

At  the  battle  of  Lake  Trasymene  the  Romans  were  defeated  by  Hannibal. 
sciscitantes,  agreeing  with  mulieres  understood. 

gratulantes ;  you  miglit  have  seen  people  collecting  round  the  inquirers 
as  they  returned,  either  congratulating  or  consoling  them. 

XL.  p.  280. 

In  Aeneas'  absence  his  camp  is  besieged  by  his  enemy  Turnus,  leader 
of  the  Rutulians.  The  Trojans,  Aeneas'  followers,  are  there- 
fore in  great  danger.  Msus  and  his  young  friend  Euryalus  set 
out  on  the  perilous  task  of  breaking  through  the  besieging 
army  to  summon  Aeneas.  They  both  perish  in  the  attempt. 
The  Rutulians  put  their  heads  on  spears  for  the  Trojans  to  see. 
Euryalus'  mother,  who  was  in  the  Trojan  camp,  on  seeing  her 
son's  head  says  what  follows. 

Hunc  ego  te  aspido,  Is  this  you  that  I  see  ?     Is  it  thus  that  I  see  you  ? 

ilia  requies,  "  that  "  solace  is  the  solace  I  promised  myself  in  the  past. 

potuisti,  "have  you  had  the  heart  to  ?" 

adfari  extremum,  "to  speak  a  farewell." 

heu  terra  ignota,  etc. ;  the  order  is,  heu  iaces  terra  ignota  (abl. )  praeda 
(as  a  prey)  data  Latinis  canihus  alitibusquc. 

quo  sequar?  "  where  shall  I  seek  you  ?" 

XLI.  p.  280. 

Eannihali  victori,  "  Hannibal  after  his  victory." 

p.  281.  ut  scias.     The  meaning  is:  to  show  you  what  has  been  gained 
by  this  battle,  I  promise  you  that  four  days  from  now,  etc. 

XLII.  p.  288. 
Strdto,  though  a  doctor,  was  a  slave,  as  was  often  the  case  in  those 


NOTES  ON  THE  PIECES  FOR  TRANSLATION  353 

una  .   .  .  conscio ;  ablative  absolute. 

p.  289.  ne  multa;  a  verb  of  saying  (dicam)  to  be  supplied,  "in  short." 

XLIII.  p.  289. 

in  carcercm  quodam  modo,    "in  prison   as  it  were,"   not  literally  but 
practically. 

XLIV.  p.  290. 

arqento  anroque,  ablative  of  material,  "made  of." 
nolo  iayii,  "  I  don't  want  any  longer." 

XLV.  p.  313. 

otiandi,  etc.  ;  Canius  in  telling  this  story  used  to  say  that  he  went  to 
Syracuse  to  rest,  not  to  do  business,  and  yet  that  he  did  busi- 
ness, and  very  bad  business  too. 
hortulos,  a  small  estate,  pleasure-grounds  and  house. 
Pythius  ei ;  the  ci  conies  after  dixit, 
venales  quidcm,  etc.,  "  that  his  estate  was  not  for  sale,  but  that  Canius 

might  use  it  as  his  own." 
pro7nisisset,  in-omised  to  come,  i.e.  accepted  the  invitation. 
qui  cssct,  nt  argentarius,  "because  he  was,  as  a  banker  would  naturally 

be." 
apparatum  ;  understand  est. 
quod  cepcrat ;  i.e.  quod piscium  ceperat. 
hie  aquatio,  supply  piscium  est,  a  place  for  the  fish  to  get  their  fresh 

water  from. 
isti,  the  fishermen. 

p.  314.  Gravatc  ille  prima ;  understand  agit,  he  was  reluctant  at  first 
to  come  to  terms. 
Quid  multa  ?  understand  dicam,  "Why  should  I  say  nuich  ?  to 

cut  the  matter  short,  in  a  word. 
nomiiia  facit ;  nomina  faccrc  is  to  enter  a  name  in  a  ledger 
whether  as  creditor  or  debtor  ;  here  it  means,  Canius  bor- 
rows  the  money. 
scalmum  nullum,  not  a  sign  of  a  thole-pin,  much  less  a  boat ;  a 

thole-pin  used  instead  of  a  rowlock. 
quod  sciam,  "  so  far  as  I  know." 
quid  faceret  ?  "what  was  he  to  do  ?"  he  could  not  do  anything. 

XLVI.  p.  314. 
A. 

inmisccntque.  manus  manibus,  their  liands  go  in  and  out  in  the 

fight,  "they  make  their  fists  meet  in  the  melee." 
ille  pedum  melior  motu  ;  ille  is  Dares,  motu  means   "quick 
movement." 

2  A 


354  LATIN  COURSE 

tarda  trementi  genua   lahant,   lit.  his  slow-moving  knees  are 

unsteady  to  him  trembling  ;  pronounce  genua  as  genva. 
nisuque  immotus  eodem,  "  in  the  same  strained  posture. " 
corpore,  by  bending  his  body  aside. 
p.  315.  ostendit  dextram,  put  forth  his  right  hand. 

B. 

studiis,  eagerly. 

it  clamor  caelo  ;  caelo,  to  heaven  ;  in  prose  it  would  have  to  be 

ad  caelum, 
nunc  ille  sinistra  ;  the  ille  need  not  be  translated.     (It  means 

something  like  "  terrible  boxer  that  he  was.") 
passus,  i.e.  passus  est. 
alias,  different;  i.e.  that  you  no  longer  have  the  best  of  it, 

but  that  Entellus  has. 

XLVII.  p.  331. 

Repeated  with  slight  alterations  from  XVII.  p.  59. 

qicod  .  .  .  pararetur ;  the  reason  for  the  subjunctive  here  is  given  in 

a  note  on  XVII. 
p.  332.   quid  posse  essefoedius;  the  explanation  of  the  infinitive  posse 
here  is  given  in  the  footnote  of  p.  327. 

XLVIII.  p.  332. 

curat ;  the  subject  is  Caesar. 

■lit   jiiLinen  transirent ;    the   clause   explains   what  is  meant  by  id, 

"  namely,  to  cross  the  river." 
p.  333.  persequi  ;  supply  nos  or  Helvetios. 

ita  .  .   .  didicimus  lU ;  the  clause  introduced  by  ut  explains 
what  is  meant  by  ita. 


LATIN-ENGLISH    DICTIONARY 

TO   THE 

EXERCISES  AND  TRANSLATION. 


Ohs.  1.  Words  that  occur  in  the  Erercisrs  arc  jyrintcd  in  thicker  type. 
{Many  of  these  occur  also  in  the  Translation. ) 

Ohs.  2.  A  figure  after  a  word  denotes  the  declension  or  conjugation  to 
which  it  belongs.  TJic  gender  of  nouns  which  follow  the 
rules  is  not  given. 


A,  ab,  by  or  from  (with  abl.)  ;  it 
is  not  used  for  by  before  things. 
Ab  ictu  (in  XLVL),  away  from 
the  blow,  out  of  reach  of  blows. 

abacus  (2),  a  side-table. 

abdtlco,  abduxi,  abductus  (3),  to 
lead  aivay,  take  aivay,  draio 
back. 

Sibeo,  abivi  and  abii,  abituin,  abire, 
to  go  away,  dejnirt.  See  eo,  p. 
344. 

abicio,  abieci,  abiectus,  abicere,  to 
throw  out. 

abiit,  from  abeo. 

abl  ego  (1),  to  remove. 

aboniinandus,  terrible. 

abrumpo,  abrupi,  abruptus  (3),  to 
break  off,  to  end. 

absens  (absentis),  adj.,  absent. 

absolve,  absolvi,  absolutus  (3),  to 
absolve,  find  not  guilty,  acquit; 
often  used  with  the  genitive  of 
the  charge  on  which  a  man  is 
acquitted  ;  furti  absolutus  est, 
he  was  acquitted  on  a  charge  of 
theft. 


abscpie,  prcpos.  with  abl.,  without. 

abstulit,  from  aufero. 

absum,    /  am   absent,   am   away 

from. 
absfimo,  absumpsi,  absumptus  (3), 

to  destroy. 
abundantia  (1),  abundance. 
ac,  and. 

accedo,  acccssi  (3),  to  approach. 
accersitus,  from  accerso. 
accerso,  accersivi,  accersitus,  accer- 

serc,  to  summon,  fetch. 
accessit,  from  accedo. 
accidit  (3),  it  happens;  it  may  also 

be  perfect,  accidit,  it  liappened. 
accido,  accidi  (3),  to  haj^pen. 
accipio,  accepi,  acceptus,  accipere, 

to  receive,  take  in. 
accommodus,  adj.,  suited. 
accubuisset,   pluperf.   subj.  of  ac- 

cumbo,  had  lain  down,  reclined. 

The    Greeks    and    Romans    lay- 
down,  instead  of  sitting  down, 

to  meals, 
accuratus,  adj.,  careful;  accuratius, 

with  great  care,  very  carefully. 


356 


LATIN  COURSE 


accnrro,  acciirri  (3),  to  run  up. 

accUso  (1),  to  accuse. 

acer,  acris,  acre,  adj.  (comp.  acrior, 
sup.  acerrimus),  keen,  energetic. 

acerbus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  bitter,  melan- 
choly. 

acidus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  bitter. 

Sides  (5),  liiie  of  battle. 

acriter,  adv.,  keenly,  energetically. 

actio  (action is),  action  (at  law), 
prosecution. 

actus,  from  ago. 

ad,  prep,  with  ace,  to  (of  motion 
to),  according  to,  with  a  view  to, 
at,  for,  before.  Ad  solis  occasum, 
at  sunset ;  ad  tempus,  up  to  time, 
in  tiyne ;  ad  diem,  on  the  right 
day ;  ad  hunc  modum,  after 
this  fashion,  thus ;  ad  urbera 
proficiscitur,  he  sets  out  for  tlie 
city. 

addo,  addidi,  additus  (3),  to  add. 

adduco,  adduxi,  adductus  (3),  to 
lead  to,  bring  to.  Adductus, 
influenced  by,  i.e.  in  consequence 
of,  attracted  by. 

3,deo,  adivi  and  -ii,  aditum,  adire, 
to  come  to,  approach,  go  to. 

adeo,  adv.,  quite,  absolutely. 

adesse,  see  adsum. 

adfero,  adtuli,  adlatus  (also  written 
affero,  attuli,  allatus),  to  bring  to. 

adfinis,  adj.,  connected  with,  charge- 
able with. 

adfluo,  adfluxi  (3),  to  flow  towards. 

adfor  (1),  dep.,  to  address;  adfari 
extremum,  to  address  for  the  last 
time. 

adhibeo  (2),  to  give,  furnish^  sup- 
ply. 

adhuc,  adv.,  at  present,  as  yet,  up 
to  this  time. 

adicio,  adieci,  adiectus,  adicere,  to 
add. 

adiectis,  from  adicio. 

adiit,  from  adeo. 

aditus  (4),  approach,  a  means  of 
approach. 


adiungo,    adiunxi,    adiunctus   (3), 

to  join  on,  attach  to. 
adiuturum,  from  adiuvo. 
adiiivo,  .-iuvi,  -iutus  {l),to  help. 
adloquor,  adlociitus,  adloqui  (3),  to 

address,  to  address  a  remark  to. 
admirabilis,  -e,  adj.,  astonishing. 
admiratio  (-onis),  admiration,  aston- 
ishment;    admirationi    esse,    to 

cause  astonishment. 
admlror   (1),   dep.,  to  admire,  to 

wonder. 
admitto,  admisi,  admissus  (3),   to 

admit. 
admoveo,  -movi,  -motus,  to  move. 
adnitor,  adnisus  and  adnixus  (3), 

dep. ,  to  strive,  work. 
adno  (1),  to  swim  up. 
adolesco,   adolevi,   adultus  (3),   to 

grow  up,  grow. 
adolevit,  from  adolesco. 
adorior,  adortus  (4),  dep. ,  to  attack. 
adparatus    (4),    luxury,   prepara- 
tions. 
adprehendo,    adprehendi,     adpre- 

hensus  (3),  to  arrest. 
adrideo,  adrisi,  adrisum,  to  smile 

at. 
adsentator  (-oris),  flatterer. 
adsultus    (4),    assault,    means    of 

attack. 
adsum,  to  be  present ;  adsum  tibi, 

I  help  you  (I  am  present  for  you). 
adiilescens  (adulescentis),  young, 

a  young  man. 
adulor  (1),   dep.,  to  flatter,  fawn 


adultus,  from  adolesco. 

advfinio,  adveni,  adventum  (4),  to 

come  to,  approach. 
adveutus   (4),    arrival,   approach, 

coming. 
adversarius  (2),  adversary,  enemy. 
advolo  (1),  to  fly  towards,  or  to. 
aedes  (aedium),  plur.,  a  house. 
aedifico  (1),  to  build. 
aeger,  aegra,  aegrum,  sick,  sickly, 

weary. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  DICTIONARY 


357 


aegerrime,  adv.,  with  great  diffi- 
culty. 

aegre,  adv.,  vnth  difficulty. 

aegroto  (1),  to  he  ill. 

aenmlatio  (-onis),  emulation,  riv- 
alry. 

aeneus,  adj.,  viadc  of  brass,  biru:en. 

aequaevus,  adj.,  of  the  same  age. 

aequalis,  -e,  equal  in  age;  a  friend. 

aequor  (aequoris),  iieut. ,  icatcr ; 
plain. 

aequoreus,  adj.,  having  to  do  with 
the  sea  ;  aequorea  af^iia,  sea-water. 

aequus,  adj.,  even,  equal;  aer^uo 
animo,  with  resignation. 

aes  (teris),  neut.,  brass,  7aoney ; 
aes  alienum  (other  people's 
money),  debt. 

aestas  (aestatis),  summer. 

aestimo  (1),  to  value,  estimate. 

aetas  (aetatis),  age. 

affgro,  attuli,  allfitus,  afferre,  to 
bring  (to), 

age,  imper.  of  ago,  come! 

ftger  (agri),  a  field,  land,  territory. 

agger  (aggeris),  a  mound,  a  ram- 
part. 

agmen  (agmiuis),  column  (of  an 
army). 

agnosco,  agnovi,  agnitus  (3),  to 
recognise. 

ftgo,  egi,  actus  (3),  to  do,  to  be 
active  or  hiisy,  to  drive;  vitam 
agere,  to spiend  ones  life;  causani 
agere,  to  plead  one's  cause,  to 
make  07ics  defence ;  satis  agere, 
to  have  enough  {or  more  than 
enough)  to  do;  agere  cum  aliqno, 
to  treat  with  somebody.  I  n  X I H . , 
nequidquam  mecum  egeris,  you 
will  have  treated  (pleculed)  with 
me  in  vain. 

aio,  I  say,  affirm,  say  "yes." 

alacritas  (alacritatis),  ardour,  eager- 
ness, alacrity. 

albus,  adj.,  white. 

ales  (alitis),  bird. 

Alexander  (Alexandri),  Alexander. 


alienus,  adj.,  belonging  to  another ; 
aes  alienum  {another  persons 
money),  debt;  alienus,  subst.,  a 
stranger. 

alio,  adv.,  to  another  place. 

aliquando,  adv.,  sometimes,  before 
noio,  once  upon  a  time. 

aiiquantus,  adj.,  some,  consider- 
able;' aliquantum  pecuniae  (or 
nummorum),  a  considerable  sum 
of  money ;  aliquantum  pro- 
gressus,  having  advanced  a  con- 
siderable distance. 

d,liquis,  aliquid,  some;  aliijuis, 
somebody;  ali([uid,  something; 
aliquid  cibi  (something  in  the 
way  of  food),  some  food. 

alTti'i',  adv.,  otherwise. 

alius,  adj.  (gen.  alius),  other, 
another.  Alii  .  .  .  alii,  some 
.  .  .  others. 

alo,  aliii,  alitus  and  altus  (3),  to 
nourish. 

alte,  adv.,  on  high. 

alter  (gen.  alterius),  a  second,  the 
other  ;  alter  .  .  .  alter,  the  one 
.  .  .  the  other;  ille  alter,  tJie 
other. 

alternus,  adj.,  alternate;  alternis 
pedibus,  first  on  one  foot,  then 
on  th^  other. 

altus,  adj.,  deep ;  altissima  quae- 
(jue  flumina,  all  the  deej)cst  rivers, 
very  deep  rivers;  altum,  subst, 
the  deep  {sea). 

aluit,  from  alo. 

alumnus  {2),  foster-son. 

alvus  (2),  fem.,  stomach,  belly. 

amfitiis,  partic.  of  amo,  beloved  ; 
amicum  amatumque,  a  friend 
and  a  favourite. 

ambiguus,  adj.,  doubting. 

ambo,  ambae,  ambo,  both. 

ambiilo  (1),  to  walk. 

amlcitia  {1),  friendship. 

amictus,  partic.  of  amicio,  clothed. 

amicus  (2),  a  friend  ;  or  adj., 
friendly;  amicior,  mm-efrieridly. 


358 


LATIN  COURSE 


amitto,  amisi,  amissus  (3),  to  lose. 
amnis  (amnis),  masc,  strea7n,  river. 
amo  (1),  to  love. 
amor  (araoris),  love;  amori  estmihi, 

(something)  is  dear  to  me. 
amphora  (1),  a  hottle. 
amplector,  am  plexus  (3),  dep.,  to 

embrace. 
an,   or  (in  a  question)  :    used  in 

XLVII.    in   a    simple    question 

like  num,  do  you  then? 
ancdra  (1),  anchor. 
angustus,  adj. ,  narrow;  angusti  est 

aninii,  it  shows  a  narrow  mind. 
anhelitus  (4),  panting. 
anilis,  -e,  adj.,  belonging  to  an  old 

woman ;    curae    aniles,    an    old 

woman's  cares. 
anima  (1),  life. 
animadverto,  -verti  (3),  to  notice, 

observe. 
animal  (animalis),  an  animal. 
animus  (2),  mind,  heart,  feelings  ; 

bono  animo  esse,  to  keep  up  one's 

spirits;  animi,  plur.,  anger. 
annales,  plur.,  annals. 
annon,  or  not. 
annus  (2),  year. 
anserinus,   adj.,    belonging  to    the 

goose  (anser);  ovum  anserinum, 

a  goose's  egg. 
ante,  adv.,  before;  prep,  with  ac- 

cus.,  before. 
antea,  adv.,  before. 
antehac,   adv.,   before   this,   before 

now. 
antepono,  -posui,  -positus  (3),  to 

prefer. 
antiquus,  adj.,  old,  ancient. 
aniilus  (2),  a  ring. 
anus  (4),  an  old  woman. 
anxius,  adj.,  anxious,  troubled. 
apgrio,  aperui,  apertus  (4),  to  open, 

uncover. 
aperte,  adv.,  openly. 
apertus,  partic.  of  aperio  ;  aperto 

capite,     with    uncovered    head, 

ivith  nothing  on  the  head. 


aperuerunt,  from  aperio. 

appareo  (2),  to  appear. 

apparo  (1),  to  prepare. 

appello  (1),  to  call. 

appeto,  appetivi,  appetitus  (3),  to 
try  for,  strive  after. 

appono,  apposui,  appositus  (3),  to 
place  by  or  near. 

appositus  (part,  of  appono),  placed 
before,  placed  near,  laid  near. 

apprehendo,  -di,  -sus  (3),  to  stop, 
a^'rest. 

apprehensis,  from  apprehendo. 

approbo  (1),  to  approve,  show  ap- 
proval (of  something). 

apte,  adv.,  fitly,  rightly. 

aptus,  a,(\.y,  fitted,  fit ;  tied. 

apud,  prep,  with  ace. ,  with,  among. 

aqua  (1),  ivater. 

aqaatio  (-onis),  a  place  to  get  water 
at ;  hie  aquatio  est,  the  fish  come 
here  to  get  tlieir  fresh  water. 

aquo  (1),  to  get  water. 

Arar  (Araris),  the  river  Arar, 
now  called  Saone. 

arbitror  (1),  dep.,  to  think,  con- 
sider. 

arbor  (arboris),  fem. ,  tree. 

arceo,  arcui,  arctus,  to  keep  off. 

arcessitus,  past  part,  of  areesso 
(perf.  arcessivi),  to  send  for, 
summon. 

arctius,  adv. ,  more  closely. 

ardeo,  arsi,  to  burn. 

arduus,  adj.,  tall ;  excessive. 

arena  (1),  sand. 

argentaria  (1),  the  business  of  a 
banker. 

argentarius  (2),  a  banker. 

argentum,  silver,  money. 

Ariminum,  a  town  in  Italy,  now 
called  Rimini. 

Arion  (Arionis),  Arion. 

Arionius,  adj.,  belongirig  to  Arion; 
nomen  Arionium,  Arion' s  name. 

arma  (2),  plur.,  arms,  weapons. 

armarium,  cJiest,  safe  (for  valu- 
ables). 


LATIN-ENGLISH  DICTIONARY 


359 


armo  (1),  to  arm,  to  furnish  with 

arms. 
arrectus,  erect. 
arrideo,    arrisi,   arrisum,    to  smile 

upon,  look  pleasant. 
arrogo  (1),  to  boast. 
ars  (artis),  art,  science. 
articulate,  adv.,  articulately. 
artificiuin,  handicraft. 
artius,  adv.   (comp.  of  arte),  vertj 

soundly. 
artus  (4),  joint  (of  the  body), 
arva  (2),  plur.,  fields. 
as  (assis),  an  as,  a  small  Roman 

coin  ;  asse  carum  est,  is  dear  at 

a  farthing. 
aspectus  (4),  aspect,  appearance. 
aspicio,  aspexi,  aspectus,  aspicere, 

to  behold. 
ast,  adv.,  but. 
at,  but;  why? 
Athenae,  plur.,  Athens. 
Atlieniensis,  an  Athenian. 
atque,  and  ;  atque  optima  quidem 

(in  XL),  and  excellent  ones  too. 
atrox  (atrocis),  SLd). ,  fcrcc. 
attamen,  but. 
attentus,  adj.,  attentive. 
attingo,    attigi,    attactus    (3),    to 

reach. 
attollo  (3),  to  lift  up. 
attulimus,  from  affero. 
auceps  (auciipis),  a  bird-catcher. 
auctio  (auctionis),  an  auction,  sale. 
audS,cia  (1),  boldness,  impudence. 
audax    (audacis),  adj.,    bold,    im- 
■  jmdcnt. 
audeo  (2),  the  ^wrfect  is  deponent, 

ausus  sum,  to  dare. 
audio  (4),  to  hear. 
aufgro,  abstiili,   ablatus,    auferre, 

to  take  away. 
aufiigio,  aufugi,  aufugere,  to  run 

away. 
aura  (1),  air,  breeze;  aurae  superae, 

the  airs  of  heaven. 
aureus,  adj.  (of aurum),  golden,  gold. 
auris  (auris),  fern.,  an  car. 


auritus,  adj.,  having  cars  ;  auritus 

testis,  an  ear-witness. 
aurum  (2),  gold. 
Ausonis    (Ausonidis),    adj.,    Aus- 

onian;  Ausonis  ora,  the  Anson iaii 

shore. — Ausonia  is  a  name  for 

the  lower  part  of  Italy. 
ausus,  from  audeo. 
aut,  or;  aut  .  .  .  aut,  either  .  .  .  or. 
autem,  adv.,  but,  however,  again. 
auxilium,   help;   auxilio   mittere, 

to  send  for  a  help,  i.e.  as  a  help; 

auxilio  tibi  venio,  I  am  coming 

to  your  aid. 
avello,  avelli,    avulsus  (3),   to  get 

somebody   (or  something)  atcay, 

to  tear  atvay,  to  mangle. 
aversus,    part,    of  averto,    turned 

away,   averse,    unfriendly,    2in- 

sympathetic. 
averto,  averti,  aversus  (3),  to  turn 

(something)  away ;   averto  pcri- 

culum  ab  urbe,  /  turn  the  danger 

away  from  the  city,  I  avert  it; 

averto  iter,  I  change  the  direction 

of  the  march,  I  turn  aivay,  go 

away. 
avide,  adv.,  eagerly. 
d,vidu8,  adj.,  eager,  greedy. 
8,vis  (avis),  fern.,  a  bird. 
avdco  (1),  to  call  away. 

Barba  (1),  a  hard. 

barbiri      (2),      the      barbarians, 

foreigners. 
befitus,  adj.,  happy,  prosperous. 
Belgae,    the  Belgae   (a   people   of 

Gaul), 
bello  (1),  to  carry  on  war. 
bellua  (1),  an  animal,  beast. 
bellum,  war. 
b6n6,  adv.,  ivell ;   bene  agere,  to 

get  on  icell. 
beneficium,  a  benefit,  a  kindness. 
benevolentia,  kindness,  goodwill. 
bestia  (1),  a  wild  beast. 
bibliotheca  {\),  a  library. 
bibo,  bibi  (3),  to  drink. 


360 


LATIN  COURSE 


binus,  adj.,  two  each. 
bis,  adv.,  twice. 
blande,  adv.,  gently. 
blandimentum,  caress. 
b6nus,  adj.,  good. 
bracchium,  arm  (of  the  body). 
brfivis,  adj.,  short. 
brevitas  (brevitatis),  brevity. 
Britanni  (2),  the  Britons. 
Britannia,  Britain. 
bubulcns  (2),  a  ploughman,  farm- 
labourer. 

Cado,  cecidi,  casum  (3),  to  fall. 

caecus,  adj.,  blind. 

caedes  (caedis),  onurder. 

caedo,  cecidi,  caesus  (3),  to  kill. 

caelatus,  carved,  chased. 

caelestis,  caeleste,.  adj.,  heavenly, 
divine. 

caelum,  the  sky. 

caeriilus,  or  caeruleus,  dark- 
coloured  (blue  or  green). 

Caesar  (Caesaris),  Caesar. 

calamitas  (-tatis),  calamity. 

calix  (calicis),  masc,  a  cup. 

calumnia  (1),  a  false  charge. 

camelus  (2),  a  camel. 

Campania,  a  district  in  Italy. 

campus  (2),  a  plain. 

candeo  (2),  to  shine,  glow. 

canesco  (3),  to  grow  gray,  get  gray- 
headed. 

caninus,  adj.,  like  a  dog. 

canis  (cauis),  a  dog. 

caiiistrum,  a  basket. 

cano,  cecini,  cantum  (3),  to  sing, 
sound. 

cantator  (cantat5ris),  player,  min- 
strel ;  cantator  lidibus,  a  2>layer 
on  the  harp. 

canto  (1),  to  sing. 

cantus  (4),  song. 

capiendi,  cibi  capiendi  causa,  for 
the  sake  of  taking  food  (capiendi 
is  gerundive  of  capio). 

capillus  (2),  hair  of  the  head. 

c^pio,  cepi,  captus,  capere,  to  take, 


take  possession  of,  to  contain, 
to  hold,  grasp;  consilium  capere, 
to  form  a  plan;  terram  capere, 
to  make  {reach)  the  land. 

capi talis,  -e,  adj.,  res  capitalis,  a 
capital  charge. 

Capitdlium,  the  Capitol  (a  hill  at 
Rome  on  which  stood  the  temple 
of  Juppiter  and  the  Citadel). 

captiva  (1),  a  female  prisoner. 

captlvus  (2),  ap)Tisoner,  captive. 

Ca,pua,  Capua  (a  city  in  Campania, 
in  Italy). 

caput  (capitis),  a  head;  accusohom- 
inem  capitis,  1  bring  a  capital 
charge  against  a  man;  absolvo 
capitis,  I  acquit  a  man  on  a  cap- 
ital charge;  condemno  capitis,  / 
condemn  a  man  to  death.  See  p. 
161.  Sometimes  caput  is  used  for 
the  person  himself,  as  in  XIII. 

career  (carceris),  masc,  prison. 

careo,  carui,  to  icant,  to  go  without 
something,  to  be  without;  governs 
an  abl. 

carmen  (carmmis),  song,  poem.. 

Carneades,  Carneades  (a  Greek 
philosopher). 

caro  (carnis),  fem.,  flesh. 

carpo,  carpsi,  carptus  (3),  to  pick, 
pick  out,  pluck,  crop,  feed  on, 
graze  on;  carpere  agnien,  to 
attack  a  column  (of  an  army). 

Carthaginiensis,  a  Carthaginian. 

Cariiiago  (Carthaginis),  Carthage. 

earns,  adj.,  dear. 

caseus  (2),  cheese. 

Cassianus,  bellum  Cassianum,  the 
%oar  in  which  Cassius  ivas 
general. 

castellum,  fortress,  fort. 

castigo  (1),  to  chastise,  punish. 

castra  (neut.  plur.),  a  camp. 

casus  (4),  chance,  accident,  fate, 
disaster. 

Catillna  (1),  Catiline  (a  conspira- 
tor who  was  checked  by  Cicero). 

Cato  (Catouis),  Cato. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  DICTIONARY 


361 


Cauda  (1),  tail  (of  an  animal), 
caiipo  (cauponis),  an  nmkcejycr. 
causa  (1),  a  cause,  reason;  causa, 

abl. ,  fm-  the  sake  of,  because  of. 
caveo,  cavi,  cautus,   to  beware,   to 

he  on  one's  guard. 
cavus,  adj.,  hollow. 
cecidi,    from    cado ;    cccidi,    from 

caedo. 
cecinit,  from  cano. 
cedo,  cessi,  ccssum  (3),  to  ivithdraw. 
celebro  (1),  to  celebrate. 
c61er,   celeris,   cclerc,    adj.,   quick, 

rapid. 
c616riter,  adv.,  quickly. 
celerrime,  adv.    (.su})erl.   of  celer), 

very  quickly ;  quam  celerrime,  a*- 

quickly  as  possible. 
celsus,  adj.,  high. 
cena  (1),  dinner. 
cenatus,    partic.    (with    dejmnent 

sense),   having  dined  or  sujrpcd, 

after  their  suj)pcr. 
ceno  (1),  to  dine. 
censeo,  to  be  of  opinion,  to  express 

an  opinion. 
centum,  hundred. 
cepi,  from  capio. 
cerno,    crevi,    cretum    (3),    to  sec, 

discern,  prove. 
certfunen  (cortaminis),  a  contest. 
certe,  adv.,  at  any  rate. 
certus,  -a  -um,  certain,  sure,  tmst- 

worthy ;      Cacsarcm      ccrtiorem 

iacio,  1  inform  Caesar. 
cerva  (1),  a  hind. 
cervix    (cervicis),    neck   (often    in 

plural  only), 
cessatus,  from  cesso.     In  XIII.  si 

quid  cessatum  est,  if  there  has 

been  any  idling. 
cesso  (1),  to  cease,  rest,  to  be  idle, 

to  delay. 
cet6ri,  the  rest,  the  other. 
charta  (1),  a  leaf  of  paper. 
chorda  (1),  a  string. 
cibus  (2),  food ;  cibi,  food  of  differ 

cnt  ki7ids,  the  dishes  on  the  table 


Cic6ro  (Ciceronis),  Cicero  (a  great 
Roman  writer  and  statesman). 

circa,  adv.,  about. 

circiter,  adv.,  about. 

ch'cueo,  -ivi  and  -ii,  -itum,  -ire  (or 
circumeo),  to  go  around. 

eircum,  prep,  with  ace,  aroimd. 

circumfundo,  -fudi,  -fusus  (3),  to 
pour  around  ;  circumfundi  ob- 
viis,  to  surround  those  they 
met. 

circum])ono,  -posui,  -positus  (3), 
to  put  anmnd. 

circumseco  (1),  but  -secui,  to  cut 
round,  to  cut  a  round  hole. 

circumspicio,  -spexi,  -.spicere,  to 
look  around  at. 

circumsto,  circumsteti  (1),  inf 
circumstare,  to  stand  around, 
surrou7id. 

circus  (2),  circus. 

cithara,  har^),  lyre. 

cito,  adv.,  quickly. 

citus,  adj.,  quick. 

civilitas  (civilitatis),  civility. 

civis  (civis),  a  citizen,  a  fellow- 
citizen. 

civitas  (civitatis),  a  state. 

clSLdes  (cladis),  a  defeat. 

clam,  adv.,  secretly. 

cl3,ino  (1),  to  call  out,  shout. 

clamor  (clamoris),  shout,  shouting. 

clarus,  adj.,  bright,  celebrated, 
distinguished,  splendid. 

classis  (classis),  a  fleet. 

claudo,  clausi,  clausus  (3),  to  shut. 

claudus,  adj.,  lame. 

clava  (1),  a  club. 

clementer,  adv.,  gently,  in  a  kindly 
way. 

dementia,  kindness. 

coactor  (coactoris),  collectar  of 
money,  auctioneer  s  clerk. 

coactus,  see  cogo. 

coepi,  /  have  made  a  beginning,  1 
began, 

cogitatio  (-onis),  thougM,  reflec- 
tion. 


362 


LATIN  COURSE 


cogito  (1),  to  think,  plot. 

cognitus,  from  cognosce. 

cognomen  (cognominis),  an  addi- 
tional name. 

coguosco,  cogn5vi,  cognitus  (3),  to 
learn,  hear 

cognovi,  from  cognosco. 

cogo,  coegi  coactus  (3),  to  drive, 
compel,  force;  cogit  agmen,  he 
brings  up  the  rear,  comes  last. 

cohors  (cohortis),  a  company  of 
soldiers,  a  cohort. 

collectus,  partic.  of  colligo. 

coUigo,  collegi,  collectus  (3),  to 
collect;  se  colligunt,  they  collect 
themselves,  rally,  or,  they  collect 
their  thoughts;  hoc  esse  col- 
lectum  mail,  that  this  indisposi- 
tion was  contracted,  that  you 
caught  this  illness. 

collis  (coUis),  masc,  hill. 

coUdco  (1),  to  piost,  place,  station. 

colldquium,  a  confere7ice. 

colloquor,  collocutus  (3),  dep.,  to 
talk  with,  converse  with. 

coUum,  the  neck. 

cSlor  (coloris),  colour. 

comae,  tlie  hair. 

comedo,  -edi,  -esum  (3),  to  eat. 

cOmes  (comitis),  companion. 

comesse,  see  comedo. 

cdmitatus,  accompanied  by. 

comitem,  from  comes. 

commemoro  (1),  to  mention,  re- 
count. 

commendatio  (-onis),  recommenda- 
tion. 

commilito  (commilitonis),  fellow- 
soldier. 

commiseror  (1),  dep.,  to  ask  for 
pity. 

commiserunt,  from  committo. 

committo,  commisi,  commissus  (3), 
to  join  together,  combine;  com- 
mittere  praelium,  to  join  battle  ; 
to  commit,  entrust,  trust,  com- 
7nit  (an  offence). 

commodum,  advantage. 


commorior,  commortuus  (3),  dep., 
to  die  together. 

commotus,  led,  moved,  deeply 
affected,  alarmed. 

coramoveo,  coramovi,  commotus, 
to  move,  influence,  affect ;  sus- 
picio  commovetur  in  aliquem, 
suspicion  is  directed  against  some 
one. 

communis,  -e,  adj.,  common. 

compareo  (2),  to  appear. 

complexus  (4),  embrace. 

complfires  (neut.  complura,  gen. 
complurium),  very  many. 

compono,  composui,  compositus 
(3),  to  make  up,  compose. 

compositus,  partic.  of  compono, 
made  up,  false. 

comprehendo  (3),  to  seize. 

concedo,  concessi  (3),  to  grant,  to 
withdraw,  depart. 

concido,  concidi  (3),  to  fall  heavily, 
to  fall  dead. 

concilium,  a  meeting,  assembly. 

concipio,  concepi,  conceptus,  con- 
cipere,  to  form. 

conclamo  (1),  to  cry  out,  raise  aery. 

conclave  (conclavis),  a  room. 

condemno  (1),  to  condemn;  often 
used  with  a  genitive  of  the 
charge  on  which  a  man  is  con- 
demned, or  of  the  penalty  to 
which  he  is  condemned  : — furti 
condemnatus  est,  lie  was  con- 
demned for  theft ;  capitis  con- 
demnatus est,  he  ivas  condemned 
to  death. 

conditio  (couditionis),  condition, 
terms. 

condo,  condidi,  conditus  (3),  toput 
together,  compose,  found;  store; 
bury. 

confectus,  part,  of  conficio,  ex- 
hausted. 

conf§ro,  contuli,  collatus,  con- 
ferre,  to  carry  together,  to  bring, 
to  bear;  se  conferre,  to  betake 
oneself ;    sermouem  cum  aliquo 


LATIN-ENGLISH  DICTIONARY 


363 


conferre,  tofallinto  conversation ; 
no  conferte  culpam,  do  not  throw 
the  hlame. 

conficio,  confeci,  confeetns,  con- 
ficere,  to  finish,  to  get  something 
done;  in  XIV.  confici,  to  be 
drawn  up;  in  XVI.  confectus, 
worn  out,  exhausted. 

contiden'tia  (1),  self-possession. 

congero,  congessi,  congestus  (3),  to 
bring  together. 

congi-edior,  congressus,  inf.  con- 
greJi,  to  meet,  to  fight,  engage. 

congrego  (1),  to  herd  or  flock  to- 
gether, gather  together,  to  collect. 

conicio,  conieci,  couiectus,  coni- 
cere,  to  throw,  cast. 

coniectus,  from  conicio. 

coniungo,  coninnxi,  coniunctus 
(3),  to  join,  imite. 

coniunx  (coniiigis),  ivife. 

Conor,  conatus,  dep.,  to  try,  en- 
deavour. 

conpendiuni,  an  abridgment. 

contiuisitus,  adj.,  exquisite,  choice. 

conscendo,  conscendi,  conscensuni 
(3),  to  go  up,  mount  up,  embark 
on  a  ship. 

conscius,  adj.,  conscious,  conspiring, 
being  an  accomidice  or  confidant  ; 
conscia  turba,  band  of  con- 
spirators. 

consecutus,  from  consequor. 

couseutio,  consensi,  consensiim  (4), 
to  agree. 

consfiquor,  conseciitus  (3),  dep.,  to 
folio u)  close,  overtake. 

consero,  conserui,  consertus  (3),  to 
engage,  join  battle. 

conservus  (2),  a  fellow-slave. 

consilixuu,  strategy,  plan,  measure, 
idea,  2Jroposal,  prompting,  insti- 
gation. 

consisto,  constTti,  constitum  (3),  to 
stand,  to  take  one's  stand. 

consolor,  consolatus,  dep.,  to  con- 
sole. 

conspectus  (4),  sight,  presence. 


conspicatus,    partic.   of  conspicor, 

having  seen,  whcii  it  sees. 
constantia    (1),   constancy,  persist- 
ence. 
constat,  constitit,  it  is  well  known, 

it  is  acknoivlcdgcd. 
consterno  (1),  to  strike  ivith  terror. 
constitit,     from     constat,     as     in 

XXXI.  ;     or     consisto,     as     in 

XXXVII.  and  XLVI. 
constituo,    constitni,    constitutus 

(3),  to  determine,  arrange,  settle, 

appoint. 
construo,     construxi,     constructu.s 

(3),  to  2)ile  up,  construct. 
consueras,    from    consuesco,    con- 
tracted for  consueveras. 
consuesco,  consuevi,  consuetus  (3), 

to  be  accustomed. 
consul,  consiilis,  a  consul  (a  Roman 

official). 
consuiatus  (4),  the  consulship. 
consfdo,    consului,   consultum  (3), 

to  consult. 
consurgo,  consurrexi,  consurrectus 

(3),  to  rise  up. 
contemno,  contempsi,  contemptus 

(3),  to  despise. 
contem}tserat,  from  contemno. 
contemptus     (4),     contempt;     per 

contemptum,  in  contempt. 
contendo,  contendi  (3),  to  liastcn  • 

to  entreat. 
contigit,  it  hapj)ened,  it  befell. 
contingo,    contigi  (3),  to  touch,  to 

meet,  to  arrive. 
contiuuus,  adj.,  continual. 
contiouor   (1),   dep.,  to  deliver  a 

speech,  to  speak. 
contra,  prep,  with  accus.,  against. 
controversia  (1),  discussion,  quarrel. 
contueor,  contuitus,   dep.,  to  look 

upon. 
contulit,  from  confero. 
contumelia,  insult. 
convalesco,  convalui  (3),  to  grow 

strong,  recover. 
conv^nlo,  conveui,   conventum,  to 


364 


LATIN  COURSE 


come  together^  assemble,  7ncet,  to 
agree. 

coiiversus,  from  converto. 

converto,  converti,  conversus  (3), 
to  turn. 

convictus,  from  convinco. 

convinco,  convici,  convictus  (3),  to 
conquer  thoroughly,  to  convince, 
to  convict. 

con  viva  (1),  a  guest. 

convivium,  dinner,  dinner-party, 
feast,  banquet. 

convdco  ( 1 ),  to  call  together. 

copia    (1),    supply,    stock,   means, 
op23ortunity ,    resources ;    copiae, 
forces  (of  an  army). 
,  copiosus,  adj.,  tvcll-supplied,  laden. 

coram,  prep,  with  abl.,  or  adv.,  in 
the  presence  of,  openly. 

Cordubenses,  the  people  cf  Gorduba 
(now  Cordova). 

Corintliius,  adj.,  Corinthian. 

Corinthus  (2),  fern.,  Corinth  (a  city 
in  Greece). 

cordna  {!),  a  crown,  wreath,  chap- 
let. 

corono  (1),  to  crown. 

corpus  (corporis),  body. 

corrumpo,  corrupi,  corruptus  (3), 
to  corrupt. 

corriio,  corrui  (3),  to  tumble,  fall 
to  the  ground. 

corruptus,  from  corrumpo. 

corvus  (2),  a  croiv. 

cotidianus,  adj.,  daily. 

cotldie,  adv.,  every  day,  daily. 

eras,  adv.,  to-morrow. 

crassus,  adj.,  thiclc. 

creber,  crebra,  crebrum,  adj.,  fre- 
quent, continual. 

creditus,  partic.  of  credo,  entrusted. 

credo,  credidi,  creditum  (3),  to  be- 
lieve, trust ;  credo  tibi,  /  believe 
you. 

credulitas  (-tatis),  credulity. 

creo  (1),  to  create,  appoint. 

crepida  (1),  a  sole,  sandal. 

crepito  (1),  to  crackle,  rattle. 


cresco,  crevi,  cretum  (3),  to  grow, 

increase,  develop. 

crimen  (criminis),  charge,  offence. 

crinis  (crinis),  masc,  a  hair;  erines, 
the  hair. 

crocodilus  (2),  a  crocodile. 

cruciatus  (4),  torture. 

crudelis,  -e,  adj.,  cruel. 

crudelitas  (-tatis),  cruelty. 

crudus,  adj.,  raw. 

cruentus,  adj.,  blood-stained. 

cruor  (cruoris),  blood,  thick  blood. 

crus  (cruris),  leg. 

cubiculum,  a  room. 

cubitum,  the  elboio  ;  a  cubit. 

cuius,  gen.  of  qui  or  quis  ;  cuius 
audaciae,   what  impudence ! 

culmen  (culminis),  roof. 

culpa  (1),  a  fault,  charge. 

culpo  (1),  to  blame,  find  fault  with. 

cum,  conjunction,  when,  as  (often 
with  subjunctive  mood)  ;  cum 
primum,  as  soon  as  ever  ;  cum, 
preposition  with  abl. ,  7oith,  along 
ivith,  in  company  with. 

cunctus,  adj.,  all. 

cuneus  (2),  wedge. 

cupiditas  (-tatis),  cupidity,  avarice. 

cupidus,  adj.,  desirous,  covetous. 

cupio,  cupii,  cupere,  to  desire,  wish. 

cur,  why  ? 

cura  (1),  care  ;  curae  est  mihi,  it 
is  a  care  or  anxiety  to  me. 

euro  (1),  to  attend  to,  to  have  some- 
thing done;  curat  pontem  faci- 
endum, he  has  a  bridge  made. 

curro,  cucurri,  cursum  (3),  to  run. 

cursim,  adv.,  hastily. 

cursus  (4),  jninning,  gallop,  course  ; 
cursum  ten  ere,  to  hold  on  your 
course  ;  cursum  facere,  to  take  a 
course. 

custodio,  toguard,  to placein  custody. 

custos,  custodis,  keeper,  guardian. 

cutis  (cutis),  skin. 

cyathus  (2),  cup. 

Cyclopes  (ace.  Cyclopas),  the  Cy- 
clopes. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  DICTIONARY 


365 


cymba  (1),  a  hoot. 

Damnatus,  -a,  -um  (past  part,   of 

damnare),      having     been     con- 
demned, found  guilty. 
damnum  (2),  loss. 
dare,  inf.  of  do. 
de,  prep,  with  abl.,  of,  concerning, 

about,  from  ;  qua  de  causa,  for 

what  reason,  for  which  reason. 
d§beo,  /  oive,  I  ought. 
debilis,  -e,  adj.,  ivea.k,  disabled. 
debitum,  debt,  obligation,  duty. 
decem,  ten. 

deceo  (2),  to  befit,  become. 
deceptus,  from  decipio. 
decerno,    decrevi,   decretus  (3),   to 

decree. 
decjdo,  decidi  (3),  to  fall  down. 
dScimus,  adj.,  the  tenth. 
decipio,  decGpi,  deceptus,  decipere  ; 

to  deceive. 
decoctus,     from     dccoquo,     boiled 

down. 
decor  (decoris),  beauty. 
d6di,  perfect  of  do. 
dedo,  dedidi,  deditus  (3),  to  give  up, 

surrcmier ;  deditus,  given  up  to, 

devoted  to. 
dedHco,    deduxi,  deductus    (3),  to 

lead  down,  withdraw,  to  bring  ; 

gladium    deducere,    to    draiv   a 

sivord. 
deerit,  from  desum. 
defecisset,  see  deficio. 
defendo,  defendi,  defensum  (3),  to 

defend. 
defcro,  detuli,  delatus,  deferre,  to 

carry  down, 
dSficio,  defeci,  defectum,  deficere 

(3),  to  be  wanting,  fail,  run  short. 
defixus,  part,   of  deiigo,  fixed  on ; 

turned  down. 
defluo,  defluxi  (3),  to  fall  off. 
defuerit,  from  desum, 
degusto  (1),  to  taste,  have  a  taste  of. 
deioio,  deieci,  deiectus,  deicere,  to 

throw  down,  cast. 


dein,  adv.,  then,  afterwards. 
deinceps,    adv.,   afterwards,  from 

that  time. 
deinde,  adv.,  then. 
delectatio  (-onis),   delight,    amuse- 
ment. 
delecto  (1),  to  amuse,  delight. 
delectum,  from  deiigo. 
delectus  (4),   a  levy  (of  soldiers)  ; 

or  partic.  of  deiigo. 
deliberandum,    that    the    question 

must  be  considered. 
delibero  (1),  to  deliberate,  consider. 
dSligO,     delegi,     delectus    (3),     to 

choose,  select. 
delinquo,   dellqui,  delictus  (3),  to 

of  end,  do  wrong,  fall  short,  fa-il. 
deliqni,  from  delinquo. 
deliro  (1),   to  be  stark-mad. 
delitesco,  delitui  (3),  to  lie  hid. 
delituit,  from  delitesco. 
delplun  (delphinis),  a  dolphin. 
delphinus  (2),  a  dol])hin. 
dementia  (1),  'tnadncss. 
demissus,  from  demitto,  bent  down, 

in  XIX. 
demitto,   deniisi,   demissus  (3),   to 

let  down,  bend  down. 
demonstro  (1),  to  point  out. 
demulceo,    demulsi,    demulsus,    to 

stroke. 
demum,  adv.,  at  last;  post  Alex- 

andri  demum  victorias,  not  till 

after,  etc. 
d§i^que,  adv.,  at  last. 
dens  (dentis),  masc,  a  tooth. 
densus,  adj.,  thick. 
(lenuo,  adv.,  anew,  again. 
depello,    dei)iili,    de]>ulsus    (3),    to 

drive  airay,  to  deter. 
depono,  depusui,  depositus  (3),  to 

lay  aside,  give  up. 
depositus,  from  depono. 
deprecor  ( 1 ),  dep. ,  to  beg  of,  inter- 
cede, beg  to  be  let  of. 
deprehendo,     deprehendi,     depre- 

hensus  (3),  to  catch,  detect. 
deprehensus,  from  deprehendo. 


366 


LATIN  COURSE 


depiili,  from  depello. 
derideo,    derisi   (2),  to  laugh   (de- 
risively) at. 
descendo,  descendi,  descensum  (3), 

to  go  down,  descend. 
descisco,  descivi  (3),  to  revolt. 
desero,    deserui,    desertus   (3),    to 

desert. 
desertum,  a  desert,  a  solitary  place. 
desertus,  from  desero. 
desiderium,      grief,     regret;      de- 

siderium  eius,  grief  for  him. 
desidero    (1),    to    require,    desire, 

regret. 
desilio,    desilui,   desultum   (4),    to 

leap  down. 
desipio,    desipere,    to    he  foolish, 

idiotic. 
despicio,    despexi,    despectus,    de- 

splcere,  to  look  down  upon,  de- 


destituo,    destitui,    destitutus  (3), 

to  forsake,  abandon. 
destrictus   (partic.    of    destringo), 

draivn. 
desum  (de  and  sum),  to  he  wanting, 

to  fail. 
detergeo,   detersi,  detersus  (2),   to 

wipe  away. 
deterreo,  to  deter,  frighten  away. 
detractus,  from  detraho. 
detraho,  detraxi,  detractus  (3),  to 

draw  off. 
detriido,   detrusi,   detrusus  (3),   to 

thriist  down. 
detulerant,  from  defero. 
deuro,  deussi,  deustus  (3),  to  burn 

up. 
Deus  (2),  nom.  plur.  di,  God. 
deveho,    devexi,    devectus   (3),   to 

carry  down. 
deversor     (deversoris),    a    lodger, 

guest. 
deversorium,  an  inn. 
deverto,  deverti,    deversus   (3),  to 

turn  aside  from  one's  journey,  to 

put  up,  lodge. 
devexit,  from  deveho. 


devolvo,  devolvi,  devolutus  (3),  to 

roll  doivn,  hurl. 
devoro  (1),  to  devour. 
dextra  (1),  the  right  hand. 
di,  see  Dens. 

Diana,  Diana  (a  goddess). 
die,  imperative  of  dico. 
dico,  dixi,  dictus  (3),  to  say,  tell, 

to  appoint ;  ne  dicam,  not  to  say, 

I  will  not  say. 
dictator    (dictatoris),    a   dictator. 

A    dictator    was    appointed    at 

Rome  to  save  the  state  in  times 

of  great  difficulty.      His  power 

was  absolute,  but  it  lasted  only 

six  months, 
dictito  (1),  to  say  often  (or  to  many 

people), 
dictum,  a  saying,  remark. 
dictus,  from  dico. 
(Hdici,  from  disco, 
diduco,    diduxi,    diductus    (3),   to 

open. 
dies   (5),    in    the    singular  masc. 

or   fem.,  in  plural  masc.  only, 

a  day ;  ad  diem,  on  the  proper 

day. 
diflficilis,  -e,  adj.,  comp.  difficilior, 

sup.    difficillimus,    difficult;   in 

XIII.    difficillimus   means  very 

difficult  to  get  at   or  persuade, 

churlish. 
digitus  (2),  finger,  toe. 
dignitas  (dignitatis),  dignity. 
dignus,  adj.  worthy ;  dignuslaude, 

abl. ,   worthy  of  praise  ;    dignus 

est  qui    laudetur,   he  is  worthy 

to  be  praised,  he  deserves  to   be 

praised. 
digredior,  digressus,  digredi,  dep., 

to  part,  to  go  away. 
digressus,  from  digredior. 
dilabor,  dilapsus  (3),  dep.,  to  fall 

to  pieces. 
dlligens  (diligentis),  adj.,  diligent, 

industrious. 
dlligenter,    adv.,    diligently,    in- 

dustriously. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  DICTIONARY 


367 


dlligentia  (1),  diligence,  industry. 

diligo,  dilexi,  dilectus  (3),  to  love. 

dimicatio  (-5nis),  fern.,  struggle. 

dimissus,  from  dimitto. 

dimitto,  dimisi,  dimissus  (3),  to 
dismiss,  leave. 

dirimo,  diremi,  diremptus  (3),  to 
put  a  stop  to. 

dis,  dat.  or  abl.  plur,  of  dens. 

discedo,  discessi,  discessum  (3),  to 
go  away,  to  part  asunder  ;  a  me 
discessit,  he  left  me. 

discipiilus  (2),  a  2nipil. 

disco,  didici  (3),  to  learn. 

discubuerunt,  froiii  discumbo. 

discumbo,  discubui.discubitnm  (3), 
to  go  to  bed. 

dissero,  disserui,  dissertus  (3),  to 
speak,  discourse. 

diu,  ad  v., /or  long,  for  a  long  time; 
diutius,  for  some  time;  diu  est 
q^uod  teneris,  for  how  long  have 
you  been  afflicted?  non  diutius,  no 

diutinus,  adj.,  long.  [longer. 

diversus,  adj.,  different. 

dives,  divitis,  adj.,  rich. 

divinitus,  adv.,  divinely,  by  a  God. 

divinus,  adj.,  divine,  godlike. 

dlvitiae,  riches,  wealth. 

divitissimus,  superl.  of  dives. 

divus  (2),  a  god;  divom  is  gen,  plur. 

do,  dedi,  datus  (1),  to  give,  grant, 
yield.  [The  person  to  whom  one 
gives  something  must  always  be 
put  in  the  dative  :  1  give  you 
money,  do  tibi  pecuniam.]  Dare 
verba  means  to  cheat,  deceive  (to 
give  words  instead  of  things)  ; 
poenas  dare,  to  -pay  the  penalty, 
to  suffer  punishment. 

dOceo,  docui,  doctus,  to  teach. 

docilitas  (docilitatis),  docility,  teach- 
ableness. 

doctus,  -a,  -um,  learned. 

doleo  (2),  to  grieve. 

ddlor  (doloris),j'?a»«,  sorrow,  grief; 
dolore  captae  urbis,  throngJi  grief 
at  the  cap)ture  of  tfie  city. 


dolosus,  adj.,  cunning,  deceitful. 
dolus  (2),  craft,  stratagem. 
ddmi,  at  home. 
domina  (1),  a  mistress. 
dominor  (1),  dep.,  to  be  master. 
ddminus     (2),      master,      oivner ; 

Domine,  Sir  I 
domitus,  from  domo,  to  tame. 
Homo,  from  home  ;  or  domo,  domui, 

domitus,  domare,  to  tame. 
domum,    home;   i.e.    to  go    home, 

domum  ire. 
dOmus,  fem.  (2  and  4),  house,  home. 
donatus,    partic.    of  dono,    given ; 

donatus  erpius,  a  gift-horse. 
donee,  conj.,  till,  until. 
dono  (1),  to  give,  itresent. 
doniim,   gift,  ptresent ;  dono  dare, 

to  give  as  a  gift. 
dormio,  to  go  to  sleep,  to  sleep. 
dorsum,  a  back. 
draco  (draconis),  a  snake. 
dubito  (1),  to  doubt. 
dubium,  doubt;  procul  dubio, /ar 

from    doidd,    undoubtedly,    cer- 
tainly. 
dubius,  adj.,  doubtful,  uncertain. 
ducenti,  -ae,  -a,  two  hundred. 
duces  ;  either  dfices  ft-om  dux,  or 

duces,  fut.  of  duco. 
duco,  duxi,  ductus  (3),  to  lead,  to 

take,  to  consider ;  ducit  agmen, 

he  leads  the  line  or  column;  i.e. 

he  goes  first. 
dulce,  adv.,  sweetly. 
dulcis,  dulce,  adj.,  srveet. 
dum  ;  with  Indicative  while,  with 

subjunctive  until. 
duo,  duae,  duo,  two. 
duodecim,  twelve. 
duodequadraginta,  thirty-eight. 
duodeviginti,  eighteen. 
duplex  (duplicis),  adj.,  double. 
duplicem,  from  duplex, 
dure,  adv.,  harshly  ;  dur'ms,  rather 

harshly. 
durus,  adj.,  hard,  harsh. 
dux  (ducis),  leader. 


368 


LATIN  COURSE 


E,  also  ex,  prep,  with  abl.,  from, 
out  of,  from  among. 

ea,  from  is. 

eadem,  from  idem. 

ecquid,  lohethcr  ?  whether  .  .  .  any- 
thing ? 

edissero,  edisserui,  edissertum  (3), 
to  explain. 

edito,  from  edo. 

6do,  edi,  esum  (3),  to  eat ;  or  edo, 
'.edidi,  editus  (3),  to  give  out,  to 
lift,  to  raise,  to  litter. 

educo,  eduxi,  eductns  (3),  to  lead 
out,  draw  out,  deliver. 

efFero,  extuli,  elatus,  effeiTe,  to  carry 
out  or  away,  to  lift  up,  raise. 

efflo  (1),  to  breathe  out. 

efFundo,  effudi,  effusiis  (3),  to  pour 
out,  shed,  empty,  unload. 

egeo  (2),  to  want,  with  abl. 

egeris,  from  ago. 

egi,  from  ago. 

6go,  /. 

egrSdior,  egressus,  egredi  (3),  dep., 
to  go  out,  depart,  leave,  disembark. 

egregius,  adj.,  excellent,  distin- 
guished. 

egressus,  from  egredior. 

ei,  dative  of  is. 

eiecto  (1),  to  spit  out. 

eiusmodi  (eius  modi),  of  that  Mnd, 
such. 

elabor,  elapsus  (3),  to  glide  out, 
evade. 

elapsus,  from  elabor. 

elego,  elegi,  electus  (3),  to  pick  out, 
choose. 

elephantus  (2),  an  elephant. 

elephas  (elephantis),  an  elephant. 

elevo  (1),  to  lift  up. 

elido,  elisi,  elisus  (3),  to  crush. 

eloquor,  elociitus  (3),  dep.,  to  speak 
out. 

einitto,  emisi,  emissus  (3),  to  let 
drop. 

Smo,  emi,  emptus  (3),  to  buy. 

emptor  (emptoris),  a  buyer,  cus- 
tomer. 


emptus,  from  emo. 

en,  see/ 

6nim,  adv., /or. 

ensis  (ensis),  masc,  sword. 

eo,  ivi  and  ii,  itum,  ire,  to  go,  see 
p.  344 ;  infitias  ire,  to  deny ;  eo, 
adv.  of  is,  thither,  there,  on  this 
account ;  eo  quod,  on  this  account 
that,  i.e.  because. 

Epirus  (2),  Epirus,  a  country  in 
Nortliern  Greece. 

dpistiila  {I),  a  letter. 

epiilae,  a  banquet ;  inter  epulas,  in 
the  course  of  the  banq^uet. 

epulor  (1),  dep,,  to  feast,  [cavalry. 

6ques(equitis),  a  Aorsemaw;  equites, 

equinus,  adj.,  belonging  to  a  horse. 

Squitatus  (4),  cavalry. 

6quus  (2),  a  horse. 

ereptus,  from  eripio. 

ergo,  therefore. 

eripio,  eripui,  ereptus,  eripere,  to 
drag  out,  rescue,  deliver. 

erodo  (3),  to  gnaw  away,  eat  away. 

erro  (1),  to  wander. 

error  (erroris),  mistake,  error. 

erumpo,  erupi,  eruptus  (3),  to  burst 
forth. 

eruo,  erui,  erutus  (3),  to  drag  out. 

eniptio  (eruptionis),  a  breaking 
out,  sally  (from  a  besieged  town). 

eriitus,  from  eruo,  was  draton  out. 

Erymanthus,  Erymanthus  (a  moun- 
tain in  Arcadia). 

esuriens,  pres.  part,  of  esurio,  being 


esurio  (4),  to  be  hungry. 

et,  conj.,  and ;  et  .  .  .  et,  both  .  .  . 

and  ;  et  ego,  /  too,  I  also. 
3tiam,    also,    even;    etiam    atque 

etiam,  again  and  again. 
etiamsi,   even  if. 
etsi,  conj.,  although. 
euntem,  ace.  of  iens,  pres.  part,  of  eo. 
ex,  prep,  with  abl.,  from  out  of,  in 

consequence  of. 
exanimo  (1),  to  make  half  dead;  to 

expire,  die. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  DICTIONARY 


369 


excedo,  excessi,  excessum  (3),  to 
go  out,  go  heyond,  exceed  ;  excedo 
ex  urbe,  /  leave  the  city  ;  in  XX. 
cum  excessero,  when  I  {shall) 
have  gone  (i.e.  when  I  am  dead). 

excello  (3),  to  excel,  to  he  distin- 
guished. 

excessero,  from  excedo. 

excido,  excidi  (3),  to  fall  out ;  ox- 
cido,  excidi,  excisus  (3),  to  cut 
out  or  of. 

excito  (1),  to  arouse,  excite,  promote. 

excusatio  (-onis),  excuse. 

exem])liim,  example  ;  hoc  exemplo, 
in  this  form,  to  this  effect,  in  these 
words. 

exeo,  exivi  an<l  exii,  exitum,  to  go 
out,  go  forth,  evade. 

exerceo  (2),  to  exercise;  corpus  exer- 
cere,  to  exercise  the  body,  to  take 
bodily  or  physical  exercise. 

exercitus  (4),  army. 

e^guus,  -ii,  -urn,  petty,  insignif- 
cant. 

exilium,  exile. 

eximius,  adj.,  distinguished. 

exinde,  adv. ,/ro?/i  tlien,  after  that. 

existimo  (1),  to  thi^iik,  fancy. 

exitus  (4),  going  out,  exit,  end. 

exorior,  exortus,  dep.,  to  rise. 

exoro  (1),  to  prevail  vpooi  or  ^-t?- 
suade  some  one  by  entreaty. 

expello,  expuli,  expulsus  (3),  to 
expel,  drive  out,  banish. 

experior,  expertus  (4),  dep.,  to  try, 
make  trial  of,  2>rove. 

cxpono,  ex])osui,  expositus  (3),  to 
expose,  put  out. 

expressi,  from  exprimo. 

exprimo,  expressi,  expressus  (3), 
to  squeeze  out,  wring  out,  extort 
permission. 

exprobro  (1),  to  find  fault  with, 
censure. 

expugno  (1),  to  take  by  storm. 

expulsus,  from  expello. 

exsaiiguis,  -e,  adj.^  bloodless,  ex- 
hausted. 


exseco,    exsecui,    exsecare,    to    cut 

out,  to  cut  a  hole  in. 
ex.sectio  (-onis),  a  cutting  out,  the 

cutting  of  a  hole. 
exsecui t,  from  exseco. 
exspecto  (1),  to  expect,  aicait. 
exspiro   (1),    to  expire,  breathe  out 

one's  life. 
exsto,     exstiti,    exstare,    to    stand 

forth,  to  coiue  forward. 
exstruo,    exstruxi,    exstructus  (3), 

to  load. 
extemplo,  adv.,  at  once. 
externus,  adj. ,  outside,  foreign. 
exterritus,  jtartic.  of  exterreo,  being 

very  frigldened. 
exterus,  adj.,  outside,  foreign, 
extinguo,  extinxi,  cxtinctus  (3),  to 

extinguish;  in  XX.  extinguitur, 

he  expires. 
extorqueo,     extorsi,     extortus,    to 

wrench,  wrest,  extort. 
extra,   prep,   witli  ace,   07tt  of,  be- 
yond. 
extraho,  extraxi,  extractus  (3),  to 

draw  out,  pull  out. 
extremus,  adj.,  extreme,   last;  ad- 

fari  extremum,  to  add ress  for  the 

last  time. 
exul  (exnlis),  an  exile. 
exuro,  exussi,  exustns  (3),  to  burn 

up. 
exu.ssit,  from  exuro. 

Faber  (fabri),  a  smith,  a  maker. 

fabiila  (1),  a  fable,  story. 

facetus,  adj.,  ^vitty. 

facies  (5),  face,  appearance. 

facile,  ncnt.  of  facilis,  easy ;  also 
adv.,  easily. 

f3,cllis,  adj.,  comp.  fucilior,  sup. 
facillimus,  easy,  ready. 

facTnus  (facinoris),  event,  crime. 

fa,cio,  feci,  factus,  facere,  to  make, 
do ;  potestatem  facere,  to  give 
2^ermission,  a.  chance ;  with  a 
genitive  of  price,  facio  means, 
/   value;    parvi  facio^   1   value 

B 


370 


LATIN  COURSE 


at  a  loio  price,  I  think  little  of; 
in  XIII.  quod  pro  te  facit,  that 
which  makes  for  you,  i.e.  that 
ivhich  serves  your  purpose. 

factito  (1),  to  do  something  repeat- 
edly;  studiose  aliquid  factitare, 
to  he  very  fond  of  doing  some- 
thing. 

factum,  an  act,  deed. 

fallo,  fefelli,  falsus  (3),  to  deceive; 
me  mea  opinio  fallit,  my  belief 
deceives  me,  i.e.  /  am  wrong  in 
my  belief  (or  idea)  ;  me  fallit,  it 
escapes  me,  i.e.  I  do  not  notice. 

falso,  adv. ,  falsely. 

falsus,  part,  of  fallo  ;  falsus  sum, 
/  avi  mistaken. 

falsus,  adj.,/aZsc. 

fama  (1),  fame,  report;  fama  est, 
there  is  a  rumour. 

f^mes  (famis),  hunger,  famine. 

familiaris  (-is),  friend,  acquaintance. 

familiaris,  a  friend. 

familiaritas  {-ta.ti&),  familiarity. 

fanum,  a  shrine. 

fari,  infin.  of  for. 

fascis  (fascis),  a  bundle. 

fateor,  fassus,  dep.,  to  confess. 

fatigatus,  partic.  of  fatigo,  tired, 
fatigued. 

fatur,  from  for. 

fauces  (faucium),  throat. 

faveo,  favi,  fautum,  to  favour,  with 
dat. 

febris  (febris),  fever. 

feci,  from  facio. 

fefelli,  perf.  of  fallo. 

felix  (felicis),  happy,  fortunate. 

femina  (l),  a  woman. 

fenestra  (1),  a  window. 

fera  (1),  a  wild  aiiimal. 

fere,  adv.,  almost,  generally. 

feriae,  holidays. 

ferlnus,  adj.,  belonging  to  a  wild 
beast;  vita  ferina,  a  wild  beast's 
life. 

ferme,  adv.,  almost,  about. 

fero,    tiili,  latus,   ferre,    to  bring, 


carry,   take,  to  bear,  endure,  to 

relate,  say  ;  see  p.  338. 
ferocia  (1),  ferocity. 
ferox  (ferocis),  adj.,  proud,  haughty^ 

fierce. 
ferre,  infin.  of  fero. 
f6rus,  adj.,  wild,  fierce. 
ferveo  (2),  to  gloiv, 
fessus,  adj.,  tired. 
festinatio  (-onis),  hurry. 
festino  (1),  to  hasten,  onake  haste. 
festinus,  adj.,  hastening. 
fiat,  subjunctive  of  fio,  let  it  be  so  ! 

by  all  means  ! 
fidelis,  faithful. 
lides    (5),    faith,    pledged    word, 

honesty,  belief ;  or  fides  (3),  plur. 

strings,  harp,  cithara. 
fidibus,  from  lides  (3). 
fiducia  (1),  confidence. 
fidus,  di^]. ,  faithful. 
fiebat,  from  fio. 
fieri,  infin.  of  fio. 
fiero,  flit.  perf.  of  fio. 
fiet,  fat.  of  fio,  it  shall  be  do7ie,  I 

will  do  so. 
figo,  fixi,  fixus  (3),  to  pierce,  stab. 
filia  (1),  daughter. 
fllius  (2),  voc.  fili,  son. 
finio  (4),  to  finish. 
finis    (finis),    masc,    end;    fines, 

plur.  the  boundaries  (of  a  coun- 
try),  the   country  (itself),   land, 

territory. 
fio,  factus,  to  be  made,  become,  to 

happen;    fieri    potest,     it    can 

happen,    it   is  possible;  ita   fit, 

thus  it  comes  about  or  happens  ; 

qui  fit  ?  how  does  it  come  about  ? 

quid  te  fiat  ?  what  is  to  be  done 

with  you  ? 
firmus,  adj.,  firm. 
fistula  (1),  a  reed-pipe. 
fit,  from  fio. 
fixus,  from  figo. 
flamma  (1),  flame. 
flecto,    flexi,    flexus   (3),    to   bend; 

flectendum  erat  genu,  yo^i  ought 


LATIN-ENGLISH  DICTIONARY 


371 


to  lend  the  knee,  you  ovjjld  to 
Tiiakc  a  how. 

floreo,  florui,  to  flourish. 

jBos  (floris),  flower. 

fluctuo  (1),  to  wave. 

fluctus  (4),  a  wave. 

flnito  (1),  to  swim  about. 

flumen  (fluiiiiiiis),  river. 

fociilus  (2),  a  brazier. 

foedus  (foederis),  treaty;  adj., 
foedus,  -a,  -um,  shocking,  shai/ie- 
ful. 

folium,  a  leaf. 

for,  fatiis  (1),  dep.,  to  sjKak. 

foras,  adv.,  out  of  doois;  foras  eo, 
1  go  out  of  doors  ;  foris  sum,  I 
am  out  of  doors. 

fore,  the  fut.  iuf.  of  sum  ;  dicit 
fore  ut  convalescani  {he  says  it 
will  come  about  or  happen  that  I 
recover),  he  says  that  I  shall  re- 
cover. 

fores  (forum),  plur.  fem.,  doors. 

forma  (1),  beauty,  sliapie,  make. 

formido  (formidiuis),  fear. 

formosus,  adj.,  beautiful,  hand- 
some. 

forsitan,  perhaps. 

fortasse,  pcrhajjs. 

forte,  adv.,  by  chance. 

fortis,  forte,  adj.,  brave,  strong. 

fortiter,  adv.  of  fortis,  bravely. 

fortuna  (1),  fortune. 

fortunatus,  adj.,  fortunate,  happy. 

forum,  a  market-place. 

fossa  (1),  a  ditch. 

fovea  (1),  pit,  pitfall,  snare. 

fractus,  partic.  of  frango. 

fragor  (Iragoris),  breakage,  smash- 
ing. 

frango,  fregi,  fractus  (3),  to  break. 

frater  (fratris),  brother. 

fregisse,  from  fraugo. 

fremitus  (4),  roar. 

frenum,  curb,  bit. 

fretus,  adj.,  relying  on. 

frigus  (frigoris),  cold. 

froiis  [frontis),  forehead. 


fructus  (i),  fruit,  p)roduce. 
fruges  (frugum),  plur.,  fruit,  pro- 
duce. 
frumentor  (1),  dep.,  to  fetch  corn, 

to  forage. 
frumentum,  corn. 
frustra,  adv.,  in  vain. 
fuderunt,  from  fundo. 
fiiga  (1),  flight,  rout. 
ftlgio,    fugi,    fugere,    to   fly.  flee, 

escape. 
fugitivus,  adj.,  run-away. 
ftlgo  (1),  to  put  to  flight. 
fui,  perf.  of  sum. 
fulgeo,  fulsi,  to  flash. 
fumus  (2),  smoke. 
fundo,  fudi,  fusus  (3),  topiour,  shed, 

rout,  disperse. 
fundus  (2),  bottom. 
funis  (funis),  masc,  a  ropie. 
funus     (funeris),     a    dead    body; 

funus  or  funera,  funeral,  burial. 
furtim,  adv.,  by  stealth,  secretly. 
furtum,    theft ;    furtuni  facere,  to 

commit  a  theft. 
futtlrus,    from   sum,  about   to  be, 

coming  ;  futura,  the  future. 

Gaius   (2),  Caius  (a  common  Ro- 
man name), 
grdea  (1),  a,  helmet. 
Gallia,    Gaul   (the   country,   now 

France). 
Gallicus,    adj.,     Gallic,    French; 

Gallice,  adv.  ;   Gallice  loqui,  to 

speak  French. 
Gallus  (2),  a  Gaul. 
gaudeo  (2),  (the  perf.,  gavisus  sum, 

is  dep.),  to  rejoice ;  hoc  gaudeo, 

/  rejoice  at  this. 
gaudium,  joy ;  gaudia,  expressions 

of  joy. 
gavisus,  from  gaudeo. 
gemitus  (4),  groan. 
gen  a  (1),  cheek. 
genere,  from  genus. 
Genava  (1),  Geneva. 
gens  (gentis),  race,  nation. 


372 


LATIN  COURSE 


genu  (4),  the  knee. 

genuisse,  see  gigno. 

genuit,  see  gigno. 

ggnus  (generis),  kind,  nation,  tribe, 
class,  family. 

Germanus,  a  German. 

g6ro,  gessi,  gestus,  to  do,  to  dis- 
charge duties,  hear,  carry ;  bel- 
luin  gerere,  to  carry  on  war. 

gessi,  from  gero. 

gestus,  past  part,  of  gero. 

gigno,  genui,  geiiitus  (3),  to  hear  ; 
gignor,  to  he  the  son  of,  with  abl. 

gladiator  (-oris),  gladiator. 

gladius  (2),  a  sword. 

gloria  (1),  glory. 

gradus  (4),  «  step,  rank,  position. 

Graece,  adv.  of  Graecus,  Graece 
scire,  to  know  Greek. 

Graecus,  adj.,  Greek;  subst.,  a 
Greek. 

grandis,  grande,  adj.,  great,  grand, 
sumptuous  ;  grandia  ingrediens, 
advancing  with  great  strides. 

grando  (grandinis),  fem.,  hail. 

gratia  (1),  gratitude,  favour; 
gratiae,  thanks;  gratias  agere, 
to  return  thanks. 

gratiosus,  ^d.].,  popular. 

gratulabundus,  adj.,  congratulat- 
ing. 

gratiilor,  gratulatus,  dep.,  to  con- 
gratulate, with  dat. 

gratus,  adj. ,  welcome,  popular,  ac- 
ceptable. 

gravate,  adv.  reluctantly ;  in 
XLY.  gravate  ille  primo,  he  is 
reluctant  at  first  (supplying  agit, 
}\£,  treats  with  reluctance  at  first). 

gravis,  grave,  heavy,  severe, 
iveighty,  effectvxil. 

gravissime,  superl.  of  graviter. 

graviter,  adv.,  heavily,  severely, 
badly ;  graviter  ferre,  to  he  an- 
noyed, to  be  put  out  about  a 
thing,  to  he  distressed. 

gregatim,  adv.  of  grex,  by  troops, 
herds. 


gressus  (4),  a  step. 

grex  (gregis),  masc,  flock,   troop, 

number. 
gubernator  (-oris),  steersman. 

Habena  (1),  rein. 

habeo  (2),  to  have,  to  treat ;  bene 
habet  (it  has  itself  well),  that's 
right,  that  will  do;  orationem 
habere,  to  deliver  a  speech  ;  in- 
super  habere,  to  make  light  of, 
to  slight ;  habeor,  to  be  held,  con- 
sidered. So  habes  habeberis 
means,  yoib  have  much  or  little, 
then  you  are  much  or  little 
thought  of  (i.e.  men  are  valued 
according  to  their  wealth). 

habitaculum,  a  dwelling. 

habito  (1),  to  dioell,  inhabit. 

habitus  (4),  habit,  custom,  condi- 
tion. 

Haedui,  the  Haedui,  a  tribe  in 
Gaul. 

haereo,  haesi,  liaesum,  to  stick  to. 

Hammon,  in  XX.  ad  Hammonem, 
to  Jupiter  Hammon  {i.e.  to  his 
temple  in  Africa). 

Hanmbal  (Hannibalis),  Hannibal, 
a  great  Carthaginian  general. 

hasta  (1),  a  spear. 

baud,  adv.,  not. 

haudquaquam,  adv. ,  by  no  meam, 
not  at  all. 

haurio,  hausi,  haustus,  to  draw  in. 


haustus,  from  haurio;  ornoun  (4), 

a  draught. 
hebes  (hebetis),  adj.,  dim,  dull. 
Helvetii,   the  Helvetii,  a  tribe  of 

Gauls  living  near  the  Lake  of 

Geneva. 
Herciiles  (Herculis),  Hercules. 
heres  (heredis),  Jieir. 
h6ri,  adv.,  yesterday. 
heros  (herois),  a  hero. 
lieu,  alas! 
heus,  holloa  !  ho  1 
hians,    pres.    part,    of   liio,    open, 


LATIN-ENGLISH  DICTIONARY 


373 


gaping ;  ore  hiante,  its  mouth 
being  wide  open. 

hiatus  (4),  cluism. 

hlbemus,  adj.,  winter ;  e.g.  liib- 
ernae  noctes,  vnnter  nights; 
hibenia  (castra  being  under- 
stood), winter  quarters. 

hie,  pron.,  this ;  liiinc  ego  te 
aspicio,  is  this  you  that  I  be- 
hold? adv.,  here,  in  this  place, 
in  this  matter  ;  in  XIII.  07i  this 
occasion. 

hi^mo  (1),  to  x>ciss  the  winter,  to 
winter. 

hiems  (hiemis),  lointer. 

hino,  adv.,/?'07n.  tlcis 2)lacc,  hence. 

hio  (1),  to  gapie,  yawn  open. 

hirtus,  adj.,  shaggy. 

Hispania  (1),  Spain. 

historia  (1),  history,  inquiry. 

hOdie,  adv.,  to-day. 

hdmo  (hominis),  a  man,  «  person. 

hdnestas  (honestatis),  honourable 
conduct ;  vir  sunmiae  honestatis, 
a  man  of  most  honourable  char- 
acter. 

hdnestus,  adj. ,  honourable,  honest. 

hdnor  (honoris),  honour,  respect. 

honorificc,  adv.,  respectfully. 

h6ra  (1),  hour. 

horreuni,  a  barn,  storehouse. 

hortor  (1),  dep.,  to  encourage, 
urge. 

hortiilus  (2),  a  squall  garden, 
grounds,  house  and  grouiuls. 

hortus  (2),  a  garden. 

hospes  (hospitis),  «  host,  friend 
(who  will  entertain  you,  whom 
you  visit). 

hospita  (1),  a  stranger. 

hospitium ;  esse  in  hospitio,  to  be 
in  a  friend's  house. 

hostia  (1),  a  victim. 

hostis  (hostis),  ayi  enemy ;  hostes, 
the  enemy  {i.e.  a  hostile  army). 

hue,  adv.,  hither,  to  this  place ; 
hue  illuc,  hither  and  thither, 
anyiohere. 


hucusquc,  adv.,  up  to  this  time,  to 

this  day. 
huiusmodi,  or  huiuscemodi,  of  this 

kind. 
huraanus,  adj.,  human. 
humerus  (2),  a  shoulder. 
humi,  adv.,  on  the  ground. 
humus  (2),  fem.,  the  ground. 

I,  imperat.  of  eo. 

iaceo,  iacui,  iacere,  to  lie  down,  to 

fall. 
iacere,    from   iacio ;    iacere,    from 

iaceo. 
id,eio,  ieci,  iaetus,  iacere,  to  throw. 
iacto    (1),    to   throw,    throw    out; 

spread,  say  ;  multa  iactata  esse, 

that    many    reports    have    been 

sjyread. 
iam,  already. 
iamdiu,  adv.,  now  a  long  while, 

lung ;  iamdiu  te  audio,   /  hare 

been    listening    to    y&u,    a    long 

while. 
iamdudum,  already,  for    a    long 

time,  all  this  while. 
ibi,  adv.,  there. 
ibidem,  adv.,  in  the  sainc place  or 

room. 
ibo,  I'roin  eo. 
ichneumon,  the  Egyptian  mongoose 

or  ichneumon. 
ictus  (4),  a  blow,  stroke  ;  or  partic. 

of  ico,  ici,  ictus,  to  strike. 
id,  from  is. 
Ida    (1),     Ida,    a     mountain     in 

Phrygia. 
idcirco,  adv. ,  on  that  account. 
Idem,   eadem,    idem,     the    same ; 

idem,  often  he  too,  and  he  ;  in 

XIII.  idemque,  and  also. 
idonCus,  adj.,  suitable,  fit,  adapted. 
igitur,  adv.,  therefore. 
ignarus,  adj.,  ignorant,  unaware. 
ignis  (ignis,  abl.  igni),  masc,  fire. 
ignore  (1),   /  ain  ignorant,  I  am 

not  aware ;  hanc  rem  ignoro,  / 

am  ignorant  of  this  affair. 


374 


LATIN  COURSE 


ignotus,  adj.,  unknown. 

ilico,  adv.,  on  the  spot. 

ille,  pron.,  that.      illic,  there. 

illicitus,  a.di.,fo')-hidden,  unlawful. 

illuc,  adv.,  thither. 

imbellis, adj.,  unwarlike, peaceable. 

imber  (imbris),  a  shower,  rain. 

immanitas  (-tatis),  hugeness,  ter- 
rible proportions. 

immensus,  adj.,  large,  immense. 

immissus,  flying,  darting  ;  in  XV. 
dashing  itself. 

immitis,  adj.,  ungentle,  fierce. 

immitto,  immisi,  immissus  (3),  to 
let  in,  to  plunge  in. 

immo,  adv.,  immo  cotidie,  why, 
every  day  to  be  sure  ;  in  XLI. 
by  no  nfieans,  nay  rather  (the 
word  corrects  what  has  just  been 
said  either  to  assert  something 
more  strongly  or  to  deny  it,  so 
that  it  may  mean  either  by  all 
means  or  by  no  means). 

immobilis,  -e,  adj . ,  immovable  ^  fixed. 

immortalis,  adj.,  immortal. 

inimotus,  adj.,  unmoved. 

impedimenta,  baggage. 

impSdio,  to  impede,  hinder ;  somno 
impeditas,  burdened  with  sleep, 
because  he  was  so  sound  asleep. 

impello,  impiili,  impulsus  (3),  to 
drive  against. 

impendeo  (2),  to  overhang,  with 
dative. 

imperator  (-oris),  general. 

imperium,  order,  command,  empire, 
authority. 

imp§ro  (1),  to  command,  with  dat. 

impetro  (1),  to  accomplish,  obtain, 
to  get  leave,  to  get  what  you  want. 

impetus  (4),  charge,  attack,  elas- 
ticity. 

impleo,  implevi,  impletus,  to  fulfil, 
fill  full,  to  fill. 

impono,  imposui,  impositus  (3), 
to  put  on,  put  on  board,  embark  ; 
vectigal  civitati  imposuit,  he 
imposed  a  tax  on  the  state. 


improviso,       adv.,      unexpectedly, 

without  warning. 
improvisus,  adj.,  unforeseen. 
imprudens,      adj.     (imprudentis), 

unknowing,  unwitting. 
impulsus,  partic.  of  impello. 
in,  prep,  with  accus.,  into,   on  to, 

against,  with  abl. ,  in,  on. 
inaniter,  adv.,  vainly. 
inbellis,  adj.,  unwarlike, peaceable. 
incedo,   incessi,    incessum    (8),    to 

walk,  to  walk  on. 
incendo,  incendi,  incensus  (3),   to 

set  on  fire,   to  burn;    incensus 

cupiditate,  infiamed  ox  fired  with 

avarice  or  cupidity. 
incertus,  adj.,  uncertain,  doubtful. 
incido,  incidi  (3),  to  fall  into. 
incipio,  incepi,  inceptus,  incipere, 

to  begin. 
incito  (1),  to  urge,  incite. 
inclamo  (1),  to  call  out  to. 
inclitus,  adj.,/amoMs. 
incliido,  inclusi,   inclusus   (3),    to 

shut  up. 
incognitus,  adj.,  unknown. 
incola  (1),  an  inhabitant. 
incOlo,    incolui,    incultus    (3),    to 

inhabit,  live  in. 
incoliimis,  adj.,  safe,  unhurt. 
incommodum,  disaster. 
increpo  (1),  increpui,    increpitus, 

to  blame,  rebuke. 
incursio  (-onis),  onslaught. 
inde,  adv.,  thence,  then. 
index  (indicis),  sign. 
indicium,  a  sign,  indication. 
indico  (1),  to  give  information,  tell. 
Indicus,  adj.,  Indian. 
induo,  indui,  indutus  (3),   to  put 

on;  induor,  I  clothe  myself. 
industria  (1),  industry;  de  indus- 

tria,  on  purpose. 
industrius,  adj.,  energetic,  diligent. 
ineo,    to   enter    upon;    consilium 

inire,  to  form  apian. 
infans  (infantis),  a  child;  unable 

to  speak. 


LATIN-ENGLLSH  DICTIONARY 


375 


infectus,  adj.,  undone  ;  re  infecta, 
without  (jetting  what  one  scanted 
dotu,  baffled. 

infelix  (infelicis),  adj.,  u}iitf(])))y. 

inffi'ior  (iuferioris),  adj.,  inferior, 
lower. 

in  ferns,  adj.,  below,  com  p.,  in- 
ferior, lower  ;  inferi,  those  below, 
the  dead. 

infestus,  adj.,  daivjcrous,  un- 
friendly. 

infimus,  lowest. 

infirmus,  adj.,  rceak. 

infitiae,  denial;  iiiiitias  ire,  to 
deny. 

infractus,  from  infringo,  exhausted, 
broken. 

irigemino  (1),  to  redouble;  iu 
XLVI.  multa  cavo  lateri  in- 
geminant,  they  deal  bloio  upon 
blow  on  the,  etc. 

ingemo,  ingemui  (3),  to  groan 
deeply. 

ing^uium,  intellect,  intelligence, 
ability,  the  wits. 

ingens  (ingentis,  abl.  iiigenti, 
nom.  plur.  ncut.  ingentia),  huge, 
immense. 

ingenuu.s,  adj.,  well-bred. 

iiigredior,  iugressus,  ingi*edi,  to 
walk,  advance,  enter;  graiidia 
ingredieus,  advancing  with  great 
strides. 

ingressus,  from  iiigredior. 

inliaereiis,  ])res.  part,  of  inhaereo, 
intent  upon,  absorbed  in. 

inicio,  inieci,  iiiiectus,  iniccre,  to 
throw  upon,  throw  into. 

iniectus,  from  iuicio,  thrown  over 
or  into. 

inimlcitia,  unfriendliness ;  Gaii 
inimicitiae  regis,  Caius'  un- 
friendly feelings  towards  the 
king. 

inimlcus,  subst.,  an  enemy ;  adj., 
unfriendly. 

iniquus,  adj.,  unfair,  unjust, 
cruel ;  subst.,  a  cheat. 


initium,  a  beginning. 

initurus,  from  iiieo,  about,  or  des- 
tined to  tcin,  or  earn. 

iniuria  (1),  a  xvrong,  an  injury, 
injustice ;  Gallorum  iniuriae 
Caesaris,  the  wrongs  done  by  the 
Gauls  to  Caesar. 

iniussu,  without  the  order  of, 

iniustus,  adj.,  unjust. 

iiimisceo  (2),  to  mix;  inmiscent 
manus  manibns,  they  mix  hands 
with  hands,  i.e.  they  make  their 
fists  meet  in  the  fight. 

inmotus,  partic.  of  iiimoveo,  un- 
moved. 

innixus,  partic.  of  iiinitor,  dep., 
leaning  upon,  piropping  himself 
up. 

innocens  (iiinocentis);  adj.,  inno- 
cent. 

innoxius,  adj.,  guiltless,  blameless. 

imiumerabilis,  adj.,  innu7nerable. 

inopinaiis  (inopinantis),  adj.,  un- 
expecting,  not  copccting. 

in([uiro,  impiisivi,  iiiquisitus  (3), 
to  ask  questions. 

inquisissent,  contracted  for  in- 
quisivissent,  from  iiKpiiro. 

inquit,  he  said,  said  he. 

inritus,  adj.,  in  vain. 

insfinus  (2),  a  lunatic. 

inscendo,  iiiscendi  (3),  to  mount. 

inst'<|uor,  insecutns  (3),  dep.,  to 
follow. 

insideo,  iiisedi,  in.sessum  (2),  to 
sit  upon. 

insidiae,  stratagems. 

insidiosus,  adj.,  artful,  insidious. 

iiisido,  insedi,  iusessum  (3),  to 
occupy. 

insignis,  -e,  adj.,  distinguished, 
marked,  noticeable. 

insilio,  insilui,  insultum,  to  spring 
upon. 

insimulo  (1),  to  accuse. 

insisto,  institi  (3),  to  stand  upon, 
take  one's  stand,  set  to  work  to,  to 
persist  in. 


376 


LATIN  COURSE 


inspecto  (1),  to  look  on. 
inspevatus,  adj.,  unhopedfor  ;  in- 

sperata,    imexjiedcd   things,   the 

unexpected. 
inspicio,    inspexi,    inspectus,     in- 

spicere,    to    look    into,    inspect, 

examine. 
instinctus,  from  instinguo. 
instinguo,  instinxi,  instinctus  (3), 

to  inspii'e. 
instituo,  iustitui,  institiitus  (3),  to 

resolve. 
insto  (1),    to  insist,  to  press;  si  in- 

stabitur,  if  it  is  insisted  on,  if 

you  are  pressed. 
instriio,  instruxi,   instnictus  (3), 

to   lay,   draw   up ;    instructus, 

furnished,  stocked, 
instlla  (1),  an  island. 
insuper,     adv.,     above ;      insuper 

habere,  to  make  light  of,  to  slight. 
insurgo,  insurrexi  (3),  to  rise  up. 
intellectu,  supine  of  intellego. 
intell6go,  intellexi,  intellectus  (3), 

to  understand,  to  see. 
intcntus,  adj.,  intent,  fioixd. 
inter,  prep,  with  acciis.,  between, 

among,  during,  in  the  course  of ; 

obsidibus  inter  se  datis,  hostages 

having    been    exchanged;    inter 

se  loquuntur,  they  speak  one  to 

another. 
intercedo,    intercessi,    intercessum 

(3),  to  come  between,  intervene. 
interdum,  adv.,  sonutimes. 
int6rea,  adv.,  meanwhile. 
intereniit,  from  interimo. 
interesset,  from  intersum. 
interest,   it  is  importaid,  it  is  of 

importance,    it   matters,    see   p. 

168. 
interfectus,  from  interficio. 
interficio,   -feci,  -fectus,  -ficere  (3), 

to  kill,  slay,  pat  to  death. 
interim,  adv.,  meanwhile. 
inteiimo,     interemi,     interemptus 

(3),  to  kill. 
iuteritus  (4),  end,death,destruction. 


intermitto,   -misi,    -missus   (3),  to 

cease. 
internicio  (internicionis),  slaughter. 
interpellator  (-oris),  a  disturber,  a 

bore. 
interritus,  a(\^.,  fearless. 
interrogatus,    part,    of    interrogo, 

having  been  asked. 
interrogo  (1),  I  ask,  question. 
intersum,  to  be  present  at  {during), 

with  dat. 
intimus,  adj. ,  inner;  intimo  vulnere, 

at  the  bottom  of  the  wound. 
intra,  prep,  with  ace,  within. 
intrepide,  Sidv.,  fearlessly. 
intro  (1),  to  enter. 
introduco,    -duxi,    -ductus  (3),   to 

bring  in,  or  within,  to  introduce. 
introeo,  -ivi  and  -ii,   -itum,  to  go 

in,  enter. 
introgredior,  -gressus,  -gredi,  dep., 

to  enter. 
introiit,  from  introeo. 
introisset,  from  introeo. 
introrumpo,  -rupi,    -ruptus  (3),  to 

burst  in. 
intuentes,  pres.   part,  of  intueor, 

to  gaze  at. 
intueor  (2),  dep.,  to  look  at,  behold, 

gaze  at. 
inultus,  unavenged. 
inusitatus,   adj.,   unusual,    extra- 
ordinary. 
inutilis,  adj.,  useless. 
invado,  invasi  (3),  to  rush  upon. 
inv6nio,  inveni,  inventus,  to  come 

U2)on,  to  find  out,  discover. 
inverto,   inverti,   inversus   (3),    to 

turn  towards. 
invictus,    adj.,    invincible,    proof 

against. 
invideo,   invidi,  invisus,  to  envy, 

with  dat. 
invi^ia  (1),  envy,  unpopularity. 
invisus,  adj.,  hated. 
invito  (1),  to  invite. 
invltus,  adj.,  unwilling. 
ioco  (1),  to  joke. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  DICTIONARY 


377 


love,  used  as  abl.  of  Juppiter. 
ipse,  self ;  ipse  dico,  /  myself  say 

it ;  ipse  dicis,  you  yourself  say 

it ;  ipse  dicit,  lie  himself  says  it. 
ll^SQ  inXLllI. ,  vohmtarlly , of  his 

own  accord  ;  so  i]>sae  in  XLIV. 
ira  (1),  tvrath,  anger. 
irascor,    iratus    (3),    dep.,    /    aiii 

angry,  with  dat. 
iratus,  angry,  wroth. 
ire,  from  co. 
irent,  from  eo. 
iri,  fiom  eo,  used  to  form  tlie  fut. 

inf.    passive  ;    dixit    se    vietum 

iri,  he  said  that  he  would  be  con- 
quered. 
irruo,  irrui  (3),  to  fall  v.pou. 
is,  ea,  id,  (his. 
iste,  ista,  istud,  tJuU. 
istuc,  adv.,  to  that  jtlace,  thitlicr. 
ita,  adv.,  so,  thus. 
Italia,  Italy. 
itatjue,  so. 

item,  adv.,  likewise. 
Hex  {\i\niv\&),\ni\\i.,jo%trncy, march, 

track ;  iter  faeio,  /  imirch. 
iterum,  adv.,  again. 
itinere,  from  iter. 
itur,  prcs.  ind.  pass,  of  eo,  a  journey 

is  made. 
iubeo,  iussi,  iussus,  to  order,  com- 

maud,  tell. 
iucundus,  adj.,  pleasa^it. 
iddex  (iudicis),  a  judge  ;  me  iudiee 

(1  being  judfje),  i)i  my  opinion 
iudico  (1),  to  judge. 
iugum,  a  yoke. 
iumentum,  a  beast  of  burden. 
iunctus,    from    iungo,  joined  close 

together. 
iungo,  iunxi,  iunctus  (3),  to  join, 

harness. 
iunior  (iunioris),  comp.  of  iuvenis, 

younger. 
iure,  abl.  of  ius,  by  right,  2froperly. 
iuro  (1),  to  swear. 
ius  (iuris),   right;  iureiuraudo,  by 

an  oath. 


iussi,  from  iubeo. 

iussu,  abl.  of  iussus,  by  order. 

iuste,  adv.,  properly,  rightly. 

iustitia  (1),  justice. 

iustus,  n,di.,just,  right. 

iuv6nis  (iuvenis),  a  young  inan,  a 

youth. 
iuventa  (1),  youth. 
inventus  (iuventutis),  fem.,  youth, 

the  time  of  youth. 
iiivo,  iuvi,  iutus  (1),  to  help  ;  iuvat, 

it  delights,  it  is  a  pleasure. 
iuxta,  prep,  with  ace.,  near. 

Labi,  inf.  of  labor. 

Labienus,  Labienus  (an  officer 
under  Caesar). 

labium,  lip. 

labo  (1),  to  give  way. 

labor  (laboris),  toil,  labour. 

labor,  lapsus  (3),  dep.,  to  glide, 
flow. 

laboro  (1),  to  ivork  ;  et  hoc  laboro 
]tericulosius,  and  on  this  account 
my  illness  is  more  dangerous. 

lac  (lactis),  milk. 

Lacedaemonii,  t]ie  Lacadaemonians 
(a  people  in  Greece). 

lacer,  lacera,  lacerum,  adj.,  toini 
to  pieces,  lacerated. 

lacesso,  lacessivi,  lacessitus  (3),  to 
2)rovoke. 

Laconicus,  adj.,  Laconian  (belong- 
ing to  Laconia  in  Greece). 

lacrima  (1),  a  tear. 

lacunar  (lacunaris),  ceiling. 

laetor  (1),  dep.,  to  be  glad. 

1  act  us,  adj.,  glcul,  joyful. 

lanio  (1),  to  mangle,  lacerate. 

lapis  (lapidis),  masc,  a  stone. 

lassitudo  (lassitudniis),  fatigue. 

latebrae,  plur.,  a  hiding-place. 

latebrosus,  adj.,  secluded,  out  of  the 
ivay. 

Latlne,  adv.,  in  Latin ;  Latine 
reddo,  /  turn,  translcde  into 
Latin;  Latine  scio,  1  know 
Latin. 


378 


LATIN  COURSE 


Latluus,  adj.,  Latin,  Jioman, 

latro  (1),  to  bark. 

laturus,  used  as  fut.  part,  of  fero. 

latus  (lateris),  a  side. 

latus,  adj.,  broad ;  or  past  part,  of 

fero,  carried. 
laudo  (1),  to  praise. 
laus  (laudis),  praise. 
lautus,  adj.,  rich. 
lavo,  lavi,  lotus  (1),  to  wash. 
laxamentum,  relaxation. 
laxatus,    part,    of    laxo,    loosened, 

loose. 
lectus  (2),  bed,  couch;  or  partic.  of 

lego, 
legatio  (-onis),  embassy. 
legatua   (2),    envoy,    ambassador; 

or    the    second    in     command, 

the   lieutenant  of  a  general   or 

governor. 
legibus,  from  lex. 
l§gio  (legionis),  a  legion,  a  regiment. 
16go,  legi,  lectus  (3),  to  choose,  pick 

out;  read. 
lenio  (4),  to  soothe,  console. 
leniter,  adv.,  softly. 
lente,  adv.,  slowly. 
leo  (le5nis),  a  lion. 
lepidus,  adj.     In  XIII.  O  lepidum 

caput  !  you  splendid  fellow ! 
letum,  death. 
levo  (1),  to  relieve. 
lex  (legis),  law. 
libens  (libentis),  adj.,  ivilling. 
liber  (libri),  bark;  book. 
liber,  libera,  liberum,  free  ;  liberi, 

the  free,  (and  in  distinction  to 

slaves)  the  children. 
liberalis,  adj.,  liberal,  generous. 
liberatus,  partic.  of  libero,  set  free, 

delivered. 
liberi,  see  liber. 
llbgro  (1),  to  set  free,  deliver. 
llbertas  (libertatis),  liberty,  free- 
dom. 
libri,  see  liber. 
librine,  i.e.  libri-ne. 
libro  (1),  to  poise. 


licet,  impersonal  verb,  it  is  allowed; 
licet  milii,  it  is  allowed  to  me,  it 
is  permitted  me,  I  may. 

ligno  (1),  to  get  wood. 

lignum,  wood. 

ligo  (1),  to  bind;  gressus  ligare, 
to  fetter,  impede  their  steps,  ad- 
vance, motion. 

liraen  (liminis),  threshold. 

lingua  (1),  tongue,  language. 

linquo,  liqui  (3),  to  leave. 

littgra  {I),  a  letter  (of  the  alphabet) ; 
litterae,  a  letter  (i.e.  an  epistle) ^ 
and  literature. 

lltus  (litoris),  shore,  coast. 

locuples  (locupletis),  rich. 

Idcus  (2),  plur.  loca,  place,  post, 
ground,  part ;  in  loco,  on  the  pro- 
per occasion  ;  obscuro  (or  summo) 
loco  natus,  boiii  in  an  obscure 
(or  high)  position,  of  humble  (or 
noble)  birth ;  parentis  loco  est 
puero,  he  is  in  the  position  of 
father  to  the  boy, 

loctltus,  from  loquor. 

Londinium,  London. 

longe,  adv.,  by  far,  far;  longius, 
further,  farther. 

longus,  adj.,  long,  tall. 

Idquor,  locutus  (3),  dep,,  to  talk, 
say,  speak. 

lorum,  a  rope.         lotus,  see  lavo. 

lucrum  (2),  gain. 

luctator  (-oris),  a  wrestler. 

luctus  (4),  mourning,  woe  ;  luctus 
(plur. ),  expressions  of  woe,  signs 
of  mourning. 

ludendum,  from  ludo  (3),  to  play, 
playing. 

ludo,  lusi,  lusum  (3),  to  play.  In 
XIII.  nihil  aliud  quam  luditis, 
yoiL  do  nothing  but  i^lay. 

lugeo,  luxi,  luctum,  to  mourn. 

luna  (1),  the  moon. 

Lusitanus  (2),  a  Lusitanian  (Lusi- 
tania  is  the  western  part  of 
Spain). 

lusus  (4),  play. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  DICTIONARY 


379 


Lutetia,  Paris. 

lux    (lucis),    light,    light    of   day, 

dawn  ;  prima  luce,  at  first  light, 

at  early  daion. 
Lydia  (1),  Lydia. 
lyra  (1),  a  lyre. 
lyricus,  adj.,  belonging  to  the  lyre. 

Mac3do,  Macedonis  (3),  a  Mace- 
donian. 

macies  {5), leanness,  wasting,  decay. 

maciilo  (1),  to  stain. 

maestus,  adj.,  sad. 

magis,  adv. ,  more. 

m^gister  (niagistri),  a  master,  a 
teacher. 

maguificeiitia  (1),  magnificence. 

magiiificus,  a,  um,  magnificent, 
splendid. 

magnitudo  (magnitudinis),  size, 
greatness. 

magnopere,  adv.,  greatly. 

magnus,  adj.,  comp.  niaior,  sup. 
inaxiiuus,  great,  large,  big,  loud  ; 
maior  natu,  greater  by  birth, 
elder;  niagni  facio,  /  value 
highly;  quam  maximis  potest 
itineribus,  by  as  long  marches 
as  he  can,  by  forced  m,arches ; 
maxime,  very  greatly,  especially. 

inaiestas  (raaiestatis),  majesty, 
splendour. 

maior  (niuioris),  comp.  of  magnus, 
bigger,  greater,  elder ;  maiOres, 
ancestors. 

mala  {\),jaw. 

male,  adv.,  badly. 

maledicns  (2),  an  abusive  or  foul- 
viouthed  person. 

maleficium  (2),  a  crime. 

maleficus,  adj.,  wicked. 

mallesne,  i.e.  malles-ne. 

mallet,  imperf.  subj.  of  irregular 
verb  male. 

malo,  I  prefer,  would  rather,  see 
p.  342. 

malum  (2),  an  evil,  affliction. 

maius^  adj.,  bad,  evil. 


maiidatiim  (2),  a  command,  charge. 
mando  (1),  to  entrust,  consign,  send 

a  message :  mando,  mandi,  man- 

sus  {2,),  to  chew. 
man6,  neut. ,  indeclinable,  morning; 

or  mane,  imperative  of  maneo. 
mS^neo,  mansi,  mansum,  to  rcuiain, 

stay. 
manifestus,  adj.,  clear,  obvious. 
mfino  (1),  to  stream,  flow. 
manserimus,  from  maneo. 
mansuetus,  adj.,  taiiie. 
mS,nus  (4),  fem.,  a  hand,  a  hand- 
ful, a  band  of  soldiers,  tlie  trunk 

(of  an  elei)hant). 
mare  (maris),  the  sea. 
m8,rltimus,  adj.,  maritime,  having 

to  do  with  the  sea. 
marmor  (marmoris),  marble  ;  mar- 

mora,  slabs  of  marble. 
Massilia  (1),  Marseilles. 
mater  (matris),  a  mother. 
materne,  i.e.  mater  and  ne. 
maternus,    adj.,    belonging    to    a 

mother;    maternao    aedes,    your 

mother's  house. 
mature,  adv.,  in  good  time,  early. 
maturesco,  -rui  (3),  to  ripen. 
maturus,  adj.,  mature,  ripe. 
mavult,  from  malo,  I  prefer. 
maxilla  (1),  jaw. 
maximus,  see  magnus. 
me,    aceus.  of  ego  ;  me  miserum, 

loreichcd  person  that  I  am  ! 
mecum,  i.e.  cum  me,  loith  me. 
medicamentum,  medicine. 
medicina(l),  treatment. 
medicus  (2),  a  doctor. 
meditans,   partic.   of  meditor  (1), 

dep. ,  j^fnctising. 
medium,  the  middle. 
mfidius,  ?i(}i]., middle ;  media nocte, 

at    midnight;    media  urbs,    the 

middle  of  the  city ;  sole  medio, 

at  noon. 
Megaia  (2),  neut.  plur.,  Megara  (a 

town  in  Greece), 
mel  (mellis),  honey. 


380 


LATIN  COURSE 


mSlior,  used  as  comparative  of 
bonus,  better. 

membraua,  a  skin. 

membrum,  a  limb,  a  member  (of 
the  body). 

memento,  imperative  of  memini. 

m^mini,  a  perfect  with  present 
meaning,  I  remember,  takes  geni- 
tive of  the  person. 

m^mor  (memoris),  adj.,  mindful, 
remembering. 

mgmoria,  memory,  narrative,  ac- 
count;  memoria  teneo,  /  hold 
in  nny  memory,  1  remember. 

memoro  (1),  to  mention,  record,  tell, 
recount. 

mendacium,  a  lie. 

mens  (mentis),  the  mind. 

mensa  (1),  a  table. 

mensis  (mensis),  masc,  a  month. 

mentior,  mentitus,  dep. ,  to  tell  lies. 

mercator  (-oris),  a  merchant. 

mercatus  (4),  market. 

merces  (mercedis),  fem.,  bribe. 

mercor  (1),  dep.,  to  purchase. 

meridianus,  adj.,  mid-day. 

meridies  (5),  midday. 

merito,  adv. ,  deservedly. 

merx  (mercis),  goods,  wares. 

raeto,  messui,  messus  (3),  to  reap. 

metus  (4),  fear. 

meus,  adj.,  my,  mine. 

mi,  vocative  of  meus. 

mihi,  dative  of  ego. 

miles  (rnilitis),  a  soldier. 

mllitaris,  a.^^.,  military  ;  res  mili- 
taris  (sing.)  should  be  translated 
military  affairs  (plur.) 

mille,  adj.,  a  thousand;  mille 
pueri,  a  thousand  hoys;  mille 
passus,  a  thousand  imces  (i.e.  a 
mile).  The  plural  milia  (so 
spelt),  thousands,  is  a  substan- 
tive, and  therefore  cannot  agree 
■with  another  substantive  ;  3000 
boys  is  tria  milia  puerorum, 
three  miles  tria  milia  passuum. 

minax  (minacis),  adj.,  threatening. 


minime,  adv.,  by  no  mea7is  ;  minime 
vero,  710,  certainly  not. 

minimus,  used  as  superl.  of  parvus, 
very  little  ;  hunc  librum  minimi 
facio,  /  value  this  book  at  very 
little,  I  think  very  little  of  this 
book. 

minister  (ministri),  servaiit,  minis- 
ter. 

ministrator  (-oris),  servant. 

ministro  (1),  to  supply,  serve. 

minor  (minoris),  used  as  comp.  of 
jiarvus,  sTualler ;  minoris,  at  a 
loiver  price. 

minus,  adv.,  less. 

minutus,  adj.,  small;  in  rebus 
minutis,  among  some  ti'ifles. 

mirabilis,  -e ;  adj.,  wonderful, 
strange. 

miracuhim,  miracle,  strange  tale. 

mirandum,  from  miror ;  neque 
mirandum,  nor  is  it  to  be  won- 
dered at,  no  wonder. 

miror  (1),  dep.,  to  wonder. 

mirus,  adj.,  wonderful. 

misceo,  miscui,  mixtus,  to  mix. 

nuser,  misera,  miserum,  unhappy, 
wretched. 

misereor  (miseritus),  dep.,  to  have 
pity  upon,  with  the  gen. 

miseria  (1),  misfortune,  unhappi- 
ness. 

miseritus,  from  misereor. 

miseror  (1),  dep.,  to  pity. 

miserrimus,  superl.  of  miser. 

misi,  from  mitto. 

missus,  from  mitto. 

Mithridates  (-is),  Mithridates. 

mitis,  adj.,  gentle. 

mitto,  misi,  missus  (3),  to  send,  to 
put. 

mixtus,  from  misceo. 

mobilis,  adj.,  movable,  fickle, 
changeable. 

moderatus,  adj.,  moderate. 

moderor  (1),  dep.,  to  alleviate. 

modeste,  adv.,  modestly. 

mddo,   adv.,  only ;  da  modo,  just 


LATIN-ENGLISH  DICTIONARY 


381 


give  me  ;  raodo  .  .  .  modo,  some- 
times .  .  .  sometimes. 

mddus  (2),  manner,  way :  hunc  in 
modum  loquitur,  he  speaks  as 
follows  {in  this  way) ;  eius  modi, 
of  this  {the  following)  kind,  in 
this  manner,  asfolloivs  ;  quoiiam 
modo,  in  a  sort  of  way,  so  to  say ; 
negat  ullo  modo  fieri  ])Osse,  lie 
says  that  it  is  utterly  impossible 
(literally,  he  denies  that  it  can  in 
any  xvay  come  about). 

moenia  (2),  plural  only,  avails,  city- 
walls. 

moles  (molis),  size,  weight;  moles 
(plur.),  munitions  of  war. 

molestus,  adj.,  troublesome. 

momordit,  from  mordeo. 

moneo  (2),  to  vmi'u,  advise. 

monitus,  from  moneo. 

mons  (montis),  a  mountain. 

montanus,  adj.,  belonging  to  a 
7nountain ;  montana  castella, 
mountain  fastnesses. 

monumentum,  a  chronicle. 

mdra  (1),  delay,  reason  for  delay. 

morbus  (2),  a  disease,  malady ; 
quid  morbi  est,  lohat  kind  of 
malady  is  it  ? 

mordeo,  momordi,  niorsus,  to  bite. 

more,  from  mos,  in  the  manner  of, 
like. 

mores,  from  mos. 

mori,  from  morior. 

mftrior,  mortuus,  inf.  mori,  fut. 
})artic.  moriturus,  dep.,  to  die. 

m6ror  (1),  dep.,  to  delay. 

mors  (mortis),  death. 

mortuus,  from  morior. 

mos  (moris),  manner,  custom, 
fashion  ;  more  meo,  in  my  usual 
fashion. 

Moses  (Mosis),  Moses. 

motus,  from  moveo  ;  or  motus  (4), 
motion. 

mdveo,  movi,  motus,  to  move,  stir, 
rouse,  influence,  raise,  excite, 
set  in  motion. 


moz,  adv. ,  soon. 

mulceo,  mulsi,  to  soothe. 

mulier  (mulieris),  a  ivoman. 

multitudo  (-inis),  a  large  number, 
crowd,  multitude. 

multo,  adv.,  by  far,  long,  much. 

multum,  adv.,  much,  a  good  deal ; 
multum  timere,  to  be  very  much 
afraid. 

multus,  vn{].,much;  \u\\\i\,many ; 
multum  temporis  {much  of  time), 
much  time;  ne  nndta  (dicam),  in 
short;  quidmulta?  why  should 
I  say  much  ?  why  should  I  make 
a  long  story  of  it  ?  in  a  u'ord. 

mundus  (2),  world. 

munera,  from  munus. 

munio,  to  fortify. 

munus  (munr-ris),  a  gift. 

mnrex  {mnricis),  p7trj)ie-dyc,  puiple. 

murmur  (murmuris),  murmur. 

murus  {2),  a  wall. 

mutatus,  from  muto. 

muto  (1),  to  change. 

mutuor,  mutuatus  (1),  dep.,  to 
borroiv. 

mntus,  adj.,  silent,  dumb. 

mutuus,  adj.,  mutual. 

Nactus,  from  nanciscor. 

nam, /or. 

nam(pie,  for. 

nanciscor,  n actus  (3),  dep.,  to  find, 

get. 
nares  (narium),  fern.,  the  nostrils. 
naxro  (1),  to  relate,  tell. 
nascor,  natus  sum  (3),  to  be  born. 

In  XIV.  nascitur,  is  pi'oduccd, 

grou's. 
natio  (nationis),  a  nation,  people. 
natus,  -a,  -um,  having  been  born  ; 

no  vem  annos  natus,  nine  years  old; 

or  natus  (2),  a  son,  or  (4),  birth. 
nauta  (1),  a  sailor. 
navigium,  a  boat,  ship. 
navigo  {I),  to  sail 
n3.vis  (navis),  a  ship. 
ne  ;    ne,   lest,   in  order  that  .  .  . 


382 


LATIN  COURSE 


not,  not  to  ;  impero  tibi  ne  facias, 
/  order  you  oiot  to  do  it;  ne 
dixeris,  donH  say;  ne  multa 
(dicam),  not  to  make  a  long  story, 
'in  short;  ne  .  .  .  quidem,  not 
.  .  .  even  :  -ne  asks  a  question, 
without  suggesting  what  the 
answer  should  be,  e.g.  Vidistine 
Gaium,  have  you  seen  Caius  ? 

Neapdlis  (Neapolis),  Naples. 

nee,  nor. 

neco  (1),  to  Mil,  murder. 

n6go  (1),  to  deny ;  nego  me  scire, 
/  say  that  I  do  not  know.  In 
XII.  alius  negat  alius  ait,  means 
one  doctor  says  no,  another  yes, 
i.e.  one  says  that  one  thing  is  the 
matter  with  me,  another  says  that 
it  isn't  that. 

negotior  (1),  dep.,  to  work,  to  do 
business. 

nggotium,  business. 

nemo  (ace.  neminem,  dat.  nemini, 
gen.  nullius,  abl.  nullo),  nobody, 
no  one. 

nequaquam,  adv.,  by  no  means. 

ngque,  neither ;  neque  .  .  .  neque, 
neither  .  .  .  nor;  sometimes 
neque  means  but  not,  and  not, 
and  yet. 

nequeo,  nequivi  (like  eo),  to  be  un- 
able. 

nequiquam  or  nequidquam,  adv., 
in  vain. 

nescio,  not  to  know,  to  be  ignorant 
of;  nescio  quis,  some  one. 

neve,  nor. 

nex  (necis),  death. 

Nicopdlis,  abl.  Nicopoli,  Nicopo- 
lis. 

nihil,  indeclinable,  nothing ;  nihil 
cibi,  no  food  (nothing  in  the 
way  of  food)  ;  nihil  boni,  no- 
thing good. 

nihilum  (2),  nothing;  pro  nihilo, 
as  nothing,  as  of  no  importance  ; 
nihili  facio,  /  value  at  nothing, 
think  nothiyig  of. 


nimbus  (2),  cloud. 

nimirum,  adv.,  to  be  sure. 

nimis,  adv.,  too. 

nimius,  adj.,  too  much,  excessive. 

nisi,  unless,  if .  .  .  not. 

nisus  (4),  effort ;  nisu  in  eodem, 
in  the  same  strained  posture. 

nitor,  nisus  and  nixus  (3),  dep., 
to  try,  to  rely  on;  or  nitor 
(nitoris),  brightness,  gloss. 

nixus,  from  nitor. 

nobilis,  adj.,  famous,  renowned, 
noble. 

noceo  (2),  to  hurt,  harm,  do  harm 
to  (governs  dative). 

nodus  (2),  knot,  coil,  impediment. 

noli,  imperative  of  nolo,  be  un- 
willing to;  so,  e.g.  noli  ante- 
ponere,  do  not  prefer. 

nolo,  nolui,  nolle,  to  be  unwilling; 
see  p.  341. 

nomen  (nominis),  a  name;  in 
XLV,  nomina  facit  means,  he 
(Canius)  borrows  the  money ;  see 
the  note. 

nomino  (1),  to  name,  appoint,  nom- 
inate. 

non,  not. 

nondum,  not  yet. 

nonne  is  used  in  asking  a  question 
when  you  want  to  suggest  the 
answer  "yes";  e.g.  nonne 
venies  ?  you  will  come,  will  you 
not  ? 

noscito  (1),  to  recognise. 

nosco,  novi,  notus  (3),  to  become 
acquainted  with,  get  to  know. 

noster,  nostra,  nostrum,  our ; 
nostri,  our  men,  soldiers,  or 
army ;  or  nostri  may  be  gen. 
plur.  of  ego. 

nosti,  a  contraction  of  novisti ; 
see  novi. 

noto  (1),  to  mark,  indicate,  to  cen- 
sure, 

nStus,  known;  notior,  better 
known. 

novacula  (1 ),  a  razor. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  DICTIONARY 


383 


n6vem,  nine. 

novi,  a  perfect  with  present  mean- 
ing, /  know  ;  see  nosco. 

novisse,  from  novi. 

novus,  adj.,  new ;  quid  novi  est? 
what  is  the  news  ?  (literally, 
what  of  new  is  there  ?) 

nox  (noctis),  night. 

nucleus  (2),  the  kernel. 

nugamentum,  in  XIII.  nug.  hom- 
inis,  this  absurd  little  creature. 

nullus,  adj.  (gen.  nullius),  no,  none; 
in  XLV.  scalinnm  nullum  vi- 
det,  he  sees  no  sign  of  a  thole-pin 
(much  less  a  boat)  ;  quod  eos 
nullos  videret,  because  he  saw  not 
a  sign  of  them  (the  fishermen). 

num  asks  a  question  so  as  to 
suggest  the  answer  *'no,"  e.g. 
num  librum  meum  amisisti  ? 
you  have  not  lost  my  book,  hare 
you  ?  But  in  indirect  questions  it 
means  only  zvhether ;  e.g.  rogavit 
num  librum  amisissem,  he  asked 
me  whether  I  had  lost  the  book. 

numen  (nuniinis),  divine  2^ower, 
deity. 

numero  (1),  to  count. 

num^rus  (2),  number,  quantity ; 
hostinm  numero  habetur  (he  is 
reckoned  in  the  number  of  our 
enemies),  he  is  regarded  as  an 
cneyny. 

nummus  (2),  a  coin,  money. 

nunc,  noiv. 

nunquam,  adv.,  never. 

nuntio  (1),  to  announce,  inform, 
relate,  bring  news. 

nuntius  (2),  «  messenger,  a  message. 

nuper,  adv.,  lately. 

nusquam,  adv.,  no^oliere. 

nutus  (4),  nod,  IV ill,  pleasure ;  ad 
eius  nutum,  according  to  his 
good  pleasure,  as  he  ordered. 

nux  (nucis),  a  nut. 

Ob,  prep,  with  ace. ,  on  account  of, 
for  the  purpose  of. 


obedio  (4),  to  obey. 

oblatus,  from  offero. 

oblecto  (1),  to  amuse. 

oblltus,  from  obliviscor. 

obliviscor,  oblitus  (3),  dep.,  to 
forget ;  sometimes  with  gen. 

obsctlrus,  adj.,  obscure;  obscuro 
loco  natus,  born  in  an  obscure 
position,  of  humble  birth. 

obse([uiuni ,  complaisance. 

obses  (obsidis),  a  hostage. 

obsessus,  from  obsideo. 

obsideo,  obsedi,  obsessus,  to  be- 
siege, block  up. 

obsides,  from  obses. 

obslinfitus,  adj.,  stubborn,  obsti- 
nate. 

obsto  (1),  to  stand  in  the  way. 

obtestor  (1),  dep.,  to  entreat. 

obtineo,  obtinui,  obtentus,  to  hold. 

obtuli,  from  ofTero. 

ob turbo  (1),  to  trouble,  distract. 

obviam,  adv.,  to  meet. 

obvius,  adj.,  meeting;  omncs 
obvii,  everybody  as  he  nut  them; 
obvii,  anybody  you  meet. 

occasio  (occasionis),  o2)poi't unity, 
occasio7i. 

occasus  (4),  setting. 

occido,  occidi,  occisus  (3),  to  kill. 

oecisio  (occisionis),  murder. 

occiipo  (1),  to  seize. 

oceanus  (2),  the  ocean. 

octavus,adj.,  eighth;  hence  a  name, 
Octavus. 

octo,  eight. 

oculfitus,  adj.,  having  eyes;  ocu- 
latus  testis,  an  eye-witness. 

Octilus  (2),  an  eye.  In  XV.  hebetes 
oculos,  etc.,  it  is  said  to  Jmvc 
eyes  which  are,  etc. 

odi,  a  perfect  Avith  present  mean- 
ing, I  hate. 

odium  (2),  hatred,  hate ;  odio  est 
milii,  he  is  hateful  to  me. 

odor  (odoris),  odour,  smell ;  odores, 
incense,  etc. 

offero,  obtfili,  oblatus,  to  offer,  to 


384 


LATIN  COURSE 


give  ;  offerre  se,  to  -present  one- 
self. 

officium,  duty. 

olim,  adv.,  once  upon  a  time. 

Olympia,  Olynvpia,  a  place  in 
Greece  where  games  and  sports 
were  held. 

Olympiacus,  adj.,  Olympian; 
Olympiacum  certamen,  the 
Olympian  contest. 

omnis,  adj.,  all,  every ;  in  XVI. 
omni  vi,  with  every  kind  of  effort. 

on6rarius,  adj.  to  onus,  carrying 
aMcrden;  naves  onerariae,  ships 
carrying    a  freight,     merchant 


onero  (1),  to  load,  hurden. 
dnus  (oneris),  a  hurden,  load. 
opera    (1),     aid,    attention;    dare 

operam,  to  take  care,  to  do  one's 

best. 
op6ris,  from  opus, 
opes  (opum),  plur. ,  riches,  means. 
opimus,  adj.,  rich,  succulent. 
opinio   (opinionis),   opinion,  idea, 

impression ;    celerius   opinione, 

quicker  than  they  expected. 
opinor  (1),  a  verb  having  passive 

form   with   active   meaning,    to 

fancy. 
opipure,  adv.,  sumptuously. 
opis,  see  ops. 
oportet,  an  impersonal  verb  ;  me 

oportet,  it  behoves  me,  I  ought ; 

sis  oportet,  in  XII. ,  you  must  he. 
opperior,  dep.,  to  wait  for. 
oppeto,    oppetivi,    oppetitus    (3), 

to  meet,  encouiiter. 
oppidum,  toion. 
opportunitas     (-tatis),     fortunate 

property. 
oppngno  (1),  to  storm. 
ops   (but   the   nominative   is   not 

used  ;   gen.   opis),    help ;    plur. 

opes,  wealth. 
optime,  adv.  of  optimus,  very  well. 
optimus,  adj.  (used  as  superlative 

of  bonus),  very  good,  best. 


opulentus,  adj.,  rich. 

6pus  (operis),  work,  task  ;  aliquid 
mihi  opus  est,  1  want  some- 
thing ;  temporis  opus  esse,  {he 
said)  that  he  wanted  time. 

ora  (1),  shore. 

oraculum,  an  oracle. 

oratio  (orationis),  speech,  oration. 

orator  (orat5ris),  orator,  ainbassa- 
dor. 

ordo  (ordinis),  masc,  order,  rank, 
row  ;  ordine,  duly,  in  order  ;  ex 
ordine,  one  after  another. 

ore,  from  os,  oris. 

oriens  (orientis),  the  East. 

orior,  ortus,  dep. ,  to  rise. 

ornamentum,  an  ornament. 

ornatus  (4),  apparel. 

orno  (1),  to  adorn,  decollate. 

oro  (1),  to  ask  for,  beg  for,  pray 
fw. 

ortus  (4),  rise,  rising  ;  or  partic. 
of  orior. 

OS  (oris),  neut.,  mouth;  ore 
hiante,  its  mouth  being  open ;  or 
OS  (ossis),  neut.,  a  bone. 

osculum,  a  kiss  ;  in  osculis,  in  the 
midst  of  kisses. 

ostendo,  ostendi,  ostensns  (3),  to 
show,  point  out,  display. 

otior  (1),  dep.,  to  rest,  to  have  a 
holiday. 

ovans,  partic.  of  ovo,  triumphing, 
in  triumph. 

ovis  (ovis),  fern.,  a  sheep. 

ovum,  an  egg. 

Pacem,  from  pax. 

pactum,  manner. 

paene,  adv.,  almost. 

paenitentia  (1),  repentance,  regret. 

paenituit,  from  paenitet,  an  im- 
personal verb,  me  paenitet  (it 
repents  me),.  /  regret. 

pagus  (2),  village,  canton. 

pala  (1),  bezel,  hollow  (of  a  ring). 

pal  am,  adv.,  openly. 

palla  ( 1 ),  a  cloak,    pall  ium,  «  cloak. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  DICTIONARY 


385 


palma  (1),  the  palm  of  the  hand,  or 

the  palm-tree. 
palus  (paludis),  fem.,  marsh. 
paluster,  -tris,  -tre,  adj.  (of  palus), 

marshy. 
pancratiastes,   -ae  (1),  a  pancrati- 

ast,  i.e.  one  who  was  practised 

in  the  pancration,  which  was  a 

mixture  of  a  wrestling  and  a 

boxing  match, 
papae  !  indeed  ! 
papyrus  (2),  papyrus. 
par  (paris),  adj.,  like,  similar. 
pararetur,  from  paro. 
paratus,    from     paro,    prepared, 

ready. 
parco,  peperci  (and  parsi),  parsum 

(3),  to  spare,  takes  the  dat. 
parens,  adj.,  niggardly. 
pftrens  (parentis),  a  parent. 
p9xeo  (2),  to  obey,  with  dat. 
pares,  from  par. 
pario,    peperi,    partus,   parere,    to 

prodiLce,  lay,  breed. 
pSjTO  (1),  to  prepare,  get  ready,  plot. 
pars  (partis),  part,  quarter,  direc- 
tion, portion  (of  food), 
parsi,  from  parco. 
partus,  partic.  of  pario,  j^roduccd, 

acquired,  got. 
panun,  adv. ,  too  little,  not  at  all ; 

parum  honorifice,  disrespectfully, 

with  too  little  respect. 
parvus,  adj.,  small,  little;    parvi 

facio,  /  value  at  a  low  price,  I 

think   little  of ;    parvo  (abl.   of 

price),  for  little,  cheap. 
pascua  (2),  pastures. 
passus  (4),  a  pace;  mills  passus, 

a  thousand  paces,  i.e.  a  mile. 
pastor  (pastoris),  a  shepherd. 
patefacio,  -feci,  -factus,   -facere,  to 

bring  to  light,  clear  up. 
patefactus,  part,  of  patefacio. 
palter  (patris),  a  father. 
pati,  infin.  of  patior. 
patienter,  adv.,  patiently. 
patina  (1),  ct  dish. 

2 


p&tior,  passus,  pati,  to  suffer, 
endure,  allow,  permit. 

patria  (1),  country,  native  country. 

pauci,  adj.,  afeiv,  only  a  few. 

paucitas  (paucitatis),  feloness. 

paulatim,  adv.,  by  degrees,  gradu- 
ally. 

paulo,  adv.,  a  little. 

pauper  (pauperis),  poor. 

pax  (pacis),  peace ;  si  id  liceat 
pace  tua  (if  this  is  allowed  by 
your  permission),  if  you  give 
your  permission. 

pectus  (pectoris),  breast,  chest. 

pectlnia  (1),  money,  sum  of  money. 

pecus  (pecudis),  fem.,  oneofa  flock 
(e.g.  a  sheep)  ;  or  pecus  (pecoris), 
neut. ,  a  herd. 

p6des  (peditis),  a  foot  soldier  ;  or 
plur.  of  pes. 

peius,  adv.,  worse. 

pello,  pepiili,  pulsus  (3),  to  drive. 

pendo,  pependi,  pensus  (3),  to  pay. 

penetro  me  (1),  I  betake  myself. 

penitus,  adv.,  thoroughly. 

penna  (1),  wing. 

1)6 n so  {\),  to  weigh,  to  consider. 

peperci,  from  parco. 

per,  prep,  with  ace,  through,  by 
means  of,  along,  during ;  per  som- 
nium,  in  a  dream;  peraetatem, 
as  far  as  his  age  was  concerned  ; 
per  contemptum,  in  contempt. 

percrebesco,  percrebui  (3),  to  get 
known. 

percunctor  (1),  a  verb  with  passive 
form  but  active  meaning,  I  in- 
quire strictly. 

Perdiccas  (Perdiccae),  Perdicca^ 
(one  of  the  generals  of  Alexan- 
der the  Great). 

perditus,  see  perdo. 

perdo,  perdidi,  perditus  (3),  to 
lose,  destroy,  waste,  ruin ;  per- 
ditus, lost,  abandoned. 

perdomitus,  from  perdomo. 

perdomo,  perdomui,  perdomitus, 
perdomare,  to  thoroughly  subdue. 

0 


386 


LATIN  COURSE 


pereo  (per  and  eo),  to  perish,  to  be 
killed. 

pererro  (1),  to  wander  over. 

perficio,  perfect,  perfectus,  perfi- 
cere,  to  do  completely,  carry  out, 
accomplish. 

perfodio,  perfodi,  perfossus,  to  pierce 
through,  transfix. 

perforo  (1),  to  make  a  hole  in. 

perfossus,  from  perfodio. 

perfunctus,  from  perfungor. 

perfuiigor,  perfunctus  (3),  dep.,  to 
finish,  takes  the  abl. 

Pergamus,  Pergamus  (a  city  in 
Mysia,  in  Asia  Minor). 

pergo,  perrexi,  perrectum  (3),  to  go, 
advance,  go  forward. 

pericul5sus,  adj.,  dangerous. 

perlctilum,  danger,  trial. 

peril,  from  pereo. 

peritus,  adj.,  with  genitive,  skilled 
in,  experienced  in. 

permensus,  partic.  of  permetior, 
dep.,  to  traverse. 

permitto,  -misi,  -missum  (3),  to 
allow,  permit. 

permulti,  adj.,  very  many^ 

pernicies  (5),  ruin,  destruction,  fate. 

perpetuus,  adj.,  perpetual,  con- 
tinual. 

perquiro,  -quisivi,  -quisitus  (3),  to 
make  careful  inquiry ;  per- 
quiritur,  careful  inquiries  are 
made. 

Persae  (Persarum),  the  Persians. 

persequor,  persecutus  (3),  dep.,  to 
follow  after,  persecute. 

persevero  (1),  to  insist,  persist,  per- 
severe. 

persuadeo,  persuasi,  persuasum, 
to  persuade;  takes  dative, — 
persuadeo  tibi  ut  venias,  /  per- 
suade you  to  come  ;  persuasum 
est  mihi,  /  fiave  been  persuaded 
or  convinced,  I  ain  convinced. 

pertaesum  est,  perf.  of  impersonal 
pertaedet  me,  it  irks  me,  I  am 
tired  of ;   me   illius  vitae  per- 


taesum est,  /  was  tired  of  that 

life.  ^ 
perterritus,  very  alarmed ;  pavore 

perterritus,  stricken  with  fear. 
pertimeo,  -timui,  to  be  very  much 

afraid. 
pertinax  (pertinacis),  persistent. 
pertineo,  to  belong. 
pervgnio,  perveni,  perventum,  to 

reach,    arrive,   come  up,   go  tOy 

come  into  somebody^ s  hands. 
pes  (pedis),  afoot. 
pessimus,  used  as  superlative  of 

mains,  very  bad,  worst. 
pestilentia  (1),  a  pestilence,  plague. 
petivi,  from  peto. 
p3to,    petivi,    and   petii,    petitus, 

petere  (3),  to  seek,  ask,  make  for, 

go  to  ;  peto  a  te,  /  ask  you. 
philosophia  (1),  philosophy. 
philosdphus  (2),  a  philosopher. 
Phoebus  (2),  Phoebus,  also  called 

Apollo,  god  of  music  and  poetry, 
pictus,  from  pingo. 
pietas   (pietatis),   kindviess,    generr 

osity. 
piger,  pigra,  pigrum,  lazy. 
pila  (1),  a  ball.    ■ 
pilum,  a  dart. 
pingo,  pinxi,  pictus  (3),  to  paint, 

embroider. 
pinus  (4),  pine-tree,  or  a  ship  (made 

of  that  wood), 
piscator  (-oris),  a  fisherman. 
piscina  (1),  afish-po7id. 
piscis  (piscis),  masc,  a  fish. 
piscor  (1),  dep.,  to  fish. 
placet,    pleases;    placet    mihi,    it 

pleases  me. 
placide,  adv.,  quietly. 
plane,  adv.,  clearly,  distinctly. 
planta  (1),  a  plant. 
plaustrum  (2),  a  waggon. 
plebs  (plebis),  the  common  people. 
plenus,  adj.,/wZZ. 
plerumque,  adv.,  generally. 
plerusque,  adj.,  the  greater  part  or 

number. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  DICTIONARY 


387 


pluit,  it  rains. 

pluma,  a  feather. 

plumbeus,  adj.  (of  plumbum,  lead), 

leaden. 
plumo  (1),  to  have  feathers. 
plura,  from  plus,  more  things. 
plurimum,  adv.,  very  much. 
plurimus,  used  as   superlative   of 

multns,  very  onany,  very  much  ; 

plurimi  facio,  /  value  at  a  very 

high  price,  very  highly,  I  think 

a  great  deal  of ;  plurimo,  abl.  of 

price,  for  a  very  large  sum. 
pluris,  gen.  of  plus,  of  more  value, 

worth  more,  at  a  higher  ^Jrice, 

for  more. 
plus,    adv.,   more;   or  adj.,   plus 

(pluris),  plures,  plura. 
poculum,  a  cup. 
poema  (poematis),  a  ]joem. 
poena  (1),  punishment,  penalty. 
pollex  (pollicis),  thumb. 
pondus  (ponderis),  tveight. 
p6no,   posui,   positus  (3),  to  put, 

place,  put  on,  serve. 
pons  (pontis),  masc,  a  bridge. 
poposci,  from  posco.        [devastate. 
popiilor    (1),    dep.,    to   lay   waste, 
popHlus  (2),  a  people. 
porrigo,  porrexi,  porrectus  (3),  to 

stretch  out,  reach  out,  hand. 
porta  {!),  a  gate ;  ad  portas,  at  the 
portus  (4),  a  harbour.  [gates. 

posco,  poposci  (3),  to  demand. 
positus,  partic.  of  pono. 
possum,  potui,  posse,  /  am  able ; 

see  p.  335. 
post,  adv.,  afterivards,  after  that ; 

prep,  with  ace,  after. 
postea,  adv.,  afterwards,  after  that. 
posterior   (-oris),    adj.,  following, 

later. 
postgrus,  adj.,  next. 
posthac,  adv.,  henceforth,  in  future. 
postquam,  conj.,  after  that. 
postremus,  adj.,  last. 
postridie,  on  the  following  day. 
postulatum,  a  demand. 


potestas  (potestatis),  j90?6'(?r,  author- 
ity ;  potestatem  facere,  to  give 
leave  or  opportunity ;  pugnandi 
potestatem  mihi  facit,  he  gives 
me  an  opportunity  of  fighting,  he 
offers  me  battle. 

potior,  potitus,  dep.,  to  acquire, 
get,  gain  possession  of ;  the  verb 
is  active  in  meaning  though 
passive  in  form. 

potitus,  from  potior. 

praebeo  (2),  to  give,  afford. 

praecedo,  praecessi,  praecessum 
(3),  to  go  before,  precede,  have  the 
precedence  of. 

[•raecepit,  from  praecipio. 

praeceps  (praecipitis),  headlong, 
head  foremost. 

praeceptor  (praeceptoris),  master, 
teacher. 

praecipio,  praecepi,  praeceptus, 
praecipere,  to  order,  with  dat. 

praecipito  (1),  to  dash,  dart. 

praecipue,  a.dv., prijicipally,  especi- 
ally. 

praecludo,  praeclusi,  praeclusus  (3), 
to  stop  ^ip. 

praeco  (praeconis),  a  Jierald. 

praeda  (1),  booty. 

praedico,  praedixi,  praedictus  (3), 
to  tell  beforehand,  foretell,  pre- 
dict ;  or  praedico  (1),  to  give  out. 

praedo  (praedonis),  a  pirate. 

praefectus  (2),  commander. 

praeficio,  praefeci,  praefectus,  prae- 
iicere,  to  set  over,  set  in  coviTnand; 
Gaium  urbi  praefecit,  he  sets 
Caius  over  the  city,  makes  Cuius 
governor  of  tJie  city. 

praefulgeo,  praefulsi,  to  shine  forth 
or  brightly. 

praefuturus,  from  praesum. 

praelium,  a  battle,  engagement. 

praemisit,  from  praemitto. 

praemitto,  praemisi,  praemissus 
(3),  to  send  before,  or  first,  to 
send  forward. 

praemium  (2),  a  reward. 


388 


LATIN  COURSE 


praeparo  (1),  to  prepare;  prae- 
paretur,  let  it  he  prepared^  let 
preparations  he  made. 

praesentia  (1),  the  present. 

praesidium,  a  garrison,  a  pro- 
tection. 

praesto,  praestiti,  praestitum  (1), 
to  stand  hefore,  stand  out,  he 
superior  to  ;  praestant  tibi,  they 
are  superior  to  you  ;  praestat,  it 
is  better  ;  to  keep  (a  promise,  etc.). 

praesto,  adv.,  ready. 

praesum,  to  he  in  command,  with 
dat. 

praeter,  prep,  with  ace,  except, 
hesides,  heyond. 

praetor  (praetoris),  a  praetor  (a 
Roman  official), 

praevideo,  praevidi,  praevisus,  to 
foresee. 

precario,  adv. ,  hy  entreaty,  hy  mere 
favour,  or  sufferance. 

preces  (precum),  plur. ,  prayers. 

precor  (1),  dep.,  to  pray,  ask  for. 

prSmo,  pressi,  pressus  (3),  to  press, 
pinch,  push  hard,  drive;  oculos 
pressi,  I  have  closed  his  eyes. 

pretium  (2),  price,  Tnoney. 

primo,  adv.,  at  first. 

primum,  adv. ,  first;  cum  primum, 
as  soon  as  ever. 

primus,  o,^^.,  first;  prima  luce,  at 
dayhreak  (at  the  first  light). 

princeps  (principis),  chief,  a  chief 
or  principal  perso7i. 

prior  (prioris),  former,  preceding, 
superior;  prius,  adv.,  hefore. 

pristinus,  ad]. ,  former. 

prius,  adv.,  before. 

priusquam,  conj.,  hefore  that;  the 
prius  and  quam  are  sometimes 
separated  as  in  XLI. 

pro,  prep,  with  abl. ,  in  front  of, 
in  proportion  to,  instead  of, 
for,  for  the  sake  of ;  pro  nihilo, 
as  nothing,  as  of  no  import- 
ance. 

probus,  adj.,  honest. 


procedo,  processi,  processum,  to 
advance,  go  forward. 

proceritas  (-tatis),  height. 

processerat,  from  procedo. 

proclamo  (1),  to  shout  out,  pro- 
claim. 

procul,  adv.,  far,  far  off;  procul 
dubio  (far  from  doubt),  without 
a  doubt,  certainly. 

prodesset,  from  prosum, 

prodest,  from  prosum. 

prodidisse,  from  prodo. 

proditio  (proditidnis),  treason. 

proditus,  from  prodo. 

prodo,  prodidi,  proditus  (3),  to 
betray,  deliver,  hand  down. 

produco,  -duxi,  -ductus  (3),  to  lead 
forth. 

proelium,  battle. 

profecto,  adv. ,  certainly,  to  he  sure, 
I  feel  sure  ;  or  profecto  maybe 
from  proficiscor. 

profecturus,  fut.  partic.  of  pro- 
ficiscor. 

profectus,  from  proficiscor,  having 
travelled,  come. 

proficiscor,  profectus  (3),  dep.,  to 
set  out  start. 

profiteor,  professus,  dep.,  to  pro- 
fess, make  a  profession  of. 

progrfidior,  progressus,  progredi, 
dep.,  to  advance,  go  forward. 

promissum  (2),  a  promise. 

promitto,  promisi,  promissum  (3), 
to  promise. 

prope,  adv.,  near,  nearly;  prep, 
with  ace,  near  to. 

propero  (1),  to  hasten. 

propinquus  (2),  a  relative,  a  rela- 
tion. 

propius,  adv.,  comp.  of  prope, 
nearer. 

propter,prep.withaccus.  ,071  accoww^ 
of,  because  of;  adv.,  'near,  close 
by,  by  his  side. 

propugno  (1),  tofgMfor,  defend. 

prorsus,  adv.,  entirely,  altogetliery 
direct,  straight. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  DICTIONARY 


389 


prorumpo,  prorupi,  proruptus  (3), 
to  burst  forth. 

prospectus  (4),  prospect,  view. 

prospere,  adv.,  sitccessfully ,  pros- 
perously. 

prosum,  prodes,  prodest,  prosumus, 
prodestis,  prosunt,  profui,  pro- 
desse  {i.e.  pro  and  sum,  but 
whenever  the  o  and  e  would 
come  together  a  c?  is  put  in),  to 
profit,  do  good  to  one. 

protinus,  adv.,  a<  once,  straiglitway. 

proveho,  -vexi,  -vectus  (3),  to  carry 
forward  ;  provehor,  to  advance. 

provideo,  providi,  provisus,  to  look 
out  for,  provide. 

provincia  (1),  province,  counti-y. 

provoco  (1),  to  appeal. 

prorfmus,  superl.  of  prope,  nearest, 
next,  very  near. 

prudentia  (1),  wisdom.  In  XIII. 
scit  tua  prudentia  (lit.  your 
wisdom  knows),  you  in  your 
wisdom  know,  you  are  so  wise 
that  you  know. 

pubes  (pubis),  youth,  young  men. 

publice,  adv.,  publicly. 

publicus   adj . ,  public. 

pudor  (pudoris),  shame. 

puella  (1),  girl. 

puer  (pueri),  a  hoy,  a  slave.  In 
V.  puer  means  lohen  a  boy. 

pueritia  (1),  boyhood. 

pugil  (pugilis),  a  boxer. 

pugna  (1),  a  battle. 

pugno  (1),  to  fight. 

pulcher,  pulchra,  ^\\\c\\v\\rci,beatiti- 
ful,  pretty. 

pulchritudo  (-dinis),  beauty. 

pulso  (1),  to  strike,  beat,  batter, 
appeal  to. 

pulsus,  from  pello. 

punio  (4),  to  pimish. 

pupilla  (1),  the  pupil  (of  the  eye). 

puppis  (puppis),  stern  of  a  ship,  or 
the  ship  itself. 

purgo  (1),  to  clear  oneself,  to  make 
excuses. 


puto  (1),  to  think. 
Pygmaei,  the  Pygmies. 

Quadraginta,  indeclinable,  forty. 

quadrupes  (quadrupedis),  adj., 
fourfooted. 

quaero,  quaesivi,  quaesitus,  to 
seek,  look  for,  try  to  find  out,  to 
ask,  inquire;  ex  me  quaerunt, 
they  ask  me. 

quaesitus,  from  quaero. 

([uaesivi,  from  quaero. 

quaeso  (3),  I  pray. 

quaestus  (4),  gain. 

qualis,  adj.,  of  what  kind,  of  vAich 
kind;  talis  .  .  .  qualis,  of  such 
a  kind  .  .  .  as. 

quam,  than;  quam  proximo  pot- 
erat,  as  near  as  he  could  ;  quam 
celerrime,  as  quickly  as  possible  ; 
or  quam  may  be  ace.  fem.  sing, 
of  qui. 

quamdiu,  as  long  as,  all  the  while 
that. 

quamobrem,  for  which  reason. 

quamquam,  although. 

quamvis,  hoivever. 

quando,  when  ;  si  quando,  if  ever ; 
in  XL.  since. 

quantuB,  how  great?  how  much  J 
tantus  .  .  .  quantus,  as  great 
.  .  .  as  ;  quanti,  at  wJiut  price  ? 
for  what  ?  for  how  much  f  quan- 
tum temporis,  how  much  time  ? 

quare,  why  ? 

quartuB,  a.(\.y,  fourth. 

quasi,  adv.,  as  it  were ;  conj.,  as. 

quatio,  no  perf.,  quassus,  quatere, 
to  shake. 

quatttlor,  four. 

que,  and. 

quemadmodum,  as. 

quercus  (4),  fem.,  oak. 

qu6ror,  questus  (3),  dep.,  to  com- 
plain. 

qui,  adv.,  how?  qui  fit?  how  does 
it  come  about  ? 

qui,  quae,  quod,  gen.  cuius,  rela- 


390 


LATIN  COURSE 


tive  pronoun,  who,  which,  what ; 
qua  re  in  XVIII.,  for  which 
reason.  In  English  that  is  also 
used  instead,  or  the  rel.  pronoun 
is  entirely  omitted:  Amisi  librum 
quem  mihi  dedisti  is  either  / 
have  lost  the  hook  which  you  gave 
me,  or  /  have  lost  the  book  that 
you  gave  me,  or  /  have  lost  the 
hook  you  gave  me.  Followed  by 
the  subjunctive  qui  may  be 
equivalent  to  ut,  to,  in  order  to  ; 
qui  extorqueat,  to  tvring. 

Qui,  quae,  quod,  is  used  in- 
stead of  quis,  quid  in  agreement 
with  a  substantive,  both  as  an 
indefinite  pronoun  with  ne,  num, 
si,  and  as  an  interrogative ;  si  qui 
puer  loquitur,  if  any  hoy  is 
talking ;  qui  puer  loquitur  ? 
what  hoy  is  talking  ? 

quia,  conj.,  hecause. 

quicquam  or  quidquam,  neut.  of 
quisquam,  anything. 

quid,  see  quis. 

quidam,  quaedam,  quoddam,  a 
certain,  a  certain  one. 

quidem,  adv.,  indeed;  ne  .  .  . 
quidem,  not  even;  optime  qui- 
dem valeo,  lam  well  enough  ;  et 
quidem  permultos  (medicos  con- 
sului),  indeed  I  have  consulted  a 
great  m/iny  doctors. 

quidquam,  neut.  of  quisquam, 
anything. 

quidquid,  neut.  of  quisquis,  any- 
thing whatsoever  ;  quidquid  auri 
est,  whatever  gold  there  is. 

quies  (quietis),  fem.,  quiet,  rest. 

quiesco,  quievi,  quietus  (3),  to  he 
at  rest,  to  repose. 

quietus,  adj.,  quiet. 

quin,  hut  that,  who  .  .  .  not,  why 
.  .  .  not ;  see  p.  293. 

K\}iin6&c,\m.,  fifteen  ;  quindecimviri, 
the  fifteen  commissioners. 

quingenti,  -ae,  -a,  five  hundred. 

quinquagiuta,  indeclinable,  fifty. 


quinque,  five. 

quintus,  adj.,  fifth. 

quis,  quis,  quid,  is  either  (1)  an 
interrogative  pronoun,  who  ? 
what  ?  Quis  venit  ?  who  is  com- 
ing ?  Rogo  quid  faciat,  /  ask 
what  he  is  doing,  or  I  ask  why  he 
is  doing  this.  Quid  cibi  est  ?  ivhat 
food  is  there  ?  Quid  morbi  est  ? 
what  malady  is  it  ?  Quid  ?  why  ? 
(2)  An  indefinite  pronoun,  any 
one,  anything,  any.  In  this  sense 
quis,  quid  are  used  with  num,  si, 
ne,  cum,  and  nisi.  Num  quis 
venit  ?  is  any  one  coming  ?  Si 
quid  dicit,  if  he  says  anything. 
Rogo  num  quid  faciat,  /  ask 
whether  he  is  doing  anything. 
Si  quid  est  periculi,  if  there  is 
any  danger. 

As  to  when  qui  is  used  instead 
of  quis,  see  under  qui. 

quisnam,  who  ?  quonam  modo,  in 
what  possible  way  ? 

quispiam,  some  or  other,  anybody. 

quisquam,  any  one,  used  only  in 
negative  sentences. 

quisque,  each. 

quisquis,  whosoever. 

quo,  either  (1)  abl.  of  qui,  used 
with  comparatives,  meaning  in 
order  that,  see  p.  283;  or  (2)  adv., 
whither  ?  where  ? 

quoad,  adv.,  so  far  as. 

quod,  adv.,  hecause;  quod  sciam, 
so  far  as  1  know.  In  XII.  diu 
est  quod,  is  it  a  long  time  that 
or  since  ? 

quominus,  in  order  that  .  .  .  not, 
see  p.  290. 

quomodo,  how  ? 

quondam,  adv.,  some  time  ago; 
sometimes. 

quoniam,  since. 

quoque,  also. 

quot,  how  many?  as  many  as; 
quot  pueri  ?  how  many  hoys  ? 

quotannis,  every  year. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  DICTIONARY 


391 


quotidie  (also  cotidie),  adv.,  every- 
day. 
quoties,  how  often  ?  as  often  as. 
quotus,  -a,  -um ;  quoto  die,  on  what 
?  at  wJiat  intervals  ? 


Radix  (radicis),  a  root. 

rado,  rasi   rasum  (3),  to  sJuive. 

ramus  (2),  a  branch. 

rapio,    rapui,    raptus,    rapere,     to 

snatch. 
rapuit,  from  rapio. 
raserat,  see  rado. 
Tiktio  (rsitioms), system,sJcill;  ratione 

at  consilio,  by  skiJful  strategy. 
riitus,    partic.     of    reor,     having 

thought,  thinking. 
recedo,    recessi,    recessum    (3),    to 

withdraw,  retire,  go  atcay,  fall 

upon,  devolve. 
recido,  recidi,  recasus  (3),  to  fall, 

to  throw  oneself  upon. 
recipio,  recepi,  receptus,  recipere, 

to  get    back,    receive  again;    se 

recipere,  to  betake  himself  again. 
recognitio  (-onis),  recognition. 
recondo,  recondidi,  recoiiditus  (3), 

to  put  back,  to  hide. 
recordor   (1),    dep.,   to  remember, 

governs  gen. 
rectene,     recte    and     ne,      recte, 

rightly  ;  recte  valeo,  1  am  quite 

well. 
recumbo,  recubui  (3),  to  lie  down 

again,  to  lie  down. 
recupero,  to  recover. 
recurro,    recurri,   recursum   (3),  to 

run  back. 
recurvus,  adj.,  curved. 
rectlso  (1),  <o  object,  make  objections, 

refuse  ;  non  recusavit  quominus 

venirem,  he  did  not  object  to  my 

coming. 
redactus,  see  redigo. 
reddidi,  from  reddo. 
reddo,  reddidi,  redditus  (3),  to  give 

back,  return,  render,  turn  into, 

traiislate. 


redeo,  redii,  redire  (see  eo,  p.  344), 
to  go  back,  return. 

reduces,  from  redux. 

reduco,  reduxi,  reductus  (3),  to 
bring  back,  lead  back,  draiv  back. 

redux  (rediicis),  adj.,  returning. 

refero,  rettuli,  relatus,  referre,  to 
bring  back,  relate,  tell,  see  p.  338. 

reficio,  refeci,  refectus,  reficere,  to 
repair,  rejit. 

r6gam,  from  rego. 

regem,  from  rex. 

reglna  (1),  queen. 

rt'gio  (regiouis),  pari,  region, 
district. 

regius,  adj.,  belonging  to  the  king, 
royal;  rcgia  merces,  a  bribe 
from  the  king. 

regnum,  kingdom. 

rego,  rexi,  rectus  (3),  to  rule,  com- 
mand. 

rei,  may  be  either  from  res  or  from 
reus. 

reicio,  reieci,  reiectus,  reicere,  to 
throw  back. 

reipublicae,  from  resptildica. 

religio  (religionis),  religion,  religi- 
ous scruples. 

religo  (1),  to  tie,  fasten. 

relinquo,  reliqui,  relictus  (3),  to 
leave. 

reliqui  may  be  either  reliqui  from 
relinquo,  or  reli(iui  from 
reliquus. 

reliquus,  adj.,  remaining,  leftover. 

remaneo,  remansi,  to  remain,  sur- 
vive. 

remansit,  from  remaneo. 

reminiscor  (3),  dep.,  to  remember. 

remitto,  remisi,  remissus  (3),  to 
send  back. 

i:em6tas,  partic.  of  removeo,  remote, 
distant. 

renuntio  (1),  to  bring  back  word, 
declare,  announce. 

repente,  adv.,  suddenly. 

repentinus,  adj.,  sudden,     {to  find. 

r6p6rio,  repperi  or  reperi,  repertus, 


392 


LATIN  COURSE 


repeto,   repetivi,  repetitus  (3),  to 

reseek,  to  go  back  agairi. 
requies  (requietis),  fem.,  rest,  re- 
pose. 
require,  requisivi,  requisitus  (3),  to 

require,  ask  for  again,  to  look  for. 
res  (5),  thing,  affair,  matter,  event, 

fact,    result,  prospect,  proposal, 

possession  ;    res  bona,  property  ; 

res  capitalis,  a  capital  charge; 

rebus  Balbi  fa  vet,  he  favours  the 

cause  of  Balhus ;  hoc  quod  res 

est,  that  which  is  the  fact  {the 

truth). 
rescribo,  rescripsi,  rescriptus  (3), 

to  write  hack. 
resideo,  residi  (2),  to  sit. 
resolve,  resolvi,  resolutus   (3),   to 

untie,  unbind,  loosen. 
respondeo,    respond!,    responsum 

(2),  to  answer. 
respublica  (res  and  publica),  the 

public  interest,  the  state. 
restituo,  restitui,  restitutus  (3),  to 

restore. 
resto,  restiti  (1),  to  remain. 
retineo,  retinui,  retentus,  to  keep. 
retraho,  retraxi,  retractus,  to  draw 

back. 
retro,  adv.,  back. 
rettulisset,  see  refero. 
reus,   adj.,  accused,   guilty;   reus 

fit,  is  put  on  his  trial. 
revello,    revelli,    revulsus   (3),    to 

tear  out,  tear  away,  pull  out. 
reverter,  reversus,  dep. ,  to  return, 

come  back. 
revincio,  revinxi,  revinctus  (4),  to 

tie. 
revise  (3),  to  revisit. 
re  vole  (1),  to  fly  back. 
rex  (regis),  a  king. 
Rhenus  (2),  the  Rhine. 
Rhodanus  (2),  the  Rhmie. 
Rhodius,  adj.,  belonging  to  Rhodes. 
rideo,  risi,  risum,  to  laugh,  to  laugh 

at. 
risus  (4),  laughter,  a 


ritus  {i),  fashion,  manner  ;  avium 

ritu,  like  birds. 
rdgo  (1),   to  ask,  ask  for ;  multa 

rogat,  he  asks  many  questions. 
Roma  (1),  Rome. 
Romanus,  adj.,  Roman. 
ruber,  rubra,  rubrum,  red. 
rumpo,  rupi,  ruptus  (3),  to  break, 

burst. 
rursus,  adv.,  again. 
rus  (ruris),  country;  rure,  in  the 

country, from  the  country;  rus, 

ace.,  to  the  country;   rura,  th^ 

green  fields,  the  country. 
rusticus,  adj.,  country;  rusticum 

deversorium,  a  countri)  inn. 

Sacerdos  (sacerdotis),  priest. 
sacrarium,  shrine,  chapel. 
saeciilum,  an  age. 
saepe,  adv. ,  often  ;  saepius,  more 

often,  rather  often,  several  times  ; 

saepissime,  very  often. 
saeta  (1),  a  hair  (of  an  animal), 
saevie,  saevii,  to  rage,  to  vent  one^s 

rage  ;  saeviens,  raging. 
saevus,  adj., /erce,  crv^l. 
salte  (1),    to  dance. 
salus  (salutis),  feni.,  health,  safety, 

life ;  saluti  erat  nobis,  he  saved 

us;    salutem    dicere,    to 


salute  (1),  to  salute,  to  bid  good-day. 
salve,  imperat.  of  salveo,  Hail  I  I 

hope  you  are  well ! 
salveo,    /    am    well;     satis    iam 

salvee,  i.e.  that's  enough  in  the 

way  of  greetings. 
salvus,  adj.,  safe,  well. 
sancie,  sanxi,  sanctus,  to  sanction. 
sane,  adv.     In  XIII.  sane  ut  tenes, 

how   well  you  remember,  to  be 

sure ! 
sanguis  (sanguinis),  masc,  blood. 
sanies  (5),  matter  (in  a  wound), 
sanitas  (sanitatis),  health. 
sapiens    (sapientis),    adj.,    wise; 

sapiens,  a  wise  man. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  DICTIONARY 


S93 


sapienter,    adv.,   wisely;    sapien- 

tissime,  very  wisely. 
sapientia  (1),  wisdom. 
sarcio,    sarsi,    sartus,    to    repair, 

make  good. 
sd,tis,    adv.,    enough,    well;    satis 

agere,  to  have  enough  (or  more 

than  enough)  to  do. 
satur,  satiira,  saturum,  adj.,  sated, 

having  eaten  enoiogh. 
savior  (1),  dep.,  to  kiss. 
scalmus  (2),  a  thole-pin  (instead  of 

a    rowlock   to    hold    the   oar)  ; 

scalmiim   nullum   videt,  he  sees 

not  even  a  thole-pin  (much  less  a 

boat), 
scienter,  adv.,  skilfully,  scientifi- 
cally. 
scientia  (1),  science,  knowledge. 
scilicet,  you  see. 
scio,    scivi    and    scii,    scitum,    to 

know. 
sciscitor,    sciscitatns,   dep.,   to  in- 

quire,  ask,  qiLestion. 
scissus,  from  scindo. 
scrlbo,     scripsi,    scriptus    (3),    to 

write. 
scriptor  (scriptoris),  writer. 
se,  or  sese,  himself,  herself,  itself, 

themselves. 
secum,  se  and  cum. 
secundus,  adj.,  second. 
securus,  adj.,  without  anxiety  for. 
secutus,  from  sequor. 
sed,  hut. 
sedgcim,  sixteen. 
sedeo,  sedi,  sessum,  to  sit. 
sedes  (sedis),  a  seat. 
sSges  (segetis),  fem.,  a  cornfield,  a 

crop. 
segnior,  comp.  of  segnis,  dull. 
segnis  (segnis),  adj.,  sluggish,  lazy, 

dull. 
segniter,  adv.,  sluggishly,  lazily. 
s6mel,  adv.,  once  ;  semel  et  saepius, 

once  and  again. 
semper,  always. 
senecta  (1),  old  age. 


senectus    (senectutis),    fem.,    old 

age. 
s6nex  (senis),  an  old  man. 
sensim,  adv.,  gradually. 
sententia  (1),  opi^iion,  decision. 
sentio,  sensi,  to  feel,  observe,  notice, 

be    aioare    of ;   idem    sentio,    / 

agree. 
septem,  seven. 
Septimus,  adj.,  seventh. 
septuaginta,  seventy. 
SequS-na,  the  Seine. 
sequor,  seciitus,  dep.  (3),  to  follow. 
senus,  adj.,  serious. 
sermo  (sermonis),   talk,  conversa- 
tion, the  word. 
serpens  (serpentis),  fem.,  a  serpent, 

snake. 
serriila  {\),  a  small  saw. 
SertSrius,    Sertorius    (a     Roman 

general), 
serus,  adj.,  too  late,  late. 
servitus  (servitutis),  fem.,  slavery. 
servo  (1),  to  keep,  preserve. 
servus  (2),  a  slave,  servant. 
sex,   six. 
si,  if. 
Sibyllinus,    adj.,   belonging  to  the 

Sibyl,  Sibylline. 
sic,  so.  sicco  (1),  to  dry. 

Sicilia  (1),  Sicily. 
Siculus,  adj.,  Sicilian. 
sicut,  siciiti,  just  as. 
significo  (1),  to  signify,  indicate, 

explain,  give  exact  instructions. 
signum,   a  sign;   signa,  military 

ensigns,  staiulards. 
silentium,  silence. 
silva  (1),  a  loood. 
similis,  adj.,   like;  takes  dat.    or 

gen.    (dat.   rather  of  the  thing, 

gen.  of  the  person). 
slmul,  adv.,  together,  at  the  same 

time;  simul  atque,  at  the  same 
time-  as,  as  soon  as. 
simulatio  (-onis),  pretence. 
simiilo  (1),  to  pretend. 
sin,  but  if. 


394 


LATIN  COURSE 


Bine,  prep,  with  abl.,  without ;  or 

imperat.  of  sino. 
singiilus,     adj.,     each,     separate, 

different. 
sinister,   sinistra,  sinistrum,  left; 

sinistra,  the  left  hand. 
sino  (3),  to  allow;  sine  sciam  (in 

XXV.),  allow  me  to  know,   let 

me  know,  tell  me. 
sinus  (4), /oZc?;  bosom;  hay. 
sis,  2nd  person  subj.,  pres.  of  sum; 

or  ( =  si  vis)  if  you  please. 
sitio,  to  he  thirsty. 
situs  (4),  neglect,  decay. 
sobrius,  adj.,  so&gr. 
soccus  (2),  a  shoe. 
sdcius  (2),  friend,  ally. 
Socrates    (Socratis),    Socrates     (a 

Greek  philosopher). 
sol  (s5lis),  the  sun. 
sdleo,  perf.  solitus  sum,  to  he  ac- 
customed, to  he  wont. 
solito,  from  solitum,  than  usual. 
solitudo  (solitudinis),  solitude,  or 

a  solitude,  a  desert  place. 
sollicitudo  (sollicitudinis),  concern, 

anxiety,  solicitude. 
solor  (1),  dep.,  to  console,  soothe, 

relieve. 
solus  (gen.  solius,  dat.  soli),  only, 

alone. 
solutus,  from  solvo. 
solve,  solvi,  solutus  (3),  to  loose, 

cut  loose,  put  off  (a  ship),  pay  a 

sum  of  mo7iey. 
somnium,  a  dream. 
somnus  (2),  sleep. 
sonitus  (4),  a  sound. 
sonorus,  adj.,  sonorous,  loud  sound- 
ing. 
sonus  (2),  a  sound. 
sordidus,  adj.,  degrading. 
sdror  (sororis),  sister. 
sospes    (sospitis),    adj.,    safe    and 

sound. 
spargo,    sparsi,     sparsus     (3),     to 

scatter,  cover. 
spatior  (1),  dep.,  to  walk  about. 


sp^tium,  time. 

species  (5),  a  kind. 

specimen  (specirainis),  specimen, 
example. 

spectator  (spectatoris),  spectator. 

spectatus,  adj.,  tried, tested,  proved. 

specto  (1),  to  look  on. 

specus  (4),  fem.,  a  cave. 

spero  (1),  to  hope,  hope  for,  expect. 

spes  (5),  h(ype. 

splritus  (4),  breath,  spirit. 

squaleo  (2),  to  befoul. 

stadium,  a  race-course. 

statim,  adv. ,  at  once. 

statuo,  statui,  statutus  (3),  to 
determine,  settle. 

stercus  (stercoris),  dung,  m,anure. 

sterno,  stravi,  stratus  (3),  to  spread. 

stirps  (stirpis),  root,  splinter  of 
wood. 

sto,  steti,  statum  (1),  to  stand; 
cum  Sertorio  stare  (to  stand  with 
S.),  to  take  Bertorius'  part  or 
side. 

stomach  or  (1),  dep.,  to  he  angry. 

stragulum,  coverlet. 

stratus,  from  sterno. 

studeo  (2),  to  study,  desire,  he 
anxious. 

studiose,  adv.,  regularly,  zealously. 

studium,  study,  pursuit;  studia, 
party-spirit,  partisanship. 

stultitia  {!),  folly. 

stultus,  ad]. ,  foolish. 

stupefacio,  stupefeci,  stupefactus, 
stupefacere,  to  asto7iish. 

stupor  (stuporis),  folly. 

suadeo,  suasi,  suasum,  to  persuade, 
with  dat. 

sub,  prep.,  with  abl.  (and  ace), 
under;  sub  a,dYentvi,  just  before 
the  approach;  in  XL.  sub 
pericula  missus,  sent  to  meet 
dangers;  sub  Tartara,  to  Tar- 
tarus. 

subdidit,  from  subdo. 

subdo,  subdidi,  subditus  (3),  to 
put  oneself  under. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  DICTIONARY 


395 


subdolus,  adj.,  cunning,  deceitful. 

subduco,  -duxi,  -ductus  (3),  to  re- 
move ;  subducito  te,  retire,  with- 
draw. 

subeo,  subii,  subitum,  subire,  to 
enter. 

subicio,  subieci,  subiectus,  subi- 
cere,  to  subject,  conquer ;  gloria 
subiectae  Galliae,  the  glory  of 
having  subjected  Gaul,  of  the  con- 
quest of  Gaul. 

subito,  adv.,  sicddenly. 

sublatus,  see  tollo. 

subornandus,  must  be  2^^ovided, 
instigated. 

subvSnio,  subveui,  subventum,  to 
come  to  somebody  s  assistance,  to 
help  ;  subvenio  tibi,  /  hclji  you. 

succedo,  successi  (3)  ;  si  non  suc- 
cesserit,  if  all  does  not  go  well, 
i.  e.  if  1  dont  succeed. 

succurro,  succurri  (3),  to  occur. 

succus  (2),  sap. 

sufficio,  suffeci,  sufTectum,  sufFi- 
cere,  to  be  sufficient,  enough. 

sutfragium,  vote. 

suggero,  suggessi,  suggestus  (3), 
to  bring  up,  carry  up. 

suggestum,  platform. 

Sulmonenses,  the  people  of  Sulmo 
(a  place  in  Italy). 

surama  (1),  sum,  total. 

summus,  adj.,  highest,  greatest;  in 
summa  quercu  (on  the  oak  where 
it  is  highest,  i.e. ),  at  the  top  of  the 
oak  ;  summo  loco  natus,  born  in 
a  high  position,  of  noble  birth. 

sumo,  sumpsi,  sumptus  (3),  to  take. 

sumptus  (4),  expense. 

stlper,  prep,  with  ace.  or  abl., 
above,  over. 

superbia  (1),  2)ride,  arrogance. 

superior  (-oris),  adj.,  higher, 
former. 

supero  (1),  to  exceed,  surpass. 

superstes  (superstitis),  adj.,  sur- 
viving, saved. 

superstitem,  from  superstes. 


superus,  adj.,  above. 

suppono,  supposui,  suppositus  (3), 

to  put  under. 
supra,    adv.,    above,   over,    on  the 

top ;    prep,    with    ace. ,     above, 

beyond. 
supremus,  adj.,  last. 
surdus,  adj.,  deaf. 
surgo,    surrexi,    surrectum    (3),   to 

rise,  get  up. 
surrexi,  from  surgo. 
suscipio,  susce})i,    susceptus,    sus- 

cipere,  to  undertake,  take  charge 

of,  undertake  the  charge  of. 
suscito  (1),  to  arouse,  excite, 
suspendo,  suspendi,  suspensus  (3), 

to  hang,  suspend. 
suspicio  (-onis),  suspicion. 
suspicor    (1),    verb    with    passive 

form    and    active    meaning,    to 

suspect. 
Bustulit,  see  tollo. 
sutor  (sutoris),  shoemaker,  cobbler. 
suus,  adj.,  his  own,  etc.  ;  sui,  his 

{her  or  their)  friends  and  rela- 
tions. 
Syracusanus,  adj.,  Syracusan. 

T.  as  the  initial  of  a  name  stands 

for  Titus. 
taberna    (1),    inn,    hotel,    tavern, 

shop. 
tabula  (1),  a  tablet. 
taceo,  to  be  silent. 
Taenarum,  a   promontory  in   La- 

conia  in  the  south  of  Greece, 
taeter,  taetra,  taetrum,  dirty,  foul. 
talentum,  a  talent. 
talis,  adj.,  such,  of  such  a  kind. 
tarn,  adv.,  so,  so  much ;  tam  .  .  . 

quam,  as  well .  .  .  as,  both  .  .  . 

a7id. 
tiimen,  however. 
tamquam  si,    as  if 
tandem,  at  last. 
tanti  (gen.  of  tantus),  for  such  a 

price ;    tanti  .  .  .   quanti,    for 

such  a  price  as,  for  as  much  as. 


396 


LATIN  COURSE 


tantum,  adv.,  so,  so  much,  only ; 
in  tantum,  equally,  proportion- 
ately;  tantum  est  militum, 
there  are  so  many  soldiers. 

tantus,  adj.,  such,  so  great,  so 
much ;  tanti,  for  as  much  (gen. 
of  price). 

tardo  (1),  to  make  slow,  retard. 

tardus,  adj.,  slow ;  tardius,  slower 
than  it  might,  rather  slowly. 

Tarentinus,  adj.,  inhabitant  of 
Tarentum ;  Tarentini  quidam 
iuvenes,  some  young  men  of 
Tarentum.. 

Tartarus  (2),  plur.  Tartara,  Tar- 
tarus, i.e.  the  infernal  regions, 
the  lower  world. 

taurus  (2),  a  hull. 

te,  ace.  of  tu. 

tecum,  te  and  cum. 

teges  (tegetis),  fem.,  a  mat. 

tego,  texi,  tectus  (3),  to  cover. 

tela  (1),  a  loom  ;  or  plur.  of  telum. 

tellus  (telluris),  fem.,  the  earth. 

telum,  a  dart,  Javelin  ;  tela,  arms, 
weapons. 

temere,  adv. ,  at  random,  anywhere. 

tempero  (1),  to  spare,  refrain. 

tempestas  (tempestatis),  weather. 

templum,  a  temple. 

tempus  (teraporis),  time  ;  tempore, 
at  the  proper  time  ;  tempora  (in 
XLVI. ),  the  temples  (of  the  fore- 
head). 

temulentus,  intoxicated,  drunk. 

teneo,  tenui,  tentus,  to  hold. 

tenere,  adv. ,  tenderly,  dearly. 

tenuis,  adj.,  thin. 

tergum,  a  hack,  the  rear  of  the 
army  ;  a  tergo,  in  the  rear. 

terminus  (2),  end. 

terra  (1),  earth,  land,  ground, 
floor. 

terreo,  terrui,  terri  tus,  to  frighten. 

terrestris,  adj.,  belonging  to  the 
land,  land. 

terrificus,  adj.,  terrible. 

tertius,  adj.,  third. 


testis  (testis),  a  vntness. 

texo,   texui,  textus  (3),  to  weave, 

plait,  build. 
textilis,  adj.,  woven. 
Themistocles  (-is),   Themistocles  (a 

great  Greek  statesman). 
Tibgris  (3),  the  Tiber. 
tibi,  from  tu. 
timeo  (2),  to  fear. 
timidus,  timid. 
timor  (timoris), /ear. 
tinctus,  from  tinguo. 
tinguo,  tinxi,  tinctus  (3),  to  dip, 

to  dye. 
tiro  (tir5nis),  a  beginner. 
tollo,  sustiili,  sublatus,  tollere,  to 

raise,  lift,  remove  out  of  the  way. 
tondeo,  totondi,  tonsus,  to  cut  the 

hair,  shave. 
tonsor{tons6ris),  hair -cutter, barber. 
tonstriciila    (1),    a     little   female 

barber. 
tonstrina  (1),  a  hair-cutter's  shop. 
torreo,  torrui,  tostus,  to  roast. 
torus  (2),  muscle. 
tot,  so  many, 
totonderit,  from  tondeo. 
t5tus  (gen.  totius),  adj.,  the  whole. 
trado,  tradidi,  traditus  (3),  to  give 

over,   hand  over,  deliver,  relate, 

recount;   in  XVI.    quae   trade- 

bantur,    the  things  which  were 

being  delivered  to  him,  the  lessons 

he    was    being   given;   traditur 

caecus  fuisse,  it  is  related  that 

he  was  blind. 
traduco,  traduxi,  traductus  (3),  to 

transport,  carry  across. 
traho,  traxi,  tractus  (3),  to  draw, 

bring,  drag. 
traicio,  traieci,  traiectus,  traicere, 

to  put  across,  ship  over,  cross. 
trans,  prep,  with  ace. ,  across. 
transeo,     transivi     and     transii, 

transitum,  to  go  across,  to  cross, 

to  peruse. 
transfero,  trans  and  fero,  to  transfer, 

transplant,  move,  shift. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  DICTIONARY 


397 


transfigo,  transfixi,  transfixus  (3), 

to  pierce,  transfix. 
transfixit,  from  transfigo. 
transituri,    when    about    to    cross, 

from  transeo. 
translatus,  see  transfero. 
transporto     (trans,     across,     and 

porto,    /    carry),  to  put  across, 

convey  across. 
traxit,  from  traho. 
tremo,  tremui  (3),  to  tremble. 
tres,  tria,  three. 
tribtlnus   (2),    tribune   (a   Roman 

official) ;   tribunus  militum,  an 

officer. 
triduum,  a  space  of  three  days. 
triennium,  a  space  of  three  years. 
triginta,  thirty. 
Trinacrius,  adj.,  belonging  to  Trin- 

acria  (another  name  of  Sicily). 
tristis,  adj.,  sad,  gloomy. 
trochilus  (2),  a  wren. 
Troia  (1),  Troy. 

triicido  ( 1 ),  murder,     tu,  tlwu,  you. 
tuli,  see  fero.  turn,  tlicn. 

tumultus  (4),  tumult,  confusion. 
tunc,  then.       tune,  i.e.  tu  and  -ne. 
tunica  (1),  a  tunic,  coat. 
turba  (1),  «  crowd. 
turbo  (1),  to  disturb,  put  to  flight. 
turpis,  adj.,  base,  disgraceful. 
turpiter,  adv.  of  turpis,  basely,  in 

disgrace. 
turris  (turris),  tower. 
tutus,  adj.,  safe. 
tuus,  thy,  your. 
tyrannus  (2),  tyrani. 
Tyrius,  adj.,  Tyrian  (belonging  to 

Tyre). 

Uber  (uberis),  adj. ,  fruitful. 

ubi,  ivhere  ?  when  ?  or  where,  when 

(not  interrogative), 
nbicunque,  wherever. 
uUus  (gen.  ulHus),  adj.,  any. 
ultimns,  adj.,  very  distant. 
ultra,  adv.,  further,  any  more. 
ultro,  adv. ,  of  one's  own  accord. 


una,  adv.,  together. 

unda  (1),  wave. 

unde,  adv. ,  from  where,  whence. 

undecim,  eleven. 

undique,  adv.,  on  all  sides. 

unguentum,  scent,  perfume. 

unguis  (unguis),  niasc,  a  nail, 
claw. 

universus,  adj.,  universa,  every- 
thing without  exception,  the 
whole;  universi,  all  (without 
exception). 

unquam,  ever. 

unus,  adj.  (gen.  unhis),  one,  alone; 
unus  atque  alter,  one  andanother, 
one  or  two,  two  or  three. 

urb9,nus,  adj.,  having  to  do  with 
the  city;  res  urbanae,  city 
affairs,  the  doings  of  tJie  city. 

urbs  (urbis),  a  city. 

urgeo,  ursi,  to  press  on  (something). 

us(iue,  usque  ad,  up  to,  down  to. 

usus  (4),  the  use. 

ut,  conj.  (1),  that,  in  order  to; 
(2),  t/tat,  so  that ;  (3),  as ;  ut 
potero,  as  I  shall  be  able,  as  well 
as  I  can. 

uter,  utra,  utrum,  which  of  two 
people?  utrum,  introducing  a 
double  direct  question,  is  not 
translated  in  English,  but  when 
it  introduces  an  indirect  double 
question  it  is  translated  whetlier. 
Utrum  hoc  varum  an  falsum 
est  \  is  this  true  or  false  ?  rogat 
me  utrum  hoc  verum  an  falsum 
sit,  he  asks  me  whether,  etc. 

uterque,  utraque,  utrumque,  each 
(of  two). 

uti,  intin.  of  ntor. 

utiliB,  e,  adj.  (comp.  utilior,  sup. 
utilissimus),  useful. 

utique,  at  any  rate. 

utor,  usus  sura  (3),  to  use,  to 
handle ;  the  verb  is  active  in 
meaning  though  passive  in  form. 
It  takes  the  ablative. 

utroque,  adv. ,  m  either  direction. 


398 


LATIN  COURSE 


utrum,  whether ;  see  liter. 
uxor  (uxoris),  wife. 

Vacuus,  2idil. ,  free  from. 
vagina  (1),  sheath. 
vagus,  adj.,  wandering. 
vale,  imperat.  of  valeo,  farewell ! 
valens,  strong,  powerful. 
valeo,  valui,  valitum,  /  am  well. 
valetudo  (valetudinis),  health. 
validus,  adj.,  strong. 
vaiius,  adj.,  different. 
vastitudo  (-dinis),  enormous  size. 
vasto  (1),  to  lay  waste,  to  waste. 
vastus,  adj.,  huge,  immense. 
vecordia  (1),  madness. 
vectlgal  (vectigalis),  a  tax. 
vectus,  from  veho. 
vehementer,  adv.,  hard,  eagerly. 
veho,   vexi,   vectus  (3),  to  carry; 

vehor,  /  am  carried,  I  ride. 
velim  and  vellem,.  from  volo. 
velle,  infin.  of  volo. 
velox,    adj.   (velocis,    comp.   velo- 

cior),     quick;     velocius,     adv., 

more  quickly. 
velum,  a  sail. 
velut,    conj.,   as  if,    like;    velut 

hostias,  as  if  they  were  victims, 

as  they  do  victims. 
venalis,  adj.,  for  sale;  libri  ven- 

ales,  books  for  sale. 
venatus  (4),  hunting. 
vendo,  vendidi,  venditus  (3),  to  sell. 
venenum,  poison,  a  poisonous  drug. 
venerandus,    adj.,    honoured,    re- 
vered. 
venerim,  from  venio. 
venia  (1),  leave,  permission,  pardon. 
v6nio,  veni,  ventum,  to  come. 
venor  (1),  dep.,  to  hunt. 
venter  (ventris),  stomach,  belly. 
ventum  est,  perf.  pass,  of  venio, 

used  impersonally,  people  came. 
ventus  (2),  wind. 
venundo  (-dedi,  -datum),  to  sell. 
ver    (veris),    neut.,    spring    (the 

0. 


verber  (verberis),  neut.,  a  blow. 

verbum,  a  word. 

vSreor,    veritus,    dep.,    to   fear; 

vereor  ut  (with  subj.),  to  fear 

that  .   .  .  not. 
Veritas  (veritatis),  truth. 
veritus,  from  vereor. 
vero,     adv.,     but,     however;    in 

transl.  VII.  tu  vero,  what  about 


verso  (1),  to  turn  about. 

versus,  prep,  with  ace,  towards  ; 
or  partic.  of  verto  ;  or  versus  (4), 
a  verse. 

vertex  (verticis),  the  top  ;  a  vertice, 
fro7n  on  high. 

verto,  verti,  versus  (3),  turn, 
change  ;  se  vertere,  to  turn  them- 
selves, i.  e.  to  turn  their  backs  and 
flee. 

verum,  the  truth  ;  or  adv. ,  but. 

verus,  adj. ,  true  ;  veri  similis,  like 
truth,  probable. 

vescor  (3),  dep.,  to  feed,  eat; 
governs  the  abl. 

vespgre,  or  vesperi,  in  the  even- 
ing. 

vester,  vestra,  vestrum,  your 
(plural). 

vestigium,  a  trace  ;  the  sole  of  the 
foot. 

vestio,  to  clothe. 

vestis  (vestis),  clothing,  clothes. 

vestitus  (4),  robes. 

vestri,  from  tu  or  vester. 

v6tus  (veteris),  adj.,  old,  ancient. 

vi,  from  vis,  omni  vi,  luith  every 
kind  of  effort,  with  all  one's 
might. 

via,  way,  road,  street. 

viator  (viatoris),  traveller. 

vibro  (1),  to  shake,  brandish. 

vici,  from  vinco. 

vicinus  (2),  a  neighbour. 

victor  (victoris),  a  conqueror. 

victoria,  victory. 

victum  and  victurus,  from  vinco 
or  from  vivo. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  DICTIONARY 


399 


victus  (4),   life,   living,   food;   or 

partic.  of  vinco. 
videlicet,  adv.,  you  see,  of  course, 

namely. 
video,  vidi,  visus,  to  see  ;  vide  ut, 

see  that  you,  mind  you ;  videor, 

to  seem,  appear ;  to  seem  good,  to 

he  determined. 
vigil  (vigilis),  adj. ,  awake  ;  subst. , 

a  guard. 
vigiliae,  guards,  a  watch. 
vigilo  (1),  to  he  wide  awake,  ivatch- 

ful. 
viginti,  indeclinable,  twenty. 
vigor  (vigoris),  vigour. 
vilitas  (vilitatis),  cheapness. 
villa  (1),  a  coimtry  house. 
vincio,  vinxi,  vinctus,  to  hind. 
vinco,  vici,  victus,  to  conquer. 
vinctus,  from  vincio. 
vinciilum,  a  chain. 
vinum,  wine. 
vinxit,  from  vincio. 
vir  (viri),  a  tnan,  a  great  man. 
vires,  plur.  of  vis,  strength,  powers. 
virgo  (virginis),  a  girl. 
virttls     (virtutis),     fem.,     virtue, 

bravery,  merits. 
vis   (ace.    vim,   abl.   vi,   pi.  vires, 

virium),  violence,  force,  strength, 

forcible  intervention;  or  2nd  pers. 

sing.  ind.  pres.  of  volo. 
viscera    (viscerum),    neut.    plur., 

flesh. 
visne,  vis  and  -ne. 
viso,    visi,  visus  (3),  to  visit ;   or 


viso  may  be  abl.  of  visus,  the 
partic.  of  video. 

visum,  from  video  ;  or  visum  (2), 
a  sight,  apparition. 

visHrus,  from  video. 

vita  (1),  life. 

vitis  (vitis),  a  vine. 

vitium,  a  fault,  vice. 

vlto  (1),  to  avoid,  sham. 

vitretis,  adj.,  made  of  glass  ;  vitrea, 
things  made  of  glass,  glass. 

vivax  (vivacis),  adj., vigorous,  quick. 

vivo,  vixi,  victum  (3),  to  live. 

vivus,  adj. ,  living,  alive, duri^ig life. 

vix,  scarcely. 

vixi,  from  vivo. 

vocatis,  from  voco. 

v6co  (1),  to  call,  summon. 

volet,  fut.  of  volo. 

volo,  volui,  velle,  to  wish,  rcant, 
he  willing ;  see  p.  340  ;  quid  sibi 
vult  ?  what  docs  it  mean  ? 

voltlcris  (volucris),  a  bird. 

volumcn  (voluminis),  a  roll. 

voluntas  (voluntatis),  will,  good- 
ie ill. 

voluptas  (voluptatis),  pleasure. 

vos,  plur.  of  tu. 

vox  (vocis),  voice,  remark,  saying  ; 
magna  voce,  in  a  loud  voice, 
loudly. 

vuln§ro  (1),  to  wound. 

vulnua  (vulneris),  a  wound. 

vulpes  (vulpis),/ox. 

vult,  from  volo. 

vultus  (4),  look,  expression. 


ENGLISH-LATIN   DICTIONAEY. 


Words  printed  in  Italics  in  the  exercises  are  not  to  be  translated  into 
Latin. 

Ohs. — A  figure  after  a  word  denotes  the  declension  or  conjugation  to 
xvhich  the  word  belongs.  ni.,  f. ,  n.  stand  respectively  for 
tnasculinc,  feminine,  neuter,  i.e.  stands  for  id  est,  that  is. 
e.g.  stands  for  exempli  gratia,  for  instaiice. 


A  great  many  friends,  midti  amwi. 
a  little  ({).  8),  jxmlo. 
abandoned  {i.e.  wicked),  j^erdltus. 
ability,  ingtnium. 
able :  to  be  able,  posse,  p.  335. 
about,  when  it  means  "  concern- 
ing," de,  with  abl. 
about  to,  sign  of  the  future  ;  about 

to  die,  moriturus. 
above,  supra  (adv.) 
absence :  in  my  absence,  me  ahsentc 

{i.e.  I  being  absent). 
absorb :  to  be  absorbed,  inhaerere 

{inhaesi,  inhaesum),  see  Trans.  I. 
accompany,   c^mltari,    deponent ; 

accompanied   by   Caesar,    comi- 

tatus  Caesar e. 
accuse,  accuso  (1). 
acquit,  absolvere,  ahsolvi,  absSlutus 

(3). 
admire,  admirari,  deponent. 
adopt :   to  adopt  a  resolution  or 

plan,  consilium  inire  {in-eo  ;  for 

eo  see  p.  344). 
advance,    progredior,    deponent  ; 

progressus,  progredi,  p.  60. 
advise,  give  advice,  monere  (2) ;  I 

2 


give  you  this  one  piece  of  advice, 
hoc  ununi  tc  Dioneo ;  I  advise 
you  to  come,  monco  tc  ut  venias; 
I  advise  you  not  to  come,  monco 
te  nc  venias. 

affair,  res  (5). 

aflton,  dlco  (3). 

afraid,  to  be,  tlmere  (2). 

after  (prep. ),  post,  with  ace.  After 
saying  this,  hoc  dicto. 

again,  rursus. 

against  my  will,  me  invito  {i.e.  I 
being  unwilling)  ;  against,  con- 
tra, prep,  with  accus. 

agree,  idem  sentire. 

aid,  auxtlium  ;  he  came  to  the  aid 
of  Labienus,  auxilio  venit  Labi- 
eno  (dat.) 

alarm,  to,  perterrere  (2) ;  alarmed, 
perterrltus.  alas  !  hen  I 

Alexander,  A  lexander  {A  lexandri). 

alive,  vlvus,  -a,  -icm. 

all,  omnis,  omne ;  by  all  means  ! 
fiat!  {i.e.  let  it  be  so  !)  ;  all  of 
us  returned,  omnes  rediimus  (we 
all  returned). 

alliance,  sHcietas  {-tdtis). 


402 


LATIN  COURSE 


allies,  sSeii  (plural). 

allow,  pdtior,  deponent ;  passus, 
pati,  p.  60.  I  am  allowed,  licet 
mihi  {i.e.  it  is  allowed  me). 

alone,  solus  {solius). 

already,  iam. 

also,  etiam. 

always,  semper. 

ambassador,  legatus  (2). 

amuse,  delecto  (1). 

ancestors,  mdiores  (gen.  maiorurti). 

anchor,  ancSra  (1). 

ancient,  antiquum. 

and,  et. 

angry,  I  am ;  or,  I  get  angry, 
■Irascor,  irdtus,  deponent  (3). 

another,  alter,  altera,  alterum ; 
alius. 

answer :  to  answer,  make  or  give 
answer,  respoiidere,  respondi,  re- 
sponsum  (2) ;  I  answer  you,  tihi 
respondeo ;  have  you  given  any 
answer  ?  num  quid  respondisti  ? 

anxious :  I  am  anxious  that,  hoc 
mihi  curae  est  ut . .  .1  am  anxious 
to  see,  mihi  curae  est  ut  videam. 

any,  any  one,  anything,  (i. )  After 
ne,  num,  si,  nisi,  cum,  use  quis, 
qua,  quid,  for  any  one  or  any- 
thing. Num  quis  aderat  ?  Was 
any  one  present  ?  But  use  qui, 
quae,  quod  (instead  of  quis,  qua, 
quid),  for  any  if  there  is  a  sub- 
stantive agreeing  with  it.  Num 
qui  nauta  aderat  ?  Was  there 
any  sailor  present  ?  (ii. )  Other- 
wise {i.e.  when  there  is  no  oie, 
num,  si,  nisi,  or  cmn)  for  any 
one,  use  quisquam ;  anything, 
quidquam  (or  quicquam)  ;  any, 
ullus  (gen.  ullius,  dat.  ulli).^ 
1  Note  especially  the  use  of  the  neuter 

quid  and   quidquam  with  the  partitive 

genitive :  If  there  is  any  news,  si  quid 

novi  est ;  he  denied  that  there  was  any 

danger,   negavit  quidquam  esse   -periculi 

(anything  of  danger). 

Observe  that  quisquam  and  ullus  occur 

only  in  negative  sentences,  or  questions 

implying  a  negative  answer. 


any  longer,  diwtius. 

appoint,  constUuo,  -ui,  -utus  (3). 
I  appoint  a  day  for  the  confer- 
ence, constituo  diem  colloquio. 
I  appoint  Labienus  to  the  com- 
mand of  the  legion,  Lahienum 
legioni  praeficio  {praefeci,  pra^- 
fectus)  (3)  ;  I  appoint  Gains  as 
governor  of  the  city,  Gaium 
urhi  praeficio. 

approach  :  the  approach,  adventus 
(4)  ;  to  approach,  adlre  {ad-eo ; 
for  eo  see  p.  344).  I  approach  the 
king,  ad  regem  adeo. 

Ariovistus,  Ariovistus  (2). 

arms,  arma  {armorum),  neut.  pi. 

army,  exercUus  (4). 

arrival,  adventus  (4) ;  on  Caesar's 
arrival,  advcntu  Caesaris. 

arrive  at,  pervenire  ad  with  accus. 

art,  ars  {artis),  f. 

as,  lit;  as  soon  as,  simul  atque ; 
as  usual,  ui  fit ;  for  as  much  as, 
tanti  quanti  (genitives  of  price). 
As  far  as  I  can,  quantum  pos- 
sum.'^ 

Asia,  J^sia  (1). 

ask  (a  question),  rSgare  (1) ;  ask  or 
ask  for,  peto,  petzvi,  and  petii 
(3).  I  ask  for  help,  auxilium 
peto  ;  I  asked  (or  put)  him  many 
questions,  multa  cum  rogavi ;  I 
asked  Caius  his  opinion,  Gaium 
sententiam  rogavi ;  I  asked  him 
to  come,  rogavi  eum  ut  veniret. 

asleep,  to  be,  dormire  (4). 

assist,  subvemre  {-veni,  -ventum) 
(4),  with  dative. 

assistance,  auxilium;  I  come  to 
the  assistance  of  a  friend,  amico 
(dat. )  auxilio  venio. 

at :  at  home,  dSmi  ;  at  last,  tandem  ; 
at  once,  statim ;  at  us,  p.  65,  in 

1  "As"  may  often  be  left  out,  a  parti- 
ciple being  used  in  the  Latin ;  we  saw 
him  as  he  ran,  currentem  vidimus;  as 
your  king  is  captured  the  war  is  finished, 
rege  capto  confectum  est  helium. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  DICTIONARY 


403 


no»;  at  a  higher  (lower)  price, 

see  price. 
Athens,  Athenae  (1),  plural  only, 
attack,  addrior,  deponent ;  adortus, 

adoriri. 
audacious,  audax  {auddcis). 
audacity,  auddcia. 
aware :    to  be  or  become   aware, 

sentio,  sensi,  sensus  (4). 
away :  to  be  away,  ahcsse  (absum) ; 

he  is  away  from  the  city,  abest 

ab  urbe. 

Back :    to    give    back,     rcddcre, 

reddldi,  reddUus. 
backs,  terga,  neut.  pi.  (2). 
bad,   mdlus,  comp.  peior,  superl. 

pessimus. 
baggage,  imiJtdlmenta,  neut.  plur. 

(2). 
banish,  cxpellere,  expfdi,  expulsus 

(3). 
barbarians,  barbdri  (2). 
barber,  see  Trans.  XL 
bare  :  bare-headed,  apcrto  capitc. 
base,    tiirpis    {turpis)  ;    the    base 

Catiline,    Catilina,  homo  turpis 

(or  turpissimus). 
battle,  pugna  (1). 
bear :  to  bear,  fcrrc,  p.  338. 
beautiful,  pulehcr,  -chra,  -chrum. 
because,  quod;  but  the  participle 

is  often  enough,  p.  43,  note. 
become,  fieri,  p.  343,     What  will 

become  of  that  boy  ?   Quid  illo 

puero  fiet  ? 
beech-tree, /«(7?<s,  f.  [antea. 

before,  ante,  prep,  withaceus. ;  adv., 
heg,pet^re,petivi,petUus;  he  begs  me 

for  the  book,  librum  a  me  petit. 
begin:    I   have   begun,    I   began, 

coepi,  p.  69. 
beginning,  tnitium. 
Belgae,  Belgae  (plural). 
believe,    credo,    credldi,    crcdltum 

(3)  ;    I  believe  you,  credo  tibi ; 

but,   I  believe  that  you  did  it, 

credo  tefecisse. 


belongings  :  all  your  belongings, 

tua  omnia. 
besiege,    obsldco,    obsedi,    obsessus 

(2). 
best,  optlmus. 
better,  mUior,  melius. 
bid,  iuheo,  iussi,  iussus  (2). 
big,  magnus ;  so  big,  tantus. 
bind,  vincio,  vinxi,  vinctus  (4). 
bird,  avis  (avis),  f. 
blame,  cuIjjo  (1). 
blind,  caccus. 

block,  obsldeo,  obsedi,  obsessus  (2). 
board,  to  put  on  board  a  ship,  in 

navem  imponere. 
bone,  OS  (ossis),  n. 
book,  liber,  Itbri. 
bom,  to  be,  nascm-,  luisci,  natus. 
both,  et .  .  .  and,  et. 
boy,  pucr  {pueri). 
brave,  fortis. 
bravely,  fortUer ;   more  bravely, 

fortius. 
bravery,  virtus  {virtutis),  f. 
bridge,  pons  {pontis),  m. 
bring, /ero,  p.  338.     I  bring  (  =  1 

lead),  duco ;  I  bring  down,  de- 

duco,   deduxi,    deductus   (3)  ;    I 

bring    a    charge     against,    see 

charge. 
Britons,  Britanni  (2). 
broad,  lutus. 
brother,  f rater  {fratris). 
build,  aedlfico  (1)  ;  a  man  of  large 

build,  homo  inagni  corporis  (of 

large  body). 
burden,  Gnus  {on^ris). 
bum,  incendo,  incendi,  incensus  (3). 
business,  negotium. 
but,  sed. 
but  that,  quin. 
buy,  ^mo,  emi,  empties  (3). 
by,  by  a  person,  a  and  ab  with  the 

ablative  ;  by  a  thing,  the  ablative 

without  a  or  ab. 

Caesar,  Caesar  (Caesaris). 
Caius,  Gaius. 


404 


LATIN  COURSE 


call,  vSco  (1). 

call  out,  see  Trans.  XVIII. 

call  together,  convScare. 

camp,  castra  (2) ;  plur.  (because 
literally  "tents"). 

can,  I  can,  possum,  p.  335  ;  I  can- 
not, 7ion  possum. 

capital  charge  ;  to  bring  a  capital 
charge  against  Caius,  capitis 
Gaium  accusare. 

captive,  captlvus  (2). 

capture,  to,  cdpere.    See  p.  336. 

capture  of  the  city,  "the  cap- 
tured city,"  see  p.  154. 

Capua,  Ca^wa  (1).     care,  cwra(l). 

carry,  fero,  p.  338  ;  I  carry  on 
war,  helium  gero. 

Carthage,  Carthago  {Carthaglnis), 
f. 

Carthaginians,  Carthaginienses 
{-ium). 

Catiline,  Cdtilma. 

cattle,  pecus  {pecSris). 

cause,  res  (5).  In  Ex.  92,  "the 
cause  of  Pompeius, "  see  Ex.  91, 
6.  Cause,  meaning  reason, 
causa. 

cavalry,  equUdtus  (4). 

certain,  a  certain  one,  quidam, 
quaedam,  quoddam. 

chance,  occdsio  {-onis) ;  by  chance, 
cdsu.. 

character,  honourable  character, 
hSnesias  (-tdtis),  f.  ;  kind  char- 
acter, humdnitas  {-tdtis),  f.  A 
man  of  the  kindest  character, 
vir  summa  hu7nanitate,  or  sum- 
mae  humanitatis. 

charge,  impetus  (4) ;  to  charge, 
impetum  facere;  to  bring  a 
charge  against  Caius,  Gaium 
accusare. 

cheap,  it  is,  parvi  est  (gen.  of 
price). 

choose,  lego,  legi,  lectus  (3),  or 
deligo,  delegi,  delectus ;  I  choose 
rather  (I  prefer),  7)idlo,  p.  342. 

Cicero,  &icero  {Ciceronis). 


citizen,  clvis  (civis).  • 

city,  urbs  (urbis). 

class,  g^nus  (generis),  n. 

clever,  sdpiens ;  very  clever,  sapi- 
entissimus. 

cloud,  nuhes  {nubis),  f. 

cold,  frlgus  (frigSris),  n. 

collect,  colligo,  collegi,  collectus  (3). 

come,  venio,  veni,  '  ventum.  It 
comes  about,  ^^  (from.  Jio) ;  that 
is  how  it  comes  about,  Ua  fit ;  I 
corae  back,  redeo,  -ire,  -ii. 

command  :  he  is  in  command  of 
the  city,  prae-est  urbi ;  lie  will 
command  the  cavalry,  equitatui 
prae-erit ;  he  appoints  Caius  to 
the  command  of  the  army, 
Gaium  exercitui  praeficit  {prae- 
ficio,  -feci,  -fectus),  (3). 

companion,  see  comrade.. 

complain,  queror  (deponent), 
questus  (3). 

compose,  condo,  condidi,  condUus 
(3). 

comrade,  cSmes  (comUis). 

concerning,  de,  with  abl. 

condemn,  cowdemnare  (1)  ;  con- 
demn to  death,  condemno  cdpUis; 
condemn  for  theft,  condemno 
furti. 

conference,  colUquium. 

congratulations  :  I  offer  congratu- 
lations, grdtUlor,  deponent  (1); 
I  congratulate  you,  gratulor  tibi. 

conquer,  vinco,  vici,  victus  (3). 

conqueror,  victor  (victoris). 

consider,  puto  (1)  ;  I  am  con- 
sidered, hdbeor. 

considerable  :  a  considerable  sum 
of  money,  aliquantum  pecuniae  ; 
a  considerable  amount  of  gold, 
aliquantum  auri. 

consul,  consul  (consulis). 

consulship,  consUldtus  (4). 

conversation,  sermo  (sermonis)  ;  I 
get  into  conversation  with  a 
man,  cum  homine  sermoTiem  con- 
fero. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  DICTIONARY 


405 


Corinth,  CSrinthus,  f. 

com.,  frumentum  (2). 

com  :  I  get  corn,  frumento  (1). 

cost,  sumptus  (4). 

council,  consilium. 

country,  as  distinguished  from 
the  town,  rus  (ruris)  ;  to  the 
country,  rus;  in  the  country, 
rure.  One's  (native)  country, 
pdtria  (1). 

courage,  virtus  {virtutis),  f. ;  a  man 
of  no  courage,  nulla  virtute  homo. 

Crassus,  Crassus  (2). 

CTO-pa,  frUges  (pi.),  f. 

cross,  I  cross,  transco,  p.  344. 

crowd,  turha  (1), 

cruelty,  crudelUas  {crudelitdtis),  f. 

cry,  a,  clamor  {clamoris),  m. 

cry  out,  cldmdre. 

custom, .  mds  {inoris)  ;  in  accord- 
ance with  the  custom,  more 
(ahl.)  It  is  the  custom  of  the 
citizens  to  eat  in  the  evening, 
TTWS  est  civium  ut  vesperi  edant. 

Damage,  to,  nScerc,  dat. 

danger,  p^rlculum. 

dare,  audco ;  the  perfect,  ausus 
sum,  is  deponent. 

darkness,  tenebrae,  pi. 

dart,  tehcm. 

daughter,  /ilia. 

day,  dies  (5),  (in  sing.  masc.  and 
fem.,  in  plur.  masc.  only).  Every- 
day, cotldie ;  day  by  day,  in 
dies ;  to-day,  Mdie ;  at  day- 
break, prima  luce  (at  the  first 
light). 

dead,  mortuus. 

dear  (beloved) :  How  dear  my 
country  is  to  me  !  Quanto  amori 
patria  est  mihi !  {amori,  dat.  of 
amor,  an  object  of  affection). 

dear  (expensive)  :  corn  is  dear, 
frumentum  est  magni  (at  a  high 
price) ;  very  dear,  plurlmi. 

death,  mors  (mortis),  f. ;  death, 
condemn  to,  condemnare  capitis. 


debt,  aes  alienum  {aeris  alieni). 
deceive,  fallo,  fefclli,  falsus  (3)  ; 

or  declpio,  decepi,  deceptus,   de- 

cipere. 
defeat,  dudes  (cladis),  f. 
defeat,  to,  vinco,  v'lci,  victus  (3). 
defend,  defendo,  defendi,  defcnsus 

(3). 
delay  :  I  delay,  mttror,  deponent ; 

moratus  (1). 
deliver  (a  speech),  hdbeo. 
demand,  postidare. 
deny,  n^go  (1). 
depart,  dhco,  p.  344. 
desire,  cupio,  cupere,  cupii  (p.  60). 
desirous,  cupldus. 
despair,  to,  despero  (1). 
despise,  contemno,  contempsi,  con- 

temptus  (3). 
determine,     constUuo,     constituiy 

constitutus  (3). 
devoted,  dedltus. 
dictator,  dictator  (3). 
did,  sign  of  perfect  tense. 
die,  morior,  morttius,  mori,  p.  60. 
diflFerence,  it  makes  a  great,  mul- 

turn  interest. 
different,  alius. 
difficult,  difflcUis,  difficile  (comp. 

diffi^ilior,  sup.  difficillimus). 
diligence,  dlllgcntia  (1). 
direction,    in   all   directions,  un- 

dlque  (adv.) 
discover,  reperio,  rep^ri,  rcpertus. 
disgrace,    dedScus  {dedec6ris),  n.  ; 

this   is  a  disgrace  to  you,   hoc 

tibi  est  dcdecori. 
disgraceful,  turpis,  turpe. 
dismiss,  dimitto,  dimlsi,  dimissus 

(3). 
distant,  to  be  distant  or  at  a  dis- 
tance, abesse;  at  a  great  distance, 

prdciil  abesse. 
distressed :    I   am    distressed    at 

this,  hanc  rem  grdviter  f^ro. 
do,   ago,    egi,   actus  (3),   or  fdcio, 
feci,  factus  (3) ;  do  not  do  this, 

noli  hocfacere  {i.e.  be  unwilling 


406 


LATIN  COURSE 


to  do  this),  or  ne  hoc  feceris ; 

what  is  to  be  done  with  you  ? 

quid  te  fiat  ?  to  do  nothing  but 

,.  .  .  see  Trans.  XI 11. 
doctor,  medicus  (2). 
dog,  cdnis  {canis),  m. 
doings,  res  (5)  ;  the  doings  of  the 

town,  res  urhdnae. 
doubt,    to,     duhitare ;     doubtful, 

duhius ;  I  don't  doubt,  or,  it  is 

not  doubtful,  that  he  did  it,  non 

dubito,  or  non  dubium  est,  quin 

fecerit.     There  is  no  doubts  it 

is  not  doubtful. 
draw  up  an  army,  instruere  aciem; 

acies  (5),  f.  ;  instruere,  instruxi, 

instrudus  (3). 
dream,  somnium. 
drink,  Mhere,  bibi  (3). 
drive  back,  repello,  repUli,  repulsus, 

(3). 
drive  out,  expello,  expuli,  expulsus 

(3). 
duty,  officium. 

Eager,  dvtdus;  eager  for  praise, 
avidus  laudis. 

easily,  facile.  easy,  fdcUis. 

eat^  edere^^  edi,  esum. 

eight,  octo. 

eighth,  octdvus. 

elder,  mdior  (ndtu). 

elect,  eligere,  elegi,  electus ;  or 
cre^re. 

elevemh^undectmus. 

embark,  i.e.  to  put  on  board  ship, 
in  ndvem  imponere. 

encourage,  hortor  (1),  deponent. 

end,  finis  (finis),  m. 

endeavour,  conor  (1),  deponent. 

endure,  fero,  p.  338  ;  or  potior, 
pdti,  passus,  deponent. 

enemy,  hostis  (hostis),  generally 
used  in  the  plural;  hostis  means 
a  public  enemy,  an  enemy  to 
the  state.  A  private  enemy, 
i.e.  a  person  one  dislikes,  tn- 
Imlcits  (the  opposite  of  amicus). 


He  is  an  enemy  of  yours,  in- 
imicus  est  tibi. 

enough,  satis. 

enter,  %n-eo  (4).     See  p.  344,  eo. 

entrust,  committo,  commisi,  com- 
missus  (3). 

escape,  fugio,  fugi,  fugere  (3),  p. 
60. 

even,  etiam :  not  even,  ne  .  .  . 
quidem.  The  important  and 
emphatic  word  is  put  between 
ne  and  quidem.  "  I  cannot 
even  believe  you "  is,  Ne  tibi 
credere  possum. 

evening :  in  the  evening,  vespere 
and  vcsperi. 

ever,  unquam ;  ever  before,  un- 
quam  antea. 

every :  on  every  side,  undique ; 
everybody,  every  one,  omnes 
{i.e.  all  men);  everything,  omnia 
(all  things) ;  every  day,  cUldie. 

evil :  an  evil,  malum. 

excel,  praestare,  praestiti,  prae- 
stitum ;  he  excels  the  soldiers 
in  courage,  militibus  virtute 
praestat. 

excellent,  optimus. 

exercise  :  to  exercise,  exercere  ;  to 

take  exercise,  corpus  exercere. 
xhort,  hortor  (1),  deponent. 

expect,  exspecto  (1). 

eye,  Sculus  (2). 

Fact,  res  (5). 

faithful,  fidelis. 

fall,  cddo,  cecldi,  cdsum  (3). 

famous,  cldrus. 

far,  adv.,   longe;   far   from,  prd- 

cul  a. 
fashion,  mos  {moris),  m. ;  in  my 

(usual)  fashion,  more  meo. 
father,  pater  (patris). 
favour :    to  favour,  fdvere,  fdvi, 

fautum,  with  dative. 
fear  (noun),  ttmor  (timoris),  m. 
fear,  to,  tlmere  (2)  ;  or  vereri  (2), 

deponent. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  DICTIONARY 


407 


feel,  sentio,  scnsi,  scnsum  (4). 

fellow,  h(j7no  {Mminis). 

fellow-citizen,  civis  (civis). 

few,  pauci. 

field,  dger  {agri). 

fifth,  quintus. 

fifty,  quinquaginta. 

fight,  piignare  (1). 

find,  reperio,  rep^ri,  repertus  (4). 

finish,  conficio,  confeci,  confcdus 
(3),  p.  60. 

fire,  a  fire,  ignis  {ignis),  m.  ;  I 
set  fire  to,  incendo,  incendi,  in- 
ccnsus  (3). 

first,  primus ;  first  (the  adverb), 
prlvium. 

fish,  piscis  (piscis),  m. 

fit,  Idontiis. 

five,  quinque ;  five  hundred,  quin- 
genli,  -ae,  -a. 

fix,  pono,  p5sui,  pdsUus  (3). 

fiee,  /Ugio,  fugi,  fugSre  (3),  p.  60. 

fleet,  class  is,  f.         flight,  /iif7a  ( 1 ). 

flow,  fl^w,  Jiui  (3). 

flower, /os  {Jloris),m.    fly,  see  flee. 

follow,  sgquor,  deponent,  secutiLs{3). 

following,  proxlmus. 

folly,  stultUia. 

food,  ctiws  (ciit),  m. 

foolish,  slullus. 

foot  of  mountain,  ?7io7is  Imus. 

for :  for  a  long  time,  diu  ;  for  as 
much  as,  tanti,  quanii ;  to  start 
for,  prqficiscor  (ad),  and  accus,  ; 
even,  ctiam ;  not  even,  lie  .  .  . 
quidem,  etc.  ;  inquiry,  to  make 
the  same  inquiry  (as).  Idem 
quaerh'c{quod).      forces,  copiac. 

forget,  obllviscor,  deponent ;  ohlUus 
(3).  I  don't  forget  you,  noii  tut 
ohliviscor;  I  don't  forget  the  occur- 
rence, rei  (or  rem)  non  ohliviscor. 

forgetful,  immemor  (immemSris). 

form :  I  form  a  plan,  consilium  ineo, 
p.  344. 

fortify,  munire  (4). 

found:  I  found,  establish,  condo, 
condldi,  condltus  (3). 


fourth,  quartus. 

free,  liber,  libera,  liberum. 

free,  to  set  free,  llberdre. 

frequent,  creber,  crcbra,  crehrum, 

fresh,  Uijvus. 

friend,  amicus  (2). 

friendly,  it  is ;  say,  it  is  the  way 

of  a  friend.     See  Section  47. 
friendship,  dmlcUia. 
from,   a  and   ab ;    ab   necessarily 

before  vowels.     From  the  spot, 

lUco.     He  did  it  from  kindness, 

be  nevolentid  fecit. 
front,  in  front  of,  ^>ro,  with  abl. 
full,  2^lcnm  ;   full  of  gold,  ])lcmcs 

auri. 

Gallic,  Galllcus. 

garden,  horius  (2). 

gate,  porta  (1 ). 

gather,  carpo,  cnrpsi,  carptus  (3). 

Gaul,  the  country,  Gallia;  a  Gaul, 
G  alius. 

general,  imph'Cdor  (imperatdris). 

generally,  fere. 

Geneva,  Gendva  (1). 

German,  Gcrmdnus  (2). 

get :  I  get  back,  rccipio  (3) ;  to  get 
up,  see  Trans.  XVII.  ;  to  get 
into,  see  Trans.  XVIII. 

girl,  puclla. 

give,  do,  dMi,  ddtus,  dare ;  give 
back  (return),  rcddo,  rcddldi, 
rcdditus  (3) ;  give  over,  give  up, 
dedo,  dcdldi,  dedltns  (3)  ;  give 
myself  up,  me  dedo ;  I  give 
orders,  see  order  ;  give  up  an 
idea,  lay  aside  a  plan,  consilium 
depdnh-c  ;  to  give  battle,  prae- 
lium  committerc{-mlsi,  -missum). 

glory,  gloria  (1). 

go,  eo,  ivi  or  ii,  itum,  ire,  p.  344 ; 
go  away,  abeo  ;  go  back  (return), 
redeo. 

god,  deus  (2),  m. 

gold,  aurum. 

good,  lt)nus  (comp.  melior,  superl. 
optlmus). 


408 


LATIN  COURSE 


governor :  to  appoint  some  one  as 

governor   of  the   city,   aliqucTn 

urhi  praefUere. 
grant,  concedere,  concessi,  concessus 

(3) ;    to  grant  a   slave   liberty, 

servo  (dat. )  lihertatem  concedere. 
great,  magnus  {mdior,  maxlvius, 

or  summus) ;  so  great,  tantus ; 

a  great  many,  multi. 
greedy,  dvldus ;  greedy  for  gold, 

avidus  auri. 
Greek,  Graecus. 
grief,  d6lor  {doloris),  m. 
ground,  l^cus  (2). 
grow,  fio,facUis,  p.  343. 
guard  :  he  left  me  to  guard  the 

city,  rellquit  me  praesidio  (for  a 

protection)  urhi. 

Haedui,  Haedui. 

hand,  mdnus  (4),  f. 

Hannibal,  Hannibal  (Hannibdlis). 

happen :  it  happens,  accidit ;  I 
happened  to  be  present,  accidit 
ut  adessem  (it  happened  that  I 
was  present).  That  is  how  it 
happens,  Ua  fit  (from  fio,  per- 
fect, factum  est).  How  does  it 
happen  ?  Qui  fit  ? 

harbour,  portus  (4). 

harm,  see  hurt. 

hate :  I  hate,  odi  (perfect  with 
present  meaning). 

hateful :  this  is  hateful  to  me, 
hoc  est  Mio  mihi. 

hatred,  Sdium. 

have  (possess),  hdbeo  ;  or  the  verb 
esse  may  be  used,  as,  I  have  a 
dog,  est  mihi  canis,  a  dog  belongs 
to  me. 

he,  is  {eius)  or  ille,  but  "  he  "  may 
generally  be  omitted. 

head,  caput  {capitis) ;  bare-headed, 
or  with  nothing  on  one's  head, 
dperto  capite. 

health  :  enjoy  better  health,  melius 
vdlere, 

hear,  audio. 


heart,  animus  (2). 

help,  auxilium ;  I  help,  adiUvo, 

adiUvi,  adiutus,  adiuvare. 
Helvetii,  Helvetii  (2). 
here,  hie.     I  am  here,  adsum. 
herself,  see  self, 
hidden,  to  be,  latere  (2). 
high  price,  see  price, 
hill,  collis  (collis),  m. 
himself,  see  self, 
hinder,  impedlre  ;  I  did  not  hinder 

him  from  speaking,  non  impedii 

quominus  loqueretur. 
his,  her  (when  the  person  meant 

is  subject  of  the  sentence),  suns; 

otherwise  the  genitive  of  is,  ea, 

id. 
hold,  teneo  (2) ;  to  hold  a  council, 

consilium  habere ;    to   be    held 

(considered),  haberi. 
home :    (to)    home,    dSmum ;    at 

home,  d6mi. 
honour  (anhonour),^5?ior(A^?ioWs), 

m. ;  he  is  an  honour  to  the  city, 

honori  est  urbi. 
honourable,  Mnestus  ;  honourable 

c\iair:2iQ,tQr,honestas{honestdtis),  f. ; 

most  honourable  character,  sum- 
ma  honestas. 
hope,  spes  (5) ;  I  hope,  spero  (1) ;  I 

hope  for    peace,    pdcem    (ace.) 

spero ;   I   hope  to   come,    spero 

me    venturum ;    I    have    great 

hopes,  magnam  iti  spem  venio. 
horse,  equus   (2). 
horseman,  eqices  (equiiis). 
hostage,  obses  (obsidis). 
hour,  hora. 
house,    domus^    (4),    f.      To    my 

house,   domum  meam ;    at  my 

house,  domi  meae. 
how  :     qid    (adv. )  ;     how    great  ? 

quantus  ?      How    many  ?    quot  ? 

How  many  men  ?  quot  homines  ? 

1  Domus  generally  follows  the  fourth 
declension,  except  in  the  abl.  sing,  and 
the  accus.  and  gen.  pi.,  in  which  it  fol- 
lows the  second. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  DICTIONARY 


409 


For  how  much  ?  quanti  ?  How 
often  ?  quam  saepe,  quoties  1 
How  much  money  will  you  give  ? 
quantum  pecuniae  dahis  ? 

humble  :  of  humble  birth,  ohscuro 
l5co  ndtus  (born  in  an  obscure 
position  in  society). 

hundred,  centum. 

hunger,  faTnes  (/amis),  f. 

hungry,  I  am,  esurio  (4)- 

hurt :  to  harm  or  do  harm,  nScere 
(dat.,  2) ;  he  does  me  no  harm, 
nihil  mild  nocet. 

husband,  vlr  {vlri). 

I,  ego  (mei). 

idea,  consilium. 

idle,  plger,  pigra,  pigrum. 

if,  si;  if  any  (one),  si  quis ;  if  any 
(thing),  si  quid  ;  if  any  news,  si 
quid  novi ;  if  I  were  unwilling, 
say,  I  being  unwilling,  in  abl.  abs. 

ignorance  :  I  am  in  ignorance  (of), 
I  am  ignorant  (that),  ncscio, 
nescivi  and  nescii,  n£scitum, 
nescire  (4). 

ignorant,  igndriis. 

illness,  morbus  (2), 

immediately,  statim. 

impede,  impedio  (4). 

importance :  important,  it  is  im- 
portant (or,  of  importance)  to 
Caesar,  Caesar  is  interest;  it  is 
important  to  me,  mcd  interest ; 
it  is.  of  no  importance,  nihil 
interest;  it  is  very  important 
(of  great  importance),  mullum 
interest;  of  the  greatest  im- 
portance, maxime  interest ;  how 
important  is  it  ?  quantum  in- 
terest?    See  Section  45. 

impose,  impdnere,  impSsui,  im- 
posUus ;  he  imposes  a  tax  on 
the  state,  vect'igal  civitati  im- 
ponit. 

in,  m  Avith  abl. ;  but  the  ablative 
alone  to  express  time,  e.g.  in 
winter,  hieme ;  in  vain,  frustra 
(adv.) 


incite,  incUo  (1). 

inform  :  give  information  to  some 

one,    to   inform  some  one,  all- 

qiiem  certiorem  fdclre. 
inhabit,  incHlere,  incolui,  incultus 

(3).  •.  , 

inn.     See  Trans.  XVIII. 'J^iV-^A'^^V^'rAie^^ 

inquire,  quaero,  quaeslvi,  quae- 
situs  (3).  I  inquire  of  some- 
body, quaero  ex  aliquo. 

inquiry :  to  make  the  same  inquiry 
(as).  Idem  quacr^re  {quod). 

intelligence,  inghiium. 

into,  in,  with  accus. 

invention.     See  Trans.  XXI.  46. 

island,  insula,  f. 

Italy,  Italia. 

Ithaca,  Ithaca. 

Joy,  gaudium. 

judge,  index  {iudlcis). 

judgment :  in  my  judgment,  say, 

I  being  judge,  in  abl.  abs. 
Julia,  lulia. 
justice,  iustUia  (1). 

Keep,  servo  (1)  ;  a  promise,  praesto 

(1). 

kill,  interflcio,  interfeci,  interfectus 
(3). 

kind,  g^nus  {genh'is).  Of  such  a 
kind,  eiusmMi. 

kind  character,  humdnltas ;  kind- 
est character,  summa  humanitas. 

kindness,  MnevUcntia. 

king,  rex  {regis). 

kingdom,  regnum. 

know,  scio,  scivi  and  scii,  scitum ; 
or  novi,  a  perfect  with  present 
meaning  ;  or  cognosco,  cognovi, 
cognltus  (3).  To  know  Latin, 
Latine  scire;  to  know  Balbus, 
Balhum  novisse ;  to  know  the 
way,  viam  novisse  ;  these  things 
being  known,  his  rebus  cognitis.^ 
1  Novisse  then  is  to  know  one  thing  or 

person  from  another  by  distinguishing 

marks ;    scire,   to    know   something    by 

learning  the  subject ;  cognoscere,  to  get 

information  about  something. 


410 


LATIN  COURSE 


I  do  not  know,  nescio;  it  is  well 
known,  constat. 

Labour,  labor  {lahoris),  m. 

land,  terra  (1) ;  lands  or  territory, 
agri  (pi.  of  ager). 

landlord.     See  Trans.  XVIII. 

large,  magnus  {maior,  maxtmus). 

last :  at  last,  tandem. 

Latin  :  I  know  Latin,  Ldtlne  scio; 
I  turn  into  Latin,  Latiine  reddo. 

laugh,  rideo,  risi,  risum  (2). 

launch,  solvo,  solvi,  sSlutics  (3). 

lay  waste,  vasto  (1). 

lazy,  ptger,  pigra,  pigrum. 

lead,  duco,  duxi,  ductus  (3)  ;  to 
lead  a  life,  vltam  agere  {ago,  egi, 
actus)  (3). 

leader,  dux  {dUcis)  ;  under  your 
leadership,  say,  you  heing  leader, 
abl.  abs. 

learn,  disco,  dIMci  (3)  ;  no  future 
participle  :  having  learned  these 
facts,  his  rebus  cognitis. 

learned,  doctus,  i.e.  taught,  in- 
structed. The  learned  Balbus, 
Balbus  vir  doctus. 

leave  [i.e.  to  leave  behind),  re- 
linquere,  rellqui,  relictus ;  in 
the  sense  to  go  away  from  (some 
one),  discedere  ab  (aliquo),  dis- 
cessi,  discessum ;  to  leave,  in 
the  sense  to  come  out  of  (a  place), 
excedere  ex,  with  abl. 

legion,  legio  [legionis). 

less,  minor;  less  praise,  minus 
laudis ;  for  less  {i.e.  at  a  lower 
price),  minoris. 

lest,  ne,  with  subjunctive  follow- 
ing. 

let  us  rule,  regamus  (subj. ) 

letter,  epistula  (1). 

liberty,  Ubertas  {libertdtis),  f. 

life,  vita  (1). 

lifetime  :  in  my  lifetime,  say,  I 
being  alive,  in  abl.  abs. ,  me  vivo. 

lift,  tollo,  sustUli,  sublatus  (3). 

like,  simUis,  -e,  with  gen.  of  person. 


gen.  or  dative  of  thing  ;  superl. 

slmillimus. 
listen   to,    audio    (4) :     oratorem 

audivi,  I  listened  to  the  orator, 
little,   parvus;    a    little    (adv.), 

paulo. 
live,  vivo,  vixi,  victus  (3). 
load,  5nus  {oneris). 
London,  Londlnium. 
long,  longus.     For  long,  for  a  long 

time  (or  while),  diu,  adv.  (comp. 

diutius),  or  iamdiu  (used  idioma- 
tically with  present  tense.     See 

Section  69). 
look  for,  quaerere,  quaeslvi,  quaesl- 

tum. 
lose,  per  do,  perdldi,  perdUus  (3).' 
loud,  magnus. 
loudly,  magna  voce   (with  a  loud 

voice). 
love,  amor  {amoris),  m.     I  love, 

amo  (1). 
low :  low  price,  see  price  :  lowest, 

infimus. 
low-bom,  homo  inflmi  generis  (of 

the  lowest  class). 

Maintain :  I  maintain  my  opinion, 

mdneo  in  eddem  sententia. 

make,  fdcio,  feci,  factus,  facere, 
p.  60.  I  make  a  request,  peto  ; 
I  make  the  same  request,  idem 
peto ;  I  make  war,  belhim  gero ; 
I  make  a  speech,  orationem 
hdbeo  ;  they  made  Caius  general, 
Gaium  imperatorem  fecerunt ;  he 
was  made  general,  imperator 
factus  est. 

man:  Mono  {hominis),  vlr  {viri).'^ 
But  "man "may  often  he  left 
out,  the  use  of  the  masculine 
gender  being  enough;  "many 
men"  can  be  translated  by 
multi.  A  young  man,  iuvenis  ; 
an  old  man,  senex  {senis). 

1  Homo  means  a  human  being,  and 
includes  women  and  children ;  vir  is  a 
full-grown  man,  not  a  woman  or  child. 


ifx  ^y^^'^ 


ENGLISH-LATIN  DICTIONARY 


411 


manners,  7nores  {morum),  plural  of 

mos,  ra. 
many,  multi ;  a  great  many  boys, 

multipueri  ;  so  many,  tot ;  how 

many  ?  quot  ? 
march,    I,   iter  fdcio   (I   make   a 

journey). 
march,  a.  Iter  {Ulneris),  n. 
marsh,  palus  (paludis),  f, 
master,  i.e.  owner,  dornXnus  (2) ; 

a  teacher,  mdgister  (magistri),  or 

praeceptor  (praeceptoris). 
matter,  res  (5).    It  does  not  matter 

to   me,   7iihil  interest   med ;    it 

matters    to    the    king,   interest 

regis  ;  to  whom  does  it  matter  ? 

cioi^is  interest  ?      What   does   it 

matter  ?  Quid  interest  ? 
may:   I  may  {i.e.  I   am  allowed, 

leave  is  given  me),  licet  mihi. 
means  :   by  all  means,  Jiat.     See 

Ex.  25,  3.     meanwhile,  int^rea. 
memory,  memSria  ,{1). 
mend,     r^ficio,     refeci,      refedus, 

reficere,  p.  60. 
merchant,  mercator  (mercatoris). 
mercy,  dementia. 
message,  nunti^is  (2):   I   bring  a 

message,  affero  mmiium  {attiili, 

allatiis). 
messenger,  nuntius  (2). 
middle,   midst ;  in  the  middle  of 

the  water,  in  media  dqua. 
midnight:    at   midnight,    mMia 

nocte. 
mile,  mille  passtis  (4),  i.e.  a  thou- 
sand paces ;    miles,   mllia  pas- 

suum. 
mind,  animus  (2). 
miserable,  miser,   mis^7'a,   miser- 

um  ;  miserable  man  that  I  am  ! 

me  miserum ! 
money,  p^cunia  (1) ;  sum  of  money, 

pecunia. 
month,  mensis  (mensis),  m. 
more,  plus   {pluris) ;   more  wine, 

plus  villi. 
morning,  in  the,  mane. 


morrow :  to-morrow,  mane,  inde- 
clinable. 

mother,  mater  (matris). 

mountain,  7nons  {montis),  m. 

move,  mSvco,  movi,  motus  (2). 

much,  multus ;  much  wine,  mul- 
tum  vini ;  he  learns  much, 
multa  diseit ;  I  don't  think 
much  of  the  enemy,  non  magni 
hostes  facio ;  for  how  much  ? 
quanti?  for  as  much  as,  tanti 
quaiiti ;  for  so  much,  tanti. 

murder,  occldo,  occldi,  occisus  (3). 
See  Trans.  XVIII. 

must :  use  the  gerundive  :  I  must 
go,  cundum  est  mihi. 

my,  meus  ;  voc.  masc.  mi. 

myself  (1),  reflexively,  me;  I  give 
myself  up,  mededo  ;  (2),  emphati- 
cally, i2)sc  ;  I  myself  did  it,  ipse 
feci. 

Name,  nomen  {nomlnis) ;  to  name, 

nomhidre. 
Naples,  JSFeapSlis  {Neapolis). 
nation,  gens  {gcntis),  f. 
near  :  as  near  as  he  could,  see  Ex. 

21,  3  ;  nearer,  propius. 
necessity.     See  Trans.  XXI.  46. 
neither  .  .  .  nor,  n^que  .  .  .  neqii&. 
never,  nunquam. 
news :  {a)  bring  news,  nuntiare  (1 ) ; 

{h)  if  he  heard  any  news,  si  quid 

nSvi     audivit ;     what    news    is 

there  ?  quid  novi  est  ? 
next,  proximus;  next  to  mQ,proxi- 

mus  mihi. 
night,  nox  (noctis),  f. ;  at  midnight, 

media  node. 
Nile,  Mlus  (2),  m. 
ninth,  nonus. 

no  :  no  money,  nihil  pecuniae  (no- 
thing of  money) ;  or  adj. ,  nullus. 
noble  :  of  noble  birth,  nohili  genere 

ndtus  {i.e.  born  of  a  noble  family). 
nobody,  nemo  (ace.  neminem,  dat. 

nemini ;     for    other    cases    use 

nullus,  gen.  7iullius). 


412 


LATIN  COURSE 


nominate,  nomindre. 

none  (meaning  "no  one"),  nemo; 
no  one,  nemo.     See  nobody. 

nor,  n^c,  neque.      not,  non. 

not  even,  ne .  .  .  quidem:  see  even. 

nothing,  nihil,  n.  indeclinable  ; 
nothing  good,  nihil  boni  ;  noth- 
ing sad,  nihil  triste.    See  p.  157. 

notice,  sentio,  sensi,  sensus  (4). 

now,  nunc. 

number,  nuvi^rus  (2). 

Obey,  pdrere  (2). 

object :  have  or  make  objections,  r^- 
cusare  (1) ;  I  won't  object  to  your 
making  a  speech,  non  recusaho 
quominus  orationem  habeas. 

of,  meaning  "about, "c^e;  he  speaks 
of  you,  de  te  loquitur. 

offer :  I  offer  congratulations, 
grdtUlor  (1),  deponent  with  dat- 
ive ;  to  ofter  the  enemy  battle, 
hostibus  pugnandi  pUestatem 
fdcere. 

often,  saepe  ;  how  often,  quSties  ; 
so  often,  toties. 

old  age,  senectus  (senectutis),  f. 

old  man,  s^nex  (senis). 

on,  in  with  ace.  when  motion  is 
implied  ;  with  abl.  when  it  is 
not ;  on  the  proper  day,  ad 
diem;  on  the  appointed  day, 
difi  constituto ;  on  this  matter, 
de  hoc  re. 

once,  i.e.  once  upon  a  time, 
aliquando  ;  at  once,  statim. 

one,  imus  (gen.  unlus)  ;  the  one 
.  .  .  the  other,  alter  .  . .  alter. 

only,  solum. 

open :  to  open,  aperio,  aperui, 
apertus  (4). 

opinion,  sententia  (1). 

opportunity,  occdsio  (occasionis),  f. 

or  (in  a  double  question),  an :  Did 
Caius  come  or  Balbus  ?  utrum 
Gains  venit  an  Balbus  ?  or  not, 
annon  in  a  direct  question, 
necne  in  an  indirect  question. 


orator,  orator  (oratoris). 

order :  I  order,  i-iibeo,  iussi,  iussus 
(2)  :  by  order,  iussu.  To  give 
orders,  imperdre ;  he  gave  the 
soldier  this  order,  hoc  militi 
imperavit ;  he  gave  orders  to  the 
soldiers  to  advance,  militibus 
imperavit  ut  progrederentur  ;  in 
order  that,  ut  with  subjunc- 
tive. 

ornament,  orndmentum. 

other  :  the  other,  alter. 

others,  alii;  but  the  others,  cef^ri. 

ought,  debeo  (2),  and  oportet  (2) 
(I  ought  to  go,  debeo  ire,  or 
oportet  me  ire).  The  gerundive 
may  also  be  used ;  eundum  est 
mihi. 

our,  noster  ;  our  men,  our  soldiers, 
nostri  {milites  understood). 

ourselves :  we  ourselves  have  come, 
ipsi  venimus. 

out  of,  e,  ex,  with  abl.  {ex  before 
vowels).  owe,  debeo. 

own :  my  own  book,  mens  ipsius 
liber. 

Pain,  d5lor  (doloris). 

Paris,  Lutetia  (1). 

part  {i.e.  district),  Ucus  (2)  ;  {i.e. 

portion),  pars  {partis),  f. 
pass  (life),  dgere  (vUam). 
pass  the  winter,  Memo  (1). 
passage  (in  a  book),  IScus  (2). 
patiently,  patienter. 
pay,  solvo,  solvi,  sSlUtus  (3). 
peace,  pax  {pdcis),  f. 
people :   many  people,    multi    or 

multi     homines;    the     people, 

pSpulus  (2). 
perceive,  intelUgo,  intellexi,  intel- 

lectum  (3). 
perhaps,  fortasse. 
peril,  perlculum. 
perish,  per-eo  (a  compound  of  eo  : 

see  p.  344 ). 
permission :  to  give  permission  to 

somebody     to     do    something, 


ENGLISH-LATIN  DICTIONARY 


413 


alicui  aliquid  facieTidi  potesta- 

temfacere. 
permit,  patior,  deponent  ;  passus, 

pati  (3),  p.  60. 
Persians,  Persae  (1). 
person,  homo  {hominis). 
"peisvLSide,  persuddere  {-suasi,  -suas- 

um),  dat.  {a)  I  persuaded  Caius  to 

come,  persuasi  Gaio  ut  veniret  ; 

but  (&)  I  persuaded  Caius  that 

you  had  come,  persuasi  Gaio  te 

venisse  ;  I  am  persuaded  {i.e.  I 

have  been  convinced),  j?ersi«fswm 

est  mihi. 
philosopher,  jjJiUSsSphus  (2),  ra. 
pick,  carpo,  carpsi,  carptus  (3). 
pitch :   to    pitch    a   camp,    castra 

ponere  {pSsui,  p6sttus). 
place,  a,  Ucus,  m. ;  take  the  place  of 

a  father,  parentis  loco  esse. 
plain,  campus  (2). 
plan,  consilium. 
plant,  s^ro,  sevi,  sdtum  (3), 
play,  to,  ludo,  lusi,  lusum  (3). 
please,  vUo,  vclle,  vdhii,  p.  340. 
pleasure,  voluptas  (vohiptdtis),  f. 
poem,  poema  [poematis). 
poet,  poeta  (1). 
Pompeius,  Pompeius  (2). 
poor,  paujjcr  {pauperis). 
possession :  to  take  possession  of, 

occupdre. 
post,  colluco  (1). 
practise,  exereco  (2). 
praise,  laudo  (1). 
pray,  o7'dre  ;  I  pray  you  to  depart, 

oro  te  ut  abeas. 
prefer,  1,  ant^pono,  -p)osui,  -pSsUus 

(3) ;  he  prefers  virtue  to  wisdom, 

virtutem  sapientiae  (dat.)  antc- 

ponit  {i.e.  he  puts  virtue  before 

wisdom)  ;  2,  mdlo  (see  p.  342)  ; 

he  prefers  to  go  at  once,  mavult 

statim  ire. 
prepare,  pdrdre. 
presence :    in    my    presence,    me 

praesente  (from  praesens),  i.e.  I 

being  present. 


present,  to  be, 

present,  a,  donum. 

pretend,  slmUlo  (1) ;  I  pretended  to 
know,  simulavi  me  scire. 

prevent,  ir/ipedio  (4)  ;  nothing  pre- 
vented me  from  coming,  nihil 
impediit  quomlnus  venirem. 

previous,  superior  {superioris). 

price :  at  a  higher  price,  plilris  ; 
at  a  lower  price,  mlnoris  ;  at  the 
same  price  as,  tanti  quanti .  .  .  ; 
at  so  high  a  price,  tanti;  at 
what  price  ?  quanti  ?  at  a  high 
price,  magni  or  magno ;  at  a 
very  high  price,  plurimi  or 
p)lurimo  ;  at  a  low  price,  parvi 
or  parvo ;  at  a  very  low  price, 
minimi  or  minimo. —  As  to 
ichether  the  genitive  or  ablative 
should  be  used  co7isultp.  237. 

priest,  sacerdos  {sdcerdotis). 

prison,  career  {carcP.ris),  m. 

prisoner,  captlvus  (2). 

promise,  promitto,  promlsi,  pro- 
missum  (3)  ;  he  promises  to  do 
something,  promittit  se  aliquid 
facturum  esse. 

proper :  on  the  proper  day,  ad  diem. 

property:  my  property,  Tiiea  or 
res  meae. 

]^Totection, praesidium;  he  is  a  pro- 
tection to  me,  viihi  est  piraesidio. 

punish,  ^W7W0  (4) ;  to  be  punished, 
pocnam  dare  {i.e.  to  give  or 
pay  the  penalty). 

purpose :  for  the  purpose  of,  causa, 
with  gerund  or  gerundive. 

put,  pono,  p5sui,  pSsitus  ;  to  put 
on  board  ship,  in  naves  im- 
p)onere ;  the  ship  puts  out  (to 
sea),  navis  solvit  (literally,  the 
ship  looses  itself  from  its  moor- 
ings) ;  to  put  to  death,  inter- 
ficere  {interficio,  interfeci,  inter- 
fectus) ;  to  put  an  army  over  a 
river,  exercitum  flumen  transpor- 
tare  ;  to  put  a  book  on  the  table, 
imponere  librum  in  mensam. 


414 


LATIN  COURSE 


Quantity,  numerus  (2). 

queen,  regiiia  (1). 

questions :  see  ask. 

quickly,  c^Z?r?^er;  superl.  celerrime. 

Bain :  it  rains,  pluit  (3). 

raise,  tollo,  sustuli,  suhlatus  (3). 

rally,  se  colUgere  {colligo,  collegi, 
collectus,  3). 

rampart,  agger  (aggeris),  m. 

rank,  ordo  {ordtnis),  m. 

rather :  I  would  rather  {i.e.  I 
prefer),  mdlo,  p.  342  ;  I  would 
rather  not,  nolo,  p.  341. 

reach  (the  land),  cdpio,  cepi,  cap- 
tus,  cdpere,  p.  336. 

read,  lego,  legi,  lectus  (3). 

ready,  pdrdtus. 

really,  in  a  question  may  be  ren- 
dered by  num ;  do  you  really 
think  so  ?  nurnputas? 

rear :  in  the  rear,  a  tergo. 

reason,  causa  (1)  ;  for  many 
reasons,  multis  de  causis  ;  what 
reason  is  there  why  you  should 
not  die  ?  quid  causae  est  quin 
moriaris? 

receive,  accipio,  accepi,  acceptus, 
acctpere,  p.  60. 

recognise,  agnoseo,  agnovi  (3) :  see 
Trans.  XIX.  p.  73. 

recover,  convalesco,  convalui  (3)  ; 
no  future  participle  ;  ex  morbo 
convalesco,  1  recover  from  illness. 

refit,  reflcin,  refeci,  refectus,  re- 
flcere,  p.  60.  {quorninus. 

refuse,    recUso    (1) — followed    by 

regard  as  a  friend,  habere  mim^ro 
dmlcorum  {i.e.  to  count  in  the 
number  of  one's  friends). 

rejoice,  gaudere,  gdvlsus  sum  (de- 
ponent in  the  perfect) ;  I  rejoice 
at  this,  hoc  gaudeo. 

relate,  trddMre,  tradidi,  traditus 
(3)  ;  it  is  related  that  Caesar 
was  general,  Caesar  traditur  im- 
perator  fuisse. 

remain,  mdneo,  mansi,  mansum{2). 


remember,  memorid  t^nere  {i.e.  to  * 
hold  in  the  memory) ;  memini, 
perfect  with  present  meaning ; 
imperative,  memento,  p.  70,  gov- 
erning genitive  of  person  ;  mem- 
ini  Caesaris,  I  remember  Caesar ; 
gen.  or  ace.  of  thing";  memini 
rem  or  rei. 

remove,  tollo,  sustiili,  subldtus  (3). 

repair,  r^flcio,  refeci,  refectus,  re- 
fMre,  p.  60. 

report,  nuntidre. 

request :  I  make  the  same  request 
of  Balbus,  idem  peto  a  Balbo. 

require  :  it  requires  great  wisdom, 
magnae  sapientiae  est,  see  p.  175. 

resignation,  aequo  dnimo  {i.  e.  with 
an  even  mind). 

resist,  resistere,  restlti,  with  dat. 

resolution,  consilium. 

resolve :  a  resolve,  consilium ;  to 
resolve,  constituere. 

rest,  i.e.  quiet,  quies  {quietis),  f.  ; 
the  rest,  ceferi. 

restore  {i.e.  to  give  back),  reddo, 
reddidi,  redditum  (3). 

retain,  t^neo,  tenui,  tentus  (2). 

return :  I  go  back,  rMeo,  redivi 
and  redii,  redUum  (4),  p.  344  ;  I 
give  back,  reddo,  reddidi,  reddi- 
tus  (3). 

reward,  praemium. 

Rhine,  Rhenus. 

rich,  dives  {divltis) ;  comp.  divitior, 
superl.  divitissimus. 

riches,  dlvUiae. 

river,  flumen  {fluminis),  n. 

road,  via. 

Roman,  Romdnus. 

Rome,  Roma. 

rose.     See  Trans.  XXI.  13. 

round :  to  stand  round,  circum- 
stare. 

rout,  fuga  (1) :  see  Ex.  85,  14. 

route,  iter  {itineris),  n. 

ruin,  perdo,  perdldi,  perditum  (3). 

rule,  rego,  rexi,  rectus  (3). 

run,  curro,  cucurri,  cur  sum  (3). 


ENGLISH-LATIN  DICTIONARY 


415 


run  awsij,  fugio,  fugere,  fugi  (3), 

p.  60. 
run  short,  deficio,  deficere,  defeci 

(3). 

Sad,  tristis. 

safety,  sdlus  (salutis),  f. 

sailing,  gerund  of  navujo  (1). 

sailor,  nauta  (1). 

sake  :  for  the  sake,  causa. 

same.  Idem,  eadem,  idem;  I  made 
the  same  inquiries  as  Caius, 
eadem  qiiaesivi  quae  Gaius. 

save,  conservare  (1). 

say,  dico,  dixi,  dictus  (3) ;  but,  for : 
he  said  that  he  was  not  consul, 
write,  negavit  se  esse  consiilem 
(he  denied  that  he  was  consul). 

Scipio,  Sclpio  {Scipionis). 

sea,  tndre  (maris),  n. 

seafaring,  mdrUhnus. 

see,  video,  vidi,  visus. 

seek,  joe^o,  2)etivi  and  petii,  petltus 
(3). 

seem,  vldeor,  visus. 

seize,  occiipo  (1). 

self:  himself,  herself,  themselves, 
used  reflexively,  se  {sui,  sihi)  ; 
used  for  emphasis,  ip)se,  ipsa, 
ipsum.  Examples — 1,  reflexive  : 
he  hurt  himself,  nocuit  sihi  ;  2, 
emphatic  :  he  himself  said  it, 
ipse  dixit. 

sell,  vendo,  vendidi,  vcnditus  (3). 

senate,  shidtus  (4),  m. 

send,  mitto,  misi,  missus  (3). 

send  before,  or  forward,  2^racmit- 
tere. 

serious,  gravis,  grave. 

serpent,  serpens  {scrjientis). 

set :  I  set  out,  or  set  off',  pr^fieis- 
cor  (3),  deponent,  profectus ;  I 
set  fire  to,  incendo,  incendi,  in- 
census  (3) ;  I  set  free,  liber o  (1)  ; 
I  set  sail,  navem  salvo  (solvere, 
solvi,  sdlRtus,  3). 

settle,  constituo,  constitui,  consti- 
tutus  (3). 


severe,  gravis,  grave ;  severe 
trials,  i.e.  severe  things. 

shave.     See  Trans.  XI. 

she,  ilia  ;  but  the  word  may  gener- 
ally be  omitted. 

sheep,  ^vis  (ovis),  f. 

ship,  ndvis  (navis),  f.  ;  a  ship  of 
war,  navis  longa. 

shocking, /0(?c^ws,  -a,  -um  ;  shock- 
ing to  see,  foedus  visit  (supine). 

shore,  litus  (Uteris),  n. 

short,  brevis,  breve. 

should  :  if  it  means  "  ought,"  use 
the  gerundive. 

shout,  a,  clamor  (clamdris),  m.  ; 
to  shout,  clmndre. 

show,  d6ceo,  docui,  doctus. 

shower,  imber  (imbris),  m. 

shrine, /d7mw. 

shut,  claudo,  clausi,  clausus  (3). 

Sicily,  Sicilia. 

side :  on  every  side,  undique ;  to 
stand  on  Caesar's  side,  or  side 
with  Caesar,  cum  Caesare  stare. 

silent:  I  am  silent,  keep  silence, 
tdceo. 

since,  cum  with  subjunctive. 

sing,  cdno,  cectni,  cantum  (3). 

sister,  Siiror  (sororis). 

six,  sex. 

size,  mugnitudo  (-tudinis),  f. 

slave,  scrvus  (2). 

slay,  intcrficio,  -feci,  -fectus, 
'ficere,  p.  60. 

sleep,  dormio  (4). 

small,  parvus. 

so,  ltd  ;  so  quickly,  tarn  celeriter ; 
so  great,  so  big,  tantus ;  so 
many,  tot ;  so  often,  toties. 

soldier,  miles  {militis). 

some :  (1)  use  alii  for  ' '  some  "  if  a 
second  alii  occurs  in  the  sen- 
tence meaning  "others";  as 
alii  manebant,  alii  abibant, 
some  stayed,  others  went  away. 
(2)  Otherwise  the  word  for 
"some,"  ''some  one,"  "some- 
thing," is,  dliquis,  aliqua,  all- 


416 


LATIN  COURSE 


quid  (but  aliqui,  aliquac, 
if  a  substantive  agrees  with  it : 
thus,  aliqui  deus  nobis  subvenit, 
some  god  has  helped  us). — Note 
especially  the  use  oialiquid  with 
a  partitive  genitive  :  something 
good,  aliquidboni;  some  reward, 
aliquid  praemii ;  some  food, 
aliquid  cibi.  On  the  other  hand, 
write  aliquid  triste  for  some- 
thing sad  ;  adjectives  which 
make  genitive  in  -is  are  not 
used  in  the  partitive  genitive,  see 
p.  157. 

some  one,  altquis :  see  some. 

something,  aliquid :  see  some. 

son,  fllius  (2). 

song,  carmen  (carminis),  n. 

soon,  7nox;  as  soon  as,  szmul 
atque. 

Spain,  Hispania  (1). 

spare,  parco,  peperci,  parsum  (3), 
with  dative ;  do  not  use  the 
future  participle. 

speak,  ISquor  (3),  deponent,  locutus. 

speech,  oratio  (orationis) :  make  or 
deliver  a  speech,  orationem 
habeo. 

spot,  Ucus  (2). 

spring,  ver  iveris),  n. 

stand,  5^0,  steti,  statum  (1) ;  to 
stand  around,  circuvistare. 

start,  po'Sficiscor  (3),  deponent, 
profectus  ;  to  sta-rt  for,  projicisci 
(ad)  ;  to  start  the  rout,  inUium 
fUgaefacere. 

state,  clvitas  (civitdtis),  f. 

stay,  maneo,  Tnansi,  mansum  (2). 

stir,  to,  se  mSvere. 

stone,  lapis  {lapldis),  m. 

strategy,  consilium. 

strength,  vires,  virium  (f.,  pi.) 

stupid,  stultus. 

such,  talis,  tale;  or  "of  such  a 
kind,"  eiusmodi ;  such  great, 
tantus  ;  such  long,  tam  longus. 

suflfer,  patior,  dep,  pdti,  passus, 
see  p.  60. 


suflFering,  dolor  (doloris). 

sufficiently,  satis. 

suitable,  Idoneus. 

Sulla,  Sulla  (1). 

sum :  a  sum  of  money,  plcunia ; 
a  considerable  sum  of  money, 
aliquantum  pecuniae  ;  I  buy  for 
a  small  sum,  parva  pecunia  emo 
(abl.  of  price). 

summer  (subst.),  aestas  (aestdtis), 
f.  ;  adj.  aestimis. 

sun,  sol  (solis),  m. 

superior  :  to  be  suipevioT,  praestdre, 
praestlti,  praestUum  ;  to  surpass 
the  rest  in  valour,  ceteris  prae- 
stare  virtute.  * 

supply :  a  considerable  supply  of. 
corn,  aliquantum  frumenti. 

support, /ero,  tuli,  Idtum,  p.  338. 

surely :  use  num  or  nonne,  accord- 
ing to  the  sense. 

surpass,  praestdre,  praestlti,  prae- 
stUum; to  surpass  the  rest  in 
valour,  ceteris  praestare  virtute. 

surrender,  to  (themselves),  se 
dedere  {dedldi,  deditus,  3),  i.e. 
to  give  themselves  up. 

surround,  circumdo,  -dare,  -dedi, 

(1). 
sweet,  dulcis,  dulce. 
swim,  ndtdre. 
sword,  ensis  {ensis),  m. 
system,  ratio  (rationis),  f. 

Table,  mensa  (1). 

take,  or  take  up,  cdpio,  cepi,  captus, 
capere,  see  p.  60  ;  to  take  pos- 
session of,  occiipo  (1) ;  to  take 
exercise,  corpus  exercere  (2) ;  to 
take  away  from  (me),  auferre  a 
{me)  {abs-tuli,  ab-latum). 

talent,  tdlentum,  (worth  about 
£250). 

talk,  sermo  (sermonis),  m.  ;  I  talk, 
lHquor  (3),  deponent,  Idcutus. 

task,  5pus  (op^ris),  n. 

tax,  vectlgal  (vectigdlis),  n. 

teach,  dijceo,  docui,  doctus  (2). 


ENGLISH-LATIN  DICTIONARY 


417 


tear,  lacrima  (1). 

tell,  i.e.  I  give  some  information 
(to  some  one),  dlco  (alicui),  dixi, 
didus  (3),  imperative,  die ;  to 
tell,  meaning  to  order  or  com- 
mand, iuheo,  iussi,  iussus  (2). 

temple,  templum. 

ten,  decern. 

tenth,  decimus. 

territory,  agr  tor  fines,  m. 

than,  quam.^ 

thanks,  grdtiac ;  I  give  you 
thanks,  gratias  tihi  ago  (agere, 
egi,  actus,  3). 

that :  if  "that "  is  a  pronoun  {e.g. 
that  man)  it  is  translated  by 
ille.  If ' '  that "  means  ' '  in  order 
that,"  ut  with  the  subjunctive  is 
used;  but  "that  not"  in  this 
sense  is  ?i.6'.  "  So  that"  is  also 
ut ;  "so  that  not,"  ut  non. 
After  verbs  of  saying,  believing, 
hoping,  etc.,  "that"  is  not 
translated,  but  the  accusative 
with  intinitivo  used. 

tlaait,  fur  turn  (2). 

their,  situs,  if  the  j)eople  meant 
are  the  subject  of  the  sentence  ; 
if  not,  use  genitive  of  is.  So 
sorores  amiserunt  suos  annulos 
would  mean  that  the  sisters  have 
lost  their  own  rings  ;  while,  if 
earum  was  put  instead  of  suos, 
it  would  mean  that  the  sisters 
had  lost  some  other  girls'  rings. 

themselves  (used  reflexively),  se. 

then,  tarn. 

there,  ibi. 

thick,  densus. 

thing,  res  (5),  f. 

think,  puto  (1)  ;  credo,  credidi, 
creditum  (3)  ;    I  think  nothing 

1  Remember  that  quam  is  not  a  pre- 
position :  he  is  wiser  than  Balbus, 
sapientior  est  qiiam  Balbus  (not  Balhum). 
In  a  negative  sentence  quam  can  be 
omitted  and  the  ablative  used  :  he  is  not 
wiser  than  Balbus,  non  sapientior  est 
Balbo. 

2 


of  books,  nihili  lihrosfdcio  (liter- 
ally, I  value  books  at  nothing)  ; 
I  think  little  (much)  of  this 
slave,  huncserviiDiparvi  (magni) 
facio. 

third,  tcrtius. 

thirty,  trlginta. 

this,  is,  ca,   id ;  but  if  "  this  "  is 
contrasted    with    "that,"    hie, 
I      haec,  hoc. 

\  thorn.      See  Trans.  XXI.  13. 
I  thought,  mens  {mentis)  ;  I  cannot 
j      collect    my    thoughts,    mcnteni 
colligcre  non  possum ;  see   also 
Trans.  I. 
j  three,  tres,  tria. 

three  hundred,  trecenti. 

through,  per  with  ace.  ;  but 
through  hatred,  i.e.  owing  to 
hatred,  odio  (abl.) 

throw,  idcio,  ieci,  iactus,  iacerc,  p. 
60  ;  throw  away,  ablcio,  abieci, 
abiectus  (3). 

till,  dum  with  subj. 

till,  to,  cSlere,  cSliii,  cuJtus. 

time,  tempus  {temp5ris),  n.  ;  in 
time,  tempore ;  for  a  long  time, 
diu. 

timid,  timidus. 

tired,  fessus.  Titus,  TUus. 

to :  to  a  place  (other  than  a  name 
of  a  town),  ad  with  ace.  ;  to  the 
city,  ad  urbem ;  to  Rome, 
Romam ;  to  (meaning  in  order 
to),  lit ;  I  came  to  see,  veni  ut 
viderem  ;  he  promised  to  come, 
promisit  se  venturum. 

to-day,  hMie. 

to-morrow,  eras. 

top:  use  siimmus;  at  the  top  of 
the  oak,  summa  quercu  {i.e. 
where  the  oak  is  highest). 

town,  oppidum  ;  urbs  {urbis),  f.  ; 
the  doings  of  the  town,  res 
urbdnae,  i.e.  town  affairs. 

traveller,  viator  {viatoris). 

treason,  prodUio  {proditionis),  f. 

tree,  arbor  {arbSris),  f. 

E 


418 


LATIN  COURSE 


tribe,  gens  (gentis),  f. 

tribune,  trlhunus. 

Troy,  Troia  (1). 

true,  verus. 

truth,  verum. 

try,  cono7'  (1),  deponent ;  I  try  to 
help,  Conor  acli-Uvdre  ;  a  man  of 
tried  valour,  homo  spectatue  vir- 
t  litis. 

TuUitts,  Tullius  (2). 

turn  (transitive),  verto,  verti,  versus 
(3)  ;  they  turn  (intransitive),  se 
vertunt ;  to  turn  into  Latin, 
Ldtlne  reddere ;  to  turn  aside, 
dvert^re  iter  (literally,  to  change 
the  direction  of  the  march), 
averti,  aversus  (don't  leave  out 
iter,  for  averto  is  transitive). 

twelve,  duSdScim. 

twenty,  viginti,  indeclinable. 

two,  duo. 

two  hundred,  dikenti,  -ae,  -a. 

Ulysses,  Ulysses  (3). 

uncover,    dpSrio,   aperui,    apertus 

(4). 
under :     under    your    leadership, 

say^   you  being  leader,   in  abl. 

abs. 
undergo,  pdtior,  dap.  pass2is,  pati, 

see  p.  60. 
understand,     intelUgo,    intellexi, 

intellectus  (3). 
unfit,  n67i  Idoneus. 
unite  :  to  unite  with  somebody,  se 

coniungere  cum  dllquo. 
unless,  nisi. 
until,  dum  with  subj. 
unwilling,  invltus  ;  to  be  unwilling, 

nolo,  p.  341  (no  fut.  participle). 
unwillingly :  use  the  adj.  ;  I  did  it 

unwillingly,  inmtus feci. 
urge,  hortari,  deponent ;    I    urge 

you  to  depart,  hortm-  te  tit  dbeas. 
use,  utor  (3),  deponent,  ustis,  with 

the  abl. 
useful,  utllis,  utile. 
useless,  Inutilis. 


usual :  as  usual,  ut  Jit  {i.e.  as 
happens)  or  ut  fere  Jit. 

Vain  :  in  vain,  frustrd. 

vainly,  frustra. 

valour,  virtus  {virtutis)^  f.  ;  tried 
valour,  spectata  virtus. 

value  :  I  value,  fdcio  (3,  fac^re, 
feci,  f actus,  p.  60)  ;  I  value  the 
book  highly  (at  a  high  price), 
librum  magni  facio  ;  so  highly, 
tanii  ;  very  highly,  plurimi :  see 
Section  44. 

verse,  versus  (4),  m. 

very,  use  superl. 

very  well,  opttme. 

Victoria,  Victoria  {I). 

victory,  victoria. 

Virgil,  Vergilius. 

virtue,  virtus  {virtutis),  f. 

virtuously,  Mneste. 

voice,  vox  [vocis),  f. 


Wage,  gero,  gessi,  gestus  (3). 

waggon.     See  Trans.  XVII. 

wait,  exspecto  (1). 

wall,  onurus  (1). 

want,  i.e.  to  wish,  volo,  p.   340  ; 

not  to  want,  nolo,  p.  341. 
war,  helium  ;  a  ship  of  war,  navis 

longa.  warlike,  hellicus. 

warn,  n^neo  (2). 
waste  (for  instance,  to  waste  time 

or  money),  perdo,  perdldi,  per- 

ditum  (3)  ;  to  waste  or  lay  waste 

(the  land),  vasto  (1). 
water,  dqioa  (1). 
wave,  Jiuctus  (4). 
way,   via  (1)  ;   when   way  means 

' '  habit  "  or  "  custom,"  it  is  not 

to  be  translated ;  it  is  not  the 

way  of  a  soldier,  non  est  militis  : 

see  Section  47. 
weather,    tempestas    (tempestdtis), 

f. 
weigh  :  to  weigh  anchor,  ancSram 

tolUrc. 
well :  to  be  well,  vdlere  (2)  ;  to  be 


ENGLISH-LATIN  DICTIONARY 


419 


very  well,  opthne  valere ;  it  is 
well  known,  constat. 

what?  quid? — "what"  with  a 
substantive,  qui,  quae,  qtiod 
(in  questions  direct  or  indirect). 
Qui  poeta  ?  what  i)oet  \  Quae 
femina.  ?  what  woman  ? — What 
(  =  that  which),  id  quod  or  ea 
quae.  I  did  what  you  ordered, 
feci  ea  qua£.  iitssisti.  What  wis- 
dom !  cuius  sapienUae  / 

whatever,  quidquid. 

when  is  either  (1)  interrogative  or 
(2)  relative  :  (1)  interrogative 
( =  at  what  time  ?  or,  on  what 
occasion  ?),  fibi  or  qua,ndo.  When 
did  you  come  ?  ubi  (or  quando) 
venisti  ?  I  ask  when  you  came, 
rogo  ubi  (or  quando)  veneris. 
(2)  Relative  (  =  at  the  time 
when),  cum.  When  you  come  I 
rejoice,  cum  tu  venis  (jaudco. 
Instead  of  cum  a  participle  may 
often  be  used  ;  instead  of  cmn  f/u 
venis  we  might  have  te  veniente. 
N.B. — Cum  is  not  to  be  used 
before  Exercise  150. 

whence  :  where  from,  uiuie. 

where  (  =  in  which  place),  icbi  (both 
interrogative  and  relative)  ; 
where  ?  ( =  to  what  place  ?)  quo  ? 

whether,  num  (in  a  simple  ques- 
tion), uiruni  (in  a  double  ques- 
tion). Rogavi  num  valeret,  I 
asked  whether  he  was  well  ; 
rogavi  utrum  nauta  an  miles 
esset,  I  asked  whether  he  was  a 
sailor  or  a  soldier.  "Whether"  is 
used  only  in  indirect  questions 
in  English,  therefore  use  the 
subj.  in  Latin. 

which  ?  quis? — which  (of  two)  ? 
uter? — which  (relative),  qui:  see 
who. 

while,  dum  with  Indie.  Present : 
see  p.  299  ;  a  long  while,  diu. 

whither  ?  quo  ? 

who:  (1)  relative,  qui,  quae,  quod; 


(2)  interrogative,  who  '{  quis  ? 
Direct  question  :  quis  fecit '( 
who  did  it  ?  Indirect  question  : 
rogo  quis  fecerit,  I  ask  who  did 
it. 

whole,  totus  {totius). 

why  ?  cur  ?  why  did  you  do  it  ? 
curfecisti?  tell  me  why  you  did 
it,  die  viihi  cur  feceris. 

wicked,  malus  or  (the  superlative) 
pessimus. 

will :  against  my  will,  use  i^ivitus, 
unwilling. 

willing,  v5lens  {volentis)  ;  I  am 
willing,  vUo. 

win,  vinco,  vici,  victus  (3). 

wind,  ventus  (2). 

ynoAo'w,  fenestra  (1). 

wine,  vinum. 

winter,  hiems  {hihms),  f.  ;  to  pass 
the  winter,  hihnare. 

wisdom,  sapientia  {\). 

wise,  sapiens  {sapientis) ;  it  is  wise, 
sapientis  est  (it  is  the  way  of  a 
wise  man),  see  Section  47  ;  the 
wise  Caius,  Gains,  vir  sapiens. 

wisely,  sajyienter. 

wish,  volo,  p.  340;  has  no  future 
participle. 

with:  when  it  means  "along  with," 
cum  with  abl.  ;  with  me,  mecum, 
not  cum  Die  ;  so  tecum,  secum, 
iiobiscum,  vobiscum. 

withdraw  (soldiers)  from  the  terri- 
tory, deducerc  {milUes)  dflnlbus 
{deduxi,  deducius). 

without,  shi^  with  abl. ;  may  some- 
times be  translated  by  qicin,  as, 
no  one  can  see  it  without  laugh- 
ing, nemo  videre  2Jotest  quin 
rideat :  see  Section  78. 

woman,  mulier  {mulieris),  but 
femlna  if  man  and  woman  are 
contrasted. 

wood,  silva  (1). 

word,  verbum. 

work,  opiis  {op^ris),  n. 

world,  orbis  [orhis),  m. 


420 


LATIN  COURSE 


worse,  peior  (peioris). 

•worthy,  dignus  ;  worthy  of  praise, 
dignus  laude  (abl. ) 

wound,  vtilnus  {vuhieris),  n.  ;  to 
wound,  vulnerdre. 

write,  scribo,  scripsi,  scriptus  (3). 

wrong,  iniuria  (opposite  to  ius, 
iuris,  justice,  right) ;  the  wrongs 
done  hj  Caesar  to  the  Gauls, 
Caesaris  iniuriae  Oallorum. 


Year,  annus  (2). 

yesterday,  heri. 

3rield,  cedere,  cessi,  cessum. 

you,  tu ;  pi.  vos. 

young    man,     iUv^nis    {iuvt 

young  child,  infans  {infantis)  ; 

younger,  minor  {ndtu). 
your,  tuus,  vester. 
yourself :  you  did  it  by  yourself,  or, 

you  yourself  did  it, 


THE   END 


Printed  by  v..  S:  R.  Clakk,  Limited,  Edinhirgh. 


THIS  BOOK  IS  DUE  ON  THE  LAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 


AN  INITIAL  FINE  OF  25  CENTS 

WILL  BE  ASSESSED  FOR  FAILURE  TO  RETURN 
THIS  BOOK  ON  THE  DATE  DUE.  THE  PENALTY 
WILL  INCREASE  TO  SO  CENTS  ON  THE  FOURTH 
DAY  AND  TO  $1.00  ON  THE  SEVENTH  DAY 
OVERDUE. 


JUL  26  1942 

'//NoVSShH 

■        '       m4  LU 

LD  21-100m-7,'40 (6936s) 

YB  41176 


^l-e>-tr^ 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CAUFORNIA  LIBRARY 


